Course details (2001)
page 1
University Preparation Program
(Abbreviation: UPP)
Course code: E0D
The University Preparation Program is a special enabling program. The course
is designed to provide unqualified mature-age potential students with
academic learning skills and the confidence and personal skills needed to
succeed at University. The full-time one-year course features training in the use
of technology for learning and a taster of University academic subjects across a
broad spectrum of areas. Successful completion of the program will assist
students to gain admission to undergraduate degree courses offered by the
University of Tasmania.
Admission & prerequisites
The normal University Mature Age Entry requirements apply except for the
deduction of one year from the minimum age. Students should have a
demonstrated lack of access to higher education or educational opportunities;
or have experienced a change in career or lifestyle. Students should also display
a genuine intention to participate in higher education upon completing the
UPP.
Course objectives
The UPP provides an opportunity for mature age students to revise, upgrade
and establish skills relevant to higher education study in the current academic
environment.
Course structure
The course is equivalent to one year full-time study but its unitised structure
lends it to part-time study. UPP consists of 9 units, with a full time equivalent
load of 8 units per year (4 per semester). Seven of these units are core or
skills-based units including a bridging Mathematics unit. The other two offer
introductions to current academic units.
Special note on fees
This course does not attract HECS fees but it does attract Austudy/Abstudy.
Applications are made through the normal University Admission procedures.
University Preparation Program: Schedule (North-West Centre)
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Course details (2001)
Study Skills
Communications I
Using Information Technology
for Academic Purposes I
Academic Studies I
Communications II
Academic Literacy
Using Information Technology
for Academic Purposes II
Academic Studies II
Bridging Maths
page 2
B1/2~D1/2
B1/2~D1/2
12.5%
12.5%
ESA010
ESA020
B1/2~D1/2
B1~D1
B2
B2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
ESA050
ESA070
ESA030
ESA040
B2
B2~D2
B2~D2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
ESA060
ESA080
ESA090
Details are subject to change. All details should be confirmed with the
Course Coordinator, Mrs Jenny Oakley on (03) 6430 4905.
Foundation Studies Program
(Abbreviation: FSP)
Course code: E0E
International students who need to upgrade school results from their own
country to gain entry to an undergraduate program at the University may
apply for admission to the Foundation Studies Program. Students are
guaranteed entry to all faculties of the University of Tasmania on successful
completion of this course.
There are two ways to study in the Foundations Studies Program : a Fast Track
program of 24 weeks Academic English and academic studies and an Extended
program of 34 weeks: 10 weeks Academic English followed by the Fast Track
program.
Admission & prerequisites
Successful completion of:
Indonesia
SMA 3
Japan Upper Secondary School Certificate
Korea High School Leaving Certificate
Taiwan
High School Leaving Certificate
Thailand
Mattayom 6
Hong Kong HKCEE: grade D in 4 subjects
Malaysia
SPM 6 passes; including 4 at credit or better
MICSS Senior Middle Two: 6 passes
Singapore GCE O levels: 6 passes including 4 at grade 4
Course details (2001)
page 3
English language requirement is IELTS 5.0 or TOEFL 500 for Fast Track; and
IELTS 4.5 or TOEFL 475 for the Extended program.
Course objectives
The course aims to provide students with the academic requirements for entry
into a first year university program. It also aims to upgrade the language
proficiency, study skills, research and computing skills and awareness of the
expectations of the university environment in which they will study.
Course structure
FSP has three Core Subjects that are compulsory for all students:
Academic English, Australian Studies, Computing Skills and Research
Management.
There are also Elective subjects; and FSP students choose three that are relevant
to their degree program. Students may choose from:
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Accounting, Business Organisation and
Management, Legal Studies, Australia in Asia and the Pacific, Psychology.
Program schedule
Unit title
dates unit code
Extended
commences March ECS196
commences October
ECS197
Fast Track commences January
ECS198
commences June/July
ECS199
Contact
Phone: (03) 6226 2540.
Introductory Academic Program
(Abbreviation: IAP)
Course code: <none>
Course objectives
Course details (2001)
page 4
The Introductory Academic Program is an intensive short course offering
students an introduction to Higher Education in Australia and an opportunity
to prepare for the academic language demands of their award courses. A fee is
payable.
Course structure
The course, which is suitable for students who are due to commence
undergraduate and postgraduate studies at the University of Tasmania,
includes:
•
•
•
•
Introduction to Australian Higher Education
Cross-cultural communication for International students
Introduction to the course and School –
–
meeting with lecturers/supervisors
–
–
assignments
familiarisation with course content
Computer skills
–
–
–
–
–
•
•
•
•
•
word processing
tables and graphs
email
internet
course-specific computer skills
Tutorial presentation and discussion skills
Listening and note-taking in academic settings
Reading for study
Writing for academic purposes
Excursions –
–
–
–
Australian culture
Tasmanian history
Tasmanian wilderness and wildlife.
The course lasts for 5 weeks from early January to mid-February, involving 25
contact hours weekly. Class sizes average 12 students, with a maximum of 15.
The program is offered by the English Language Centre in conjunction with the
International Student Office and staff of academic schools of the University.
Students receive a detailed written report on their language skills and advice on
further English Language Support services. Satisfactory completion of the
course is recognised by the awarding of a Certificate of Completion.
Course details (2001)
page 5
For further information: ph (03) 6226 2706.
Riawunna – Centre for Aboriginal
Education
Murina (Pathway to Higher Education)
Course code: W0D
This enabling or bridging program is a non-award course which is offered at
both the Hobart and Launceston campuses of the University of Tasmania to
Aboriginal people 18 years and over.
Course objectives
The program is designed to provide Aboriginal people with the opportunity to
develop their skills and knowledge-base for entry into mainstream
undergraduate courses after successful completion of the Murina Program. The
program assists students in building their self-confidence before progressing
into an undergraduate course of their choice.
The Murina Program, as a non-award course, does not attract the Higher
Education Contribution Scheme (HECS) fees. However, students pay a
University Entrance fee ($55 in 1999) and a Services and Amenities fee ($55 in
1999). Both of these fees will attract GST in 2001.
Course structure
The Murina Program is structured in two streams: 1) Core or compulsory
skills-based units, and 2) Introductory or elective units that offer experiences in,
and understandings of, undergraduate course content across a wide range of
disciplines in the University. The program is offered over two 13-week
semesters. Students may study at 100 and/or 200 levels. Aboriginal students
who are undertaking mainstream studies may choose units in the Murina
Program to enhance their academic success and broaden their skills base.
Core units include: Academic Skills, Computer Skills, Nuritinga Palawa,
Mathematics, and Aboriginal Writing and Literature.
Introductory or elective units include: Psychology, Sociology, Physical Science,
Social Science, Law, History, Government, Environmental Design and
Architecture, Living Waters, Human Movement, Performing Arts, Fine Arts,
Art History, Research Topic.
For information on these units, please contact Riawunna Centre for Aboriginal
Education.
Course details (2001)
page 6
Riawunna, Centre for Aboriginal Education
Aboriginal higher education support units were established at the Hobart
campus of the University of Tasmania in 1985 and at the Launceston campus of
the Tasmanian State Institute of Technology in 1986. The amalgamation of the
two units took place in 1992 with the establishment of the new University of
Tasmania, and became Riawunna, Centre for Aboriginal Education.
Riawunna offers a wide range of services to Aboriginal students enrolled at the
University and to Aboriginal communities. The Centre also provides services to
non-Aboriginal students and the University in general. This section of the 2001
University of Tasmania Handbook identifies the range of courses undertaken,
and services offered, at Riawunna. For information on all units offered in the
Aboriginal Studies sequence of study (HAB units) see pages B-xx and C-xx.
Aboriginal Student Services
Riawunna assists Aboriginal enabling, undergraduate and postgraduate
students with the aim to successfully complete their study at the University
through academic, social and cultural support programs. These services
include;
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Course advice, academic and personal counselling and support
Tutorial assistance (ATAS)
Cultural activities, community workshops and meetings
Library resources
Computer Lab facilities
Private study facilities
Orientation week
Access to audio-visual and photocopy equipment
Refreshment and kitchen facilities
Community room
Lockers
Riawunna has indoor and outdoor space for Aboriginal students to relax and
meet other students in a culturally conducive and friendly environment on
campus at both Launceston and Hobart.
Orientation and Assessment (O&A) Program
The Centre conducts Orientation and Assessment Programs at Hobart,
Launceston and the North West campuses for Aboriginal applicants who have
applied for a University place within an undergraduate course, or who wish to
enter university through the enabling program. The O&A Program is usually
conducted over three days in December. It informs Aboriginal applicants of
course options and support facilities offered at the University of Tasmania, and
Course details (2001)
page 7
provides Aboriginal people with the opportunity to be assessed for alternative
mature age entry into mainstream University study. Please contact Riawunna
Student Service Coordinators at Hobart or Launceston for further information
about this program.
Contacts
Patsy Cameron,
Coordinator, Aboriginal Student Services,
Launceston, (03) 6324 3386.
Caroline Spotswood,
Coordinator, Aboriginal Student Services,
Hobart, (03) 6226 2516.
UniStart
Course code: XAA001
UniStart is a preparation program for people who are unsure about:
•
•
•
•
how to study at university
what to expect
what skills are needed for success
who can help students develop those skills.
The program is designed to meet a variety of needs. It is beneficial to anyone
commencing University including school-leavers and mature age people who
are returning to study.
Course objectives
The program aims to:
•
•
•
introduce students to the culture of life at the University of Tasmania
introduce the types of learning tasks required at university
assist students to develop a range of appropriate skills for University
study.
Career outcomes
At the conclusion of the program, participants will be:
Course details (2001)
•
•
•
page 8
better able to make the transition to university
better prepared for the academic demands involved
more likely to successfully complete their chosen course of study
Course structure
The program incorporates an essay assignment and consists of four core
modules and elective options which are designed to assist students to complete
this typical university task. It is taught by the Learning Skills Advisers (with the
assistance of other Student Services staff), Library, and Information Technology
Services (ITS) staff. In addition, academic staff on each campus provide sample
lectures and tutorials.
The UniStart modules are:
Module 1: University Culture
•
•
•
Learning the culture
Learning to learn
University thinking
Module 2: Study Skills
•
•
•
Lectures and note taking
Academic reading and note making
Summarising/paraphrasing
Module 3: Preparing Academic Work
•
•
•
•
•
•
Analysing a topic
Writing analytically
Structuring an essay
Report writing
Academic writing
Oral communication – effective presentation
Module 4: Information Literacy
•
•
•
Introduction to the University Library
Searching electronic data bases
Searching the Internet
Module 5: Basic Numeracy (Optional)
Course details (2001)
page 9
Note: A basic level of computer literacy is necessary for Module 4 (and for
success at University). There will be a 'Computers for Beginners' workshop
prior to each UniStart.
Enrolment in this workshop is essential for those with no or very minimal
experience of computers. There will be opportunities during the UniStart
program for students to practise their computer skills and learn about the
university's facilities.
UniStart really makes a difference.
When compared to the general student population, students who have
participated in UniStart –
•
•
•
Achieve better results
Have less than half the failure rate.
Are less likely to withdraw.
Previous participants have made the following comments –
"I feel I have a real headstart to going to Uni and I think everyone should do
UniStart! Thank you!!"
"It was VERY helpful (and fun) to meet so many other prospective students. We
many concerns, interests, etc. in common."
"I value the contacts I have made and will certainly start 2000 at Uni a lot more
and less isolated."
Cost?
There are no fees for the UniStart program.
When is it?
December 2000
Hobart and Launceston
Monday 4th Dec – Thursday 14th Dec.
or
January–February 2001
Hobart, Launceston and the North-West Centre
Course details (2001)
page 10
Monday 29th January – Thursday 8th February
(NB The Hobart program will carry over to Fri 9th because of a public holiday)
9am – 4pm (some days are shorter)
Monday to Thursday for 2 weeks
How do I enrol in UniStart?
Numbers are limited so booking is essential.
To enrol or obtain more information please phone:
Hobart phone: (03) 6226 2697 email:Mignon.Jolly@utas.edu.au
Launceston phone: 03 6324 3787 email:Julie.Tubb@utas.edu.au
North-West Centre phone: 03 6430 4949 email:Leanne.King@utas.edu.au
Diploma of Fine Art and Design
(Abbreviation: DipFAD)
Course code: F2F
This on-campus 2-year (minimum) full-time course is offered by the Faculty of
Arts through the School of Visual and Performing Arts at Launceston. Part-time
study is also available.
Admission & prerequisites
Applicants are required to submit a portfolio of recent art work (which may
include slides, photographs or video) and to attend an interview. Applicants
who are unable to attend an interview should provide a brief statement
outlining their interest in the course and include any relevant qualifications or
experience. Normally applicants should have successfully completed year 12 in
an Australian school system.
A person who possesses such other qualifications and experience deemed by
the Faculty to provide an adequate preparation for study may apply for entry to
the course.
Course objectives
Course details (2001)
page 11
The course aims to provide students with:
•
•
•
•
•
•
a para-professional qualification of high standard;
a comprehensive course which articulates with the Bachelor of Fine Arts
and the visual art streams of the Bachelor of Contemporary Arts;
awareness and experience of recent technological developments in the
visual arts;
the necessary communication skills and flexibility to interact with the
wider community;
appropriate support studies to assist students in the development of high
level visual art skills;
the opportunity for students to gain a working knowledge of the
academic, cultural, critical and technical language relevant to the visual
arts.
Articulation
Students who have been awarded the DipFAD will, upon successfully applying
for admission to the BFA or BCA, be credited with one-third of the BFA or BCA
degree. Students who have not completed Art Theory as part of the DipFAD
will be required to complete the compulsory level 100 Art Theory units within
the BFA or BCA.
Schedule of Units
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
Level 100
Drawing 1A
L1/2
12.5%
Drawing 1B
L1/2
12.5%
and one of the following:
Ceramics 1
Lf
75%
Painting 1
Lf
75%
Printmedia 1
Lf
75%
Sculpture 1
Lf
75%
Textiles 1
Lf
75%
[a]
Level 200
Either (FFD281 and FFD282) or (FFA100 and FFA101)
Drawing 2A
L1/2
12.5%
Drawing 2B
L1/2
12.5%
Introduction to Cultural
Practices 1
L1
12.5%
Introduction to Cultural
Practices 2
L2
12.5%
and one of the following:
Ceramics 2
Lf
75%
Painting 2
Lf
75%
code
FFD181
FFD182
FFC180
FFP180
FFR180
FFS180
FFX180
FFD281
FFD282
FFA102
FFA103
FFC280
FFP280
Course details (2001)
page 12
Printmedia 2
Lf
75%
FFR280
Sculpture 2
Lf
75%
FFS280
Textiles 2
Lf
75%
FFX280
[a] The prerequisite for all level 200 units is the corresponding level 100 unit.
Part-time students please note:
Students enrolling the DipFAD part time enrol in one Drawing or Art Theory
unit each year and a corresponding part-time major unit. Level 100 part-time
codes end in 181 and 182; level 200 part-time codes end in 281 and 282. Thus
Ceramics 1A (part time) would be FFC181 taught over a full year and weighted
at 37.5%; Ceramics 1B would be FFC182, taught over a full year and weighted at
37.5%.
Diploma in Languages
(Abbreviation: DipLang)
Course code: R2A
This course is offered by the Faculty of Arts and is available at Hobart and
Launceston, and may be undertaken part time over two years or a maximum of
three consecutive years.
In cases where study has been interrupted by illness or other unavoidable cause
the Faculty may allow additional time in which to complete the course.
The languages available are Chinese, French, German, Indonesian and Japanese
at Hobart, and Chinese and Indonesian at Launceston. For an outline of units
available, turn to the Bachelor of Arts Schedule of units which follows. Units at
level 200/300 will be found listed under the entry for the relevant language.
Admission & prerequisites
Applicants must have passed the first year at university level in the language in
which they wish to study or be deemed by the Head of School, Asian
Languages and Studies or English and European Languages and Literatures to
have reached an equivalent level of proficiency, eg TCE French or Indonesian
Stage 4 (HA).
Course objectives
The course is intended to provide candidates with or without a degree the
opportunity to improve their language competency. Candidates who have
completed the Diploma will normally gain a level of competence in their chosen
Course details (2001)
page 13
language equivalent to that of a candidate who has studied the language as a
major for the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Course structure
Candidates for the Diploma are required to study units in language with a
weighting of at least 37.5% at level 200 and up to 62.5% at level 300 (a total of
100% HECS weighting).
Articulation
Students who hold an award from this University or another approved
institution may be permitted by the Faculty to count units from the former
award towards the Diploma.
Students who graduate with a Diploma in Languages and wish to enter the
Bachelor of Arts will be granted a total of 50% credit towards the BA,
comprising 37.5% Group 2 and 12.5% Group 3. Students will be granted full
credit towards the BA degree for subjects studies in an incomplete Diploma in
Languages. Students who transfer to the BA from the DipLang and receive full
credit cannot graduate with the DipLang.
Diploma of Music
(Abbreviation: DipMus)
Course code: F2M
This on-campus 2-year (minimum) full-time course is offered by the Faculty of
Arts through the Conservatorium of Music at Hobart. Part-time study is also
available.
Admission & prerequisites
All applicants are required to attend an audition and interview (where
practicable) and to undertake a theory and aural test. Overseas and interstate
applicants may submit a certified audio or video tape of recent performances
and/or compositions. Instrumental and vocal applicants should prepare a
program comprising three works of contrasting style and/or period; some
technical work may also be required. Composition applicants should present a
folio of at least three compositions.
A person who possesses such other qualifications and professional experience
deemed by the Faculty to provide an adequate preparation for study,
equivalent to that provided for by the above prescriptions, may however be
admitted to the course.
Course details (2001)
page 14
Course objectives
The course aims to provide students with:
•
•
•
•
•
•
a para-professional qualification of high standard;
a comprehensive course which articulates with the Bachelor of Music;
awareness and experience of recent technological developments in music;
the necessary communication skills and flexibility to interact with the
wider community;
appropriate support studies to assist students in the development of high
level musicianship skills
the opportunity for students to gain a working knowledge of the
academic, cultural, critical and technical language relevant to music.
Articulation
Students who complete this course satisfactorily will be granted credit for the
first year of the Bachelor of Music if they are successful in their application for
entry into the Bachelor of Music degree course.
Schedule A
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Level 100
General Musicianship
Hf
25%
FCG180
Practical Study
Hf
50%
FCP180
choose one of the following disciplines: Keyboard or Voice or Orchestral
Instruments or Contemporary Music or Guitar or Composition
Ensemble Study
Hf
12.5%
FCE180
and the following unit:
Language Support Studies
Hf
12.5%
FCL180
Students normally enrol in FCL180. However, with special approval from the
Director, students may undertake another unit in its place.
Level 200
Core studies and Ensemble (all students)
Aural and Listening 1
Hf
12.5%
FCL100
Music Theory 1
Hf
12.5%
FCT100
Performance and Communications
1
Hf
12.5%
FCP100
Ensemble 1
Hf
12.5%
FCE100
Principal Study and Related Studies
CHOOSE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING DISCIPLINES:
Keyboard
Principal Study Keyboard
1
Hf
25%
FCY100
Accompaniment 1
Hf
12.5%
FCY150
Course details (2001)
page 15
Voice
Principal Study Voice 1
Hf
25%
FCV100
French for Singers 1
Hf
25%
FCV150
Orchestral Instruments
Principal Study Orchestral
Instruments 1
Hf
25%
FCO100
Orchestra &
Repertoire 1
Hf
12.5%
FCO150
Contemporary Music
Principal Study Contemporary
Music 1
Hf
25%
FCN100
Style and Analysis 1
Hf
12.5%
FCN150
Guitar
Principal Study Guitar 1
Hf
25%
FCG100
Guitar Repertoire 1
Hf
12.5%
FCG150
Composition
Principal Study
Composition 1
Hf
25%
FCC100
Performance for
Composers 1
Hf
12.5%
FCC150
Complementary Studies
CHOOSE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:
Principal Study
Extension 1
Hf
12.5%
FCB100
Musicianship Extension 1
[na]
12.5%
FCB110
Improvisation 1
[na]
12.5%
FCB120
Keyboard Skills 1
Hf
12.5%
FCB130
Orchestration and
Arranging 1
[na]
12.5%
FCB160
Music Technology 1
Hf
12.5%
FCB190
Voice students do not choose a Complementary Studies unit. Subject to
Sub-Dean approval, students may take units offered by another school in
the University up to a maximum of 12.5% in place of Complementary
Studies units.
Language for Singers (Italian or French or German) is offered by the
Conservatorium of Music on a cyclical basis. In 2000 German was offered,
in 2001 French is being offered.
Bachelor of Arts
(Abbreviation: BA)
Course code: R3A
Course details (2001)
page 16
During 2000, changes were made to the structure of the BA degree. Students
who commenced their study prior to 2001 should refer to the section headed
'Changes to the BA degree' at the end of this entry.
This 3-year (minimum) course is available at Hobart, Launceston and the
North-West Centre at Burnie. Some units are also available externally by
distance education to Tasmanian residents who are unable to attend classes on
either the Hobart or Launceston campus or at the North-West Centre. Students
may study full time or part time and have nine enrolment years, including the
year of passing the first unit for the degree, in which to complete course
requirements. If students are studying by distance education their choice of
units is limited and may be varied from time to time. They should check the
availability of units before planning their course. Entry to the course normally
occurs in February, but limited entry is also available in July.
Admission & prerequisites
Applicants are expected to meet the normal requirements set by the University
for entry to degree courses. There are also several categories of special
admission. No specific course or subject prerequisites apply.
Course objectives
The Bachelor of Arts offers the opportunity for a liberal education. Students are
able to exercise choice across a wide range of disciplines. These include the
humanities (Ancient Civilisations, Ancient Greek, Latin, English, History, Asian
Languages, European Languages and Philosophy) and the social sciences
(Geography, Political Science, Psychology, Public Policy and Sociology) as well
as interdisciplinary studies (Aboriginal Studies, Asian Studies, Natural
Environment and Wilderness Studies, Journalism and Media Studies, Social
Ecology, and Women's Studies).
The program develops general abilities in the following areas:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
written expression
linguistic skills
creative self-expression
capacity to analyse and interpret in a dispassionate and objective manner
capacity for reasoned criticism
data acquisition and analysis
research techniques
marshalling facts in support of arguments, and
evaluating the possible outcomes of alternative courses of action, with the
emphasis varying according to the particular program chosen.
In short, the program helps students to operate in a complex and rapidly
changing world.
Course details (2001)
page 17
Career outcomes
In Australia and around the world, employers are increasingly seeing graduates
who can speak and write clearly; who are computer literate and understand
how to use technology; who know about other countries, cultures and societies;
who can solve problems creatively; and who have developed that flexibility of
thought which technical and vocational training rarely encourages. Graduates
with a Bachelor of Arts degree find jobs in, for example: advertising,
journalism, radio and television; the arts, heritage and museology; diplomacy,
interpreting and tourism; management, marketing and administration; politics,
the public service, the police force and the armed forces; teaching, research and
publishing; psychology, counselling and community work.
Course structure
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Students normally complete a total of 300% (HECS weighting) of units
made up of 100% first-year (level 100), 100% second-year (level 200) and
100% third-year (level 300).
Students must also take sufficient units to complete two majors within the
300% total. A major is defined as sequential studies in one discipline made
up of 25% at level 100 and 75% at levels 200/300 (a minimum of 100%).
Details on how to meet the requirements for majors are contained in this
Handbook under the relevant discipline heading. Please note that some
majors have compulsory units and these are listed under the discipline
entry.
Students take a minimum of three years and a maximum of nine years to
complete the degree
Students may take one major (100%) from a discipline outside the BA
schedule (see page B-xx) such as Fine Arts, Music, Management or
Computing, with permission of the relevant Head of School. This is made
up of 25% at level 100 plus 75% at levels 200/300. Note that units in Fine
Arts have quotas and other units may have TCE prerequisites. Potential
students should contact the relevant School for information on enrolment
when applying for admission.
At level 100, students normally study four different subject areas. At level
200 and 300, students take sufficient units to complete majors in two of the
disciplines which they have studied at level 100. The remaining units to
make up the 300% total can come from any of the other first-year subjects
they have studied or more units towards the majors.
Language students who enter the BA at level 200 in the language take only
75% of units at level 100 and take extra units at levels 200/300 in the
language to make up the total required for the major and for the 300%
required for the degree.
Full-time students normally take a 100% load each year to complete in the
minimum time. Students who are working in addition to their study may
Course details (2001)
page 18
take as little as 25% load in any one year, but should be mindful of the
maximum time allowed for them to complete.
Summary:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
No unit can count twice as part of two different majors
The maximum percentage in any one discipline which can be counted
towards the degree is 150%
At least 25% of units in a major must be at level 300
At the end of year 1, students must declare their intended majors and
confirm them at the end of year 2
The maximum percentage at level 100 for any single discipline is 25%
Students must complete 25% at level 100 before progressing to level 200
units in that discipline
Permission for an overload (more than 50% in any semester) must be
obtained from a Sub-Dean
Units cannot count towards the degree if the content is the same as
another unit studied previously.
The University Calendar has the full specifications for the degree. Students
should remember that it is their responsibility to check that they have met the
requirements for the degree.
Typical courses
EXAMPLE A
Level 100 (Year 1)
Sociology A and B 25%
History 1
25%
German 2
25%
Government A and B
25%
Level 200 (Year 2)
Sociology
German
History
37.5%
37.5%
25%
Level 300 (Year 3)
Sociology
50%
German
50%
Sociology major (100% minimum)
German major (100% minimum)<tbz>
Course details (2001)
page 19
EXAMPLE B
Level 100 (Year 1)
Ancient Civilisations
25%
Journalism and Media Studies 1A and 1B
Government A and B
25%
English A and B
25%
25%
Level 200 (Year 2)
Journalism and Media Studies
English
25%
Political Science
25%
50%
Level 300 (Year 3)
Journalism and Media Studies 25%
Political Science
50%
English
25%
Journalism and Media Studies major (100% minimum)
Political Science major (100% minimum)<tbz>
EXAMPLE C
Level 100 (Year 1)
Philosophy A and B25%
History
25%
Indonesian 1 25%
Sociology A and B 25%
Level 200 (Year 2)
History 1
37.5%
English
37.5%
Philosophy 25%
Level 300 (Year 3)
History
50%
English
37.5%
Sociology
12.5%
History major (100% minimum)
English major (100% minimum)<tbz>
Course details (2001)
page 20
The Schedule of units which follows lists by discipline all units taught in the
BA. Students should also consult the discipline entries in the Handbook to
determine individual unit prerequisites plus the requirements for a major in the
chosen discipline. Students intending to study a major in a discipline offered in
another degree course (Groups 1A, 2A and 3A) eg Music, Management, Fine
Arts, should consult the discipline entry in the Handbook to check the unit and
major requirements in the particular discipline.
Articulation
Credit for previous study
A person holding another award from this University or another approved
institution may be permitted by the Faculty to count towards the BA, units from
the former award to a maximum of 100% (an unspecified major). Students need
to apply for credit when applying for entry to the BA. Units from courses
offered by other Faculties of the University may be included in the degree
provided they do not exceed the permissible weighting (see course structure on
page B-xx).
Examples of credit awarded towards a BA:
Course/Award
Credit awarded
Total
Completion of the Tasmania Police Recruitment course (TPRC)
25% Group
1A at level 100 plus 25% Group 2A at level 200 in the BA
50%
Completed TAFE diploma or associate diploma
25% Group 1A level 100
25%
Registered nurses, hospital trained
25% Group 1A level 100 25%
Registered nurses, hospital trained and with further training, eg midwifery
certificate
25% Group 1A level 100 and an additional 25%
Group 2A level 200 50%
Completed three-year degree
25% Group 1A, 37.5% Group 2A, 37.5% Group
3A (a major) 100%
Articulation with other courses
Students who have completed a BA degree with sufficient merit are eligible to
apply for entry to the Bachelor of Arts with Honours (BA(Hons)) degree.
Details on eligibility and how to apply are contained in the BA(Hons) section
which follows.
Students completing the Honours degree with sufficient merit are able to apply
for entry to a research higher degree such as Master of Arts (MA) or Doctor of
Philosophy (PhD). Information on these courses is obtainable from the Office
for Research and the Research Higher Degrees Handbook. In addition, there are
postgraduate diplomas and coursework master degrees. Information on these
courses is included in the Postgraduate section of this handbook.
Course details (2001)
page 21
After completing two full years of study in the BA degree, students can apply
for entry to the Bachelor of Social Work (BSW) degree course. The BA study
must include two years of units in both Sociology and Psychology. The BSW is
taught on the Launceston campus only. Interested students should consult the
BSW entry included in this section of the Handbook.
BA students may apply to transfer to the Bachelor of Social Science (Police
Studies) or Bachelor of Tourism degree course (from 2001 offered in Launceston
only). Interested students should consult the relevant entries which follow in
this section of the handbook.
BA students wishing to pursue a teaching career must also complete the two
year Bachelor of Teaching (BTeach) degree (see page B-xx). This is a
postgraduate qualification taken after graduating with a BA. The degree course
is available on both the Launceston and Hobart campuses. Information
brochures are obtainable from Student Recruitment offices on both campuses
and from the contact number for the BTeach given on page xx.
Students currently studying for a degree in another faculty are able to apply to
transfer to the BA degree course and will receive some credit for their previous
successful study.
Changes to the BA Degree in 2001
During 2000 the Faculty of Arts authorised changes to the structure of the BA
degree, the main one being the deletion of double majors. Students are now
required to complete two majors in two different disciplines.
Commencement prior to 2001
Students who commenced their study before 2001 will complete their degree
according to the Rules under which they commenced. These are outlined in
the Handbook for 2000 and are listed in full in the University Calendar
(available at the Library, Student Administration, Faculty Offices).
All re-enrolling students are strongly encouraged to attend one of the
re-enrolment sessions to be held in Burnie, Launceston and Hobart during
October, for advice on completing their degree. Alternatively, students may
wish to attend an enrolment session for new students held in January 2001 (also
held in Burnie, Launceston and Hobart).
Students with queries may also discuss their options with Faculty Sub-Deans
on each campus. In addition, staff in the Faculty Office are also available to
assist students with their queries.
Course details (2001)
page 22
Students are strongly urged to check the individual discipline entries in the
Handbook for information on unit offerings and cross-listed units.
Commencement prior to 1998
Students who began their BA studies prior 1998 should consult the Course and
Unit Handbook 2000.
Enrolment restrictions – quotas
All prospective BA students, including those currently enrolled in other courses
in the University, should be aware that admission to the degree is subject to a
quota and formal selection procedures.
Students who are presently enrolled in another degree program and wish to be
enrolled in a BA program will need to apply for a place in the course.
Application forms are available from Student Administration, Hobart or
Launceston.
Similarly, entry into certain units in particular schools may be subject to quota
restriction yet to be advised.
Further information will be available at formal enrolment sessions. Enquiries
may be made to academic schools or the Faculty Office, Hobart or Launceston,
during the enrolment period.
Enrolment outside the BA schedule
Students who intend to enrol in subjects or units from another degree course as
part of an Arts degree, must comply with the subject or unit prerequisites
determined by that degree course. In all cases, specific prerequisites are listed in
the relevant discipline entries. Restrictions apply to the number of units which
may be studied.
Schedule
Note: (Unit) weight represents the proportion (%) of a normal full-time study load, and
is used for calculating the services and amenities fee and the Higher Education
Contribution Scheme (HECS) liability. For detailed information on the units, refer to
the 'Unit details' section of this handbook where all units are listed in strict
alphanumeric order of their unit code number.
Note: Faculty reserves the right to correct errors or inconsistencies, with or
without notice, and to make changes to this schedule. However, Faculty will
endeavour to ensure that no students is disadvantaged by such changes.
Course details (2001)
page 23
[i]
students need to study at least 3 (75%) and no more than 4 (100%) units
from Group 1;
[ii] students may enrol in 25% of units outside the BA schedule at 100 level;
[iii] internal students may enrol in units offered by distance education.
Group 1
Level 100
Unit Title
campus-sem
Aboriginal Studies
Contemporary Indigenous
Australia
L1~H1~D1
Indigenous Australia to the
1950s
L2~H2~D2
Ancient Civilisations
Ancient Civilisations 1A:
Gender and Politics in
Classical Literature
H2
Ancient Civilisations 1B:
Introduction to Greek and
Roman History
H1
Ancient Civilisations 1
Hf
Asian Studies
Asian Studies 1A
H1~Lv1
Asian Studies 1B
H2~Lv2
Chinese
Chinese 1
Hf~Lf
English
English 1A
H1
English 1B
H2~L2~B2~D2
Introduction to English:
Australian Literature
L1~B1~D1
French
French 1
Hf
Geography
Population and
Urbanisation
L1~B1~D1
The Physical Environment
L2~B2~D2
Geography
Geography and Environmental
Studies 1
Hf
Geography and Environmental
Studies 1A
Hf
German
German 1
Hf
History
weight
code
12.5%
HAB102
12.5%
HAB103
12.5%
HTC101
12.5%
25%
HTC102
HTC100
12.5%
12.5%
HMA101
HMA102
25%
HMC100
12.5%
12.5%
HEA103
HEA104
12.5%
HEA101
25%
HEF100
12.5%
12.5%
KJG101
KJG102
25%
KGA100
25%
KGA101
25%
HEG100
Course details (2001)
History 1
Hf
25%
The Impact of Europe c.
1640–1780
H1~D1
12.5%
(a) Age of Revolution and
Empire c.
1780–1815 (b) The Modern
World in Australia to 1860
H2
12.5%
History 1
Lf~Bf
25%
The History of Europe from
c. 1620 to 1789
L1~B1
12.5%
(a) The Impact of Europe
from the French
Revolution to the American
Civil War; (b) The Modern World in Australia to 1860L2~B2~D2
HTA106
Indonesian
Introductory Indonesian
Hf~Lf
25%
Japanese
Japanese 1
Hf
25%
Journalism and Media Studies
Journalism 2: An Introduction
to Media and Society
H1
12.5%
Journalism 1: An Introduction
to Reporting and News
H2
12.5%
Latin
Latin 1
Hf
25%
Philosophy/Logic and Philosophy of Science
Introduction to
Philosophy 1A
L1~D1
12.5%
Introduction to
Philosophy 1B
L2~D2
12.5%
Philosophy 1A
H13
12.5%
Philosophy 1B
H2/3
12.5%
Political Science
Introduction to
Government A
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
Introduction to
Government B
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
Psychology
Psychology 1A
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
Psychology 1B
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
Public Policy
Introduction to
Government A
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
Introduction to
Government B
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
Social Ecology
page 24
HTA100
HTA103
HTA104
HTA101
HTA105
12.5%
HMN100
HMJ100
HEJ102
HEJ101
HTL100
HPA181
HPA182
HPA101
HPA102
HSG101
HSG102
KHA101
KHA102
HSG101
HSG102
Course details (2001)
Sociology A
Sociology B
or 25% from the following units:
Population and
Urbanisation
Community Health and
Medicine I
Geography and Environmental
Studies 1A
Health Care Where People Live
and Work 1
Society, Culture and Health
1
Society, Culture and Health
2
Sociology
Sociology A
Sociology B
Women's Studies
Gender and Society
The Representation of
Gender
page 25
H1~L1~B1~D1
H2~L2~B2~D2
12.5%
12.5%
HGA101
HGA102
L1~B1~D1
12.5%
KJG101
H1
12.5%
CAM105
Hf
25%
KGA101
L1
12.5%
CNA126
L1
12.5%
HGA138
L2
12.5%
HGA139
H1~L1~B1~D1
H2~L2~B2~D2
12.5%
12.5%
HGA101
HGA102
H1
12.5%
HAF101
H2
12.5%
HAF102
Group 1A
25% of units offered outside the BA schedule as the Faculty may approve.
Groups 2 & 3
Where there are alternative unit codes (e.g. HSD206/306) the unit may be taken
either at level 200 or level 300. When students enrol, depending on whether
they wish to study a unit as a Group 2 unit or a Group 3 unit, they should use
the appropriate code e.g. HSD206 is the Group 2 code for the unit Policy Process
while HSD306 is the Group 3 code for the same unit. Students should note that
they must complete units from each Group to a minimum weight as set out in
the specifications. Students are advised to check the unit descriptions to see
what the prerequisites, corequisites and mutual exclusions are for each unit.
These may vary depending on the level of the unit. The maximum percentage
for units at level 200/300 outside the BA schedule is 75%.
Level 200/300
Unit Title
Aboriginal Studies
Aboriginal Arts
Aboriginal Women
campus-sem
weight
code
[na]
L1~H1
12.5%
12.5%
HAB240/340
HAB232/332
Course details (2001)
Contemporary Indigenous
Tasmania
Dynamics of Indigenous
Cultures
Indigenous Health
Indigenous Identity and
Place
Indigenous Justice Issues
Indigenous Life Histories
Indigenous Tasmania and
Colonial Dispossession
Indigenous Tasmanians and the
Bass Strait Islands
1830–1950
Indigenous Tourism
Language in Aboriginal
Society
Special Topic in Aboriginal
Studies A
Special Topic in Aboriginal
Studies B
History of the Indigenous
Peoples of North America
Unit Title
Ancient Civilisations
Intermediate Ancient
Greek A
Intermediate Ancient
Greek B
Advanced Latin A
Advanced Latin B
Classical Tragedy: Euripides
and Beyond
Greek and Roman Epic
Greek and Roman Mythology
Greek Tragedy
Intermediate Ancient
Greek A
Intermediate Ancient
Greek B
Intermediate Latin A
Intermediate Latin B
Latin 1
page 26
[na]
12.5%
HAB206/306
H1~Lv1
L2
12.5%
12.5%
HAB253/353
HAB213/313
[na]
L2~D2
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HAB241/341
HAB208/308
HAB252/352
L1~D1
12.5%
HAB256/356
L2~D2
H2
12.5%
12.5%
HAB209/309
HAB210/310
L1~H1~D1
12.5%
HAB214/314
L1~H1~D1
12.5%
HAB201/301
L2~H2~D2
12.5%
HAB202/302
L1~D1
12.5%
HTA275/375
campus-sem
weight
code
H1
12.5%
HTC216
H2
H1
H2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HTC218
HTC317
HTC319
H1
[na]
H1
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HTC213/313
HTC210/310
HTC223/323
HTC211/311
H1
12.5%
HTC216
H2
H1
H2
Hf
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
25%
HTC218
HTC217
HTC219
HTC215/315
Course details (2001)
page 27
Love and Politics in Augustan
Literature
H2
Monuments of Rome: Image and
Ideology
[na]
Roman Empire: Tiberius to
Hadrian
H1
Roman Imperial Society
H2
Roman Republic 133–31
BC
[na]
The Later Roman Empire
[na]
The Pursuit of Empire:
Philip, Alexander and Rome
[na]
Uncovering the Past
H2
Women in Greek and Roman
Antiquity
[na]
And the following units from other disciplines:
English
Medieval Writing
[na]
Shakespeare: Histories and
Tragedies
H2
Shakespeare: Comedy and
Romance
[na]
Elizabethan and Jacobean
Tragedy
[na]
Reading the Classics: Ovid and
Chaucer
[na]
National Shakespeare
[na]
The Legend of King Arthur
H1
History
The Early Middle Ages: From
Rome to the Millennium AD
410–1000
Hf
Late Medieval and Renaissance
Europe
Hf
Europe in an Age of Crisis
1560–1640
Europe in an Age of Crisis
1560–1640
Europe in the High Middle
Ages, AD 1000–1300
Europe in the High Middle
Ages, AD 1000–1300
Heresy and Inquisition in
Medieval Europe AD
1100–1500
12.5%
HTC205/305
12.5%
HTC207/307
12.5%
12.5%
HTC202/302
HTC203/303
12.5%
12.5%
HTC201/301
HTC206/306
12.5%
12.5%
HTC200/300
HTC204/304
12.5%
HTC221/321
12.5%
HEA213/313
12.5%
HEA222/322
12.5%
HEA223/323
12.5%
HEA225/325
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HEA227/327
HEA262/362
HEA277/377
25%
HTA201/301
25%
HTA202/302
D2
12.5%
HTA209/309
D2
12.5%
HTA209/309
[na]
25%
HTA212/312
[na]
25%
HTA212/312
[na]
12.5%
HTA225/325
Course details (2001)
Unit Title
Ancient Greek
Intermediate Ancient
Greek A
Intermediate Ancient
Greek B
Intermediate Ancient Greek
Grammar
Advanced Ancient Greek A
Advanced Ancient Greek B
Advanced Ancient Greek
Grammar
page 28
campus-sem
weight
code
H1
12.5%
HTG216
H2
12.5%
HTG218
Hf
H1
H2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HTG220
HTG316
HTG318
Hf
12.5%
HTG320
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
Asian Studies
Australia and Asia
H2~Lv2
12.5%
Contemporary Asian Issues
[na]
12.5%
Ethnic Politics and Religious
Nationalism in Asia
H2
12.5%
Issues in Contemporary
China
[na]
12.5%
Reporting Asia: Western Media
Perceptions of Asia
H1
12.5%
v
Research Project
Hf/1/2~L f/1/2 25%/12.5%
And the following units from other disciplines:
The Asia-Pacific Economies:
Tigers
H1
12.5%
Contemporary Art of the
Asia-Pacific Region
H2
12.5%
Cultures and Societies of
Southeast Asia
H2
12.5%
Love, Family and Sexuality:
East–West Comparison
[na]
12.5%
Chinese 2 Language
Skills A
Hf~LvfC3
25%
Chinese 2 Language
Skills B
Hf~LfC3
25%
Classical Japanese
Literature
[na]
12.5%
Japanese 2 Language
Skills A
Hf~Lvf
25%
Japanese 2 Language
Skills B
Hf
25%
v
Japanese Film
H2~L 2
12.5%
code
HMA211/311
HMA221/321
HMA261/361
HMA246/346
HMA260/360
HMA300/301
BEA211
FST213/313
HGA254/354
HGA212/312
HMC201
HMC202
HMJ333
HMJ201
HMJ202
HMJ334
Course details (2001)
page 29
Modern Japanese
Literature
Intermediate Indonesian
(Reading and Writing)
Intermediate Indonesian
(Conversation)
Survey of Indonesian
Literature
Advanced Buddhist
Philosophy
Indo–Tibetan Philosophy,
History and Culture
Introduction to Buddhist
Philosophy
Espionage, Terror and
Global Disorder
Globalisation and East Asian
Politics
Politics of
Democratisation, East and West
Asian Environmental
Justice
India since Independence
Islam, Law and
Women – Historical and
Contemporary Perspectives
Modern India till
Independence
War and Peace in the
Pacific
Geography of Asia
Unit Title
Behavioural Science
Behaviour in the
Workplace
Child & Adolescent
Development
Health, Stress and
Coping
Human Abilities
Research Project in Social
Psychology
Social Behaviour and Social
Influence
[na]
12.5%
HMJ331
Hf~Lf
25%
HMN201
H1~Lv1
12.5%
HMN202
H1~Lv1
12.5%
HMN304
H1
12.5%
HPA297/397
C3
25%
HPA276/376
H1
12.5%
HPA219/319
H1
12.5%
HSA270/370
[na]
12.5%
HSA258/358
H1
12.5%
HSA227/327
[na]
H2
12.5%
12.5%
HSD239/339
HTA222/322
H1
12.5%
HTA223/323
[na]
12.5%
HTA221/321
[na]
H1
12.5%
12.5%
HTA255/355
KGA202/302
campus-sem
weight
code
L1
12.5%
KHB215/315
L2
12.5%
KHB205/305
L2
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
KHB209/309
KHB211/311
[na]
12.5%
KHB208/308
[na]
12.5%
KHB207/307
Course details (2001)
Unit Title
Chinese
Chinese 2 Language
Skills A
Chinese 2 Language
Skills B
Chinese for Tourism
Chinese Reading and Writing
Skills
Chinese Special Topic A
Chinese Speaking and Listening
Skills
Computer-Related Chinese
Business and Office Writing
Classical Chinese
Modern Chinese Literature
page 30
campus-sem
weight
code
Hf~LfC3
25%
HMC201
Hf~LfC3
H1
25%
12.5%
HMC202
HMC205
H2~L2C3
Hf~Lf
12.5%
12.5%
HMC302
HMC309
Hf~LfC3
25%
HMC301
L2~H2
Hf
H1~Lv1
12.5%
25%
12.5%
HMC305
HMC306
HMC307
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Cultural Studies
Note: Cultural Studies is being taught out. No new intake into this major in
2001.
Cultural studies draws on the following units offered by various Schools:
A Brief History of
20th-Century Art
L1
12.5%
FFA202/302
Wilderness and Natural
Environment
L1
12.5%
FFA235/335
The Body in Art
L2
12.5%
FFA240/340
Landscape and Issues of
Postcolonialism in Australian
Art
[na]
12.5%
FFA241/341
Art and Design Theory
2/3
H1
12.5%
FST200/300
Australian Art of the 1970s
and 1980s
H2
12.5%
FST201/301
Cinema
H1
12.5%
FST202/302
Performance
[na]
12.5%
FST204/304
Picturing the Wilderness
H3
12.5%
FST205/305
Fashioning the Body
H2
12.5%
FST207/307
Feminist Aesthetics
[na]
12.5%
FST209/309
'Follow the White Rabbit':
Fairy Tale, Fable and
Cyber Fiction
H2
12.5%
FST210/310
Fantasy Decor
H2
12.5%
FST212/312
Course details (2001)
Sexualities: Histories,
Representation, Politics
Power, Pleasure and
Perversion
Critical Theory
National Shakespeare
Popular Fiction: Texts and
Audiences
The Legend of King Arthur
'Just like in Thelma and
Louise': Feminism and
Film
LA Noir: Film Noir and
Hollywood
Le grand écran: A History of
French Cinema
The German Film: More than One
Hundred Years of
German Cinema
Post-1945 German Film
Science, Technology and
Contemporary Society
Tourism, Sport and
Leisure
Cultures and Societies of
Southeast Asia
Sociology of Nature
Change and Order in
Contemporary Society
Japanese Film
Place and Environment
Postmodernism and its
Critics
Politics in Literature
and Film
Heresy and Inquisition in
Medieval Europe AD
1100–1500
Spreading the Word: A History
of Image and Text
Literature and
Environment
Unit Title
English
page 31
H1
12.5%
HAF202/302
[na]
H2
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HEA254/354
HEA260/360
HEA262/362
H1
H1
12.5%
12.5%
HEA267/367
HEA277/377
[na]
12.5%
HEA278/378
[na]
12.5%
HEA279/379
[na]
12.5%
HEF230/330
[na]
H2
12.5%
12.5%
HEG204/304
HEG212/312
[na]
12.5%
HGA220/320
H1
12.5%
HGA251/351
H2
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
HGA254/354
HGA261/361
H2
H2~Lv2
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HGA302
HMJ334
HPA204/304
[na]
12.5%
HPA206/306
[na]
12.5%
HSA204/304
[na]
12.5%
HTA225/325
H3
12.5%
HTA226/326
H1
12.5%
KGA272/372
campus-sem
weight
code
Course details (2001)
African Literature
African Literature West and
South
American Women Writing
(Nineteenth Century)
Beautiful Lies: Recent
Australian Writing
British Literature
1800–1850
British Literature
1850–1900
Confessionalism: Post-Romantic
Associations
Confessionalism: Postmodernist
Applications
Constructing Modernity and the
Metropolis
Critical Theory
Elizabethan and Jacobean
Tragedy
Gender and Nation
'Just like in Thelma and
Louise': Feminism and
Film
LA Noir: Film Noir and
Hollywood
Medieval Writing
Modern Drama
Modernism in British
Literature 1910–1930
Modernism in British
Literature: Poetry
National Shakespeare
Popular Fiction: Texts and
Audiences
Postmodern American
Poetry
Power, Pleasure and
Perversion
Reading the Classics: Ovid and
Chaucer
Research Project
Research Project
Romantic Poetry
Sexuality and the Subject in
Fiction
page 32
[na]
25%
HEA259/359
[na]
12.5%
HEA253/353
[na]
12.5%
HEA258/358
H1
12.5%
HEA205/305
H1
12.5%
HEA257/357
[na]
12.5%
HEA204/304
L1~Bv1~D1
12.5%
HEA255/355
[na]
12.5%
HEA261/361
H2
H2
12.5%
12.5%
HEA215/315
HEA260/360
[na]
H2
12.5%
12.5%
HEA225/325
HEA289/389
[na]
12.5%
HEA278/378
[na]
[na]
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HEA279/379
HEA213/313
HEA226/326
L1~Bv1~D1
12.5%
HEA283/383
[na]
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
HEA284/384
HEA262/362
H1
12.5%
HEA267/367
H1
12.5%
HEA288/388
[na]
12.5%
HEA254/354
[na]
[na]
H1/2~L1/2
[na]
12.5%
25%
12.5%
12.5%
HEA227/327
HEA375
HEA376
HEA280/380
[na]
12.5%
HEA286/386
Course details (2001)
page 33
Shakespeare: Comedy and
Romance
[na]
Shakespeare: Histories and
Tragedies
H2
The Body in the Text: 20th
Century Australian Fiction
[na]
The Legend of King Arthur
H1
The Literature of
Tasmania
H2
The Novel in the Nineteenth
Century
L2~Bv2~D2
Writing Narrative
L2~H2
Writing Poetry and Short
Fiction
L1~H1
And the following units from other disciplines:
Ancient Civilisations
Love and Politics in Augustan
Literature
H2
Greek and Roman Epic
[na]
Greek Tragedy
[na]
Classical Tragedy: Euripides
and Beyond
H1
Latin 1
Hf
Greek and Roman Mythology
H1
Geography
Literature and
Environment
H1
German
The German Film: More than One
Hundred Years of
German Cinema
[na]
Post-1945 German Film
H2
Music
Ensemble 1
Hf
12.5%
HEA223/323
12.5%
HEA222/322
12.5%
12.5%
HEA269/369
HEA277/377
12.5%
HEA214/314
12.5%
12.5%
HEA282/382
HEA290/390
12.5%
HEA203/303
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HTC205/305
HTC210/310
HTC211/311
12.5%
25%
12.5%
HTC213/313
HTC215/315
HTC223/323
12.5%
KGA272/372
12.5%
12.5%
HEG204/304
HEG212/312
12.5%
FCE100
Bachelor of Arts
Unit Title
French
French for Tourism and
Business
French Language Skills 2
French Language Skills 3
French Language Skills 3B
campus-sem
weight
code
H1
Hf
Hf
Hf
12.5%
25%
25%
25%
HEF203/303
HEF201
HEF301
HEF302
Course details (2001)
French Linguistics: An
Introduction
French Linguistics:
Pragmatics
French Literature: An
Overview
French-Canadian Women
Writers
Le grand écran: A History of
French Cinema
The French Novel
(1900–1950)
Twentieth Century French
Theatre
page 34
[na]
12.5%
HEF210/310
H2
12.5%
HEF213/313
[na]
12.5%
HEF220/320
H2
12.5%
HEF222/322
[na]
12.5%
HEF230/330
[na]
12.5%
HEF223/323
H1
12.5%
HEF221/321
campus-sem
weight
code
L1~D1
12.5%
KJG201
L1~D1
L2~D2
25%
25%
KJG301
KJG302
L2~D2
12.5%
KJG202
Unit Title
campus-sem
Geography and Environmental Studies (Hbt)
Biogeography and
Climatology
H1
Conservation
Geomorphology
H2
Environmental Impact
Assessment and Decision Making
H2
Environmental Management
H1
Environmental Remote
Sensing
H1
Fauna Conservation
Management
H1
Geography of Asia
H1
Historical Geography
H2
Literature and
Environment
H1
Microclimatology
H2
Natural Environment Field
Techniques
H3~L3~B3
weight
code
12.5%
KGA209
12.5%
KGA327
12.5%
12.5%
KGA381
KGA223/323
12.5%
KGA365
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KGA332
KGA202/302
KGA240/340
12.5%
12.5%
KGA272/372
KGA321
12.5%
KGA213
Unit Title
Geography
Australian Natural
Environments
Environmental
Geomorphology
Globalisation
Natural Resources
Management
Course details (2001)
Sustainable Communities and
Local Environments
The Global Space Economy
Urban Planning: Space,
Place and Society
Vegetation Management
Wilderness and Natural Area
Management: Natural and
Cultural Values
page 35
H2
H2
12.5%
12.5%
KGA254/354
KGA208/308
H1
H1
12.5%
12.5%
KGA253/353
KGA331
H2
12.5%
KGA278/378
Unit Title
campus-sem
German
Classical German
Literature
H2
Drama and Fiction from Realism
to Naturalism
[na]
German for Tourism and
Business
H1
German Language Skills 2
Hf
German Language Skills 3
Hf
German Language Skills 3B
Hf
Medieval German Language and
Literature
H1
Post-1945 German Film
H2
Post-1945 German
Literature
[na]
The German Film: More than One
Hundred Years of
German Cinema
[na]
The Twentieth-Century German
Novel
[na]
weight
code
12.5%
HEG310
12.5%
HEG307
12.5%
25%
25%
25%
HEG203
HEG201
HEG301
HEG302
12.5%
12.5%
HEG305
HEG212/312
12.5%
HEG213
12.5%
HEG204/304
12.5%
HEG311
Unit Title
History
African History
African–American
History
Australia from 1918 to
1975
Australia from the 1850s to
1918
Australian History
1788–1990s
Cold War Europe,
1945–1989
campus-sem
weight
code
Lf~Df
25%
HTA250/350
L2
12.5%
HTA252/352
H1~L1
25%
HTA207/307
Hf
25%
HTA204/304
D1
12.5%
HTA240/340
H2
12.5%
HTA210/310
Course details (2001)
Crime and the Law in
Historical Perspective
H2
Environmental History
[na]
Europe at War
1914–1945
H1~L1
Europe in an Age of Crisis
1560–1640
D2
Europe in the High Middle
Ages, AD 1000–1300
[na]
Gender in European
Thought
H2
Heresy and Inquisition in
Medieval Europe AD
1100–1500
[na]
Historiographical Studies
[na]
History and Heritage
L2~H2~D2
History of the Indigenous
Peoples of North America
L1~D1
History of the USA
[na]
India since Independence
H2
Islam, Law and
Women – Historical and
Contemporary Perspectives
H1
Late Medieval and Renaissance
Europe
Hf
Modern Europe
1815–1914
[na]
Modern India till
Independence
[na]
Revolution and Dissent
[na]
Special Topic in History
Hf~Lf
Spreading the Word: A History
of Image and Text
H3
The Early Middle Ages: From
Rome to the Millennium AD
410–1000
Hf
Third World Issues
[na]
Van Diemen's Land
1642–1850
H1
War and Peace in the
Pacific
[na]
And the following units from other disciplines:
Aboriginal Studies
Indigenous Tasmanians and the
Bass Strait Islands
1830–1950
L2~D2
Ancient Civisilations
page 36
12.5%
12.5%
HTA218/318
HTA271/371
12.5%
HTA211/311
12.5%
HTA209/309
25%
HTA212/312
12.5%
HTA205/305
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HTA225/325
HTA220/320
HTA290/390
12.5%
25%
12.5%
HTA275/375
HTA241/341
HTA222/322
12.5%
HTA223/323
25%
HTA202/302
25%
HTA203/303
12.5%
12.5%
25%
HTA221/321
HTA216/316
HTA399
12.5%
HTA226/326
25%
25%
HTA201/301
HTA251/351
12.5%
HTA229/329
12.5%
HTA255/355
12.5%
HAB209/309
Course details (2001)
The Pursuit of Empire:
Philip, Alexander and Rome
Roman Republic 133–31
BC
Roman Empire: Tiberius to
Hadrian
Roman Imperial Society
Uncovering the Past
Monuments of Rome: Image and
Ideology
Women in Greek and Roman
Antiquity
page 37
[na]
12.5%
HTC200/300
[na]
12.5%
HTC201/301
H1
H2
H2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HTC202/302
HTC203/303
HTC204/304
[na]
12.5%
HTC207/307
[na]
12.5%
HTC221/321
Unit Title
campus-sem
Indonesian
Advanced Indonesian Language
Skills
Lf~Hf
Advanced Indonesian Language
Skills (Padang)
C3
Indonesian Literature in
Context (Padang)
C3
Intermediate Indonesian
(Conversation)
H1~L1
Intermediate Indonesian
(Conversation) (Padang)
C3
Intermediate Indonesian
(Reading and Writing)
Hf~Lf
Intermediate Indonesian
(Reading and Writing) (Padang)
C3
Interpreting and
Translation
[na]
Popular Culture and Resistance
in Indonesia
Hv2~L2
Reading Indonesian
Hf~Lvf
Survey of Indonesian
Literature
H1~Lv1
Topics in Indonesian
Literature
[na]
Wayang Shadow Puppet
Theatre
Lv2
weight
code
25%
HMN302
25%
HMN306
12.5%
HMN307
12.5%
HMN202
12.5%
HMN203
25%
HMN201
25%
HMN204
12.5%
HMN303
12.5%
25%
HMN309
HMN308
12.5%
HMN304
12.5%
HMN305
12.5%
HMN210/310
Unit Title
Japanese
Classical Japanese
Literature
campus-sem
weight
code
[na]
12.5%
HMJ333
Course details (2001)
Japanese 2 Language
Skills A
Japanese 2 Language
Skills B
Japanese Film
Japanese for Tourism
Modern Japanese
Literature
Professional Spoken
Japanese
Professional Translation of
Japanese
Reading Japanese
Spoken Japanese
Writing Japanese
page 38
Hf~Lvf
25%
HMJ201
Hf
H2~Lv2
H1
25%
12.5%
12.5%
HMJ202
HMJ334
HMJ203
[na]
12.5%
HMJ331
Hf
12.5%
HMJ330
H1
H1
Hf
H2
12.5%
12.5%
25%
12.5%
HMJ335
HMJ306
HMJ307
HMJ308
Unit Title
campus-sem
Journalism and Media Studies
Advanced Print Journalism
H1
Environmental Journalism
[na]
Newspaper and Magazine
Design
H2
Online Journalism
H2
Photojournalism Theory
[na]
Professional Placement 1
H1
Professional Placement 2
H2
Professional Practices and
Culture
H2
Public Communications
H1
Radio Journalism
[na]
Sub-editing
[na]
Television Journalism
H1
Plus the following units from other disciplines:
Law
Media Law
H1
Political Science
Media and Politics
H2
Public Policy
Media, Mass Communication
and Information
Technology Policy
[na]
Sociology
Popular Culture and the Mass
Media
H2
History
weight
code
12.5%
12.5%
HEJ201/301
HEJ202/302
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HEJ220/320
HEJ219/319
HEJ204/304
HEJ206/306
HEJ218/318
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HEJ209/309
HEJ205/305
HEJ213/313
HEJ207/307
HEJ203/303
12.5%
BLA652
12.5%
HSA203/303
12.5%
HSD227/327
12.5%
HGA225/325
Course details (2001)
Spreading the Word: A History
of Image and Text
page 39
H3
12.5%
HTA226/326
campus-sem
weight
code
H1
H2
12.5%
12.5%
HTL217
HTL219
Hf
H1
H2
Hf
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HTL220
HTL317
HTL319
HTL320
Unit Title
campus-sem
Logic and Philosophy of Science
Chance, Coincidence and
Chaos
H1~Lw1~D1
Choice, Risk and
Decision
H2
Deviant Logic
[na]
Epistemology
[na]
w
Introduction to Logic
H1~D1~L 1~Bw1
Logic and Possibility
[na]
Paradoxes
[na]
Philosophy of Biology
[na]
Philosophy of Mathematics
H2
w
Time Travel
H1/3~D1~L /1
Ways of Reasoning
[na]
weight
code
12.5%
HPA256/356
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HPA294/394
HPA295/395
HPA216/316
HPA291/391
HPA292/392
HPA217/317
HPA218/318
HPA246/346
HPA208/308
HPA275/375
Unit Title
campus-sem
Natural Environment and Wilderness Studies
Geomatics 3c: Advanced
Geographic Information Systems
(GIS)
H2
Biogeography and
Climatology
H1
Conservation
Geomorphology
H2
Natural Environment Field
Techniques
H3~L3~B3
Microclimatology
H2
Vegetation Management
H1
Fauna Conservation
Management
H1
weight
code
12.5%
KGG340
12.5%
KGA209
12.5%
KGA327
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KGA213
KGA321
KGA331
12.5%
KGA332
Unit Title
Latin
Intermediate Latin A
Intermediate Latin B
Intermediate Latin
Grammar
Advanced Latin A
Advanced Latin B
Advanced Latin Grammar
Course details (2001)
page 40
Environmental Remote
Sensing
Environmental Impact
Assessment and Decision Making
Social & Environmental
Accounting
Tourism, Sport and
Leisure
Management and the Natural
Environment
Mass Social Movements
Global Environmental
Policy
Australian Environmental
Policy
Asian Environmental
Justice
Environmental Management
Wilderness and Natural Area
Management: Natural and
Cultural Values
Wilderness and Natural
Environment
Drawing in the Landscape
Art, Natural Environment
and History
Art, Natural Environment
and Wilderness
Literature and
Environment
The Literature of
Tasmania
Sociology of Nature
Environmental Ethics
Historical Geography
Unit Title
Philosophy
Advanced Buddhist
Philosophy
Chance, Coincidence and
Chaos
Chinese Philosophy
Choice, Risk and
Decision
H1
12.5%
KGA365
H2
12.5%
KGA381
H2
12.5%
BFA207/307
H1
12.5%
HGA251/351
[na]
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
BMA272/372
HGA233/333
H2~L2
12.5%
HSD229/329
[na]
12.5%
HSD230/330
[na]
H1
12.5%
12.5%
HSD239/339
KGA223/323
H2
12.5%
KGA278/378
L1
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
FFA235/335
FFD204/304
H3
12.5%
FSZ250/350
H1
12.5%
FSZ251/351
H1
12.5%
KGA272/372
H2
[na]
H1
H2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HEA214/314
HGA261/361
HPA277/377
KGA240/340
campus-sem
weight
code
H1
12.5%
HPA297/397
H1~Lw1~D1
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
HPA256/356
HPA220/320
H2
12.5%
HPA294/394
Course details (2001)
Contemporary Philosophy:
Biotechnology
L1
Deviant Logic
[na]
Ecophilosophy
[na]
Environmental Ethics
H1
Existentialism and Beyond
H2
History of Philosophy 1: from
Early Greece to the
Renaissance
H1~D1
History of Philosophy 2:
Modern Philosophy
H2~D2
Indo–Tibetan Philosophy,
History and Culture
C3
Introduction to Buddhist
Philosophy
H1
w
Introduction to Logic
H1~D1~L 1~Bw1
Law, Society and
Morality
[na]
Logic and Possibility
[na]
Meaning and Understanding
[na]
Moral Philosophy
H2
Philosophical Psychology
[na]
Philosophy 2001
H2
Philosophy and Literature
[na]
Philosophy and the Body
[na]
Philosophy of Art
H1
Philosophy of Feminism
H1~D1
Philosophy of Health Care
[na]
Philosophy of Mathematics
H2
Philosophy of Mind
[na]
Philosophy of Religion
[na]
Place and Environment
[na]
Political Philosophy
D1
Postmodernism and its
Critics
[na]
Professional Ethics
H2~Lv2
Science and Religion
L2~D2
Self and Subjectivity
L2
The Meaning of Life
[na]
The Philosophy of
Kierkegaard
[na]
The Philosophy of
Nietzsche
[na]
Time Travel
H1/3~D1~Lw/1
page 41
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HPA253/353
HPA295/395
HPA278/378
HPA277/377
HPA225/325
12.5%
HPA266/366
12.5%
HPA268/368
25%
HPA276/376
12.5%
12.5%
HPA219/319
HPA291/391
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HPA242/342
HPA292/392
HPA245/345
HPA210/310
HPA203/303
HPA398
HPA201/301
HPA271/371
HPA215/315
HPA270/370
HPA269/369
HPA246/346
HPA207/307
HPA293/393
HPA204/304
HPA289/389
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HPA206/306
HPA212/312
HPA274/374
HPA233/333
HPA209/309
12.5%
HPA202/302
12.5%
12.5%
HPA230/330
HPA208/308
Course details (2001)
Topics in the History of
Philosophy: The Philosophy
of Berkeley
Ways of Reasoning
page 42
[na]
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
HPA214/314
HPA275/375
Unit Title
campus-sem
Political Science
Approaches to International
Relations
H1
Australian Foreign Policy
[na]
Australian Political System:
Political Parties and
Parliament
H2
Approaches to International
Relations
H1
Espionage, Terror and
Global Disorder
H1
Globalisation and East Asian
Politics
[na]
Media and Politics
H2
Parliamentary Internship
Political Ideologies
H2
Political Thought: Liberal
Democracy
[na]
Politics in Literature
and Film
[na]
Politics of
Democratisation, East and West
H1
Race and Ethnic Politics
[na]
Tasmanian Politics and
Australian Federalism
[na]
plus the following cross-listed units:
Australian Environmental
Policy
[na]
Business–Government
Relations
H1~L1
Sex, Drugs and Toxic Waste:
The Politics of
Regulation
[na]
Government and the
Economy
H2~L2
International Organisation:
Globalism and Regionalism
H1
Ethnic Politics and Religious
Nationalism in Asia
H2
weight
code
12.5%
12.5%
HSA202/302
HSA240/340
12.5%
HSA241/341
12.5%
HSA202/302
12.5%
HSA270/370
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HSA258/358
HSA203/303
HSA361/432
HSA210/310
12.5%
HSA212/312
12.5%
HSA204/304
12.5%
12.5%
HSA227/327
HSA201/301
12.5%
HSA260/360
12.5%
HSD230/330
12.5%
HSD208/308
12.5%
HSD207/307
12.5%
HSD236/336
12.5%
HSD232/332
12.5%
HMA261/361
Course details (2001)
Reporting Asia: Western Media
Perceptions of Asia
Social and Political
Research
Survey Research
page 43
H1
12.5%
HMA260/360
L1~H1
H3
12.5%
12.5%
HGA203/303
HGA204/304
Unit Title
Psychology
Advanced Research Methods
Clinical Psychology
Cognition and Memory
Developmental Psychology
Educational Psychology
Health & Rehabilitation
Psychology
Human Abilities
Human Neuroscience
Individual Differences
Learning & Skilled
Performance
States of Consciousness
Organisational Psychology
Peace, Conflict
& Law
Assessment and Research
Methods
Psychology of Health &
Stress
Psychophysiology &
Emotion
Research Methods in
Psychology
Social Psychology
campus-sem
weight
code
H2
H1
H2
H2~L2
H1
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KHA308
KHA305
KHA306
KHA202
KHA319
H1
[na]
H1
H1
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KHA209/309
KHA211/311
KHA303
KHA318
H2
[na]
L1
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KHA314
KHA217/317
KHA215/315
H2
12.5%
KHA212/312
H1
12.5%
KHA301
L2
12.5%
KHA213/313
H1
12.5%
KHA304
H1~L1
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
KHA201
KHA207/307
Unit Title
Public Policy
Asian Environmental
Justice
Australian Environmental
Policy
Australian Public Policy
Business–Government
Relations
Executive Government
campus-sem
weight
code
[na]
12.5%
HSD239/339
[na]
H1~L1
12.5%
12.5%
HSD230/330
HSD206/306
H1~L1
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
HSD208/308
HSD235/335
Course details (2001)
Global Environmental
Policy
Government and the
Economy
International Organisation:
Globalism and Regionalism
Media, Mass Communication
and Information
Technology Policy
Policing and Governance
Policy Analysis
Regional Development
Policy
Sex, Drugs and Toxic Waste:
The Politics of
Regulation
Sport and Tourism: Policy and
Politics
Women and Public Policy
Approaches to Political
Analysis
plus the following cross-listed units:
Australian Foreign Policy
Australian Political System:
Political Parties and
Parliament
Tasmanian Politics and
Australian Federalism
Social and Political
Research
Survey Research
Understanding
Organisations
page 44
H2~L2
12.5%
HSD229/329
H2~L2
12.5%
HSD236/336
H1
12.5%
HSD232/332
[na]
H1~L1
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HSD227/327
HSD205/305
HSD209/309
H1~L1
12.5%
HSD223/323
[na]
12.5%
HSD207/307
H2~L2
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
HSD210/310
HSD240/340
H2~L2
12.5%
HSG200/300
[na]
12.5%
HSA240/340
H2
12.5%
HSA241/341
[na]
12.5%
HSA260/360
L1~H1
H3
12.5%
12.5%
HGA203/303
HGA204/304
H1
12.5%
HGA236/336
Unit Title
campus-sem
Social Ecology
Population and Society
H1~L1
Social Ecology
H2~L2
Social Ecology Internship
H1/2
plus the following units from other disciplines:
Australian Natural
Environments
L1~D1
Globalisation
L2~D2
Community Health and
Medicine
Hf
weight
code
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HGE204/304
HGE203/303
HGE350
12.5%
25%
KJG201
KJG302
25%
CAM205
Course details (2001)
Contemporary Indigenous
Tasmania
Crime and Criminal
Justice
Gender and Power
Health Sociology
Migrants in Australian
Society
Science, Technology and
Contemporary Society
Social and Political
Research
Social Inequality
Sociology of Deviance
Sociology of Nature
Sociology of Youth
Economics of Human
Resources
Environmental and Resource
Economics
Social & Environmental
Accounting
Sustainable Communities and
Local Environments
The Global Space Economy
Urban Planning: Space,
Place and Society
Government and the
Economy
Policing and Governance
Regional Development
Policy
Social Policy in Welfare
States
Perspectives on Ageing
Unit Title
Sociology
Change and Order in
Contemporary Society
Crime and Criminal
Justice
Cultures and Societies of
Southeast Asia
Gender and Power
page 45
[na]
12.5%
HAB206/306
L1~D1
L1~D1
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HGA206/306
HGA272/372
HGA239/339
H1
12.5%
HGA231/331
[na]
12.5%
HGA220/320
L1~H1
[na]
H1
[na]
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HGA203/303
HGA262/362
HGA259/359
HGA261/361
HGA277/377
H1
12.5%
BEA306
H1
12.5%
BEA301
H2
12.5%
BFA207/307
H2
H2
12.5%
12.5%
KGA254/354
KGA208/308
H1
12.5%
KGA253/353
H2~L2
H1~L1
12.5%
12.5%
HSD236/336
HSD205/305
H1~L1
12.5%
HSD223/323
H2~L2
L2
12.5%
12.5%
HSD231/331
CNA246
campus-sem
weight
code
H2
12.5%
HGA302
L1~D1
12.5%
HGA206/306
H2
L 1~D1
12.5%
12.5%
HGA254/354
HGA272/372
v
Course details (2001)
Health Sociology
Love, Family and Sexuality:
East–West Comparison
Magic, Spirituality and
Religion
Mass Social Movements
Migrants in Australian
Society
Popular Culture and the Mass
Media
Qualitative Research
Methods
Science, Technology and
Contemporary Society
Social and Political
Research
Social Inequality
Social Problems and Social
Policy
Sociological Analysis of
Modern Society
Sociology of Deviance
Sociology of Nature
Sociology of Youth
Survey Research
The Individual and
Society
Tourism, Sport and
Leisure
Understanding
Organisations
page 46
[na]
12.5%
HGA239/339
[na]
12.5%
HGA212/312
[na]
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
HGA219/319
HGA233/333
H1
12.5%
HGA231/331
H2
12.5%
HGA225/325
H1~L2
12.5%
HGA230/330
[na]
12.5%
HGA220/320
L1~H1
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
HGA203/303
HGA262/362
[na]
12.5%
HGA223/323
H2~L2~D2
H1
[na]
[na]
H3
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HGA202
HGA259/359
HGA261/361
HGA277/377
HGA204/304
[na]
12.5%
HGA221/321
H1
12.5%
HGA251/351
H1
12.5%
HGA236/336
Unit Title
campus-sem
Women's Studies
Contemporary Feminist Thought:
Themes, Issues and
Conflicts
H2
Sexualities: Histories,
Representation, Politics
H1
plus the following units from other disciplines:
Aboriginal Women
L1~H1
American Women Writing
(Nineteenth Century)
[na]
British Literature
1800–1850
H1
Gender and Nation
H2
weight
code
12.5%
HAF215/315
12.5%
HAF202/302
12.5%
HAB232/332
12.5%
HEA258/358
12.5%
12.5%
HEA257/357
HEA289/389
Course details (2001)
page 47
Medieval Writing
[na]
12.5%
HEA213/313
Power, Pleasure and
Perversion
[na]
12.5%
HEA254/354
Reading the Classics: Ovid and
Chaucer
[na]
12.5%
HEA227/327
Sexuality and the Subject in
Fiction
[na]
12.5%
HEA286/386
Education of Women and
Girls [a]
H?
16.67%
ESN773
Language, Gender and
Communication in Education [a]
H?
16.67%
ESN771
Literature, Gender and
Education [a]
H?
16.67%
ESN772
Love, Family and Sexuality:
East–West Comparison
[na]
12.5%
HGA212/312
Fashioning the Body
H2
12.5%
FST207/307
Feminist Aesthetics
[na]
12.5%
FST209/309
Gender in European
Thought
H2
12.5%
HTA205/305
Islam, Law and
Women – Historical and
Contemporary Perspectives
H1
12.5%
HTA223/323
Women in Greek and Roman
Antiquity
[na]
12.5%
HTC221/321
Philosophy and the Body
[na]
12.5%
HPA271/371
Philosophy of Feminism
H1~D1
12.5%
HPA270/370
Sociology of Law
H2
12.5%
BLA616
[a] for availability and details of these units, please contact the Faculty of
Education
Groups 2A & 3A
Units offered outside the BA schedule as the Faculty may approve with a
combined weighting of not more than 75% at level 200/300.
Fine Arts study in the BA
BA students wishing to undertake study in Fine Arts may do so and still be
within the specifications of their degree course. Students must attend an
interview, bringing their portfolio with them.
A Fine Arts major for a BA student can comprise a major in Art and Cultural
Theory or a major which is largely based on studio units, but which must
include a minimum of 25% Art Theory units. The total units studied must not
exceed 100% (25% at level 100 and 75% over levels 200 and 300).
Course details (2001)
page 48
1. Sample major – Studio (Hbt)
Year 1
Printmaking 125%
Year 2
Printmaking 2A
25%
Art Theory 1A
12.5%
Year 3
Printmaking 3A
25%
Art Theory 1B 12.5%
Major total 100%<tbz>
2. Sample major – Art & Cultural Theory (Hbt & Ltn)
Year 1
Theory 1
25%
Year 2
Theory 2
25%
Elective (eg Drawing)
12.5%
Year 3
Theory 3
25%
Elective (eg Drawing)
12.5%
Major total 100%<tbz>
3. Sample major – Studio (Ltn)
Year 1
Studio Survey 25%
Year 2
Ceramics
25%
Intro to Cultural Practices 1 12.5%
Year 3
Ceramics
25%
Intro to Cultural Practices 2 12.5%
Major total 100%<tbz>
Bachelor of Arts with Honours
(Abbreviation: BA(Hons))
Course code: R4A
This on-campus, 1 year full time (or, at the discretion of the relevant School, 2
consecutive years part time) course is available at Hobart and Launceston.
Candidates whose work has been interrupted by illness or other unavoidable
cause may be permitted to complete their course over a longer period of time.
Candidates wishing to apply for a place must submit an application form,
obtainable from Student Administration, by mid-December of the year before
that in which they wish to commence study. The accompanying Schedule lists
the disciplines which offer honours courses.
Admission & prerequisites
Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Arts with Honours:
Course details (2001)
•
•
•
•
•
page 49
must have qualified for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Arts, or
another approved Bachelor degree, in this University or another approved
tertiary institution;
if a candidate from another approved tertiary institution, must have
qualified for admission to a fourth year honours course in the proposed
discipline of study or a cognate discipline;
are required by Faculty to have a Grade Point Average (GPA) of 6.0 or
better in the 200 and 300 level units forming a major in that discipline.
Currently, the GPA is calculated on the basis of a HD=9, DN=7.5, CR=6.5,
PP/FP=5.5; TP=5.0, NN=4.0 for the units at 200 and 300 level in the
proposed discipline;
if undertaking a combined honours program, should qualify for entry in
both disciplines to be studied;
should consult the following schedule for full details of discipline
offerings as some disciplines prescribe additional units and a standard in
the major higher than the Faculty minimum GPA for entry to their
honours program.
Admission in semester 2 is possible in some programs. Contact the relevant
school for information.
BA(Hons) course specifications are published in the Calendar, copies of which
are held in the University Library, Student Administration, School Offices and
the Faculty Office, and is available on the Web starting at
http://www.admin.utas.edu.au/HANDBOOKS/handbooks.html
Course objectives
The Bachelor of Arts with Honours course allows candidates to pursue in-depth
study in the discipline or disciplines of their choice and at the same time to
demonstrate a level of excellence that will allow them to pursue higher degree
studies.
Career outcomes
In Australia and around the world, employers are increasingly seeing graduates
who can speak and write clearly; who are computer literate and understand
how to use technology; who know about other countries, cultures and societies;
who can solve problems creatively; and who have developed that flexibility of
thought which technical and vocational training rarely encourages. Graduates
with a Bachelor of Arts (Honours) degree find jobs in, for example: advertising,
journalism, radio and television; the arts, heritage and museology; diplomacy,
interpreting and tourism; management, marketing and administration; politics,
the public service, the police force and the armed forces; teaching, research and
publishing; psychology, counselling and community work.
Course details (2001)
page 50
Course structure
A candidate for the degree must pursue either a single course of study in one
honours discipline, or a joint course of study in two honours disciplines.
The disciplines which may be studied as single honours courses are those listed
in the schedule which follows. Unless exempted by the Faculty, a candidate
may not enrol in the Honours course in a discipline listed unless the
corresponding prerequisite requirements have been obtained.
Joint honours courses consist of such combinations of the disciplines listed in
the schedule as Faculty may from time to time approve. A candidate may not
enrol in a joint honours course unless permitted to do so by the Faculty on the
recommendation of the heads of the two Schools concerned. Candidates must
either have passed the prerequisite units prescribed in the schedule for both the
proposed disciplines or have otherwise satisfied the heads of the two Schools
that they are sufficiently qualified to undertake the joint course.
Candidates undertake a program comprising a number of coursework units
and a research thesis. Candidates should consult individual discipline entries
for full details (page references are given in the Schedule of Courses).
Articulation
A person holding an award from this University or another approved
institution may be permitted by the Faculty to count towards the degree units
from the former award in accordance with policies in force at the time of
admission.
Persons who have successfully completed the Bachelor of Arts with Honours
may apply for entry to a higher degree (Masters or PhD) in accordance with
policies governing candidature for such admission.
General provisions
The Dean may, on the recommendation of the head of School, grant a candidate
an extension of time for the completion of a thesis where a thesis is required as
part of an honours examination.
Except by special permission of the Faculty there is no re-examination for
honours in any one discipline.
The classes of honours are First Class, Second Class, and Third Class. There is
an upper and lower division in the second class.
Candidates who have obtained honours in one course may proceed to honours
in another course provided that they undertake a further year's work and
Course details (2001)
page 51
provided that the discipline or disciplines which comprise the earlier course are
not included in the later course.
Schedule of Courses
Discipline
campus-semprerequisites
code
Aboriginal Studies 4
(Honours)
Hf~LfMajor in Aboriginal Studies or
cognate discipline, including satisfaction of the Faculty Grade-Point
Average
HAB400/401
Asian Studies 4 (Honours)
HfMajor, including satisfaction of
the Faculty Grade-Point Average, plus a completed first year of a relevant
language other than English, or equivalent. By the end of the honours year,
students will have undertaken additional language study so as to
demonstrate an ability to read competently in that language. HMA400/401
Chinese 4 (Honours)
Hf~LfMajor with GPA of 7.0 or
higher; or a double major with GPA of 6.5 or higherHMC400/401
Classics 4 (Honours)
HfMajor in Ancient Civilisations
(including Latin 1 – HTL or equivalent) OR a Major in Latin and
satisfaction of the Faculty Grade-Point AverageHTC400/401
Geography Honours
LfGeography major, including
satisfaction of the Faculty Grade-Point Average (or an appropriate
background approved by Faculty)KJG400/401
English 4 (Honours)
H~LMajor, with Grade-Point
Average of 6 or higher in 75% of English units at levels 200/300
HEA400/401
French 4 (Honours)
H112.5% major with a GPA of 7
or better, and either an HD for HEF301 French Language Skills 3 or a DN for
HEF302 French Language Skills 3BHEF400/401
Geography and Environmental
Studies 4
Hfbachelor degree with a sound
major in Geography and Environmental Studies or another discipline
relevant to the thesis topic and satisfying the Faculty honours entry
requirements for major and GPA.KGA402/403
German 4 (Honours)
HfA 112.5% major in German and
GPA of 7 or better.
HEG400/401
History 4 (Honours)
H~LMajor, with Grade-Point
Average of higher than 6.5
HTA498/499
Indonesian 4 (Honours)
Hf~LfMajor, with Grade-Point
Average of 7.0 or better
HMN400/401
Japanese 4 (Honours)
Hfone Distinction (DN) and two
Credits (CR) in HMJ306–308. Further passes in HMJ330–335 are
recommended
HMJ400/401
Philosophy 4 (Honours)
Hf~LfMajor, including satisfaction of
the Faculty Grade-Point AverageHPA400/401
Course details (2001)
page 52
Political Science 4
(Honours)
HMajor, with Grade-Point
Average of 6.5 or higher
HSA400/401
Psychology 4 (Honours)
HfDouble major, containing at
least 175% in the discipline, including KHA340 or KHA311, and
satisfaction of the Faculty Grade-Point AverageKHA400/401
Public Policy 4
(Honours)
H~LMajor, with Grade-Point
Average of 6.5 or higher
HSD400/401
Sociology 4 (Honours)
Hf~LfMajor, including HGA202,
HGA203/303 and satisfaction of Faculty Grade-Point Average.
HGA400/401
Women's Studies 4
(Honours)
HfFaculty requirement for entry
to Honours, a major in Women's Studies and approval of the Coordinator
of Women's Studies.
HAF400/401
Bachelor of Contemporary Arts
(Abbreviation: BCA)
Course code: F3J
This on-campus 3-year full-time course is offered by the School of Visual &
Performing Arts in Launceston. Part-time study is also available.
Admission & prerequisites
Applicants are normally expected to have satisfied the University's admission
requirements.
Applicants intending to specialise in 2D Studies or 3D Studies will be required
to submit a portfolio of recent artwork (which may include slides, photographs
or video). Where there are circumstances which prevent an applicant attending
for interview, a brief statement outlining interest in the course, including any
relevant experience or qualifications, should be provided, including a portfolio
of recent artwork.
Applicants intending to specialise in Theatre Studies are required to attend an
audition and interview. Overseas and interstate applicants may submit a
video-tape of a recent performance.
Students intending to specialise in Theory Studies are required to attend an
interview in which they will either present a portfolio of recent artwork or
present for audition, as appropriate.
Course details (2001)
page 53
Completion of either TCE Art, Craft & Design or Speech & Drama is desirable
but not essential.
Course objectives
The educational objectives of the 3-year degree are:
1.
2.
3.
To provide a foundation study in the methods, skills and processes
involved in visual or performing arts practices;
To familiarise students with conceptual concerns and theoretical debates
surrounding contemporary visual and performing arts practices;
To provide a program that creates an opportunity for students to go on to
further study at Honours level or to undertake a degree program in a
complementary area, eg cultural tourism, business, hospitality.
Career outcomes
Graduates from the Bachelor of Contemporary Arts will find employment in a
variety of positions within the visual and performing arts professions. Students
who complete a stream in either 2D Studies or 3D Studies or Theory Studies
may work as curators, gallery administrators, researchers and teachers, as well
as participating in individual and group-generated projects and studio practice.
Students who complete the Theatre Studies stream may work in professional
theatre as actors, stage managers or technicians, film and television, or public
relations.
Course structure
To meet the requirements of the BCA, students must complete a total of 300%,
of which normally 100% will be at level 100, 100% at level 200 and 100% at level
300. Students must also meet the requirements for a major stream in either
Theatre Studies, 2D Studies, 3D Studies or Theory Studies.
Year 1
All students must complete the core theory units Introduction to Cultural
Practices 1 and 2 (2 x 12.5%). Students choose Year 1 core units from the
schedules for one of Theatre Studies, 2D Studies, 3D Studies or Theory Studies.
Year 2
All students complete 25% in Theory Studies units. Students who elect to do a
major stream in either Theatre Studies, 2D Studies or 3D Studies must complete
50% of units at level 200 in the chosen stream. Students who choose the Theory
Studies stream must do an additional 25% of units at level 200 in Theory
Studies. The remaining weighting (50%) is made up of electives, comprising
Course details (2001)
page 54
level 200/300 units from any of the other schedules, approved complementary
TAFE modules or units from other courses in the University.
Year 3
Students in the Theatre Studies stream complete the units Theatre Project 1 and
2 (50%). Students in the streams for 2D Studies or 3D Studies complete the units
Studio Project 1 and 2 (50%). Students in the Theory Studies stream choose 50%
of Theory units at level 300. The remaining weighting (50%) for all students is
made up of electives, comprising level 200/300 units from any of the other
schedules, approved complementary TAFE modules or units from other
courses in the University.
Students who intend to apply for an honours course must complete a total of
75% of Theory Studies units, including the core Year 1 theory units Introduction
to Cultural Practices 1 and 2.
Sample Course 1 – Major in 2D Studies
INSERT BCA1.PICT HERE
Sample Course 2 – Major in Theatre Studies
INSERT BCA2.PICT HERE
Sample Course 3 – Major in Theory Studies
INSERT BCA3.PICT HERE
Articulation
Applicants who are accepted for admission, and who have satisfactorily
completed a related TAFE diploma, will be awarded status for up to one year or
one-third of the degree requirement (100% total).
Students commencing study in the BCA will normally be granted a minimum
of 25% credit towards the BCA if they have completed another previous degree.
Credit for another incomplete degree will be given on a case by case basis.
Continuing University students will be able to articulate from the BFA at
Launceston and from the BPA (Theatre).
On completion of the BCA, graduates will be able apply for entry into honours
programs in Fine Arts and in Performing Arts.
Articulation with TAFE
Course details (2001)
page 55
All students in the degree program can count up to an equivalent of 50% of
approved complementary TAFE modules, of which no more than 25% may
count towards the nominated major stream. For the purposes of credit transfer,
each TAFE module has an equivalent weighting of 12.5%. The approved
complementary TAFE modules are as follows:
11-449 Jewellery Introduction
11-455 Jewellery – Fabrication Techniques
11-456 Jewellery Casting
11-457 Jewellery Production Casting
11-443 Printmaking Introduction
11-589 Etching Techniques
11-591 Intaglio Drypoint
11-594 Stone Lithography
11-610 Colour Etching
11-690 Two Shaft Weave
11-684 Introduction to Tapestry
11-693 Dyeing
11-695 Introduction to Colour
51-139 Intro to Computers for Graphic Arts
Units from other courses
Students are permitted to enrol in units from another degree course to count
towards the BCA, provided that the weighting of these units totals no more
than 25% at level 200 and 25% at level 300.
Students enrolled in other courses
The School of Visual & Performing Arts offers students a sequence of 12.5%
elective units. Students must obtain formal School approval from the
lecturer-in-charge prior to enrolment.
Schedule A – Theatre Studies stream
Course details (2001)
page 56
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Principles and Practice of
Theatre 1: Australian Drama
L1
12.5%
FPB101
Theatre Skills 1
L1
12.5%
FPB103
Technical Theatre
L1
12.5%
FPB105
Introduction to Cultural
Practices 1
L1
12.5%
FFA102
Principles and Practice of
Theatre 2: The Development
of Western Drama
L2
12.5%
FPB102
Theatre Skills 2
L2
12.5%
FPB104
Performance and
Production
L2
12.5%
FPB106
Introduction to Cultural
Practices 2
L2
12.5%
FFA103
Year 2
Classical Production
[na]
12.5%
FPB201
Classical Performance
[na]
12.5%
FPB202
Devised Performance
[na]
12.5%
FPB203
Theatre Skills 3
[na]
12.5%
FPB204
Plus 25% from level 200/300 units listed in the Theory Studies Schedule
plus 25% elective units from any of the following:
Advanced Technical
Theatre
[na]
12.5%
FPB251/351
Professional Presentation
Skills
[na]
12.5%
FPB252/352
Stage Design
[na]
12.5%
FPB253/353
Lighting Design for
Installations and Performances
[na]
12.5%
FPB254/354
Scriptwriting
[na]
12.5%
FPB255/355
Voice and Media
[na]
12.5%
FPB256/356
Acting for Television
and Film
[na]
12.5%
FPB257/357
Wayang Shadow Puppet
Theatre
L2
12.5%
HMN210/310
or other level 200/300 units listed in the BCA schedule, or approved modules
from TAFE, or units from other courses offered in the University
Year 3
Theatre Project 1: Student
Directed Production
[na]
12.5%
FPB302
Theatre Project 1: Graduate
Production
[na]
12.5%
FPB303
Plus 50% elective units chosen from level 200/300 units listed in the BCA
schedule, or approved modules from TAFE. Student may include 25% of
units offered by other courses in the University.
Course details (2001)
page 57
Schedule B – 2D Studies stream
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Introduction to Drawing 1
L1/2
12.5%
FFD100
Introduction to Two
Dimensional Studies
L1
12.5%
FFE102
Introduction to Three
Dimensional Studies
L1
12.5%
FFE103
Introduction to Cultural
Practices 1
L1
12.5%
FFA102
Introduction to Drawing 2
L1/2
12.5%
FFD101
Introduction to Cultural
Practices 2
L2
12.5%
FFA103
Plus 25% from the following:
Introduction to Ceramics
L2
12.5%
FFC110
Introduction to Textiles
L2
12.5%
FFX110
Introduction to Sculpture
L2
12.5%
FFS110
Introduction to
Printmedia
L2
12.5%
FFR110
Introduction to Painting
L2
12.5%
FFP110
Year 2
Choose 50% from the following, including at least 25% from one of Painting,
Photography, Digitial Imaging or Drawing:
Contemporary Painting
Practices
L1
12.5%
FFP250/350
Painting: Self-directed
Project
L1
12.5%
FFP201/301
Painting Media, Processes
and Approaches
L1
12.5%
FFP202/302
Painting:
Material/Descriptive Exploration
L2
12.5%
FFP203/303
What are the Limits of
Painting?
L2
12.5%
FFP204/304
The Seduction of Black and
White: Advanced Techniques
and Concepts for the
Photographic Medium
L1
12.5%
FFR201/301
Printmedia Project
[na]
12.5%
FFR202/302
Digital Project
L2
12.5%
FFR203/303
Looking Out/Looking In:
Approaches to the Landscape
L1
12.5%
FFR204/304
Photography as Service
L1
12.5%
FFR250/350
Computer Imaging
L2
12.5%
FFR252/352
Web Page Design
L1
12.5%
FFR205/305
Course details (2001)
page 58
Drawing: The Body
[na]
12.5%
FFD201/301
Drawing: Questioning the
Practice
[na]
12.5%
FFD200/300
Drawing into Print
L2
12.5%
FFD202/302
Drawing: Approaches to
Abstraction
L1
12.5%
FFD203/303
Drawing in the Landscape
[na]
12.5%
FFD204/304
Plus 25% from level 200/300 units listed in the Theory Studies schedule
plus 25% elective units chosen from level 200/300 units listed in the BCA
schedule, or approved complementary modules from TAFE, or units
offered by other courses in the University.
Year 3
Studio Project 1
L1
25%
FFE302
Studio Project 2
L2
25%
FFE303
Plus 50% elective units chosen from level 200/300 units listed in the BCA
schedule, or approved complementary modules from TAFE. Students may
include 25% of units offered by other courses in the University.
Schedule C – 3D Studies stream
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Introduction to Drawing 1
L1/2
12.5%
FFD100
Introduction to Two
Dimensional Studies
L1
12.5%
FFE102
Introduction to Three
Dimensional Studies
L1
12.5%
FFE103
Introduction to Cultural
Practices 1
L1
12.5%
FFA102
Introduction to Drawing 2
L1/2
12.5%
FFD101
Introduction to Cultural
Practices 2
L2
12.5%
FFA103
Plus 25% from the following:
Introduction to Ceramics
L2
12.5%
FFC110
Introduction to Textiles
L2
12.5%
FFX110
Introduction to Sculpture
L2
12.5%
FFS110
Introduction to
Printmedia
L2
12.5%
FFR110
Introduction to Painting
L2
12.5%
FFP110
Year 2
Choose 50% from the following, including at least 25% from one of Ceramics,
Sculpture or Textiles:
Form Follows Function: The Art
of the Potters Wheel
L1
12.5%
FFC201/301
The Object in Contemporary
Popular Culture
[na]
12.5%
FFC202/302
Course details (2001)
page 59
Ceramics: Precious and
Ephemeral
L1
12.5%
FFC250/350
The Return of the Figure
L2
12.5%
FFC203/303
The Pot as Narrative
L2
12.5%
FFC204/304
Ceramics for the Kitchen
Dresser
[na]
12.5%
FFC251/351
Revisiting the Figure
[na]
12.5%
FFS201/301
Student Initiated Sculpture
Project 1
L1
12.5%
FFS202/302
Small Scale Sculpture
L1
12.5%
FFS251/351
The Art of Adding and
Removal
[na]
12.5%
FFS203/303
Student Initiated Sculpture
Project 2
L2
12.5%
FFS204/304
Sculpture: Fine Art Metal
Casting
L2
12.5%
FFS250/350
All Dressed Up and Going
Places – The Art of
Costume 1
L1
12.5%
FFX202/302
Dressing up, Dressing Down:
The Art of Costume 2
L2
12.5%
FFX203/303
Plus 25% from level 200/300 units listed in the Theory Studies schedule
plus 25% elective units chosen from other level 200/300 units listed in the BCA
schedule, or approved complementary modules from TAFE, or units
offered in other courses in the University
Year 3
Studio Project 1
L1
25%
FFE302
Studio Project 2
L2
25%
FFE303
Plus 50% from level 200/300 units listed in the BCA schedule, or approved
complementary modules from TAFE. Students may include 25% of units
offered by other courses in the University
Schedule D – Theory Studies stream
Unit Title
Level 100
Required units [a]
Introduction to Drawing 1
Introduction to Two
Dimensional Studies
Introduction to Three
Dimensional Studies
Introduction to Cultural
Practices 1
Introduction to Drawing 2
campus-sem
weight
code
L1/2
12.5%
FFD100
L1
12.5%
FFE102
L1
12.5%
FFE103
L1
L1/2
12.5%
12.5%
FFA102
FFD101
Course details (2001)
page 60
Introduction to Cultural
Practices 2
L2
12.5%
FFA103
[a] Note: Subject to approval from the Head of School, students may replace
studio or drawing units with level 100 Theatre Studies units or level 100
units from other courses.
plus 25% [a] from the following:
Introduction to Ceramics
L2
12.5%
FFC110
Introduction to Textiles
L2
12.5%
FFX110
Introduction to Sculpture
L2
12.5%
FFS110
Introduction to
Printmedia
L2
12.5%
FFR110
Introduction to Painting
L2
12.5%
FFP110
Level 200/300
Choose 100% from the following:
The Construction of
Genius
[na]
12.5%
FFA250/350
Romance and Realism
[na]
12.5%
FFA251/351
The Avant-Garde and the
Necessity of the New
[na]
12.5%
FFA252/352
The Arts in Revolt
[na]
12.5%
FFA254/354
Professional Practice
[na]
12.5%
FFA233/333
Gallery Studies
L4
12.5%
FFA234/334
Wilderness and Natural
Environment
L1
12.5%
FFA235/335
Subject to Sub-Dean approval, students may also include up to 25% from the
units offered by other Schools:
any Humanities & Social Science units listed in the BA Schedule;
or the following units in Architecture:
History & Theory in
Design 3
L1
12.5%
KDA212
History and Theory in
Design 4
L2
12.5%
KDA222
History & Theory in
Design 5
L1
12.5%
KDA312
History and Theory in
Design 6
L2
12.5%
KDA322
Theory in Design 1
(BArch)
L2
12.5%
KDA422
Plus 100% elective units chosen from level 200/300 units listed in the BCA
schedule, or approved modules from TAFE. Students may include 50% of
units offered by other courses in the University
Bachelor of Fine Arts
(Abbreviation: BFA)
Course details (2001)
page 61
Course code: F3E
This on-campus 3-year (minimum) full-time course is offered by the Faculty of
Arts through the Tasmanian School of Art at Hobart and the School of Visual
and Performing Arts at Launceston. Part-time study is also available. There will
be no new intake into this course on the Launceston campus in 2001. New
students at Launceston enrol in the Bachelor of Contemporary Arts (see page
B-xx).
Admission & prerequisites
All applicants will be required to submit a portfolio of recent art work (which
may include slides, photographs or video) and attend an interview. Where
there are circumstances which prevent an applicant attending for interview, a
brief statement outlining interest in the course, including any relevant
experience or qualifications, should also be provided, including a portfolio of
recent artwork. It is a distinct advantage for applicants to have completed TCE
Art, Craft & Design or have equivalent experience and/or qualifications, since
admission is competitive.
Course objectives
The Bachelor of Fine Arts is designed to give students a broad visual arts
education and to offer them a wide range of possible disciplines in which to
undertake a major program of study. The course requires a commitment to
studio-based study, and also offers a substantial program in Art Theory, which
includes studies in art history, theory and film. There are opportunities for
specialised study in various disciplines, all of which are informed by a rigorous
and challenging ongoing theoretical debate. Majors may be undertaken in a
range of Studio practices. Students may also choose to do an Art and Cultural
Theory major in which they specialise in units from the Art Theory program
and are eligible to enrol in a number of units cross-listed with other disciplines.
Career outcomes
Graduates from the Bachelor of Fine Arts find employment in a variety of
positions within the arts professions, including curatorial work, gallery
administration, research and teaching, as well as participating in individual and
group-generated projects and studio practice.
Course structure
Level 100
Course details (2001)
page 62
(Hobart) Students enrol in at least two Studio A units (2 x 25% weight), and
Introduction to Art and Design Theory 1A and 1B (2x12.5%). Additionally they
enrol in a further unit from either the Studio A or Studio B list (25%).
Studio major – level 200
(Hobart) Students enrol in one Studio A unit (50% weight) and make up the
remaining 50% from the level 200 schedule. This may be a multiple selection of
12.5% or 25% units or a second 50% Studio A unit. [Note: FST200/300 Art and
Design Theory 2/3 plus a further 12.5% Art and Design Theory unit (normally
taken after FST200/300) must be completed at levels 200 or 300].
(Launceston) Students enrol in two level 200 Art Theory units and a level 200
Studio unit, and make up the remaining 25% with a selection of electives.
Studio major – level 300
(Hobart) Students enrol in one Studio A unit (50% weight) and make up the
remaining 50% from the level 300 schedule. This may be a multiple selection of
12.5% or 25% units or a second 50% Studio A unit.
Note: Students must complete a studio major sequence by enrolling in Studio A
units at level 100 (25%), level 200 (50%) and level 300 (50%) normally in the
same studio. Students may enrol in a level 300 Studio A unit (50%) having
gained a Distinction in that same studio in a 25% unit at level 200.
(Launceston) Students enrol in either a level 300 Studio unit or another level
200 Studio unit. The remaining 50% can be made up with either a selection of
electives or an additional level 200 Studio unit.
Notes:
•
•
Normally students enrol in a level 300 Studio unit in third year.
Students intending to proceed beyond level 300, i.e. to honours and
postgraduate studies, will need to complete 2 semesters of level 300 Art
Theory and a level 300 Studio unit.
Art and Cultural Theory major – level 200/300
(Hobart ) Students must complete:
•
•
•
a sequence of Art Theory units at levels 200 and 300 to the value of
75–100% in total; 25% of them can be taken in units which are cross-listed
from other Schools (see Art and Cultural Theory schedule of units below).
At least 25% weighting of units should be from level 300 units:
level 200 and/or level 300 studio-based units to the total value of 50%; and
level 200/300 electives to the value of 50–75%.
Course details (2001)
page 63
Dipback
Normally students complete 100% at each of levels 100, 200 and 300. Subject to
Sub-Dean approval, students are permitted to count towards their degree a
'dipback' of 25% in units at a lower level.
Articulation
Students who are accepted for transfer from other institutions can be given
status for equivalent studies satisfactorily completed in bachelor degree
programs in other universities. Applicants who are accepted for admission, and
who have satisfactorily completed a related TAFE diploma, can be awarded
status for one year or one-third of the degree requirement.
Students who have completed another previous degree and are commencing
study in the BFA will normally be granted 25% credit towards the BFA. Credit
is granted for study completed within the past ten years; but for those seeking
credit for qualifications completed more than ten years ago, consideration will
be given to evidence of continuing professional practice in the field.
Transfer provisions
A student successfully completing all level 100 units of the course at one
campus will be eligible to transfer to units at level 200 at the other campus with
full status for level 100 units. However, they would normally only be able to
enrol in studios at level 200 if they have completed the prerequisite level 100
studio (full year level 100 Studio for Hobart students transferring to
Launceston; semester 1 Studio Survey, full year Drawing and semester 2 Studio
for Launceston students transferring to Hobart). In exceptional circumstances
the sub-dean may approve an appropriate set of subjects to serve as a
prerequisite where a stated prerequisite is not met.
Units from other courses
Students are permitted to enrol in units from another degree course to count
towards the BFA, provided that the weighting of these units totals no more
than 75%, being no more than 25% in each of years 1, 2 and 3.
Students enrolled in other courses
The School of Visual and Performing Arts at Launceston offers students a
selection of elective units.
Schedule – Hobart
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Course details (2001)
page 64
Level 100
Art and Design Theory units – compulsory
Introduction to Art and Design
Theory 1A
H1
12.5%
FST101
Introduction to Art and Design
Theory 1B
H2
12.5%
FST102
Choose 2 Studio A units (compulsory) AND either 1 Studio A or Studio B
unit(s) or units offered by other Schools to the value of 25%
Studio A units
E-Media 1
Hf
25%
FSE110
Furniture Design 1
Hf
25%
FSF110
Graphic Design 1
Hf
25%
FSG110
Painting 1
Hf
25%
FSP110
Photography 1
Hf
25%
FSH110
Printmaking 1
Hf
25%
FSR110
Sculpture 1
Hf
25%
FSS110
Studio B units
Introduction to
Mould-Making 1
H1
12.5%
FSC101
Introduction to Life
Drawing
H1/2
12.5%
FSD150
Media and Methods in
Drawing
H1/2
12.5%
FSD153
Woodskills 1A
Hf
25%
FSW150
Level 200
Where there are alternative unit codes (e.g. FST201/301) the unit may be taken
either at level 200 or level 300. When students enrol, depending on whether
they wish to study a unit as a level 200 unit or a level 300 unit, they should
use the appropriate code (e.g. FST201 is the level 200 code, and FST301 is
the level 300 code).
Students choose one unit from Studio A (compulsory), and other units from Studio A,
Studio B or Art and Design Theory units to the value of 50%. Students may
take units offered by another School in the University, up to a maximum of 25% in
year 2 in place of Studio B units to that value.
Note 1: Students must complete FST200 or FST300 plus a further 12.5% Art and
Design Theory unit at level 200 or 300 (normally taken after FST200/300)
Note 2: Major Study Students must complete a sequence of Studio A units at level
100 (25%), level 200 (50%) and level 300 (50%) normally in the same studio.
Students may take a level 300 Studio A unit (50%) having gained a Distinction
result in that same studio in a 25% unit at level 200.
Art and Design Theory
2/3
H1
12.5%
FST200/300
Australian Art of the 1970s
and 1980s
H2
12.5%
FST201/301
Cinema
H1
12.5%
FST202/302
Postmodernism and Visual
Culture
H1
12.5%
FST203/303
Course details (2001)
Performance
Picturing the Wilderness
Contemporary Craft and
Design
Fashioning the Body
Feminist Aesthetics
'Follow the White Rabbit':
Fairy Tale, Fable and
Cyber Fiction
Fantasy Decor
Contemporary Art of the
Asia-Pacific Region
Studio A units
E-Media 2
Furniture Design 2
Graphic Design 2
Painting 2
Photography 2
Printmaking 2
Sculpture 2
Studio B units
Design Drawing
Digital Imaging B
Life Drawing: Personal Project
A
Life Drawing: Personal Project
B
Image Development: Personal
Project A
Image Development: Personal
Project B
Digital Imaging A
Digital Imaging B
Desktop Publishing
WWW (World Wide Web)
Design
Time-based Multi-Media
Sound A
Sound B
The Moving Image
Interactive Installation
Digital 3D Modelling,
Scenography and Animation
Furniture Design 2A
Graphic Design 2A
Photography 2A
Painting 2A
page 65
[na]
H3
12.5%
12.5%
FST204/304
FST205/305
[na]
H2
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
FST206/306
FST207/307
FST209/309
H2
H2
12.5%
12.5%
FST210/310
FST212/312
H2
12.5%
FST213/313
Hf
Hf
Hf
Hf
Hf
Hf
Hf
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
FSE210
FSF210
FSG210
FSP210
FSH210
FSR210
FSS210
H2
H2
12.5%
12.5%
FSB275
FSE251/351
H1
12.5%
FSD255/355
H2
12.5%
FSD256/356
H1
12.5%
FSD257/357
H2
H1/2
H2
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
FSD258/358
FSE250/350
FSE251/351
FSE252/352
H2
H1
H1
H2
H2
H2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
FSE253/353
FSE254/354
FSE256/356
FSE257/357
FSE258/358
FSE259/359
H1
Hf
Hf
Hf
Hf
12.5%
25%
25%
25%
25%
FSE260/360
FSF250
FSG250
FSH250
FSP250
Course details (2001)
page 66
Printmaking 2A
Hf
25%
FSR250
Sculpture 2A
Hf
25%
FSS250
Woodskills 2A
H1
12.5%
FSW250
Art, Natural Environment
and History
H3
12.5%
FSZ250/350
Art, Natural Environment
and Wilderness
H1
12.5%
FSZ251/351
Level 300
Students choose one unit from Studio A (compulsory), and other units from
Studio A, Studio B or Art and Design Theory units to the value of 50%.
Students may take units offered by another School in the University, up to
a maximum of 25% at level 300 in place of Studio B units to that value.
See Notes 1 and 2 (Level 200) above.
Art and Design Theory units
See Art and Design Theory units (year 2) above
Studio A units
Ceramics 3
Hf
50%
FSC310
E-Media 3
Hf
50%
FSE310
Furniture Design 3
Hf
50%
FSF310
Graphic Design 3
Hf
50%
FSG310
Painting 3
Hf
50%
FSP310
Photography 3
Hf
50%
FSH310
Printmaking 3
Hf
50%
FSR310
Sculpture 3
Hf
50%
FSS310
Studio B units
Drawing units, FSD350-358 (see Level 200 listing) above
Furniture Design 3A
Hf
25%
FSF350
Graphic Design 3A
Hf
25%
FSG350
Photography 3A
Hf
25%
FSH350
Painting 3A
Hf
25%
FSP350
Printmaking 3A
Hf
25%
FSR350
Sculpture 3A
Hf
25%
FSS350
E-Media units, FSE350–353 and FSE356–360 (see Level 200 listing) above
Natural Environment and Wilderness, FSZ350 and FSZ351 (see Level 200
listing) above
Schedule – Launceston
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
There is no new intake into the BFA on the Launceston campus in 2001.
Level 200/300
Over the remaining two years of the course (200%), students choose two level
200 Art Theory units (25%) and two Studio units (100%). The remaining
75% can be made up with either another level 200 Studio unit and/or
elective units. Students planning to proceed to Honours and postgraduate
Course details (2001)
page 67
study will need to complete two level 300 Art Theory units and a level 300
Studio unit.
Art Theory units
A Brief History of
20th-Century Art
L1
12.5%
FFA202/302
Professional Practice
[na]
12.5%
FFA233/333
Gallery Studies
L4
12.5%
FFA234/334
Wilderness and Natural
Environment
L1
12.5%
FFA235/335
The Body in Art
L2
12.5%
FFA240/340
Landscape and Issues of
Postcolonialism in Australian
Art
[na]
12.5%
FFA241/341
Research Seminar
Lf
25%
FFA300/301
Studio units
Ceramics 2
Lf
50%
FFC210
Ceramics 3
Lf
50%
FFC310
Painting 2
Lf
50%
FFP210
Painting 3
Lf
50%
FFP310
Printmedia 2
Lf
50%
FFR210
Printmedia 3
Lf
50%
FFR310
Sculpture 2
Lf
50%
FFS210
Sculpture 3
Lf
50%
FFS310
Textiles 2
Lf
50%
FFX210
Textiles 3
Lf
50%
FFX310
Elective units
Students may select elective units from level 200/300 units listed in schedules
B, C and D of the Bachelor of Contemporary Arts, as well as Theatre
electives listed in Schedule A. (See page B-xx).
Art and Cultural Theory – Hobart
Students wishing to undertake a major in Art and Cultural Theory select units
from the Art and Design Theory schedule and may take up to 25% from the
units listed below.
Unit Title
Critical Theory
Cultures and Societies of
Southeast Asia
Japanese Film
'Just like in Thelma and
Louise': Feminism and
Film
LA Noir: Film Noir and
Hollywood
campus-sem
H2
weight
12.5%
code
HEA260/360
H2
H2~Lv2
12.5%
12.5%
HGA254/354
HMJ334
[na]
12.5%
HEA278/378
[na]
12.5%
HEA279/379
Course details (2001)
Le grand écran: A History of
French Cinema
Philosophy of Art
Popular Culture and the Mass
Media
Popular Fiction: Texts and
Audiences
Post-1945 German Film
Postmodernism and its
Critics
Power, Pleasure and
Perversion
Sociology of Nature
page 68
[na]
H1
12.5%
12.5%
HEF230/330
HPA215/315
H2
12.5%
HGA225/325
H1
H2
12.5%
12.5%
HEA267/367
HEG212/312
[na]
12.5%
HPA206/306
[na]
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
HEA254/354
HGA261/361
Bachelor of Fine Arts with Honours
(Abbreviation: BFA(Hons))
Course code: F4A
This on-campus full-time (minimum 1 year), or part-time (minimum 2 years)
course is offered by the Faculty of Arts through the Tasmania School of Art at
Hobart and the School of Visual and Performing Arts at Launceston.
Admission & prerequisites
On successful completion of a Fine Arts degree, a candidate may make
application to undertake a further honours year. Prerequisites for entry into the
honours year apply: a candidate shall normally be expected to have gained at
least distinctions in 75% of semester units during undergraduate study, 25% of
which must be in the final year of the major unit completed. Candidates are also
expected to have completed 75% in units offered in Art and Design Theory at
levels 100, 200 and 300.
Course objectives
The course allows students to concentrate on developing a body of work of a
speculative and individual nature. The emphasis is placed on a spirit of
excellence and a strong sense of independent enquiry. Experimentation is
encouraged and the candidate should have a firm commitment to the
articulation of visual art theory in written, verbal and visual form, and its
integration into art practice.
Candidates work with one or two supervisors in a studio/teaching area, and
must be prepared to articulate the line of investigation which they wish to
Course details (2001)
page 69
pursue. This will take the form of a proposal which establishes the framework
for assessment.
Candidates also undertake a seminar program. The series will vary slightly
each year but is devoted to a study of contemporary theory, methodology and
criticism of the visual arts.
A short course of lectures and workshops is presented at a weekly Honours
Seminar in semester 1. This series of lectures is devoted to a study of
contemporary theory, methodology and criticism of visual arts and design.
During the latter part of the semester, candidates can expect to present their
ideas to a workshop group in a relatively informal and provisional manner. In
semester 1 and 2, short summaries of papers are presented formally in day-long
seminars. In consultation with their theory supervisors, candidates write their
summary in final form as a 3,000-word paper; studio supervisor(s) should also
be consulted regarding the theme and structure of their paper. The papers are
presented as part of the candidates' examination submission. For studio-based
candidates, the Art Theory component makes up approximately one fifth of the
course.
Candidates will be examined by a panel of academic staff, on a presentation of
visual work representing results of study undertaken during the year, along
with the two seminar papers, and any other written documentation, such as
diaries, notebooks and other relevant material. Candidates must satisfy the
examiners as to the quality of their submissions in both studio and theory.
Course structure
The candidate will submit a proposal for a course of study within one of the
following studio areas, although this program is not necessarily media-specific:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Art Theory
Ceramics (Ltn only)
Drawing
E-Media (Hbt only)
Furniture Design (Hbt only)
Graphic Design (Hbt only)
Painting
Photography (Hbt only)
Printmedia (Ltn only)
Printmaking (Hbt only)
Sculpture
Enrolment
Hobart students enrol as follows:
Course details (2001)
FSA400
page 70
Bachelor of Fine Arts with Honours (Full time) 100%
or
FSA401
Bachelor of Fine Arts with Honours (Part time) 50%
Launceston students enrol as follows:
FFA400
Bachelor of Fine Arts with Honours (Full time) 100%
or
FFA401
Bachelor of Fine Arts with Honours (Part time) 50%
Bachelor of Music
(Abbreviation: BMus)
Course code: F3H
This 3-year full-time degree is offered by the Faculty of Arts through the
Conservatorium of Music in Hobart. Part time study is also available.
Admission & prerequisites
Minimum University entrance requirements are normally expected. Pre-tertiary
TCE Music is desirable but not essential.
Anyone possessing other qualifications and experience deemed by the Faculty
to provide an adequate preparation for study equivalent to the successful
completion of year 12 in an Australian school system, may be admitted to the
course.
Applicants are required to attend an audition and interview and to undertake a
theory and aural test. Overseas/interstate applicants may submit a certified
audio or video tape of a recent performance.
Instrumental and vocal applicants should prepare a program comprising three
works of contrasting style and period; some technical work may also be
required.
Composition applicants should present a folio of at least three compositions.
Course objectives
The course aims to provide students with:
Course details (2001)
•
•
•
•
•
•
page 71
a broadly-based music education, employing a strong and fundamental
aural approach to music learning;
a high level of professional vocational training;
the necessary communication skills and flexibility to interact with the
wider community;
appropriate support studies to enable the development of research skills;
awareness and experience of recent technological developments in music;
knowledge and understanding of recent developments in contemporary
and Australian music.
Career outcomes
Graduates of the Bachelor of Music are engaged at all levels of the music
profession, both in Australia and overseas. They enjoy successful careers as
performers, teachers and administrators, or may be involved in broadcasting,
journalism or as music critics.
Course structure
The content of each of the first 3 years is notionally divided into 3 categories:
Core Studies and Ensemble (compulsory for all students)
Principal Study and Related Studies, selected according to the strand of initial
specialisation:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Keyboard
Voice
Orchestral Instruments
Contemporary Music
Composition
Guitar
Complementary Studies
Elective units may be selected according to need or interest.
Articulation
The course design allows the possibility of articulation with related TAFE
courses.
Schedule
Unit Title
Level 100
campus-sem
weight
code
Course details (2001)
page 72
Core Studies & Ensemble (all students)
Music Theory 1
Hf
12.5%
FCT100
Performance and Communications
1
Hf
12.5%
FCP100
Aural and Listening 1
Hf
12.5%
FCL100
Ensemble 1
Hf
12.5%
FCE100
Principal Study and Related Studies
Choose one:
Keyboard
Principal Study Keyboard
1
Hf
25%
FCY100
Accompaniment 1
Hf
12.5%
FCY150
Voice
Principal Study Voice 1
Hf
25%
FCV100
French for Singers 1
Hf
25%
FCV150
Orchestral Instruments
Principal Study Orchestral
Instruments 1
Hf
25%
FCO100
Orchestra &
Repertoire 1
Hf
12.5%
FCO150
Contemporary Music
Principal Study Contemporary
Music 1
Hf
25%
FCN100
Style and Analysis 1
Hf
12.5%
FCN150
Guitar
Principal Study Guitar 1
Hf
25%
FCG100
Guitar Repertoire 1
Hf
12.5%
FCG150
Composition
Principal Study
Composition 1
Hf
25%
FCC100
Performance for
Composers 1
Hf
12.5%
FCC150
Complementary Studies
Choose one of the following (except Voice students):
Musicianship Extension 1
[na]
12.5%
FCB110
Improvisation 1
[na]
12.5%
FCB120
Keyboard Skills 1
Hf
12.5%
FCB130
Principal Study
Extension 1
Hf
12.5%
FCB100
Orchestration and
Arranging 1
[na]
12.5%
FCB160
Music Technology 1
Hf
12.5%
FCB190
NOTES: Subject to Sub-Dean approval, students may take units offered by
another School in the University up to a maximum of 12.5% at level 100 in
place of Complementary Studies unit(s).
Complementary Studies units are offered subject to sufficient enrolments. Voice
students do not take a Complementary Studies unit.
Course details (2001)
page 73
Level 200
Core Studies & Ensemble (all students)
Music Theory 2
Hf
12.5%
FCT200
Performance and Communications
2
Hf
12.5%
FCP200
Aural and Listening 2
Hf
12.5%
FCL200
Ensemble 2
Hf
12.5%
FCE200
Principal Study and Related Studies
Choose one:
Keyboard
Principal Study Keyboard
2
Hf
25%
FCY200
Accompaniment 2
Hf
12.5%
FCY250
Voice
Principal Study Voice 2
Hf
25%
FCV200
French for Singers 2
Hf
25%
FCV250
Orchestral Instruments
Principal Study Orchestral
Instruments 2
Hf
25%
FCO200
Orchestra &
Repertoire 2
Hf
12.5%
FCO250
Contemporary Music
Principal Study Contemporary
Music 2
Hf
25%
FCN200
Style and Analysis 2
Hf
12.5%
FCN250
Guitar
Principal Study Guitar 2
Hf
25%
FCG200
Guitar Repertoire 2
Hf
12.5%
FCG250
Composition
Principal Study
Composition 2
Hf
25%
FCC200
Performance for
Composers 2
Hf
12.5%
FCC250
Complementary Studies
Choose one of the following (except Voice):
FCB100. 120, 130, 160, 190 (see Level 100 above)
Conducting 1
[na]
12.5%
FCB150
Music Teaching and
Learning
Hf
12.5%
FCB205
Improvisation 2
[na]
12.5%
FCB220
Keyboard Skills 2
Hf
12.5%
FCB230
Music Technology 2
Hf
12.5%
FCB290
Principal Study
Extension 2
Hf
12.5%
FCB200
NOTES: Subject to Sub-Dean approval, students may take units offered by
another School in the University up to a maximum of 12.5% at level 200 in
place of Complementary Studies unit(s).
Course details (2001)
page 74
Complementary Studies units are offered subject to sufficient enrolments. Voice
students do not take Complementary Studies unit.
Level 300
Core Studies & Ensemble (all students)
Music Theory 3
Hf
12.5%
FCT300
Performance and Communications
3
Hf
12.5%
FCP300
Ensemble 3
Hf
12.5%
FCE300
Principal Study and Related Studies
Choose one:
Keyboard
Principal Study Keyboard
3
Hf
25%
FCY300
Accompaniment 3
Hf
12.5%
FCY350
Voice
Principal Study Voice 3
Hf
25%
FCV300
French for Singers 3
Hf
25%
FCV350
Orchestral Instruments
Principal Study Orchestral
Instruments 3
Hf
25%
FCO300
Orchestra &
Repertoire 3
Hf
12.5%
FCO350
Contemporary Music
Principal Study Contemporary
Music 3
Hf
25%
FCN300
Style and Analysis 3
Hf
12.5%
FCN350
Guitar
Principal Study Guitar 3
Hf
25%
FCG300
Guitar Repertoire 3
Hf
12.5%
FCG350
Composition
Principal Study
Composition 3
Hf
25%
FCC300
Performance for
Composers 3
Hf
12.5%
FCC350
Complementary Studies
Choose two [a] of the following:
FCB100, 120, 130, 160, 190 (see Level 100 above)
FCB150, 205, 200, 260, 290 (see Level 200 above)
Aural and Listening 3
Hf
12.5%
FCL300
Conducting 2
[na]
12.5%
FCB250
Principal Study
Extension 3
Hf
12.5%
FCB300
NOTES: Subject to Sub-Dean approval, students may take units offered by
another School in the University up to a maximum of 12.5% at level 300 in
place of Complementary Studies unit(s).
Complementary Studies units are offered subject to sufficient enrolments.
Course details (2001)
[a]
page 75
Voice students take one Complementary Studies unit.
Music Cross-course enrolments
Students enrolled in the BMus may, with the approval of the Dean or the Dean's
representative, enrol in units from another course to count towards the BMus
degree, entailing no more than 12.5% in years 1 and 2, and 25% in year 3. Voice
students are restricted to 12.5% in year 3 as a cross-course enrolment. Subjects
replaced by the cross-course enrolment will be the Complementary Studies
electives.
Students from other courses
Students other than Music students from the Faculty of Arts, or the Faculties of
Science and Engineering, Health Science or Commerce and Law are currently
offered music subjects as a major or minor towards their respective degrees.
Students may also undertake a range of individual electives within the BMus
course, subject to the approval of the relevant faculty. A list of electives is
available from the Conservatorium on request.
Students from other faculties are subject to the same entrance tests as BMus
students; they participate in the same classes, and are assessed by the same
criteria.
A major in Music
Students from other courses may study for a major in Music, consisting of 25%
at level 100, 37.5% at level 200 and 37.5% at level 300 (total 100%).
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Music 1 (Level 100)
Course weight 25% (all individual units are weighted at 12.5%)
Aural and Listening 1
Hf
12.5%
FCL100
choose one of the following:
Music Theory 1
Hf
12.5%
FCT100
Instrumental/Vocal
Study 1
Hf
12.5%
FCI150
Ensemble 1
Hf
12.5%
FCE100
N.B. Students who intend to enrol in Music 2 Major must enrol in FCL100 and
FCT100.
Units to a combined value of more than 25% may be taken in Music 1, subject to
approval from the Head of School and the relevant faculty.
Music 2 (level 200)
Course weight 37.5% (all individual units are weighted at 12.5%)
Aural and Listening 2
Hf
12.5%
FCL200
Music Theory 2
Hf
12.5%
FCT200
Course details (2001)
page 76
choose 12.5% from:
Instrumental/Vocal
Study 1
Hf
12.5%
FCI150
Instrumental/Vocal
Study 2
Hf
12.5%
FCI250
Orchestration and
Arranging 1
[na]
12.5%
FCB160
Conducting 1
[na]
12.5%
FCB150
Improvisation 1
[na]
12.5%
FCB120
Music Technology 1
Hf
12.5%
FCB190
Ensemble 2
Hf
12.5%
FCE200
Music Theory 1
Hf
12.5%
FCT100
N.B. some of these units may carry entry conditions or prerequisites; check
individual unit descriptions.
Music 3 (Level 300)
Course weight 37.5% (all individual units are weighted at 12.5%)
choose 25% from:
FCB150 or FCB250
FCB120 or FCB220
FCB190 or FCB290
N.B. some of these units may carry entry conditions or prerequisites; check
individual unit descriptions.
Honours
Students who have completed the Major and have gained at least a Distinction
in Music 3 may apply to enrol in BMus(Hons).
Bachelor of Music (Honours)
(Abbreviation: Mus(Hons))
Course code: F4D
This on-campus, 1-year (minimum) full-time course is offered by the Faculty of
Arts through the Tasmanian Conservatorium of Music at Hobart with
specialisation in either Performance or Composition.
Course details (2001)
page 77
Admission & prerequisites
Admission to the honours program is by invitation. Candidates are expected to
have a good academic record, and to have satisfied minimum criteria; either –
•
•
successful completion of a Pass degree in Music with High Achievement
in performance or composition and at least grades of Credit or higher in
other year-3 units; or
demonstrate equivalent professional attainment.
Course objectives
The program emphasises the need for a spirit of excellence and a strong sense
of independent inquiry. Experimentation is encouraged and candidates should
have a strong commitment to the implications of their research for music
practice.
Career outcomes
Graduates of the Bachelor of Music with Honours are engaged at all levels of
the music profession, both in Australia and overseas. They enjoy successful
careers as performers, teachers and administrators, or may be involved in
broadcasting, journalism or as music critics.
Course structure
Candidates work with one or two supervisors in a specialist/teaching area, and
are expected to submit an honours proposal by mid-March, for approval by a
special School meeting chaired by the Director. This proposal will form the
basis of the work to be undertaken during the year, and will establish a
potential framework for assessment.
Candidates are expected to attend a regular Research Seminar program. As an
integral part of the Research Seminar, it is expected that candidates will make at
least one formal seminar presentation (supported by appropriate
documentation), which will then form part of the final assessment
process.Students enrol as follows:
FCZ400 Bachelor of Music with Honours (Full time) [f]
FCZ401 Bachelor of Music with Honours (Part time) [f]
100%
50%
Bachelor of Performing Arts
(Abbreviation: BPA)
Course code: F3B
Course details (2001)
page 78
This on-campus 3-year full-time course is offered by the Faculty of Arts through
the School of Visual and Performing Arts at Launceston and the
Conservatorium of Music at Hobart. Part-time study is also available.
Note: this course is currently being taught out, and students wishing to
pursue theatre training should seek enrolment in the Bachelor of
Contemporary Arts. Students will be able to enrol in first-year of the
Bachelor of Performing Arts (Music) stream in 2001. However, they need to
confirm with the School exactly what will be offered.
Admission & prerequisites
Applicants (BPA Music stream only) are normally expected to have satisfied the
University's admission requirements. Possession of TCE Music is desirable but
not essential.
Applicants are required to attend an audition and interview (where
practicable).
Overseas and interstate applicants may submit a certified video tape of the
audition performance.
The School will advise applicants of specific audition requirements.
Course objectives
The course aims to satisfy the demand for skilled professionals in the
performing arts industry, by producing students who have an awareness of and
real insight into related disciplines. It provides students with an appropriate
balance between the study of theory and principles, and practical performance
in the performing arts.
Career outcomes
May include professional theatre as actors, stage managers, technicians; film
and television; public relations; theatre in education; the music industry.
Professional recognition
On entering the industry, students are eligible for membership of the Media,
Entertainment and Arts Alliance (MEAA).
Course structure
Course details (2001)
page 79
All candidates undertake theoretical and performance studies in one of two
strands: Theatre or Contemporary Music, as outlined in the schedule which
follows.
(Theatre or Music) – Schedule
Students enrolling in first-year Theatre do so in the Bachelor of Contemporary
Arts degree course, not the Bachelor of Performing Arts, which is to be taught
out.
Students enrolling in first-year Music units for the BPA at Launceston should
confirm with the School which units are available.
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
Music only
Year 1
Performance Study 1
(Music)
Lf
50%
The Arts & Cultural
Context 1
Lf
12.5%
Theory Composition and
Arranging 1
Lf
25%
[a]
Unspecified Elective 1
Theatre and Music
Year 2
Either FPB250 or FPF250
Performance Study 2
(Theatre)
Lf
50%
Performance Study 2
(Music)
Lf
50%
FPB215 or FPF200 AND FPC200 or Unspecified Elective 2
Drama 2
Lf
25%
Theory Composition and
Arranging 2
Lf
25%
Vocationally Oriented
Study 1
Lf
25%
[a]
Unspecified Elective 2
Year 3
Either FPB350 or FPF350
Performance Study 3
(Theatre)
Lf
50%
Performance Study 3
(Music)
Lf
50%
AND 50% from the following:
Drama 3
Lf
25%
Vocationally Oriented
Study 2
Lf
25%
code
FPF150
FPC100
FPF100
FPB250
FPF250
FPB215
FPF200
FPC200
FPB350
FPF350
FPB315
FPC300
Course details (2001)
page 80
Vocationally Oriented
Study 3
Lf
25%
FPC350
[a]
Unspecified Elective 3
[a] Students may choose up to 25% from units offered by another degree
course (e.g. English, Computing, Art)
Note: FPB units are Theatre units; FPF are Music units; FPC are combined
Music and Drama units.
Students taking other courses
The School of Visual and Performing Arts offers students a variety of visual and
performing arts electives. The following units are also offered to Study Abroad
Students or students who are taking other courses in the University who
require an elective weighted at 12.5%:
Unit Title
Performing Arts Elective
1
Performing Arts Elective
2
Performing Arts Elective
3
campus-sem
weight
code
L1/2
12.5%
FPS200
L1/2
12.5%
FPS201
L1/2f
12.5%
FPS300
Visual & Performing Arts Liberal Studies courses
Unit Title
Year 1
Musicianship
Class Instrument
Year 2
Musicology
Conducting
campus-sem
weight
code
Lf
Lf
12.5%
12.5%
FPH101
FPH102
Lf
Lf
12.5%
12.5%
FPH201
FPH202
Bachelor of Performing Arts with
Honours
(Abbreviation: BPA(Hons))
Course code: F4B
Course details (2001)
page 81
This on-campus one year full-time (or at the discretion of the School, 2
consecutive years part-time) course is offered by the Faculty of Arts through the
School of Visual and Performing Arts in Launceston.
Admission & prerequisites
On successful completion of a Bachelor of Performing Arts degree, a candidate
may make application to undertake a further Honours year. Prerequisites for
entry into the Honours year apply: a candidate will normally be expected to
have gained at least two distinctions or above during the second and third year
of undergraduate study, one of which should be in the final year of the relevant
specialisation.
Course objectives
The course allows students to concentrate on developing a body of work in
which the emphasis will be placed on a spirit of excellence and a strong sense of
independent enquiry. This will involve identification of an issue or hypothesis,
an evaluative literature survey plus a study of the selected problem.
Experimentation will be encouraged and the candidates will have a strong
commitment to the articulation of performing arts theory in written, verbal and
theatrical form, and its integration into performance.
Career outcomes
May lead to postgraduate study or employment in the professional theatre, film
and television; public relations; theatre in education.
Course structure
Candidates work with one or two supervisors in a specialisation and must be
prepared to articulate the line of investigation which they wish to pursue. This
will take the form of a proposal which establishes the framework for
assessment.
Candidates undertake a research training seminar program which is devoted to
a study of contemporary performance theory, methodology and criticism
within the performing arts.
Candidates can normally expect to present one research paper of approximately
4,000 words. A seminar paper of approximately 2,500 words which considers
the candidate's current work and its theoretical context will also be presented.
This will be written in consultation with the candidate's supervisor. These
papers will then be presented as part of a candidate's examination submission.
Course details (2001)
page 82
In addition to the research seminar program, candidates will present either a
dissertation of approximately 12,000 words or equivalent performance program
within their research specialisation.
Candidates will be examined by a panel of academic staff (including one
external assessor) on a presentation of work representing results of study
undertaken during the year, along with the two seminar papers, and any other
written documentation, such as diaries, notebooks and other relevant material.
Candidates must satisfy the examiners as to the quality of their submissions.
General provisions
The Dean may, on the recommendation of the Head of School, grant a
candidate an extension of time for the completion of either the dissertation or
performance program.
Except by special permission of the Faculty there is no re-examination for
honours.
The classes of honours are First Class, Second Class, and Third Class. There is
an upper and lower division in the second class.
Enrolment
Students enrol as follows:
FPA400
FPA401
Bachelor of Performing Arts with Honours (Full time) 100%
Bachelor of Performing Arts with Honours (Part time) 50%
(see page xx)
Bachelor of Social Science
(Abbreviation: BSocSc)
Course code: R3C
(Launceston only)
Students are advised to confirm details listed below prior to enrolling in the
BSocSci.
The Bachelor of Social Science (BSocSc) is a 3-year course which provides a
focused course of study for students wanting to gain expertise in social science
Course details (2001)
page 83
applied to practical real-world issues. It links the disciplinary bases of human
resource management, applied sociology, public policy and social ecology to
their practical applications. It combines units from the Faculty of Arts with
units from the Faculty of Commerce and Law. It teaches valuable skills in the
methodology of social research and prepares graduates particularly for careers
in the post-industrial service and information sector.
Students may study full time or part time and have nine enrolment years,
including the year of passing the first unit for the degree, in which to complete
course requirements. Students currently enrolled in other degree courses at the
University may apply for entry to the BSocSc. Credit may be granted for some
or all of their previous study. Prospective students wishing to transfer at a later
date to the Bachelor of Social Work degree should discuss their program with a
Faculty Officer. Limited mid-year entry is available to this course.
Admission & prerequisites
Applicants will be expected to meet the minimum entry requirements, which
include several categories of special admission, set by the University for entry
to degree courses. No specific Faculty or subject prerequisites apply.
Course objectives
The Bachelor of Social Science aims to give undergraduates a broad exposure to
applied social science, while allowing them to study social science and
management issues within a non-professional educational context. Students
will be able to link the disciplinary bases of management and administrative
studies to their practical applications.
The program will develop a student's general abilities in the areas of:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
written expression
linguistic skills
creative self-expression
capacity to analyse and interpret in a dispassionate and objective manner
capacity for reasoned criticism
data acquisition and analysis
research techniques
marshalling facts in support of arguments, and
evaluating the possible outcomes of alternative courses of action, with the
emphasis varying according to the particular program chosen.
Students will be able to prepare themselves for careers in the post-industrial
service sector whilst acquiring a qualification that will certify them in the
specific knowledge and skills that social science can offer. Students may obtain
professional recognition from the Australian Human Resources Institute if they
have completed a Human Resource Management major.
Course details (2001)
page 84
Career outcomes
Graduates of the Bachelor of Social Science will be strong applicants for
positions in a wide range of fields such as social and market research, human
resource management, public administration and management in
commonwealth, state and local government, policy analysis, social welfare
administration, journalism and the media, and industrial relations.
Course structure
At level 100, students must complete units from a minimum of three disciplines
(weighted at a maximum of 25% for each discipline). These can be chosen from
Applied Sociology, Human Resource Management, Public Policy or Social
Ecology. The remaining 25% can be the remaining unit from those mentioned
above, or can be taken from units such as English, Geography, History,
Indonesian, Philosophy, Psychology or units from the Faculty of Commerce
and Law.
At level 200, students select two major subjects which they study over the
remaining two years of the award. Each consists of eight 12.5% units, some of
which may be compulsory for each major. Currently students have a choice
among four majors: Applied Sociology, Human Resource Management , Public
Policy and Social Ecology. Units to be included in the degree are listed in the
attached schedule.
The following conditions apply to enrolment in the Bachelor of Social Science
course:
•
•
•
•
•
Students must pass in units totalling 100% weight at each level of the three
year course (a total of 300%).
Students must select units to meet the requirements for two majors from
the following fields of study: Applied Sociology, Human Resource
Management, Public Policy and Social Ecology. At least one major must be
from a School in the Faculty of Arts
A major sequence is defined as sequential studies in one discipline as
follows:
25% at level 100 and 100% at levels 200/300.
The maximum percentage at level 100 in any given discipline which may
be counted towards the degree is 25%.
Full-time students may not normally enrol in units totalling more than
100% and part-time students in units totalling more than 74%.
Units may be counted towards the degree only if they have been taken in
accordance with prerequisites determined by the Faculty. Students may
not count towards the degree any unit whose content substantially repeats
the content of a unit already counted.
Course details (2001)
page 85
Sample course 1
Level 100
Indonesian 25%
Human Resource Management
Public Policy 25%
Applied Sociology 25%
25%
Level 200
Human Resource Management
Public Policy 50%
50%
Level 300
Human Resource Management
Public Policy 50%
50%
A student wishing to cover the option of transferring to a Bachelor of Social
Work after the second year could take a course like the one which follows:
Sample course 2
Level 100
Public Policy 25%
Human Resource Management
Applied Sociology 25%
Psychology 25%
25%
Level 200
Human Resource Management
Psychology 25%
Applied Sociology 25%
50%
If unsuccessful in obtaining entry into the Bachelor of Social Work, the student
would continue with a third year enrolment as shown below:
Level 300
Human Resource Management
Applied Sociology 50%
50%
In such a case a student would be granted permission to graduate with a 25%
shortfall in either major.
Course details (2001)
page 86
Relevant units for the course are shown in the Schedule which follows. Students
should also consult the discipline entries in the Handbook for details of
prescribed units, prerequisites and other requirements relevant to the major in
the disciplines chosen.
Articulation
A student who has completed or partly completed another degree from this
University or another approved institution can apply for credit for their
previous study towards the BSocSc degree. Units from courses offered by other
faculties of the University may be included provided they do not exceed the
permissible weighting.
Enrolment restrictions – quotas
All prospective BSocSc students, including those currently enrolled in other
courses in the University, should be aware that admission will be subject to
quotas and formal selection procedures.
Students interested in studying the BSocSc degree must complete an
Application for Admission form available from Student Administration (phone:
Launceston (03) 6324 3106; Hobart (03) 6226 2812). Tasmanian Year 12 students
will automatically have Admission forms for the following year sent to their
home address during August.
Schedule A
Unit Title
campus-sem
Year 1 – Group 1 (Level 100)
At least three of the following pairs of units:
Human Resource Management
Introduction to
Management
H1/2~L1/2~B1
Management of Human
Resources [a]
H3/2~L3/2
Government
Introduction to
Government A
H1~L1~B1
Introduction to
Government B
H2~L2~B2
Sociology
Sociology A
H1~L1~B1~D1
Sociology B
H2~L2~B2~D2
Social Ecology
Sociology A
H1~L1~B1~D1
Sociology B
H2~L2~B2~D2
OR
weight
code
12.5%
BMA101
12.5%
BMA121/221
12.5%
HSG101
12.5%
HSG102
12.5%
12.5%
HGA101
HGA102
12.5%
12.5%
HGA101
HGA102
Course details (2001)
page 87
Society, Culture and Health
1
L1
12.5%
HGA138
Society, Culture and Health
2
L2
12.5%
HGA139
Health Care Where People Live
and Work 1
L1
12.5%
CNA126
Population and
Urbanisation
L1~B1~D1
12.5%
KJG101
Elective units
Further elective units to make 100%. No more than 25% of units at level 100
may be taken from Schools outside the Faculties of Arts and Commerce
and Law.
Years 2 and 3 – Groups 2 and 3 (Levels 200 and 300)
Two of the following four majors. At least one major must be from a school in
the Faculty of Arts.
1. Applied Sociology
Prerequisite of 25% of HGA101 Sociology A and HGA102 Sociology B at the 100
level. To complete a major in this subject, students must complete 50% in
units at the 200 level and 50% of units at the 300 level including the
following units:
Sociological Analysis of
Modern Society
H2~L2~D2
12.5%
HGA202
Social and Political
Research
L1~H1
12.5%
HGA203/303
And a further 75% of units chosen from Sociology units in the BA.
2. Public Policy
Prerequisite of 25% of HSG101 Introduction to Government A and HSG102
Introduction to Government B at the 100 level. To complete a major in this
subject, students must complete 50% in units at the 200 level and 50% of
units at the 300 level including the following unit:
Social and Political
Research
L1~H1
12.5%
HGA203/303
(If not taken as part of another major)
And further units chosen from Public Policy units in the BA Schedule to achieve
a major of 125% in total.
3. Human Resource Management
Prerequisites of 25% in BMA101 Introduction to Management and BMA121
Management of Human Resources. To complete a major in this subject,
students must complete 50% in units at the 200 level and 50% of units at
the 300 level from the following schedule:
Contract of Employment
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA241
Employee Relations
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA321
Human Resource
Development
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA224
International Human Resource
Management
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA381
Course details (2001)
page 88
Strategic Issues in Human
Resource Management
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA330
Organisational Behaviour
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA201
Strategic Management
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA302
Plus one elective from the following list:
Method for Management
Studies
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA260
Managerial Social
Responsibility
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA291/391
Special Topics in
Management
H1/2~L1/2
12.5%
BMA371
Understanding
Organisations
H1
12.5%
HGA236/336
[b]
Financial Management
H2~L2
12.5%
BFA181/281
Management and the Natural
Environment
[na]
12.5%
BMA272/372
Method for Management
Studies
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA260
4. Social Ecology
Prerequisite of 25% of Social Ecology units at 100 level. To complete a major in
this subject, students must complete 50% in units at the 200 level and 50%
in units at the 300 level, including the following units:
Social Ecology
H2~L2
12.5%
HGE203/303
Population and Society
H1~L1
12.5%
HGE204/304
Social and Political
Research
L1~H1
12.5%
HGA203/303
(If not taken as part of another major)
And further units chosen from Social Ecology units in the BA Schedule to
achieve a major of 125% in total.
[a] use level 100 enrolment code (eg BMA121)
[b] use level 200 enrolment code (eg BFA281)
Bachelor of Social Science (Police
Studies)
(Abbreviation: BSocSc(PoliceStudies))
Course code: R3K
The Bachelor of Social Science (Police Studies) is a vocationally-oriented course
offered by the Faculty of Arts at both the Hobart and Launceston campuses.
Students may study full-time or part-time and have nine enrolment years,
including the year of passing the first unit for the degree, in which to complete
course requirements.
Course details (2001)
page 89
Admission & prerequisites
Applicants are expected to meet the normal requirements set by the University
for entry to degree courses. These include several categories of special
admission, such as mature age. No subject prerequisites apply to this degree. In
addition, applicants who have completed the Tasmania Police Recruitment
Course (TPRC) are eligible for admission. Entry to the course occurs normally
in February, and there may be limited entry in July.
Course objectives
The Bachelor of Social Science (Police Studies) is designed to provide students
with high quality social science training together with specific knowledge and
skills of policing. Graduates with this degree will have learned the following: to
understand and analyse complex issues concerning policy practice in
contemporary society; to understand the changing roles and expectations of
police in the context of a changing society; to articulate the interaction between
theory and practice in police studies; to develop a broad array of intellectual,
practical and professional capabilities; to develop critical, analytical and
communication skills; and to organise and conduct research projects.
Career outcomes
The degree provides a sound academic base for those considering careers in
policing. For serving police officers, the acquisition of tertiary qualifications is
clearly becoming advantageous for career advancement.
Course structure
To qualify for the degree, students must complete successfully a number of
units weighted at 100% at level 100, 100% at level 200, and 100% at level 300 (ie
a total of 300%).
At level 100 (first year), students must complete units from four disciplines
(weighted at a maximum of 25% for each discipline). These can be chosen from
Introduction to Government A and B (level 100 units that constitute part of
either the Public Policy or Political Science majors), Sociology, Psychology,
Social Ecology, History or Human Resource Management. Introduction to Law
(weighted at 25%) may also be taken as a level 100 unit, but students who
include this in their program of study are not permitted to undertake a Law
major as part of this particular degree in subsequent years.
At level 200 (second year), students must complete 50% in units from the Police
Studies major and 50% from one of the the disciplines chosen at level 100 (apart
from Law).
Course details (2001)
page 90
At level 300 (third year), students must complete 50% in units for the Police
Studies major and 50% from the discipline chosen to continue at level 200
(which then becomes the second major).
Note too, that students must include three compulsory 'core' units in their
Police Studies major program: Policing and Governance (taught in Hobart and
Launceston), Social and Political Research (taught in Hobart and Launceston), and
either Criminology (taught in Hobart only) or Crime and Criminal Justice (taught
in Launceston and by distance education in 2001) or Sociology of Deviance
(taught in Hobart in 2001).
Information about units offered in these disciplines and the Police Studies
major can be found in the Unit Details section of this Handbook.
Sample course structure 1
Year 1 (100%)
Introduction to Law
25%
Introduction to Government A and B
Human Resource Management 25%
Sociology
25%
Year 2 (100%)
Police Studies
50%
Sociology
50%
Year 3 (100%)
Police Studies
50%
Sociology
50%
Total 300%
Police Studies major 100%
Sociology major 125%
25%
Sample course structure 2
With credit for Tasmania Police Recruitment Course (TPRC)
Year 1 (100%)
Introduction to Government A & B
TPRC credit 25%
Sociology
25%
History
25%
Year 2 (100%)
Police Studies
25%
TPRC credit 25%
Public Policy
50%
Year 3 (100%)
Police Studies
50%
Public Policy
50%
25%
Course details (2001)
page 91
Totals 300%
Police Studies major 100%
Public Policy major 125%
Articulation
Credit for previous study
Tasmania Police Recruitment Course graduates are granted a total of 50%
credit – unspecified 25% credit at level 100 and 25% credit at level 200 towards
the Police Studies major. They are required to take only three elective level 100
disciplines instead of four.
A student who has completed or partly completed another degree from this
University or another approved institution can apply for credit for their
previous study towards the BSocSc(PoliceStudies) degree.
Location and notices
The BSocSc(PoliceStudies) degree course and the Police Studies major are
coordinated from the School of Government. The School is located on the top
floor (or Level 5) of the Arts Building in Hobart. Inquiries should be directed to
Dr Robert Hall (Room 503, phone (03) 6226 2319) or to the Secretary of the
School (Room 504, phone (03) 6226 2329). The BSocSc(PoliceStudies)
notice-board for up-to-date information about the degree and the major is next
to Dr Hall's office. Students attending the Launceston campus may consult Dr
Hans Lofgren (School of Government, Room L220, phone (03) 6324 3262) for
immediate advice about the course if for any reason they cannot contact Dr
Hall.
Schedule A
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Level 100
Students are required to complete 100% in units at this level in four elective
first-year subjects that are normally taught as two 12.5% units per subject [a]
25% from level 100 History:
History 1
Hf
25%
HTA100
The Impact of Europe c.
1640–1780
H1~D1
12.5%
HTA103
(a) Age of Revolution and
Empire c.
1780–1815 (b) The Modern
World in Australia to 1860
H2
12.5%
HTA104
History 1
Lf~Bf
25%
HTA101
The History of Europe from
c. 1620 to 1789
L1~B1
12.5%
HTA105
Course details (2001)
page 92
(a) The Impact of Europe
from the French
Revolution to the American
Civil War; (b) The Modern World in Australia to 1860L2~B2~D2
12.5%
HTA106
The Impact of Europe c.
1640–1780
H1~D1
12.5%
HTA103
from the Human Resource Management discipline
Introduction to
Management
H1/2~L1/2~B1
12.5%
BMA101
Management of Human
Resources
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
BMA121/221
from the Political Science discipline
Introduction to
Government A
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
HSG101
Introduction to
Government B
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
HSG102
from the Psychology discipline
Psychology 1A
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
KHA101
Psychology 1B
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
KHA102
from the Public Policy discipline
Introduction to
Government A
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
HSG101
Introduction to
Government B
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
HSG102
from the Social Ecology discipline
Sociology A
H1~L1~B1~D1
12.5%
HGA101
Sociology B
H2~L2~B2~D2
12.5%
HGA102
Students already enrolled in either of the two units listed above may select
substitutes from the following:
Population and
Urbanisation
L1~B1~D1
12.5%
KJG101
Health Care Where People Live
and Work 1
L1
12.5%
CNA126
Society, Culture and Health
1
L1
12.5%
HGA138
Society, Culture and Health
2
L2
12.5%
HGA139
Geography and Environmental
Studies 1A
Hf
25%
KGA101
Community Health and
Medicine I
H1
12.5%
CAM105
from the Sociology discipline
Sociology A
H1~L1~B1~D1
12.5%
HGA101
Sociology B
H2~L2~B2~D2
12.5%
HGA102
or the unit
Course details (2001)
page 93
Introduction to Law
Hf~Lf
25%
BLA101
[a] Students who have completed the Tasmania Police Recruitment Course
(TPRC) are granted 25% at level 100, which means they are required to
complete only three of the 25% elective level 100 subjects, not four.
1 Police Studies major (compulsory)
To achieve a major in Police Studies students must complete 50% in level 200
units and 50% in level 300 units taken from the following Schedule:
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Level 200 and level 300
Three core units (with a total weight of 37.5%):
Policing and Governance
H1~L1
12.5%
HSD205/305
Social and Political
Research
L1~H1
12.5%
HGA203/303
and either BLA615 or HGA206/306 or HGA259/359
Criminology
H1
12.5%
BLA615
Crime and Criminal
Justice
L1~D1
12.5%
HGA206/306
Sociology of Deviance
H1
12.5%
HGA259/359
[a]
Plus electives units (weighted at a total of 62.5%) from the following:
Contemporary Indigenous
Tasmania
[na]
12.5%
HAB206/306
Crime and Criminal
Justice [b]
L1~D1
12.5%
HGA206/306
Crime and the Law in
Historical Perspective
H2
12.5%
HTA218/318
[c]
Criminal Law
Hf
25%
BLA202
Criminology [b][c]
H1
12.5%
BLA615
Espionage, Terror and
Global Disorder
H1
12.5%
HSA270/370
Indigenous Justice Issues
L2~D2
12.5%
HAB208/308
Law, Society and
Morality
[na]
12.5%
HPA242/342
Population and Society
H1~L1
12.5%
HGE204/304
Professional Ethics
H2~Lv2
12.5%
HPA212/312
Race and Ethnic Politics
[na]
12.5%
HSA201/301
Sex, Drugs and Toxic Waste:
The Politics of
Regulation
[na]
12.5%
HSD207/307
Social Policy in Welfare
States
H2~L2
12.5%
HSD231/331
[b]
Sociology of Deviance
H1
12.5%
HGA259/359
Sociology of Law [c]
H2
12.5%
BLA616
[c]
Sociology of Youth
[na]
12.5%
HGA277/377
Course details (2001)
[a]
[b]
[c]
page 94
Students who have completed the Tasmania Police Recruitment Course
(TPRC) are granted 25% at level 200 towards the Police Studies major.
Thus they are required to complete only 25% of level 200 subjects instead
of 50%.
if not taken as a core unit
Criminology, Criminal Law and Sociology of Law may count at either level
200 or 300. Students should note that BLA101 Introduction to Law is a
prerequisite for BLA202 Criminal Law.
2 History major
Prerequisite: 25% of History units at level 100. To achieve a major in History
students must complete 50% in units at level 200 and 50% in units at level 300
as listed in the Bachelor of Arts Schedule on page B-xx
3 Human Resource Management major
Prerequisite: 25% in BMA101 Introduction to Management and BMA121
Management of Human Resources. To achieve a major in Human Resource
Management students must complete 100% in units at level 200 and level 300
from the following schedule:
Unit Title
campus-sem
Core units:
Organisational Behaviour
H1~L1
Contract of Employment
H1~L1
Strategic Management
H2~L2
Employee Relations
H2~L2
Method for Management
Studies
H2~L2
Strategic Issues in Human
Resource Management
H1~L1
Human Resource
Development
H2~L2
Elective units:
Managerial Social
Responsibility
H2~L2
Special Topics in
Management
H1/2~L1/2
Financial Management [a]
H2~L2
Principles of Marketing [a]
H3/2~L3/2
[a] use the level 200 enrolment code (eg BFA281)
weight
code
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BMA201
BMA241
BMA302
BMA321
12.5%
BMA260
12.5%
BMA330
12.5%
BMA224
12.5%
BMA291/391
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BMA371
BFA181/281
BMA151/251
4 Political Science major (Hobart campus)
Course details (2001)
page 95
Prerequisite: 25% level 100 Political Science. To achieve a major in Political
Science students must complete 50% in units at level 200 and 50% in units at
level 300 from the Bachelor of Arts Schedule listed on page B-xx).
5 Psychology major (Hobart campus)
Prerequisite: 25% level 100 Psychology. To achieve a major in Psychology
students must complete 50% in units at level 200 and 50% in units at level 300
from the following schedule:
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Core units:
Research Methods in
Psychology
H1~L1
12.5%
KHA201
Assessment and Research
Methods
H1
12.5%
KHA301
Plus a further 37.5% of electives at level 200 and a further 37.5% at level 300
from:
Developmental Psychology
H2~L2
12.5%
KHA202
Health & Rehabilitation
Psychology
H1
12.5%
KHA209/309
Peace, Conflict
& Law
H2
12.5%
KHA212/312
Psychology of Health &
Stress
L2
12.5%
KHA213/313
Organisational Psychology
L1
12.5%
KHA215/315
Human Neuroscience
H1
12.5%
KHA303
Psychophysiology &
Emotion
H1
12.5%
KHA304
Clinical Psychology
H1
12.5%
KHA305
Cognition and Memory
H2
12.5%
KHA306
Advanced Research Methods
H2
12.5%
KHA308
Learning & Skilled
Performance
H2
12.5%
KHA314
Individual Differences
H1
12.5%
KHA318
Educational Psychology
H1
12.5%
KHA319
6 Public Policy major
Prerequisites: 25% in level 100 Public Policy. To achieve a major in Public
Policy students must complete 50% of level 200 units and 50% of level 300
chosen from the Bachelor of Arts schedule on page B-xx.
7 Social Ecology major
Course details (2001)
page 96
Prerequisites: 25% in level 100 Social Ecology. To achieve a major in Social
Ecology students must complete 50% of level 200 units and 50% of level 300,
including the following:
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Social Ecology
H2~L2
12.5%
HGE203/303
Population and Society
H1~L1
12.5%
HGE204/304
And a further 75% of units chosen from the Social Ecology units listed in the
Bachelor of Arts Schedule (on page B-xx); but excluding HGA203/303.
8 Sociology major
Prerequisites: 25% in level 100 Sociology. To achieve a major in Sociology
students must complete 50% of level 200 units and 50% of level 300 including
the following unit:
Unit Title
Sociological Analysis of
Modern Society
campus-sem
weight
code
H2~L2~D2
12.5%
HGA202
and a further 87.5% of units chosen from the Sociology units listed in
the Bachelor of Arts schedule on page xx but excluding HGA203/303.
NOTE: no unit may be counted twice as part of the Police Studies Major and
the second major.
Bachelor of Social Work
(Abbreviation: BSW)
Course code: R3B
The Bachelor of Social Work is a 2 year end-on degree program that follows 2
years of successful study in a relevant degree from a recognised tertiary
institution. It is offered by the School of Sociology and Social Work within the
Faculty of Arts on the Launceston campus.
The course consists of eight academic units plus two fieldwork placements
(Practicum 1 & 2). The academic units are available only on the Launceston
campus. Placements are offered in a range of social work agencies throughout
Tasmania and applicants should be aware that they may be required to travel
away from Launceston for at least one practicum. All travel and
accommodation costs incurred during placement are to be met by students.
Course details (2001)
page 97
Academic units may be studied on a full-time or part-time basis. The Practicum
units are normally full time although applications for part time practicum will
be considered by the Head of Discipline on a case-by-case basis. The maximum
period of time allowed to complete the BSW degree is 5 years.
Admission & prerequisites
In order to be eligible for entry to the course applicants must either:
•
•
have completed the equivalent of at least two years full-time study in a
degree program; with
a substantial amount of that study in both sociology and psychology at
levels 100 and 200. Students are invited to check with the course
coordinator whether they have sufficient and appropriate prerequisite
subjects.
OR
•
•
have successfully completed the Associate Diploma of Social Science
(Community Welfare), or its equivalent, in the TAFE sector; and,
have completed one full year of the BA or BSocSc with level 100 units in
both psychology and sociology.
If applicants believe they meet either of these requirements they may apply for
admission to the course. They will be assessed against the following criteria:
•
•
•
•
•
academic achievement
relevance of previous study to social work
demonstrated interest in the course and the career
relevance of previous work experience to the course and career
equity and special considerations.
Course objectives
The course is designed to meet the educational requirements of the Australian
Association of Social Workers (AASW). It provides the opportunity for students
to gain knowledge and understanding of social functioning, social problems
and social services. It emphasises the application of professional social work
methods in the workplace and aims to produce graduates who have achieved
the level of competency expected of those who are beginning a career in social
work.
As a student you will be expected to develop:
•
the ability to think critically and constructively about different approaches
to social work;
Course details (2001)
•
•
•
•
page 98
the necessary analytical and interactional skills for a wide range of
situations involving individuals, families, groups, organisations and
communities;
personal insight and awareness in order to develop the potential for
continued professional growth;
the ability to contribute to the improvement and development of social
welfare policy and services; and
the ability to conduct research for the development of social work
knowledge.
Career outcomes
Graduates are qualified to work in a variety of positions and may find
employment as social workers, community workers, crisis intervention
workers, counsellors, managers of human services and outreach workers.
Professional recognition
The degree course is the only course in Tasmania which leads to accreditation
with the Australian Association of Social Workers.
Course structure
The program of units for the course is set out in the schedule below. The course
comprises 2 years full-time study (or its part time equivalent) in compulsory
academic and practicum units.
Full-time students are required to enrol in units with a combined weighting of
not more than 100%.
Students will not be permitted any more than two attempts at any academic
unit and must complete the two practicum units in not more than three
attempts (including withdrawals) for the two units. Where students fail a field
practicum they may be required to complete additional work specified by the
Head of Discipline before being permitted to re-enrol in that field practicum. If
students cannot complete the practicum units in three attempts (due to failure
or withdrawal) they will not be eligible for the degree unless they receive the
specific permission of the Head of Discipline to re-enrol.
Articulation
This course articulates with other degrees and units from recognised tertiary
institutions as well as with the Associate Diploma in Social Sciences
(Community Welfare) (or equivalent) from TAFE institutions in Australia.
Specific details are given under the heading 'Admission requirements and
prerequisites'.
Course details (2001)
page 99
Schedule A
(Unit) weight represents the proportion (%) of a normal full-time study load, and is
used for calculating the services and amenities fee and HECS liability. Full-time
students are required to complete a 100% study load in both Year 1 and Year 2. This
load includes the three compulsory units in Year 1 and Year 2, plus two of the alternate
units in each year. For detailed information on the units, refer to the 'Unit details'
section of this handbook.
Note also that the Faculty reserves the right to correct errors or
inconsistencies, with or without notice, and to make changes to this schedule
and its appendices.
Unit Title
Year 1
Interpersonal Theory and
Practice 1
Social Work Practice and
Theory
Social Work Practicum 1
Year 2
Interpersonal Theory and
Practice 2
Community Work Practice
Social Work Practicum 2
Rotating units
Social Policy
Research Processes in Social
Work
Organisational Context and
Administrative Practice
Social Work Practice and the
Law
campus-sem
weight
code
L1
12.5%
HGW301
L1
L2
12.5%
50%
HGW302
HGW303
L1
L1
L2
12.5%
12.5%
50%
HGW401
HGW402
HGW403
L1
12.5%
HGW304/404
L1
12.5%
HGW305/405
[na]
12.5%
HGW306/406
[na]
12.5%
HGW307/407
Bachelor of Social Work with Honours
(Abbreviation: BSW(Hons))
Course code: R4B
A candidate who has completed level 300 of the degree of Bachelor of Social
Work with sufficient merit may be accepted by the Faculty of Arts as a
candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Social Work with Honours.
Course details (2001)
page 100
Potential students should discuss their application with the Head of Discipline
who should also approve enrolment in the course.
Admission & prerequisites
The candidate's acceptance for honours is based on the achievement of a
minimum Credit average in the academic units of the Bachelor of Social Work
and Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Social Science or equivalent degree taken at
level 200. The Faculty will consider applicants who do not meet these
requirements on a case-by-case basis.
Course objectives
The honours course is concurrent with the final year of the Bachelor of Social
Work degree course.
Course structure
In addition to the normal academic units of the fourth year, candidates for
honours undertake two practicums – one in an agency (Social Work Practicum
2 – weighting 25%), and the other in a research unit on campus (Social Work
Practicum 3 – weighting 12.5%). Additionally candidates must undertake a
supervised research project on a topic relevant to social work and submit a
dissertation – weighting 12.5%.
The levels of honours are First Class, Second Class, and Third Class. There is an
upper and lower division in the second class. To gain first class honours you are
required to complete all units with a minimum Grade-Point Average of 7.0 in
academic units, including an award of HD in the honours dissertation. To gain
upper second class honours you are required to complete all units with a
minimum Grade-Point Average of 6.5 in academic units, including an award of
DN in the honours dissertation. To gain lower second class honours you are
required to complete all units with a minimum Grade-Point Average of 6.0 in
academic units, including an award of CR in the honours dissertation. To gain
third class honours you are required to complete all units with a minimum
Grade-Point Average of 5.0 in academic units, and gain an award of PP in the
honours dissertation. Except by special permission of Faculty there is no
re-examination for honours.
Note: The Grade-Point Average for entry is computed as follows: HD=9,
DN=7, CR=6, PP=5, TP=4.5, NN= 4.
Schedule A
Unit Title
Interpersonal Theory and
Practice 2
campus-sem
weight
code
L1
12.5%
HGW401
Course details (2001)
page 101
Community Work Practice
Social Work Practicum 2
(Honours)
Social Work Practicum 3
(Honours)
Social Work Honours
Dissertation
Plus two of the following rotating units
Social Policy
Research Processes in Social
Work
Organisational Context and
Administrative Practice
Social Work Practice and the
Law
L1
12.5%
HGW402
L2
25%
HGW408
L2
12.5%
HGW409
Lf
12.5%
HGW410
L1
12.5%
HGW304/404
L1
12.5%
HGW305/405
[na]
12.5%
HGW306/406
[na]
12.5%
HGW307/407
Bachelor of Tourism
(Abbreviation: BTourism)
Course code: R3J
Students who commenced the Bachelor of Tourism in 2000 should note that
from 2001 there will be no new intake into the Bachelor of Tourism at the
Hobart campus and that it will be taught out on this campus.
Starting in 2001, the Bachelor of Tourism (BTourism), a three-year course
offered by the Faculty of Arts, will be offered at the Launceston campus only.
Students may study full time or part time and have nine enrolment years,
including the year of passing the first unit for the degree, in which to complete
the course requirements.
Admission & prerequisites
To gain entry to the BTourism, students must meet the normal minimum
University entry requirements which include several categories of special
admission, such as mature age. No particular subject prerequisites apply for
this course. Students normally enter in February. There is limited entry in July.
Course objectives
The BTourism provides a general course of study for students considering a
career in the tourism industry. The degree comprises an overview of tourism as
a field of human activity, introduces students to the key areas of academic
knowledge and provides skills with vocational relevance. Students will receive
Course details (2001)
page 102
a solid grounding in the areas of wilderness and heritage tourism as well as
marketing or management.
The degree links the disciplinary bases of Management and Commerce,
Geography, Sociology, History, Administration, Antarctic Studies and
Aboriginal Studies. It combines units from the Faculty of Arts with units from
the Faculty of Commerce and Law, and the Faculty of Science and Engineering.
Career outcomes
Graduates of the Bachelor of Tourism degree will be strong applicants for jobs
in a wide range of fields, for example:
•
•
•
•
•
Tourism and the travel industries;
heritage tourism, museums and historic sites;
wilderness, antarctic and nature tourism;
tourism research; tourism marketing;
tourism administration; tourism journalism and the media.
Course structure
In their first year, students must study five subjects, Foundations of Tourism,
Introduction to Management, History, Geography plus a further 25% from a range
of subjects as detailed in the Schedule.
In their second and third years students study three core areas: Interpretation
and Heritage, Wilderness and Antarctic, and Management and Policy. In addition,
they must choose four electives, one will be chosen from research methods
units, and three from a list of electives.
Sample course
Year 1
Foundations of Tourism A and B 25%
Introduction to Management
12.5%
History
12.5%
Geography 25%
Indonesian 25%
Year 2
Interpretation and Heritage
Wilderness and Antarctic 25%
Management and Policy 25%
25%
Course details (2001)
Indonesian 12.5%
Services Marketing
page 103
12.5%
Year 3
Interpretation and Heritage
25%
Wilderness and Antarctic 25%
Management and Policy 25%
Marketing Research
12.5%
Sport and Leisure 12.5%
<tbz>
Articulation
Students who have completed a TAFE Associate Diploma or a Diploma in
tourism-related subjects may apply for credit towards the BTourism degree
course. Students who have studied in another degree such as the Bachelor of
Arts (BA) and want to transfer to the BTourism may also apply for credit.
Students who are currently studying for another degree can transfer to the
BTourism course.
Schedule of units
Students qualify for the Bachelor of Tourism by successfully completing 24
units (each 25%) of core and elective units (total 300%).
Launceston schedule
Unit Title
campus-sem
Level 100
Foundations of Tourism A
L1~H1
Economics for Business
H1~L1~B1
Foundations of Tourism B
L2~H2
(b) The Modern World in
Australia to 1860
L2~B2~D2
Introduction to
Management
H1/2~L1/2~B1
Population and
Urbanisation
L1~B1~D1
Plus 25% from the following list:
Introductory Indonesian [a]
Hf~Lf
[a]
Chinese 1
Hf~Lf
Contemporary Indigenous
Australia
L1~H1~D1
weight
code
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HTM101
BEA110
HTM102
12.5%
HTA106
12.5%
BMA101
12.5%
KJG101
25%
25%
HMN100
HMC100
12.5%
HAB102
Course details (2001)
page 104
Introduction to International
Business
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA181/281
The Physical Environment
L2~B2~D2
12.5%
KJG102
Organisational Behaviour
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA201
Level 200/300
Students must complete all units in the three core areas
Interpretation and Heritage Core
Tourism Theory
H1~L1
12.5%
HTM200/300
Australian History
1788–1990s
D1
12.5%
HTA240/340
History and Heritage
L2~H2~D2
12.5%
HTA290/390
Indigenous Tourism
H2
12.5%
HAB210/310
Wilderness and Antarctic Core
Natural Resources
Management
L2~D2
12.5%
KJG202
Australian Natural
Environments
L1~D1
12.5%
KJG201
plus two 12.5% units to be advised
Management, Marketing and Policy Core
Principles of Marketing
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
BMA151/251
Sport and Tourism: Policy and
Politics
H2~L2
12.5%
HSD210/310
Placement in the Tourism Industry, not offered in 2001
Human Resource Management in
Tourism and Hospitality
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA225/325
Electives
Students choose four electives.
One of BMA253 or HGA203/303
Marketing Research
H2
12.5%
BMA253
Social and Political
Research
L1~H1
12.5%
HGA203/303
Plus three electives (37.5%) from:
One 12.5% unit from elective spoken language courses
Accounting and Financial
Decision Making [b]
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BFA103
Buyer Behaviour
H2
12.5%
BMA252
Marketing Communications
H1
12.5%
BMA255
[a] Strongly recommended units
[b] Students undertaking this unit are permitted to count the unit as a
200/300 level elective
Hobart schedule
Unit Title
Level 100
Foundations of Tourism A
campus-sem
weight
code
L1~H1
12.5%
HTM101
Course details (2001)
page 105
Foundations of Tourism B
L2~H2
12.5%
HTM102
Introduction to
Management
H1/2~L1/2~B1
12.5%
BMA101
Plus one of the following:
Chinese 1
Hf~Lf
25%
HMC100
French 1
Hf
25%
HEF100
German 1
Hf
25%
HEG100
Introductory Indonesian
Hf~Lf
25%
HMN100
Japanese 1
Hf
25%
HMJ100
(b) The Modern World in
Australia to 1860
H2
12.5%
HTA104
Plus one of:
Geography and Environmental
Studies 1
Hf
25%
KGA100
Geography and Environmental
Studies 1A
Hf
25%
KGA101
Level 200/300
Students must complete all units in the three core areas.
The following level 200/300 units will be offered in Hobart in 2001:
Interpretation and Heritage Core
Tourism Theory
H1~L1
12.5%
HTM200/300
Van Diemen's Land
1642–1850
H1
12.5%
HTA229/329
Indigenous Tourism
H2
12.5%
HAB210/310
Wilderness and Antarctic Core
Environmental Impact
Assessment and Decision Making
H2
12.5%
KGA381
Wilderness and Natural Area
Management: Natural and
Cultural Values
H2
12.5%
KGA278/378
Management, Marketing and Policy Core
Principles of Marketing [c]
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
BMA151/251
Sport and Tourism: Policy and
Politics
H2~L2
12.5%
HSD210/310
Elective units
One of:
Marketing Research
H2
12.5%
BMA253
Social and Political
Research
L1~H1
12.5%
HGA203/303
Qualitative Research
Methods
H1~L2
12.5%
HGA230/330
Survey Research
H3
12.5%
HGA204/304
Plus three (37.5%) from the following:
Chinese for Tourism
H1
12.5%
HMC205
Japanese for Tourism
H1
12.5%
HMJ203
French for Tourism and
Business
H1
12.5%
HEF203/303
Course details (2001)
German for Tourism and
Business
Accounting and Financial
Decision Making
Buyer Behaviour
Cultures and Societies of
Southeast Asia
Art, Natural Environment
and History
Environmental Ethics
Fauna Conservation
Management
Geography of Asia
Marketing Communications
Services Marketing
Social & Environmental
Accounting [d]
Tourism, Sport and
Leisure
Art, Natural Environment
and Wilderness
Natural Vegetation of
Tasmania
Vegetation Management
History and Heritage
Uncovering the Past
[c] use enrolment code BMA251.
[d] use enrolment code BFA307.
page 106
H1
12.5%
HEG203
H1~L1~B1
H2
12.5%
12.5%
BFA103
BMA252
H2
12.5%
HGA254/354
H3
H1
12.5%
12.5%
FSZ250/350
HPA277/377
H1
H1
H1
H1
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KGA332
KGA202/302
BMA255
BMA353
H2
12.5%
BFA207/307
H1
12.5%
HGA251/351
H1
12.5%
FSZ251/351
H2
H1
L2~H2~D2
H2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KPA152
KGA331
HTA290/390
HTC204/304
BA Combined degreesBachelor of Arts
and Bachelor of Laws
(Abbreviation: BA–LLB)
Course code: L3D
This is a five-year full-time degree course. The first year is studied in the
Bachelor of Arts degree, taking the subject BLA101 Introduction to Law (25%),
plus three further subjects from the BA schedule (75%).
At the end of the first year, students apply for entry to the combined Bachelor
of Arts–Bachelor of Laws degree course or the Bachelor of Laws. Entry is based
on first-year results. If students are unsuccessful, they continue with the BA
degree course.
Course details (2001)
page 107
If successful in gaining entry to combined degree course, students complete a
major in the BA, plus the required and elective Law units specified below. In
the second year, students study BLA200 Contract (20%), BLA201 Torts (20%),
level 200 units to the value of 62.5% from the BA schedule (a 2.5% overload).
In the third year, students study BLA202 Criminal Law (25%), BLA203 Principles
of Public Law (25%), and 50% of level 300 units from the BA schedule. By the end
of the first three years of the degree, students normally have completed a major
from within the BA.
In the fourth and fifth years, students study prescribed Law units. See page xx.
Course objectives
Course structure
Sample course
Year 1
Introduction to Law 25%
English
25%
Political Science
25%
History
25%
Year 2
Contract
20%
Torts 20%
English
37.5%
Political Science
25%
Year 3
Criminal Law
25%
Principles of Public Law
25%
English
12.5%
Political Science
37.5%
Year 4
Required Law units 100%
Course details (2001)
page 108
Year 5
Required Law units 100%
<tbz>
Schedule
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Introduction to Law
Hf~Lf
25%
BLA101
plus 75% units from BA ( course code R3A) on page xx
Year 2
Contract Law [a]
Hf
25%
BLA200
Torts [a]
Hf
25%
BLA201
plus 62.5% units from BA (course code R3A) on page xx
Year 3
Criminal Law
Hf
25%
BLA202
Principles of Public Law
Hf
25%
BLA203
plus 50% units from BA ( course code R3A) on page xx
Year 4
Property Law
Hf
25%
BLA303
Law of Groups
H1
12.5%
BLA304
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
Year 5
Litigation
Hf
25%
BLA402
Equity and Trusts
H1
12.5%
BLA401
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
[a] the weighting of these units is 20% for students enrolled in this combined
degree
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of
Computing
(Abbreviation: BA–BComp)
Course code: R3L
This four year (minimum) combined degree of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of
Computing is offered on the Launceston campus by the Faculty of Arts and
Faculty of Science and Engineering. A fuller description of the course may be
found on page B-xx.
Course details (2001)
page 109
Course objectives
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Fine
Arts
(Abbreviation: BA–BFA)
Course code: R3F
This is a five-year full-time degree course which may also be studied part time.
In the first year students study two first-year subjects from the BA schedule and
two first-year subjects from the BFA degree course. Over the five years of the
degree, students complete the requirements for both the BA and the BFA, by
completing either two majors or a double major in the BA degree and either a
studio major and a minor in Art and Design Theory in the BFA or a major in
Art History and Cultural Theory along with studio-based and elective units to
make up the remaining percentage. The full structure of the degree is shown on
page B-xx.
Course objectives
Course structure
Sample course
Year 1 (100%–125%)
Journalism and Media Studies
Philosophy 25%
E-Media
25%
Art and Design Theory
25%
25%
Year 2 (100%)
Journalism and Media Studies
Philosophy 25%
E-Media
50%
Year 3 (100%)
25%
Course details (2001)
Journalism and Media Studies
E-Media
50%
Art and Design Theory
25%
page 110
25%
Year 4 (100%)
Journalism and Media Studies
Philosophy 25%
Drawing
25%
Art and Design Theory 3 25%
25%
Year 5 (100%)
Journalism and Media Studies
Philosophy 25%
Women's Studies
25%
Fine Arts electives 25%
25%
Major totals
Journalism and Media Studies major
(125%)(100% min)
Philosophy major
100% min
Art and Design Theory
75% (50% min)
E-Media major
125%
<tbz>
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of
Applied Science
(Abbreviation: BA–BAppSc)
Course code: R3G
The last intake of students into the combined BA–BAppSc degree was 2000. The
BAppSc is being taught out over the period 2001 to 2003. Students should refer
to the BA and BAppSc schedules as listed in this handbook; but for other details
may refer to the Course and Unit Handbook 2000. Current students should contact
Mrs Michelle Horder on (03) 6324 3863 if advice is needed.
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of
Science
(Abbreviation: BA–BSc)
Course details (2001)
page 111
Course code: R3H
This is a five-year full-time degree course which may also be studied part time.
In the first year students study two first-year subjects from the BA schedule and
two first-year subjects from the BSc degree course. Over the five years of the
degree, students complete the requirements for both the BA and the BSc, by
completing either two majors or a double major in the BA degree and a major in
the BSc. The full structure of the degree is shown on page xx.
Course objectives
Graduate Diploma in Languages
(Abbreviation: GradDipLang)
Course code: R6J
The Graduate Diploma in Languages is offered on the Hobart campus. The
course may be completed in a minimum of one calendar year and a maximum
of three consecutive calendar years of study. Candidates whose work has been
interrupted by illness or other unavoidable cause may be given additional time
to complete the course. Candidates may currently study one of the following
languages:
•
•
•
•
•
French
German
Japanese
Chinese
Indonesian
The approved abbreviation for the award is GradDipLang with the name of the
language studied following in parentheses.
Some HECS-based places may be offered.
Admission & prerequisites
Applicants must consult the head of the School of English and European
Languages and Literatures or the Head of the School of Asian Languages and
Studies before enrolling.
To be admitted to the course applicants must have qualified for admission to
the degree of Bachelor of Arts, or another approved bachelor degree, of the
Course details (2001)
page 112
University of Tasmania. They should also have obtained a pass at Credit level
or better in units totalling at least 37.5% at the 200 level of the language which
they propose to study.
Applicants who hold an approved degree or diploma from another university
or tertiary institution may be considered for admission provided they have met
the standard indicated above in the language they propose to study.
In special cases applicants who have completed an approved three-year course
at a lower standard may be admitted to the course.
Course objectives
The Graduate Diploma in Languages course is designed to enable candidates,
who may not have qualified for admission to an Honours program, to pursue
studies at a postgraduate level and achieve a high level of spoken and written
competence in the language of their choice.
Course structure
To qualify for the award candidates must pass units in one of French, German,
Japanese Chinese or Indonesian, as approved by the Head of the School of
English and European Languages and Literatures or the Head of the School of
Asian Languages and Studies, at level 300 and/or 400 with a combined weight
of 100%.
General provisions
Candidates may not, without the consent of the Faculty, submit for examination
for the Graduate Diploma any work which has previously been submitted for
any degree or diploma. Candidates who fail to make satisfactory progress may
be required by the Faculty to withdraw from the course or to repeat some or all
of the work prescribed.
Enrolment codes
French
HEF500 Full time
HEF501 Part time
German
HEG500 Full time
HEG501 Part time
Japanese
HMJ500 Full time
HMJ501 Part time
Chinese
HMC500 Full time
HMC501 Part time
Indonesian HMN500 Full time
HMN501 Part time
Course details (2001)
page 113
Graduate Diploma of Music
(Abbreviation: GradDipMus)
Course code: F6D
The Graduate Diploma of Music is a one-year coursework award designed to
suit the needs of practising professional musicians.
Course objectives
The course is designed to support advanced studies in instrumental/vocal
performance, composition and music technology. Primary concentration will be
given to the development of high level technical and music skills within the
specialist area.
On completion of this course students should have:
•
•
•
developed advanced skills as performers and/or composers
acquired increased skills in their particular area
developed a comprehensive understanding of a wide range of repertoire
and concepts.
Articulation
Students who wish to proceed to the Master of Music (coursework) cannot take
out the GradDipMus but transfer to the MMus with full credit.
Schedule
The Graduate Diploma of Music consists of the completion of a total load of
100% which may comprise any four of the following units. Note: all units are
one semester long
Unit Title
Performance 1
Performance 2
Composition 1
Composition 2
Music Technology
Music Publishing
Multimedia Authoring 1
Multimedia Authoring 2
Ensemble 1
Ensemble 2
Music Research Project
campus-sem
H1/2
H1/2
H1/2
H1/2
H1/2
H2
[na]
[na]
H1/2
H1/2
H1
weight
25%
25%
25%
25%
25%
25%
25%
25%
25%
25%
25%
code
FCA501/701
FCA502/702
FCA511/711
FCA512/712
FCA521/721
FCA522/722
FCA523/723
FCA524/724
FCA531/731
FCA532/732
FCA540/740
Course details (2001)
page 114
Admission to the Graduate Diploma of Music is by application and audition.
Performers are expected to prepare at least 30–40 mins of music that
demonstrate their musical skills. Composers are to submit a folio of recent work
either as scores, sound recording, video or a combination of these.
The Graduate Diploma of Music is fully articulated with the Master of Music
(coursework). Current students who have completed 100% of the Graduate
Diploma may apply to enter the Master of Music (coursework) and be given
credit for units completed in the Graduate Diploma.
Master of Fine Art and Design
(Abbreviation: MFAD)
Course code: F7D
The Master of Fine Art and Design is offered on a full fee-paying basis only.
The Master of Fine Art and Design is a 3-semester full-time or equivalent
half-time or equivalent summer school/evening study/weekend study
program. Students may enrol for semester 1 or semester 2 entry.
Admission & prerequisites
To qualify for admission, applicants must demonstrate, during an interview
process, the potential to undertake the MFAD.
Normally applicants should have a degree or degree-equivalent qualifications
in Fine Art, Design, or in an accepted cognate discipline.
A person who possesses such other qualifications and professional experience
deemed by the Faculty to provide an adequate preparation for study equivalent
to that provided for by an undergraduate degree, may be admitted to the
course.
Upon admission into the course students may apply for status. Normally,
students who have graduated in the Graduate Diploma or Honours degree
may, at the discretion of the Faculty, be awarded up to 33.33% credit of the
course or credit of up to 33.33% may be given, at the discretion of the Faculty,
for achievements by candidates in other awards and professional practice areas.
Course objectives
Course details (2001)
page 115
The MFAD aims to provide a high quality recognised qualification at
postgraduate level in a professional practice-oriented coursework program. The
course provides a flexibly structured program with the capability of
cross-disciplinary, cross-faculty and cross-campus study which allows students,
in conjunction with the School, to design a course which best serves their
professional needs. Students complete a professional practice project or a series
of such projects agreed upon in consultation with the Postgraduate Awards
Committee, with the option of undertaking a research component in the final
semester. This course allows a great deal of flexibility for students and involves
a substantial amount of independent study.
Students enrolling at the School of Art at Hobart may undertake projects in art
theory, ceramics, drawing, e-media, furniture design, graphic design, painting,
photography, printmaking or sculpture. Students enrolling at the School of
Visual and Performing Arts at Launceston may undertake projects in art theory,
ceramics, painting, printmedia, sculpture or textiles.
Career outcomes
Graduates of the Master of Fine Art and Design find employment in a variety of
positions within the arts professions including curatorial work, gallery
administration, research and teaching, as well as participating in individual and
group-generated projects and studio practice.
Course structure
Students have the option of undertaking a straight coursework program over
three semesters or may include a research component in the third semester.
Students completing the coursework program must complete a professional
practice project, or a series of projects over a three-semester period. Students
enrolling in the research component must complete a professional practice
project or a series of projects over a two-semester period and then a dissertation
by exhibition and documentation or an 8,000 word thesis. All projects and
dissertations undertaken must be approved by the Postgraduate Awards
Committee.
Students may complete the three-semester course over a twelve-month period
by completing the third unit in the program by summer school, or evening or
weekend study programs at the approval of the School.
Students are also given the option of enrolling in an approved postgraduate
coursework unit from another School with a total weight of 50%.
Schedule of Units
Course details (2001)
page 116
Note: students enrolling at Launceston enrol in unit code FFA-, and students enrolling
at Hobart enrol in the unit code FSA–.•
Students must complete a total
of 150% of units to qualify for the award;
•
Students wishing to include a research component take FFA/FSA753
Research Project as one of their units;
•
Students may undertake approved postgraduate coursework units from
other faculties with a total weight of 50%, and MFAD units to give a
combined weight of 150% in one year of full-time study.
Schedule for Hobart students
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
Full-time study
Choose three of the following:
Professional Practices 1
H1/2
50%
Professional Practices 2
H1/2
50%
Professional Practices 3
H1/2
50%
Research Project
H1/2
50%
Part-time study
As above, except that unit enrolment codes are FSA760/761/762/763
respectively and each unit is taken over 2 semesters.
code
FSA750
FSA751
FSA752
FSA753
Schedule for Launceston students
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
Full-time study
Professional Practices 1
L1/2
50%
Professional Practices 2
L1/2
50%
Professional Practices 3
L1/2
50%
Research Project
L1/2
50%
Part-time study
As above, except that unit enrolment codes are FFA760/761/762/763
respectively and each unit is taken over 2 semesters.
code
FFA750
FFA751
FFA752
FFA753
Master of Music
(Abbreviation: MMus)
Course code: F7E
The Master of Music (coursework) is a two-year coursework award designed to
suit the needs of practising professional musicians.
Course objectives
Course details (2001)
page 117
The course is designed to support advanced studies in instrumental/vocal
performance, composition and music technology. Primary concentration will be
given to the development of high level technical and music skills within the
specialist area.
On completion of this course students should have:
•
•
•
developed advanced skills as performers and/or composers
acquired increased skills in their particular area
developed a comprehensive understanding of a wide range of repertoire
and concepts.
Career outcomes
Graduates of the Master of Music are engaged at all levels of the music
profession, both in Australia and overseas. They enjoy successful careers as
performers, teachers and administrators, or may be involved in broadcasting,
journalism or as music critics.
Articulation
Students who have completed, but not graduated in, the Graduate Diploma of
Music, may apply for entry to the Master of Music and receive full credit for all
GradDipMus units completed.
Schedule
The Master of Music consists of the completion of a total load of 200%
comprising the following units:
Unit Title
campus-sem
Compulsory unit
Music Research Project
H1
Plus a further 7 units from the following:
Performance 1
H1/2
Performance 2
H1/2
Performance 3
H1/2
Performance 4
H1/2
Composition 1
H1/2
Composition 2
H1/2
Composition 3
H1/2
Composition 4
H1/2
Music Technology
H1/2
Music Publishing
H2
Multimedia Authoring 1
[na]
Multimedia Authoring 2
[na]
weight
code
25%
FCA540/740
25%
25%
25%
25%
25%
25%
25%
25%
25%
25%
25%
25%
FCA501/701
FCA502/702
FCA703
FCA704
FCA511/711
FCA512/712
FCA713
FCA714
FCA521/721
FCA522/722
FCA523/723
FCA524/724
Course details (2001)
page 118
Ensemble 1
H1/2
25%
FCA531/731
Ensemble 2
H1/2
25%
FCA532/732
Ensemble 3
H1/2
25%
FCA733
Ensemble 4
H1/2
25%
FCA734
Up to 75% of the total load may be taken from other Schools with the prior
approval of the Coordinator of Postgraduate studies.
Admission to the Master of Music (coursework) is by application and audition.
Performers are expected to prepare at least 30–40 mins of music that
demonstrates their musical skills. Composers are to submit a folio of recent
work either as scores, sound recording, video or a combination of these.
Master of Public Administration
(Abbreviation: MPA)
Course code: R7D
The Master of Public Administration course is being discontinued and there
will be no further intake in 2001. Students already enrolled in the course should
consult the Course and Unit Handbook 2000 for details of the course structure.
Course specifications are given in the Calendar.
Bachelor of Business Administration
(Enterprise Development)
(Abbreviation: BBA(EntDev))
Course code: C3W
This on-campus, 3-year full-time or 6-year part-time course is offered by the
Faculty of Commerce and Law at Launceston.
Admission & prerequisites
Categories of students will be considered for admission, either as:
(a)
applicants who possess the University's basic requirements for admission
to undergraduate courses;
or alternative entry application as:
Course details (2001)
(b)
(c)
page 119
mature age people with business experience but limited formal academic
achievements. In ranking for entry, practical business experience will
provide substantial points towards entry;
secondary school (or college), TAFE, and State Enterprise Workshop
students undertaking specific certificate and diploma courses in enterprise
education. Applicants in this category will be interviewed to assess their
potential to undertake this course.
Course objectives
The course provides a 'whole-of-business' strategic focus to the operation of
business enterprises, with ability to clearly identify structural change and its
impacts, and then develop skills in how to innovate and redesign business
activity.
Students learn how to
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
identify and analyse business opportunities within such changing
structures that add value to society;
use core business and economics-based skills in strategic enterprise
developments;
generate support through all forms of communication and negotiation, to
share with others the value of innovative opportunities;
think divergently and creatively through synthesis of many economics
and business concepts;
develop business strategies and plan them out from inception, growth and
redesign;
undertake varied simulation and on-the-job experiences of enterprise
development practices;
cultivate recognition of frontier technologies and path-dependent business
developments that provide the basis for strategic activities;
work co-operatively in teams and business alliances with appropriate
entrepreneurial role models.
Professional recognition
There is currently no appropriate professional body in this area.
Course structure
The course structure is outlined in the schedule. All units are weighted at
12.5%, with the exception of the core unit, Foundations of Enterprise Development
which is a full-year unit of 25%. This unit establishes the basic principles and
fundamental issues in the strategically focused area of developing new or
redesigning extant enterprises.
Schedule
Course details (2001)
Unit Title
campus-sem
Year 1
Accounting and Financial
Decision Making
H1~L1~B1
Business Information
Systems
H1/2~L1/2~B1
Introduction to
Management
H1/2~L1/2~B1
One elective unit (12.5%)
Foundations of Enterprise
Development
Lf
Data Handling and
Statistics 1
H1/2~L1/2~B2
Principles of Marketing
H3/2~L3/2
Year 2
Economics for Business
H1~L1~B1
Business Logistics
L1
Organisational Behaviour
H1~L1
One elective unit (12.5%)
Commercial Transactions
H2~L2~B2
Project Financing
L2
Two elective units (totalling 25%)
Year 3
Entrepreneurship and
Innovation
H?~L?
Electronic Marketing
H2
Two elective units (totalling 25%)
Economics, Management and
Organisation
H1
Field Operation
L2
Strategic Management
H2~L2
One elective unit (12.5%)
page 120
weight
code
12.5%
BFA103
12.5%
BSA101
12.5%
BMA101
25%
BEA103
12.5%
12.5%
KMA153
BMA151/251
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BEA110
BSA204
BMA201
12.5%
12.5%
BFA141
BFA203
12.5%
12.5%
BEA326
BMA308
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BEA302
BEA336
BMA302
Bachelor of Business Administration
(Hospitality Management)
(Abbreviation: BBA(HospMgmt))
Course code: C3T
This on-campus, 3-year full-time or 6-year part-time course is offered by the
Faculty of Commerce and Law at Hobart and Launceston.
Course details (2001)
page 121
Admission & prerequisites
Possession of the University's basic admission requirements. The Drysdale
Institute of TAFE Advanced Diploma of Hospitality or an equivalent award is
also required. Those without the latter and those wishing to transfer from
another degree course will be counselled as to the program of study that they
would need to follow in order to undertake the Bachelor of Business
Adminstration (HospMgmt).
Course objectives
The course is designed to produce graduates with a sound knowledge of the
fundamental principles and concepts of management, a familiarity with
significant literature in the field and the ability to review, consolidate, extend
and apply the knowledge and techniques to the hospitality management sector.
It seeks to produce graduates with knowledge, skills and understanding of best
practice in hospitality management, and the value of research, critical thinking
and effective communication. Graduates develop professional skills in such
areas as interpersonal communication, services management, working in teams,
report writing and problems-solving techniques. They are given the
opportunity to gain a professional degree in hospitality management. The
course also provides holders of a Drysdale Institute of TAFE Advanced
Diploma of Hospitality with the opportunity to gain a university qualification
in hospitality management.
Course structure
The Bachelor of Business Administration in Hospitality Management consists of
16 specified core units and 8 specialised hospitality units. Because of the
specialised nature of the course, it is not possible to include elective units. For
specific details, see the Schedule.
Articulation
Applicants who have completed the Drysdale Institute of TAFE Advanced
Diploma of Hospitality will be granted credit for fourteen units towards the
Bachelor of Business Administration (HospMgmt) degree course. Candidates
with an equivalent award will also be considered on an individual basis and
following the advice from the course advisory committee, may be granted
credit.
Schedule
The course is designed for articulation with the Advanced Diploma of
Hospitality offered by the Drysdale Institute of TAFE and equivalent Australian
and International awards.
Course details (2001)
page 122
Prospective students will therefore enter the course in the summer semester of
year 2 of the course and the structure of the course will be as follows:
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Semester 1 and 2: studies undertaken at Drysdale Institute of TAFE or equiv
Year 2
Semester 1 and 2: studies undertaken at Drysdale Institute of TAFE or equiv
Summer semester
Principles of Marketing [a]
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
BMA151/251
Management of Human
Resources [a]
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
BMA121/221
Year 3
Semester 1
Organisational Behaviour
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA201
Contract of Employment
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA241
* contact school for details of HGA214
Electronic Commerce
H1~L1
12.5%
BSA306
Semester 2
Human Resource Management in
Tourism and Hospitality
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA225/325
Strategic Management
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA302
Employee Relations
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA321
Introduction to International
Business [a]
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA181/281
[a] Students should use appropriate level 200 enrolment code BMA251,
BMA221, BMA281
Bachelor of Business Administration
(Human Resource Management)
(Abbreviation: BBA(HRM))
Course code: C3U
This on-campus, 3-year full-time or 6-year part-time course is offered by the
Faculty of Commerce and Law at Hobart and Launceston.
Admission & prerequisites
Possession of the University's basic admission requirements.
Course objectives
Course details (2001)
page 123
The course provides the opportunity for students to combine the core of a
business administration degree with a focused study of the foundations of
Human Resource Management (HRM). It is a professional course that will
enable graduates to fulfil key roles in the human resource management area.
Such graduates will have a good understanding of the role of HRM in both
private and public sector enterprises, and will have knowledge, skills and
understanding of best practice in HRM, and value research, critical thinking
and effective communication in HRM. Graduates will have developed
professional skills in such areas as interpersonal communication, working in
teams, report writing and problem-solving techniques.
Course structure
The Bachelor of Business Administration in Human Resource Management
consists of 19 specified core units, one BCom core elective and 4 elective units.
The electives may be chosen from any other discipline area in the University.
Articulation
Applicants who have completed the TAFE associate diplomas or diplomas or
an equivalent qualification will be granted credit for eight units towards the
BBA(HRM). Applications for such credit, however, will be considered on an
individual basis.
Schedule
Unit Title
Year 1
Semester 1
Business Information
Systems
Introduction to
Management
Economics for Business
Accounting and Financial
Decision Making
Semester 2
Data Handling and
Statistics 1
Management of Human
Resources [a]
Commercial Transactions
Principles of Marketing [a]
Year 2
Semester 1
Organisational Behaviour
campus-sem
weight
code
H1/2~L1/2~B1
12.5%
BSA101
H1/2~L1/2~B1
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
12.5%
BMA101
BEA110
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BFA103
H1/2~L1/2~B2
12.5%
KMA153
H3/2~L3/2
H2~L2~B2
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BMA121/221
BFA141
BMA151/251
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA201
Course details (2001)
page 124
Contract of Employment
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA241
Elective unit
12.5%
Elective unit
12.5%
Semester 2
Employee Relations
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA321
Human Resource
Development
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA224
Method for Management
Studies
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA260
one BCom core elective unit
12.5%
Year 3
Semester 1
Strategic Issues in Human
Resource Management
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA330
International Human Resource
Management
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA381
Electronic Commerce
H1~L1
12.5%
BSA306
Elective unit
12.5%
Semester 2
Managerial Social
Responsibility
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA291/391
Strategic Management
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA302
Human Resource Management in
Tourism and Hospitality
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA225/325
Elective unit
12.5%
[a] Students should use appropriate level 100 unit code: BMA121, BMA151
Bachelor of Business Administration
(Tourism Management)
(Abbreviation: BBA(Tourism Mgmt))
Course code: C3V
This on-campus, 3-year full-time or 6-year part-time course is offered by the
Faculty of Commerce and Law at Hobart.
Admission & prerequisites
Possession of the University's basic admission requirements. The Drysdale
Institute of TAFE Advanced Diploma of Tourism or an equivalent award is also
required. Those without the latter and those wishing to transfer from another
degree course will be counselled as to the program of study that they would
Course details (2001)
page 125
need to follow in order to undertake the Bachelor of Business Administration
(TourismMgmt).
Course objectives
The course is designed to produce graduates with a sound knowledge of the
fundamental principles and concepts of management, a familiarity with
significant literature in the field and the ability to review, consolidate, extend
and apply the knowledge and techniques to the tourism management sector. It
seeks to produce graduates with knowledge, skills and understanding of best
practice in tourism management, and the value of research, critical thinking and
effective communication. Graduates develop professional skills in such areas as
interpersonal communication, services management, working in teams, report
writing and problems-solving techniques. They are given the opportunity to
gain a professional degree in tourism management. The course also provides
holders of a Drysdale Institute of TAFE Advanced Diploma of Tourism with the
opportunity to gain a university qualification in tourism management.
Course structure
The Bachelor of Business Administration in Tourism Management consists of 16
specified core units and 8 specialised hospitality units. Because of the
specialised nature of the course, it is not possible to include elective units. For
specific details, see the Schedule.
Articulation
Applicants who have completed the Drysdale Institute of TAFE Advanced
Diploma of Tourism will be granted credit for fourteen units towards the
Bachelor of Business Administration (TourismMgmt) degree course.
Candidates with an equivalent award will also be considered on an individual
basis and following the advice from the course advisory committee, may be
granted credit.
Schedule
The course is designed for articulation with the Advanced Diploma of Tourism
offered by the Drysdale Institute of TAFE and equivalent Australian and
International awards.
Prospective students will therefore enter the course in the summer semester of
year 2 of the course and the structure of the course will be as follows:
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Semester 1 and 2: studies undertaken at Drysdale Institute of TAFE or equiv
Year 2
Course details (2001)
page 126
Semester 1 and 2: studies undertaken at Drysdale Institute of TAFE or equiv
Summer semester
Principles of Marketing [a]
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
BMA151/251
Management of Human
Resources [a]
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
BMA121/221
Year 3
Semester 1
Marketing Communications
H1
12.5%
BMA255
Organisational Behaviour
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA201
Services Marketing
H1
12.5%
BMA353
Contract of Employment
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA241
Semester 2
Strategic Management
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA302
Buyer Behaviour
H2
12.5%
BMA252
Management and the Natural
Environment
[na]
12.5%
BMA272/372
Human Resource Management in
Tourism and Hospitality
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA225/325
[a] Students should use the appropriate level 200 enrolment code BMA251,
BMA221
Bachelor of Commerce
(Abbreviation: BCom)
Course code: C3C
New majors in Business Management, Business Economics, Corporate
Accountability and The Information Economy are being introduced.
This on-campus, 3-year full-time or 6-year part-time course is offered at Hobart
and Launceston. Majors in Accounting, Business Management, Corporate
Accountability, Information Systems and Human Resource Management are
available in Hobart and Launceston. Majors in Business Economics, Finance,
Marketing and International Business are available only in Hobart. A major in
The Information Economy is available in Launceston only. The major in
Accounting and some second year Information Systems units are available at
the North-West Centre.
Admission & prerequisites
Possession of the University's basic admission requirements. In addition,
applicants must have passed TCE *MT730 Mathematics Applied or a higher
level Mathematics subject. Candidates should note, however, that admission to
the Faculty is subject to quota selection. Selection is based on a score calculated
Course details (2001)
page 127
on an applicant's five best TCE subjects – three of which must be taken in Year 12 –
chosen from the list of subjects approved by the University for admission purposes. The
mathematics subject referred to above does not have to be one of the five
counted for the purposes of the calculation of the TE score.
Course objectives
The course is designed to produce well educated and adaptable graduates, with
appropriate professional skills to meet the existing needs and demands of
business and related professions. The course specifically prepares students to
work in accounting, economics, finance, management, marketing, information
systems, international business and in human resource management.
Career outcomes
Graduates of the Bachelor of Commerce can expect to obtain employment in
accounting, economics, finance, international business, human resource or
personnel management, marketing, journalism and public relations,
government and teaching.
Professional recognition
If students wish to be eligible for membership of a professional body they will
need to select units endorsed by that body. The Faculty of Commerce and Law
offers units to enable students to join the following professional bodies:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia
Australian Society of Certified Practising Accountants
Australian Human Resources Institute
Australian Institute of Management
Australian Marketing Institute
Chartered Institute of Company Secretaries in Australia
Australian Institute of Banking and Finance
Australian Computer Society
Membership details may be obtained from the relevant Schools or the
appropriate professional body.
Course structure
The Bachelor of Commerce consists of 24 units of study. To qualify, students
must complete a compulsory core of six units, two other first-year approved
electives, a major of eight units offered within the Faculty and eight elective
units which may be in the form of another major or in a grouping of units
approved by the Dean (See Schedule of common first year units, below).
Course details (2001)
page 128
The first year is common to all students (except that students have a choice of
two core electives). Students then elect to specialise in one of the following
majors offered by the Faculty. Each major consists of eight units which are
listed in the following section, Bachelor of Commerce: Course Structure, Majors.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Accounting (Hobart, Launceston, NWC)
Business Economics (Hobart only)
Business Management (Hobart , Launceston)
Corporate Accountability (Hobart, Launceston, NW Centre)
Finance (Hobart only)
Human Resource Management (Hobart, Launceston)
Information Systems (Hobart, Launceston)
International Business (Hobart only)
Marketing (Hobart only)
The Information Economy (Launceston only)
The remaining eight elective units may be studied as another major or in a form
approved by the Dean.
Details of the units offered are outlined in Schedule A while the Bachelor of
Commerce: course structure shows specimen courses. Students should also refer
to the BCom degree specifications which are printed in full in the Calendar.
Articulation
Students who have completed approved courses in the Diploma of Business from
a Tasmanian Institute of TAFE (or equivalent), and have been admitted to the
course, will receive credit for eight first-year units. In the case of international
students, English language skills will also need to be verified.
Direct credit is offered for all University Commerce & Economics
undergraduate awards. For example, a BEc student wishing to transfer to either
the BIS or the BCom with credit and vice versa.
Applicants wishing to obtain credit for study already undertaken at another
faculty, or Australian or overseas tertiary institution should consult the
Admission Guide for information on procedure.
Alternative enrolment
Students entering the Bachelor of Commerce course in 2001 and intending to
study a combined degree in Commerce and Law or to study a Major in another
faculty should see 'Combined degrees' (below).
Combined degree with Law
Course details (2001)
page 129
Students enrolled for the BCom must applyat the end of Year 1 to enter
combined studies with the Bachelor of Laws (LLB) degree. The combined
degree takes five years full time. Quotas apply. The first year of the combined
degree is available at Launceston. Students must complete the combined degree
at the Hobart campus.
The BCom-LLB provides a strong basis for a subsequent career in business or
public administration, with specialisation in the relationships between
economic decisions and legal constraints and requirements.
The unit BLA101 Introduction to Law is compulsory in Year 1 for those intending
to transfer to the combined degrees. A full-time student will complete BEA110,
BSA101, BFA103, BMA101, BEA140 plus one core elective unit and BLA101 in
Year 1 (total of 100%). Should the student not progress with Law after the
completion of Year 1, the outstanding core unit, BFA141 Commercial
Transactions, must be completed. This can be taken in Year 2. Students
progressing with Law will be exempt from taking BFA141 as the Law units
BLA200 Contract and BLA201 Torts will be its substitute.
Combined degrees with Arts, Information Systems and Science and Engineering
Four-year combined degree programs are available based on the Bachelor of
Commerce and the Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Computing/Bachelor of
Information Systems.
Honours degree
The Honours degree in the fields of Accounting & Finance or Management
(incorporating Business Management, Human Resource Management,
Marketing, Information Systems and International Business) requires one year
of full-time study in addition to the requirements for the BCom pass degree.
Students with a major in Information Systems in the BCom degree may
complete an honours degree program in the BIS honours program. See Bachelor
of Commerce with Honours on page xx, and Bachelor of Information systems on page
xx.
Schedule of common first year units
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
All students are required to complete the following first-year core units:
Economics for Business
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BEA110
Business Information
Systems
H1/2~L1/2~B1
12.5%
BSA101
Accounting and Financial
Decision Making
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BFA103
Introduction to
Management
H1/2~L1/2~B1
12.5%
BMA101
Course details (2001)
page 130
Quantitative Methods 1
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
Commercial Transactions
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
Two core elective units are to be selected from the following:
Accounting Context and
Method
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
Foundations of Economic
Policy
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
Financial Management [a]
H2~L2
12.5%
Management of Human
Resources [a]
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
Information Modelling
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
Introduction to International
Business [a]
H2~L2
12.5%
[a]
Principles of Marketing
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
Information Industries
L2
12.5%
[a] use level 100 enrolment code (eg BFA181)
BEA140
BFA141
BFA104
BEA130
BFA181/281
BMA121/221
BSA102
BMA181/281
BMA151/251
BSA103
Schedule A
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Students who enrolled before 1999 should refer to the schedule in the Course
and Unit Handbook 1998
Year 1
Accounting & Finance
Accounting and Financial
Decision Making
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BFA103
Commercial Transactions
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BFA141
Economics
Economics for Business
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BEA110
Quantitative Methods 1
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BEA140
Information Systems
Business Information
Systems
H1/2~L1/2~B1
12.5%
BSA101
Management
Introduction to
Management
H1/2~L1/2~B1
12.5%
BMA101
Plus two elective core units from the following
Leading to an Accounting or Corporate Accountability major:
Accounting Context and
Method
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BFA104
Leading to a Business Economics major:
Foundations of Economic
Policy
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BEA130
Leading to a Finance major:
Financial Management [a]
H2~L2
12.5%
BFA181/281
Leading to a Human Resource Management or Business Management major:
Course details (2001)
page 131
Management of Human
Resources [a]
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
BMA121/221
Leading to an Information Systems major:
Information Modelling
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BSA102
Leading to an International Business major:
Introduction to International
Business [a]
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA181/281
Leading to a Information Economy major:
Information Industries
L2
12.5%
BSA103
Leading to a Marketing major:
Principles of Marketing [a]
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
BMA151/251
Years 2 and 3
Students complete EITHER a major (eight units) and eight approved units
OR two majors (16 units) from the following schedules
[a] use level 100 enrolment code (eg BFA181)
Major in Accounting
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
First year foundation core units and electives including [b]
Accounting Context and
Method
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BFA104
[a]
Financial Management
H2~L2
12.5%
BFA181/281
Years 2 and 3
Financial Accounting
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BFA201
Accounting Information
Systems
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BFA221
Corporate Regulation and
Accountability
H1~L1
12.5%
BFA241
Management Accounting
H2~L2
12.5%
BFA261
Advanced Financial
Accounting
H1~L1~Bv1
12.5%
BFA301
Accounting Theory
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BFA302
Auditing
H1~L1
12.5%
BFA303
Taxation
H2~L2
12.5%
BFA391
[a] use level 100 enrolment code (eg BFA181)
[b] Completion of the above units ( including BFA181 Financial Management
and the required first year foundation and elective core units) should
permit a student to seek entry to professional accounting programs
leading to membership of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in
Australia and CPA Australia.
The units BFA103 and BFA104 are together the equivalent of BFA101 and
BFA102. Students will not be admitted to the Accounting major unless
they have completed BFA101 and BFA102 or BFA101 and BFA104 or
BFA103 and BFA104 or BFA101 and BFA103.
Course details (2001)
page 132
If units are taken out of the prescribed sequence, students will need to
ensure that they have completed the necessary prerequisite units, which
are listed in the unit details.
Major in Business Economics
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
First year foundation core units and electives including BEA130
Foundations of Economic
Policy
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BEA130
Year 2
Two of BEA235, BEA306 and BEA326
Economics of Human
Resources
H1
12.5%
BEA306
Thinking Strategically: The
Competitive Edge
H2
12.5%
BEA235
Entrepreneurship and
Innovation
H?~L?
12.5%
BEA326
Two of BEA200, BEA302 and BEA305
Intermediate
Microeconomics
H2
12.5%
BEA200
Economics, Management and
Organisation
H1
12.5%
BEA302
Industrial Organisation
[na]
12.5%
BEA305
Year 3
Prices and Profits
[na]
12.5%
BEA325
One nominated elective chosen from the level 200 or level 300 BEA units or
BFA181/281. If a BEA unit is chosen it must be one not already completed.
Financial Management
H2~L2
12.5%
BFA181/281
If units are taken out of the prescribed sequence, students will need to ensure
that they have completed the necessary prerequisite units, which are listed
in the unit details.
Major in Business Management
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
First year foundation core units and electives including BMA121:
Management of Human
Resources [a]
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
BMA121/221
Years 2 and 3
Organisational Behaviour
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA201
Contract of Employment
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA241
Principles of Marketing
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
BMA151/251
Course details (2001)
page 133
Financial Management
H2~L2
12.5%
BFA181/281
Corporate Regulation and
Accountability
H1~L1
12.5%
BFA241
Electronic Commerce
H1~L1
12.5%
BSA306
Strategic Management
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA302
Plus one nominated elective to make up 100% for the year chosen from the list
below:
Nominated electives
Managerial Social
Responsibility
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA291/391
Employee Relations
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA321
Human Resource Management in
Tourism and Hospitality
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA225/325
Human Resource
Development
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA224
In special cases, another relevant unit may be approved by the Head of School
as a nominated elective.
[a] use level 100 enrolment code (eg BFA181)
Major in Corporate Accountability
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Accounting Context and
Method
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BFA104
Years 2 and 3
Financial Management
H2~L2
12.5%
BFA181/281
Accounting Information
Systems
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BFA221
Corporate Regulation and
Accountability
H1~L1
12.5%
BFA241
Plus nominated elective to make up 100% for the year chosen from the
following:
Nominated electives
Environmental and Resource
Economics
H1
12.5%
BEA301
Financial Accounting
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BFA201
Personal Financial
Management
H2
12.5%
BFA205/305
Social & Environmental
Accounting
H2
12.5%
BFA207/307
Management Accounting
H2~L2
12.5%
BFA261
Investment Analysis
H1
12.5%
BFA285
Accounting Theory
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BFA302
Financial Risk Management
H2
12.5%
BFA385
Taxation
H2~L2
12.5%
BFA391
Course details (2001)
page 134
Managerial Social
Responsibility
Management and the Natural
Environment
Environmental Ethics
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA291/391
[na]
H1
12.5%
12.5%
BMA272/372
HPA277/377
Major in Finance
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
First year foundation core units and electives including BFA181
Financial Management [a]
H2~L2
12.5%
BFA181/281
Years 2 and 3
Banking and Financial
Institutions
H2
12.5%
BEA321
Investment Analysis
H1
12.5%
BFA285
Financial Services
H2
12.5%
BFA347
International Finance
H1
12.5%
BFA384
plus four nominated electives to make up 100% for the year chosen from the
following list
Nominated electives
Personal Financial
Management
H2
12.5%
BFA205/305
Services Marketing
H1
12.5%
BMA353
Intermediate
Microeconomics
H2
12.5%
BEA200
Research Methods for
Finance
H2
12.5%
BEA241
Introduction to
Econometrics
H1
12.5%
BEA242
Financial Economics
H2
12.5%
BEA304
Financial Risk Management
H2
12.5%
BFA385
Taxation
H2~L2
12.5%
BFA391
Completion of this major permits a student to seek membership of the
Australian Institute of Banking and Finance.
If units are taken out of the prescribed sequence, students will need to ensure
that they have completed the necessary prerequisite units, which are listed
in the unit details.
[a] use level 100 enrolment code (eg BFA181)
Major in Human Resource Management
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
Year 1
First year foundation core units and electives including BMA121
code
Course details (2001)
page 135
Management of Human
Resources [a]
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
BMA121/221
Years 2 and 3
Organisational Behaviour
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA201
Contract of Employment
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA241
Method for Management
Studies
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA260
Human Resource
Development
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA224
International Human Resource
Management
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA381
Strategic Management
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA302
Strategic Issues in Human
Resource Management
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA330
Plus one nominated elective to make up 100% for the year chosen from the list
below
Nominated electives
Managerial Social
Responsibility
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA291/391
Financial Management
H2~L2
12.5%
BFA181/281
Employee Relations
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA321
Human Resource Management in
Tourism and Hospitality
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA225/325
In special cases, another relevant unit may be approved by the Head of School
as a nominated elective.
Completion of this major permits a student to seek membership of the
Australian Human Resources Institute.
[a] use level 100 enrolment code (eg BFA181)
Major in Information Systems
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
First year foundation core units and electives including BSA102
Information Modelling
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BSA102
Years 2 and 3
Principles of Systems
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BSA201
Programming and Problem
Solving
H1~L1/2~B1
12.5%
KXA151
Information Management
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BSA203
Management of Information
Systems
H1~L1
12.5%
BSA303
Plus four nominated electives to make up 100% for the year chosen from the list
given below
Nominated electives
Systems Development
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BSA202
Course details (2001)
page 136
IS Project Management
H1~L1
12.5%
BSA301
IS Project
H2~L2
12.5%
BSA302
Decision Support Systems
H2
12.5%
BSA304
Current Trends in IS
H2~L2
12.5%
BSA305
Electronic Commerce
H1~L1
12.5%
BSA306
Electronic Commerce
Project
H2~L2
12.5%
BSA307
Accounting Information
Systems
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BFA221
Information Technology
Law
H1~L1
12.5%
BLA670
Organisational Behaviour
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA201
Electronic Marketing
H2
12.5%
BMA308
Completion of this major (including at least 7 BSA units plus KCA151) permits
a student to seek membership of the Australian Computer Society.
If units are taken out of sequence students will need to ensure that they have
completed the necessary prerequisite units, which are listed in the unit
details.
Major in International Business
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
First year foundation core units and electives including BMA181
Introduction to International
Business [a]
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA181/281
Years 2 and 3
Managing Business in the Asia
Pacific
H1
12.5%
BMA285
International Business
Theories
H1
12.5%
BMA284/384
Method for Management
Studies
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA260
A combination of either BMA151 and BMA281 or BMA121/221 and BMA381 or
(only for students taking a double-major in Accounting/Finance) BFA281
and BFA384:
Principles of Marketing
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
BMA151/251
International Marketing
H2
12.5%
BMA282
Management of Human
Resources
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
BMA121/221
International Human Resource
Management
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA381
Financial Management
H2~L2
12.5%
BFA181/281
International Finance
H1
12.5%
BFA384
International Business
Strategies
H1
12.5%
BMA386
Course details (2001)
page 137
Strategic Management
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA302
Plus one nominated elective to make up 100% for the year chosen from the
following list:
Managerial Social
Responsibility
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA291/391
Australia and the Asia-Pacific
Economies: Trade
Principles and Policy
[na]
12.5%
BEA303
In special cases, another relevant unit may be approved by the Head of School
as a nominated elective.
[a] use level 100 enrolment code (eg BFA181)
Major in Marketing
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
First year foundation core units and electives including BMA151
Principles of Marketing [a]
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
BMA151/251
Years 2 and 3
Marketing Research
H2
12.5%
BMA253
Marketing Communications
H1
12.5%
BMA255
Buyer Behaviour
H2
12.5%
BMA252
Organisational Behaviour
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA201
Marketing Management
H1
12.5%
BMA351
Services Marketing
H1
12.5%
BMA353
Strategic Management
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA302
Plus one nominated elective chosen from:
Nominated electives
International Marketing
H2
12.5%
BMA282
Managerial Social
Responsibility
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA291/391
Financial Management
H2~L2
12.5%
BFA181/281
Electronic Marketing
H2
12.5%
BMA308
In special cases, another relevant unit may be approved by the Head of School
as a nominated elective.
[a] use level 100 enrolment code (eg BFA181)
Major in The Information Economy
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
Year 1
First year fundation core units and electives including BSA103
Information Industries
L2
12.5%
Years 2 and 3
Business Logistics
L1
12.5%
code
BSA103
BSA204
Course details (2001)
page 138
The Information Economy
L?
12.5%
BEA212
Entrepreneurship and
Innovation
H?~L?
12.5%
BEA326
Globalisation and the
Information Economy
L2
12.5%
BEA310
Electronic Commerce
H1~L1
12.5%
BSA306
Information Technology
Law
H1~L1
12.5%
BLA670
Plus two nominated electives to make up 100% for the year chosen from the list
below:
Policy Frameworks for the
Information Economy
L2
12.5%
BSA205
Management of Information
Systems
H1~L1
12.5%
BSA303
If units are taken out of sequence students will need to ensure that they have
completed the necessary prerequisite units, which are listed in the unit
details.
A Second Major
Students wishing to enhance their degree may take a second major. A major
offered by the Faculty of Commerce and Law is eight units (total weight of
100%). A student may select a second major from the ten set out in the previous
section.
Bachelor of Commerce with Honours
(Abbreviation: BCom(Hons))
Course code: C4C
This on-campus, 1-year full-time or 2-year part-time honours degree course is
offered in the fields of Accounting, Finance and Corporate Governance at
Hobart and Management (incorporating Human Resource Management,
Marketing, International Business and Business Management) at Hobart.
Admission & prerequisites
Bachelor of Commerce (or equivalent approved qualification) with an average
of distinction or higher in at least 50% of the final year units of the pass degree.
Candidates for the BCom with Honours in Management require a grade point
average (GPA) of 6.5 or better for the 200 and 300 level units forming the
relevant major in their degree. Currently, the GPA is calculated on the basis of
HD=9, DN=7.5, CR=6.5, PP=5.5, TP=5.0, NN=4.0.
Course details (2001)
page 139
Course objectives
The aim of the honours year is to enable students to develop their interests and
research skills further and to provide a foundation for postgraduate study in
Commerce.
Course structure
Students may elect to pursue one of the fields of study identified in accordance
with the requirements for that field of study as outlined in Schedule A.
The award of honours is given in relation to the whole of the year's work. The
award is graded First Class; Second Class, upper division; Second Class, lower
division; or Third Class.
See Schedule A for details of the course. Students should also refer to the BCom
with Honours degree specifications which are printed in full in the Calendar.
Full details of units may be obtained from both the School of Accounting and
Finance and the School of Management.
Articulation
Graduates of BCom, BEc, BCom–LLB may seek enrolment in BCom(Hons)
The BCom(Hons) can lead to MCom and PhD.
Schedule A
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Accounting and Finance
Bachelor of Commerce
Honours
BFA498/499
Candidates are required to undertake training in research methodology and to
complete four units of coursework plus a dissertation.
four elective units chosen from:
Advanced Financial
Accounting
H2
12.5%
BFA401
Advanced Auditing
H?
12.5%
BFA408
Advanced Taxation
Accounting
[na]
12.5%
BFA409
Advanced Accounting
Theory
H1
12.5%
BFA420
Advanced Finance
H?
12.5%
BFA424
Advanced Accounting
Information Systems
H1
12.5%
BFA425
Course details (2001)
page 140
Government Financial
Management
[na]
12.5%
BFA427
Corporate Governance and
Accountability
H2
12.5%
BFA429
Advanced Management
Accounting
[na]
12.5%
BFA435
or: two units chosen from above plus two units from another subject area
approved by the HoS,
AND in either case:
Dissertation
H
BFA441
Management
Candidates are required to complete four units consisting of:
Research Methods in
Management
H1
12.5%
BMA401
Management Honours
Seminar
Hf
12.5%
BMA402
Dissertation
Hf
62.5%
BMA404
PLUS either one elective chosen from:
Special Topics in
Management
H1
12.5%
BMA403
Human Resource Theory and
Practice
H1
12.5%
BMA421
Marketing Theory and
Research
H1
12.5%
BMA451
or one unit from another subject area approved by the HoS.
Bachelor of Economics
(Abbreviation: BEc)
Course code: C3E
This on-campus, 3-year full-time or 6-year part-time course is offered at Hobart.
The first year of the degree is offered at Launceston. Students must transfer to
the Hobart campus to complete the degree.
Admission & prerequisites
In addition to meeting the University's basic admission requirements,
applicants must have passed TCE *MT730 Mathematics Applied or a higher
level Mathematics subject.
Candidates should note, however, that admission to the Faculty is subject to
quota selection. Selection will be based on a score calculated on an applicant's
five best TCE subjects – three of which must be taken in Year 12 – chosen from
Course details (2001)
page 141
the list of subjects approved by the University for admission purposes. The
mathematics subject referred to above does not have to be one of the five
counted for the purposes of the calculation of the TE score.
Course objectives
The general aims and objectives of the Bachelor of Economics are to produce
well educated and adaptable graduates with appropriate knowledge and
professional skills to meet the existing needs and demands of employment in
industry, commerce, banking, public administration or the more specialised
fields of professional or research economics.
Course structure
The Bachelor of Economics is described in terms of 12.5% units.
To complete the Bachelor of Economics, units to a value of 300% must be
passed, including a maximum of 125% from 100-level units, a maximum of
100% from 200-level units, and a minimum of 75% from 300-level units.
In the Schedule which follows, Groups 1, 2 and 3 mean Year 1, Year 2 and Year
3 units from units offered by the Faculty of Commerce and Law and Groups
1A, 2A and 3A refer to 1st, 2nd and 3rd year units offered by departments in
other Faculties.
It is possible to count a number of units from other departments, for example:
Administration, Information Systems, Languages, Mathematics, Government,
Psychology, etc. (See 'Outline of course' below.)
Articulation
Students who have completed the Associate Diploma of Business from a
Tasmanian Institute of TAFE, and have been admitted to the course, will
receive credit for up to eight units towards the degree. The status of individual
units is determined at the time of offer. Faculty also offers direct credit for its
awards. For example, a BCom student wishing to transfer to the BEc with credit
and vice versa. Applicants wishing to obtain credit for study already
undertaken with another faculty, or an Australian or overseas tertiary
institution should consult the Admission Guide and the Student Information
Handbook for information on procedure.
Combined degree with Law
Students enrolled for the BEc may, starting in Year 2, combine studies with the
Bachelor of Laws (LLB) degree, in a course taking five years full time. Quotas
apply.
Course details (2001)
page 142
The BEc-LLB provides a strong basis for a subsequent career in business or
public administration, where there is a need for an understanding of the
relationships between economic decisions and legal constraints and
requirements.
The subject BLA101 Introduction to Law is compulsory in first year for those
intending to transfer to the combined degrees. The first year unit of law is
offered also in Launceston. Students must transfer to Hobart to complete the
degree.
(See School of Law section, p B-xx, for further information).
Combined degrees with Arts
A four-year combined degree program is available based on the Bachelor of
Arts and the Bachelor of Economics. Please refer to the combined degrees section
further on in this faculty entry.
Honours degree
The Honours degree requires one year of full-time study in addition to the
requirements for the BEc pass degree. Please see Bachelor of Economics with
Honours on page xx.
Common first year units
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
In first year, 37.5% must be taken from the following compulsory units:
Economics for Business
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BEA110
Foundations of Economic
Policy
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BEA130
Quantitative Methods 1
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BEA140
In the second year, 37.5% must be taken from the following compulsory units:
Intermediate
Microeconomics
H2
12.5%
BEA200
Intermediate
Macroeconomics
H1
12.5%
BEA220
BEA242 or BEA241
Introduction to
Econometrics
H1
12.5%
BEA242
Research Methods for
Finance
H2
12.5%
BEA241
plus not less than 12.5% selected from the second and third year options listed
below:
In the third year, 50% must be selected from the following list of second and
third year options:
Quantitative Methods 2
H1
12.5%
BEA240
Course details (2001)
Australian Political
Economy
Thinking Strategically: The
Competitive Edge
The Asia-Pacific Economies:
Tigers
Macroeconomic Theory and
Policy
Australia and the Asia-Pacific
Economies: Trade
Principles and Policy
Industrial Organisation
Economics of Human
Resources
Econometrics
Financial Economics
Environmental and Resource
Economics
Microeconomic Theory and
Policy
Economics, Management and
Organisation
Banking and Financial
Institutions
Prices and Profits
Entrepreneurship and
Innovation
page 143
[na]
12.5%
BEA210
H2
12.5%
BEA235
H1
12.5%
BEA211
H2
12.5%
BEA320
[na]
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
BEA303
BEA305
H1
H2
H2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BEA306
BEA342
BEA304
H1
12.5%
BEA301
H1
12.5%
BEA300
H1
12.5%
BEA302
H2
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
BEA321
BEA325
H?~L?
12.5%
BEA326
Details of the units offered are outlined in Schedules A, B and C and illustrated
by the accompanying sample of BEc degree options. Students should also refer
to the BEc degree specifications which are printed in full in the Calendar.
Schedule A
Unit Title
Year 1 Group 1
Economics
Economics for Business
Foundations of Economic
Policy
Quantitative Methods 1
Accounting & Finance
Accounting and Financial
Decision Making
Accounting Context and
Method
campus-sem
weight
code
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BEA110
H2~L2~B2
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
12.5%
BEA130
BEA140
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BFA103
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BFA104
Course details (2001)
page 144
Commercial Transactions [a]
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BFA141
[e]
Financial Management
H2~L2
12.5%
BFA181/281
Information Systems
Business Information
Systems
H1/2~L1/2~B1
12.5%
BSA101
Information Modelling
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BSA102
Management
Introduction to
Management
H1/2~L1/2~B1
12.5%
BMA101
Management of Human
Resources [e]
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
BMA121/221
[e]
Principles of Marketing
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
BMA151/251
Introduction to International
Business [e]
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA181/281
Year 1 Group 1A
Any first-year subjects and/or units offered by other Schools in the University
at Hobart. Interested students should consult other faculty sections for
course descriptions, details of prerequisite requirements and so on.
Year 2 Group 2 [b]
Economics Hbt or as otherwise advised
Intermediate
Microeconomics
H2
12.5%
BEA200
Australian Political
Economy [c]
[na]
12.5%
BEA210
The Asia-Pacific Economies:
Tigers
H1
12.5%
BEA211
Intermediate
Macroeconomics
H1
12.5%
BEA220
Thinking Strategically: The
Competitive Edge
H2
12.5%
BEA235
Quantitative Methods 2
H1
12.5%
BEA240
Research Methods for
Finance
H2
12.5%
BEA241
Introduction to
Econometrics
H1
12.5%
BEA242
Accounting & Finance
Financial Accounting
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BFA201
Accounting Information
Systems
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BFA221
Corporate Regulation and
Accountability
H1~L1
12.5%
BFA241
Management Accounting
H2~L2
12.5%
BFA261
Investment Analysis
H1
12.5%
BFA285
Management
Organisational Behaviour
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA201
Contract of Employment
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA241
Buyer Behaviour
H2
12.5%
BMA252
Course details (2001)
page 145
Marketing Research
H2
12.5%
BMA253
Marketing Communications
H1
12.5%
BMA255
International Marketing
H2
12.5%
BMA282
International Business
Theories
H1
12.5%
BMA284/384
Year 2 Group 2A
Any second-year subjects and/or units offered by other Schools in the
University at Hobart. Interested students should consult other faculty
sections for course descriptions, details of prerequisite requirements and so
on.
Year 3 Group 3
Economics
Microeconomic Theory and
Policy
H1
12.5%
BEA300
Environmental and Resource
Economics [d]
H1
12.5%
BEA301
Economics, Management and
Organisation [d]
H1
12.5%
BEA302
Australia and the Asia-Pacific
Economies: Trade
Principles and Policy
[na]
12.5%
BEA303
Financial Economics
H2
12.5%
BEA304
Industrial Organisation
[na]
12.5%
BEA305
Economics of Human
Resources
H1
12.5%
BEA306
Macroeconomic Theory and
Policy
H2
12.5%
BEA320
Banking and Financial
Institutions [d]
H2
12.5%
BEA321
Prices and Profits
[na]
12.5%
BEA325
Entrepreneurship and
Innovation
H?~L?
12.5%
BEA326
Econometrics
H2
12.5%
BEA342
Accounting & Finance
Advanced Financial
Accounting
H1~L1~Bv1
12.5%
BFA301
Accounting Theory
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BFA302
Auditing
H1~L1
12.5%
BFA303
Governmental Financial
Management & Accounting
[na]
12.5%
BFA306
unit (BFA307) to be advised
Financial Services
H2
12.5%
BFA347
Advanced Management
Accounting
[na]
12.5%
BFA366
International Finance
H1
12.5%
BFA384
Financial Risk Management
H2
12.5%
BFA385
Taxation
H2~L2
12.5%
BFA391
Course details (2001)
page 146
Information Systems
Decision Support Systems
H2
12.5%
BSA304
Management
Managerial Social
Responsibility
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA291/391
Strategic Management
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA302
Employee Relations
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA321
Human Resource
Development
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA224
Marketing Management
H1
12.5%
BMA351
Services Marketing
H1
12.5%
BMA353
Special Topics in
Management
H1/2~L1/2
12.5%
BMA371
International Human Resource
Management
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA381
Further units may be available with approval from the relevant sub-deans.
Please contact the School of Economics for further details.
Year 3 Group 3A
Any third-year subjects and/or units offered by other Schools in the University
at Hobart. Interested students should consult other faculty sections for
course descriptions, details of prerequisite requirements and so on.
[a] Combined BCom-LLB degree students should refer to Calendar for
combined degree rules restrictions
[b] For combined BEc-LLB degree candidates, Group 2 unit weights for both
combined degree and HECS purposes will be 12% instead of 12.5% as
listed in this schedule
[c] May be approved as a Group 1 unit
[d] May be approved as a Group 2 unit
[e] These units are available at both level 100 and level 200 BFA181/281,
BMA121/221, BMA151/251, BMA181/281, etc
Note: all units offered by the Faculty are valued at 12.5%. Single semester
units of comparable rigour taken in other faculties will be weighted at 12.5%
and full-year units at 25% for the purposes of the BEc.
Sample degree options
It is possible to complete a BEc degree by undertaking a general program of
studies, combining, say, economics with other disciplines such as accounting,
social science or humanities. It is also possible to complete a BEc by
undertaking one of the following majors. Students should ensure that they take,
in addition to the prescribed units below, sufficient elective units to fulfil the
requirements of the degree. See rules of the degree. Students who wish to
undertake more than one major from the School of Economics will be required
to present alternative units as directed by the School Student Adviser.
Course details (2001)
page 147
The five majors, which are available to students enrolled for the BEc degree, are
under review. The compulsory units required for each major are as follows:
Analytical Economics Major
Unit Title
Year 1
Economics for Business
Foundations of Economic
Policy
Quantitative Methods 1
Year 2
Intermediate
Microeconomics
Intermediate
Macroeconomics
Introduction to
Econometrics
Quantitative Methods 2
Year 3
Microeconomic Theory and
Policy
Macroeconomic Theory and
Policy
Either BEA303 or BEA304
Australia and the Asia-Pacific
Economies: Trade
Principles and Policy
Financial Economics
campus-sem
weight
code
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BEA110
H2~L2~B2
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
12.5%
BEA130
BEA140
H2
12.5%
BEA200
H1
12.5%
BEA220
H1
H1
12.5%
12.5%
BEA242
BEA240
H1
12.5%
BEA300
H2
12.5%
BEA320
[na]
H2
12.5%
12.5%
BEA303
BEA304
Australian Economy and the Asia Pacific
Unit Title
Year 1
Economics for Business
Foundations of Economic
Policy
Quantitative Methods 1
Year 2
Intermediate
Microeconomics
Intermediate
Macroeconomics
Either BEA242 or BEA241
Introduction to
Econometrics
campus-sem
weight
code
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BEA110
H2~L2~B2
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
12.5%
BEA130
BEA140
H2
12.5%
BEA200
H1
12.5%
BEA220
H1
12.5%
BEA242
Course details (2001)
Research Methods for
Finance
Australian Political
Economy
The Asia-Pacific Economies:
Tigers
Year 3
Industrial Organisation
Economics of Human
Resources
Australia and the Asia-Pacific
Economies: Trade
Principles and Policy
page 148
H2
12.5%
BEA241
[na]
12.5%
BEA210
H1
12.5%
BEA211
[na]
12.5%
BEA305
H1
12.5%
BEA306
[na]
12.5%
BEA303
Economics, Organisations and Industrial Relations
Unit Title
Year 1
Economics for Business
Foundations of Economic
Policy
Quantitative Methods 1
Introduction to
Management
Commercial Transactions
Year 2
Intermediate
Microeconomics
Research Methods for
Finance
Intermediate
Macroeconomics
Management of Human
Resources [a]
Contract of Employment
Organisational Behaviour
Thinking Strategically: The
Competitive Edge
Year 3
Economics of Human
Resources
Economics, Management and
Organisation
Employee Relations
Managerial Social
Responsibility [b]
campus-sem
weight
code
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BEA110
H2~L2~B2
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
12.5%
BEA130
BEA140
H1/2~L1/2~B1
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
12.5%
BMA101
BFA141
H2
12.5%
BEA200
H2
12.5%
BEA241
H1
12.5%
BEA220
H3/2~L3/2
H1~L1
H1~L1
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BMA121/221
BMA241
BMA201
H2
12.5%
BEA235
H1
12.5%
BEA306
H1
H2~L2
12.5%
12.5%
BEA302
BMA321
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA291/391
Course details (2001)
page 149
Prices and Profits
[na]
12.5%
BEA325
Entrepreneurship and
Innovation
H?~L?
12.5%
BEA326
Further units may be available with approval from the relevant sub-deans.
Please contact the School of Economics for further details.
[a] Students use appropriate level 200 enrolment code
[b] Students use appropriate level 300 enrolment code
Economic Policy
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Quantitative Methods 1 [a]
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BEA140
Economics for Business
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BEA110
Foundations of Economic
Policy
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BEA130
Plus a further 37.5% Group 1 or Group 1A units from Schedule A
Years 2 and 3
Intermediate
Microeconomics
H2
12.5%
BEA200
Intermediate
Macroeconomics
H1
12.5%
BEA220
Australian Political
Economy
[na]
12.5%
BEA210
Environmental and Resource
Economics
H1
12.5%
BEA301
Australia and the Asia-Pacific
Economies: Trade
Principles and Policy
[na]
12.5%
BEA303
Banking and Financial
Institutions
H2
12.5%
BEA321
Industrial Organisation
[na]
12.5%
BEA305
The Asia-Pacific Economies:
Tigers
H1
12.5%
BEA211
Plus a further 50% taken from Group 2 and 2A units and 50% taken from
Group 3 and 3A units from Schedule A.
[a] May be taken in the second year if preferred.
Financial Markets and Institutions
Unit Title
Year 1
Economics for Business
Foundations of Economic
Policy
Quantitative Methods 1
campus-sem
weight
code
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BEA110
H2~L2~B2
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
12.5%
BEA130
BEA140
Course details (2001)
page 150
Accounting and Financial
Decision Making
Accounting Context and
Method
Business Information
Systems
Year 2
Intermediate
Microeconomics
The Asia-Pacific Economies:
Tigers
Research Methods for
Finance
Introduction to
Econometrics
Financial Management [a]
Investment Analysis
Year 3
Financial Economics
Banking and Financial
Institutions
Econometrics
Financial Risk Management
plus 1 elective
[a]
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BFA103
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BFA104
H1/2~L1/2~B1
12.5%
BSA101
H2
12.5%
BEA200
H1
12.5%
BEA211
H2
12.5%
BEA241
H1
H2~L2
H1
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BEA242
BFA181/281
BFA285
H2
12.5%
BEA304
H2
H2
H2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BEA321
BEA342
BFA385
Students use appropriate level 200 enrolment code BFA281
Business Economics and Market Strategies
Unit Title
Year 1
Economics for Business
Foundations of Economic
Policy
Quantitative Methods 1
Introduction to
Management
Year 2
Intermediate
Microeconomics
Australian Political
Economy
The Asia-Pacific Economies:
Tigers
Research Methods for
Finance
campus-sem
weight
code
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BEA110
H2~L2~B2
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
12.5%
BEA130
BEA140
H1/2~L1/2~B1
12.5%
BMA101
H2
12.5%
BEA200
[na]
12.5%
BEA210
H1
12.5%
BEA211
H2
12.5%
BEA241
Course details (2001)
page 151
Principles of Marketing
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
BMA151/251
Marketing Research
H2
12.5%
BMA253
Introduction to International
Business [a]
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA181/281
Thinking Strategically: The
Competitive Edge
H2
12.5%
BEA235
Year 3
Economics, Management and
Organisation
H1
12.5%
BEA302
Financial Economics
H2
12.5%
BEA304
Industrial Organisation
[na]
12.5%
BEA305
Banking and Financial
Institutions
H2
12.5%
BEA321
Entrepreneurship and
Innovation
H?~L?
12.5%
BEA326
Strategic Management
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA302
Marketing Management
H1
12.5%
BMA351
International Business
Theories
H1
12.5%
BMA284/384
[a] Students use appropriate level 200 enrolment code BMA281.
Bachelor of Economics with Honours
(Abbreviation: BEc(Hons))
Course code: C4E
This on-campus, 1-year full-time or 2-year part-time honours degree course is
offered through the School of Economics at Hobart.
Admission & prerequisites
Bachelor of Economics (or equivalent approved qualification) with a minimum
of 65 average in four level 300 Economics units including BEA300 and BEA320.
Students are also expected normally to have passed BEA342.
Course objectives
The aim of the honours year is to enable students to develop their interests
further and to provide a foundation for postgraduate study in Economics.
Course structure
Candidates are required to complete four units of coursework and to write a
dissertation under individual supervision.
Course details (2001)
page 152
They may pursue either a single course of study in Economics or a joint course
in Economics and a subject area from another department approved by the
Faculty. They may therefore choose all four units from the School of Economics
(as outlined in Schedule B, below) or two from Schedule B and two from the
other department.
The award of honours is given in relation to the whole of the year's work.
Grades of award are First Class; Second Class, upper division; Second Class,
lower division; or Third Class.
See the following Schedule for details of the course. Candidates should also
refer to the BEc with Honours degree specifications which appear in full in the
Calendar. Full details of units may be obtained from the School of Economics.
Schedules
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Schedule A
Microeconomic Theory and
Policy
H1
12.5%
BEA300
Australia and the Asia-Pacific
Economies: Trade
Principles and Policy
[na]
12.5%
BEA303
Macroeconomic Theory and
Policy
H2
12.5%
BEA320
Econometrics
H2
12.5%
BEA342
Schedule B
Master course codes
Bachelor of Economics
(Honours)
H1/2 50%/100%
BEA498/499
Note: for descriptions of the following Honours units, contact HoS
The course includes the following compulsory units:
Microeconomics
12.5%
BEA400
Macroeconomics
12.5%
BEA420
Dissertation
50%
BEA460
and two units from:
Economics of Natural Resources
12.5%
BEA401
Regional Economics Modelling
12.5%
BEA402
International Economics
12.5%
BEA403
Course details (2001)
page 153
Public Economics
12.5%
BEA404
Industrial Economics
12.5%
BEA405
Labour Economics
12.5%
BEA406
Microeconomic Reform
12.5%
BEA407
Economics Thought
12.5%
BEA410
Methods of Enquiry
12.5%
BEA411
Econometrics
12.5%
BEA442
Special Option
12.5%
BEA450
Bachelor of Information Systems
(Abbreviation: BIS)
Course code: C3S
This on-campus, 3-year (minimum) full-time or 6-year part-time course is
offered at the Hobart and Launceston campuses. The first year of the course and
selected later year units are offered at the North-West Centre in Burnie.
Admission & prerequisites
Possession of the University's basic admission requirements. A completed
TAFE Diploma in Information Technology or Business is also acceptable and
will attract up to 8 units credit. Other TAFE Diplomas or Associate Diplomas
will be considered on an individual basis.
Studying TCE *MT730 Mathematics Applied or a higher level Mathematics
subject is recommended for students seeking admission to the Bachelor of
Information Systems.
TCE Information Systems and Computer Science or their equivalent are useful
background, but are not prerequisites for admission to the degree.
Course objectives
The course aims to –
Course details (2001)
•
•
•
•
•
page 154
provide a professional degree that will graduate people able to fulfil key
roles in the IT and related industries, and who will liaise between IT
personnel and other professional and industrial personnel;
produce graduates who have a good understanding of roles of IT in
society, in organisations, and for individuals, that IT is a powerful factor
for change in modern society;
provide the community, particularly Tasmania, with graduates who are
well equipped to deal with information technology and develop
information infrastructures, both in the public and private spheres;
produce graduates with knowledge, skills and understanding of: (a) the
relationships of information and information technology to organisational
needs; (b) current management practice in the development of information
systems, their use and associated policy formulation and analysis; (c) the
value of research, critical thinking and effective communication in the
management of information systems.
produce graduates who have well developed professional skills in such
areas as interpersonal communication, working in teams, and technical
report writing.
Career outcomes
Associate membership of the Australian Computer Society. Graduates of the
Bachelor of Information Systems could expect to find employment as a business
analyst, database analyst, systems analyst, IT project manager, IT manager,
Information manager, database administrator, IT administrator or manager,
telecommunications manager, IT consultant, electronic commerce or electronic
business consultant, web developer, webmaster.
Course structure
The Bachelor of Information Systems degree consists of twenty-four units of
study. There are 15 specified core units in Information Systems and 9 elective
units which may be chosen from any other discipline area within the
University. Students are encouraged to seek combinations of units from other
schools which will complement their studies in Information Systems. They are
strongly encouraged to seek a complementary major in professional areas, such
as Journalism and Media Studies, Computing, Economics, Government,
Sociology or Psychology.
In order to achieve a recognised major in the elective component of the Bachelor
of Information Systems degree a student will be required to pass units in a
single field of study that:
(a)
(c)
can be completed within the elective units of the Bachelor of Information
Systems, and
are recognised as a major by a faculty of the University.
Course details (2001)
page 155
Articulation
The Bachelor of Information Systems may articulate with other courses and
degrees, such as those offered through TAFE, and by other tertiary institutions.
The transfer arrangements will be determined on an individual student basis
and will depend on the standing of the student and the relationship between
units completed elsewhere and the units required in this degree.
Combined degree with Commerce
Students entering the Bachelor of Information Systems course in 2001 and
intending to study a Commerce major should see the section on the Bachelor of
Commerce–Bachelor of Information Systems combined degree on page xx.
Combined degree with Law
Students who wish to complete the five-year combined degree Bachelor of
Information Systems–Bachelor of Laws must enrol in the unit BLA101
Introduction to Law in the first year of their Bachelor of Information Systems
course, and must then apply for admission to the combined BIS–LLB degree at
the end of their first year. The first year of the combined degree is available in
Launceston, but students must complete the combined degree at the Hobart
campus.
Schedule A
Unit Title
Year 1
Core units
Accounting & Finance
Accounting and Financial
Decision Making
Management
Introduction to
Management
Information Systems
Business Information
Systems
Information Modelling
Philosophy
Introduction to Logic
Computing
Programming and Problem
Solving
Software Process
Year 2
Management
campus-sem
weight
code
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BFA103
H1/2~L1/2~B1
12.5%
BMA101
H1/2~L1/2~B1
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
12.5%
BSA101
BSA102
H1~D1~Lw1~Bw1
12.5%
HPA291/391
H1~L1/2~B1
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
12.5%
KXA151
KXA154
Course details (2001)
Organisational Behaviour
Principles of Marketing
Information Systems
Principles of Systems
Systems Development
Information Management
Computing
Algorithms and Metrics
Year 3
Accounting & Finance
Accounting Information
Systems
Information Systems
IS Project Management
IS Project
Management of Information
Systems
Decision Support Systems
Current Trends in IS
Electronic Commerce
Law
Information Technology
Law
Management
Electronic Marketing
page 156
H1~L1
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
12.5%
BMA201
BMA151/251
H1~L1~B1
H2~L2~B2
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BSA201
BSA202
BSA203
H1~L1
12.5%
KXA251
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BFA221
H1~L1
H2~L2
12.5%
12.5%
BSA301
BSA302
H1~L1
H2
H2~L2
H1~L1
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BSA303
BSA304
BSA305
BSA306
H1~L1
12.5%
BLA670
H2
12.5%
BMA308
Management of Information Systems Program Schedule of units
Unit Title
Year 1
Business Information
Systems
Programming and Problem
Solving
Accounting and Financial
Decision Making
Elective
H1/2:L1/2
Information Modelling
Introduction to
Management
Introduction to Logic
Elective
H1/2:L1/2
Year 2
Principles of Systems
Organisational Behaviour
Either KXA154 or KXA231
campus-sem
weight
code
H1/2~L1/2~B1
12.5%
BSA101
H1~L1/2~B1
12.5%
KXA151
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BFA103
12.5%
BSA102
H1/2~L1/2~B1
H1~D1~Lw1~Bw1
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BMA101
HPA291/391
H1~L1~B1
H1~L1
12.5%
12.5%
BSA201
BMA201
Course details (2001)
page 157
Software Process
H2~L2~B2
Algorithms and Metrics
H1~L1
Elective
H1/2:L1/2
12.5%
Systems Development
H2~L2~B2
Information Management
H2~L2~B2
Elective
H2:L2
12.5%
Elective
H2:L2
12.5%
Year 3
IS Project Management
H1~L1
Management of Information
Systems
H1~L1
Elective
H1:L1
12.5%
Elective
H1:L1
12.5%
IS Project H2~L2
12.5%
One of BSA304, BSA305, BSA306 or BFA221
Decision Support Systems
H2
Current Trends in IS
H2~L2
Electronic Commerce
H1~L1
Accounting Information
Systems
H2~L2~B2
Elective
H2:L2
12.5%
Elective
H2:L2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KXA154
KXA251
12.5%
12.5%
BSA202
BSA203
12.5%
BSA301
12.5%
BSA303
BSA302
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BSA304
BSA305
BSA306
12.5%
BFA221
Electronic Commerce Program Schedule of units
Unit Title
Year 1
Business Information
Systems
Programming and Problem
Solving
Accounting and Financial
Decision Making
Elective
H1/2:L1/2
Information Modelling
Introduction to
Management
Introduction to Logic
Elective
H1/2:L1/2
Year 2
Principles of Systems
Either BMA201 or BSA202
Organisational Behaviour
Systems Development
Principles of Marketing
Elective
H1:L1
campus-sem
weight
code
H1/2~L1/2~B1
12.5%
BSA101
H1~L1/2~B1
12.5%
KXA151
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BFA103
12.5%
BSA102
H1/2~L1/2~B1
H1~D1~Lw1~Bw1
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BMA101
HPA291/391
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BSA201
H1~L1
H2~L2~B2
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BMA201
BSA202
BMA151/251
Course details (2001)
Information Management
Elective
H2:L2
Electronic Marketing
Elective
H2:L2
Year 3
Management of Information
Systems
Electronic Commerce
Elective
H1:L1
Elective
H1:L1
Electronic Commerce
Project
Information Technology
Law
Elective
H2:L2
Elective
H2:L2
page 158
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
H2
12.5%
12.5%
BSA203
12.5%
BMA308
H1~L1
H1~L1
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BSA303
BSA306
H2~L2
12.5%
BSA307
H1~L1
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BLA670
Bachelor of Information Systems with
Honours
(Abbreviation: BIS(Hons))
Course code: C4S
This on-campus, 1-year (minimum) full-time or 2-year part-time course is
offered by the Faculty of Commerce and Law at the Hobart and Launceston
campuses.
Admission & prerequisites
Candidates for the Bachelor of Information Systems with honours degree will
be required to satisfy the following:
(a)
(b)
have completed a bachelor degree with a major in Information Systems, or
a closely related field; and
have achieved at least a Distinction grade in two of the final year units
(total weighting of 25%) in their Information Systems major.
Course objectives
The course aims to provide –
Course details (2001)
1
2
3
4
page 159
students with a good understanding of the research methods in
Information Systems and provide the training necessary to pursue a
research degree in the field;
advanced professional education and training in order to fulfil key roles in
the IT and related industries;
the community, particularly Tasmania, with honours graduates who have
the research skills and knowledge that will lead to positions of leadership
and management, particularly in the IT profession; and to
produce graduates who have well developed professional skills in such
areas as negotiation and conflict resolution, team building and leadership.
Career outcomes
Associate membership of the Australian Computer Society. Graduates of the
Bachelor of Information Systems could expect to find employment as a business
analyst, database analyst, systems analyst, IT project manager, IT manager,
Information manager, database administrator, IT administrator or manager,
telecommunications manager, IT consultant, electronic commerce or electronic
business consultant.
Course structure
The Bachelor of Information Systems honours program will consist of–
•
•
•
•
a major project culminating in the production of a thesis, equivalent in
weighting to 4 units or 50%,
one required unit on research methods, with a weighting of 12.5%,
two elective units, with a total weighting of 25%, and
a professional skills unit, with a weighting of 12.5%.
Schedule A
Unit Title
campus-sem
Bachelor of Information
Systems with Honours
Consisting of the following units and dissertation
Professional Skills
Hf~Lf
Information Systems Research
Methods
H1~L1
Dissertation
Hf~Lf
Any two of BSA411, BSA412, BSA414
Strategic Information
Systems
H1~L1
Systems Development
Methodologies
H2~L2
Advanced Electronic
Commerce
H2~L2
weight
code
BSA498/499
12.5%
BSA410
12.5%
50%
BSA413
BSA420
12.5%
BSA411
12.5%
BSA412
12.5%
BSA414
Course details (2001)
page 160
Bachelor of Laws
(Abbreviation: LLB)
Course code: L3B
This on-campus course at Hobart is offered by the Faculty of Commerce and
Law and is available full time (a minimum of 3 years) or part time (a maximum
of 8 years).
Admission & prerequisites
Students will need either:
(a)
(b)
a first year in another faculty, which includes the unit BLA101 Introduction
to Law (or the academic equivalent); or
a bachelor degree.
Course objectives
The Bachelor of Laws course is the basic academic preparation for persons who
wish to enter the legal profession and other careers involving legal work. The
course also has wider applicability in developing the attributes and skills
inherent in a general university education. Students develop the values and
intellectual abilities necessary to marshal facts and to critically assess and
evaluate information, theories and doctrines thus preparing themselves for a
variety of career roles.
A degree in law is the first step towards entering the legal profession. After
graduating from the University, a law student wishing to practise in Tasmania
is required to undertake a 6 months Legal Practice course.
Law students intending to practise law in another State should inquire of the
respective Law Society or Bar Council what they must do to qualify for practice
in their chosen State.
Overseas students should address such enquiries to the relevant authority in
their home country.
Career outcomes
A law degree is a prerequisite to admission as a legal practitioner. Today,
however, employers from a widening range of disciplines value the skills that
law graduates possess. A range of careers choices lies open to law graduates as
Course details (2001)
page 161
a solicitor, barrister, industry legal officer or ministerial adviser, as well as in
legal aid, community legal centres, the Attorney-General's department, law
reform commissions, consumer affairs, environment, foreign affairs, police,
legal drafting. politics, banking, finance, journalism, publishing and teaching.
Course structure
Students who have satisfied the entrance requirements and have been selected
for the degree of Bachelor of Laws, are required to pass in sequence, and in the
year of study prescribed, the compulsory units set out below and 10 electives
chosen from the schedule of electives following. One elective must be chosen
from each of Groups A, B, C, D and E over years 2 and 3.
Articulation
Students who have completed units of similar weight and standing which may
be taken as part of a Bachelor of Laws degree course at another tertiary
institution may be given credit in units of the Bachelor of Laws degree to the
limits prescribed by the Faculty and the University.
Skills
The components, and the assessment, of the Skills unit have been fully
integrated into the core units. Each core unit description outlines the skills
covered by that unit.
Moot – Students are required to attend and participate in one moot.
Satisfactory performance in the moot is a prerequisite to obtaining the degree.
Compulsory units
Unit Title
campus-sem
Year 1
Contract Law
Hf
Torts
Hf
Criminal Law
Hf
Principles of Public Law
Hf
Year 2
Property Law
Hf
Law of Groups
H1
and five electives from Schedule of Electives
Year 3
Equity and Trusts
H1
Litigation
Hf
and five electives from Schedule of Electives
weight
code
25%
25%
25%
25%
BLA200
BLA201
BLA202
BLA203
25%
12.5%
BLA303
BLA304
12.5%
25%
BLA401
BLA402
Course details (2001)
page 162
Schedule of Electives
Students are required to take one elective from each of Groups A, B, C, D and E
during their course of study
All units are of one semester length with a weighting of 12.5% with the
exception of BLA699 Elective 3 which has a weighting of 25% and is a full-year
unit, equivalent to 2 one-semester units for the purposes of the number of
electives required for the degree.
Unit Title
Group A
Jurisprudence 1
Jurisprudence 2
Jurisprudence 3
Jurisprudence 4
Criminology
Sociology of Law
Comparative Law
Legal History
Group B
International Law
Law of the Sea
Antarctic and Southern Ocean
Law
Human Rights
Advanced International
Law
Law of the European Union
Maritime Law
Group C
Planning Law
Advanced Administrative
Law
Conciliation and Arbitration
Law
Advanced Constitutional
Law
Environmental Law
Employment Law
Trade Union Law
Advanced Criminal Law
Welfare Law
Anti-discrimination Law
Media Law
Group D
Commercial Law
campus-sem
weight
code
[na]
H1
[na]
[na]
H1
H2
[na]
H2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BLA611
BLA612
BLA613
BLA614
BLA615
BLA616
BLA617
BLA618
H1
H2
12.5%
12.5%
BLA631
BLA632
H1
H2
12.5%
12.5%
BLA633
BLA634
H3
H3
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BLA635
BLA636
BLA638
[na]
12.5%
BLA641
H2
12.5%
BLA642
[na]
12.5%
BLA643
[na]
H2
[na]
[na]
[na]
[na]
[na]
H1
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BLA644
BLA645
BLA646
BLA647
BLA648
BLA649
BLA651
BLA652
H2
12.5%
BLA661
Course details (2001)
page 163
Tax 1
International Trade
Intellectual Property
Internal Company
Structure
Trade Practices Law
Law and Finance
Personal and Corporate
Solvency
Consumer Protection
Information Technology
Law
Tax 2
Regulation of Securities
Financial Institutions
Law
Group E
Family 1 – the Family and
the Child
Family 2 – Financial
Aspects of Family Law
Succession
Conflicts (Private
International Law)
Information Law
Landlord and Tenant
Sentencing
Compensation Law
Restitution
Elective 1 (Jessup Moot)
Elective 2 (Supervised
Research)
Clinical Legal Education
Law and Ethics of Health
Care
Professional Conduct
Remedies
Heritage Law
Elective 3 (Supervised
Research)
H1
H3
H2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BLA662
BLA663
BLA664
H2
H1
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BLA665
BLA666
BLA667
[na]
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
BLA668
BLA669
H1~L1
[na]
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BLA670
BLA671
BLA672
H3
12.5%
BLA673
H1
12.5%
BLA681
[na]
H2
12.5%
12.5%
BLA682
BLA683
H1
[na]
[na]
[na]
[na]
[na]
H3
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BLA684
BLA685
BLA687
BLA688
BLA689
BLA691
BLA692
H1/2
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
BLA693
BLA694
H1
H2
[na]
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BLA695
BLA696
BLA697
BLA698
Hf
25%
BLA699
Honours in Law
(Abbreviation: LLB(Hons))
Course details (2001)
page 164
Course code: L4B
Candidates may be awarded a Law degree with Honours if they accumulate
sufficient honours points in Law units passed. Honours points are awarded for
performance at the Distinction and High Distinction level in accordance with
the Specifications of Bachelor of Laws and Combined Degrees with Honours.
The degree may be awarded with either First or Second Class Honours.
Course objectives
Degrees combining with LawBachelor of
Arts and Bachelor of Laws
(Abbreviation: BA–LLB)
Course code: L3D
(See also BA–LLB under Faculty of Arts entry on page xx, L3F (BCom–LLB),
L3E (BEc–LLB), L3K (BIS–LLB), L3G (BSc–LLB) following.) These on-campus
courses at Hobart are offered by the Faculties of Arts, Commerce & Law, and
Science & Engineering. They are available full time (a minimum of 5 years) or
part time (a maximum of 10 years).
Admission & prerequisites
Students must pass the first year of their BA, BCom, BEc, BIS or BSc degree,
including the subject BLA101 Introduction to Law, available at Hobart and
Launceston, or its academic equivalent.
Students who have a different academic background, either from this
University or another approved tertiary institution, may be considered for
admission.
Course objectives
The objectives of the combined degree courses are those of the component
degrees. Reference should be made to the Bachelor of Laws course entry and to
the course entry for the other relevant degree.
Career outcomes
Graduates of combined degrees could expect to find open to them all the career
paths that are open to graduates of the component degree courses.
Course details (2001)
page 165
Course structure
The courses are arranged so that the BA, BCom, BEc, BIS, or BSc requirement is
completed in the first three years. The remaining two years are devoted to Law
studies.
Students who have satisfied the entrance requirements and have been selected
for a degree combining with Law, are required to pass in sequence, and in the
year of study prescribed, the compulsory units set out below and 10 electives
chosen from the schedule of electives on the previous page. One elective must
be chosen from each of Groups A, B, C, D and E over years 4 and 5.
Skills
The components, and the assessment, of the Skills unit have been fully
integrated into the core units. Each core unit description outlines the skills
covered by that unit.
Moots– Students are required to attend and participate in one moot.
Satisfactory performance in the moot is a prerequisite to obtaining the degree.
Schedule
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Introduction to Law
Hf~Lf
25%
BLA101
plus 75% units from BA ( course code R3A) on page xx
Year 2
Contract Law [a]
Hf
25%
BLA200
[a]
Torts
Hf
25%
BLA201
plus 62.5% units from BA (course code R3A) on page xx
Year 3
Criminal Law
Hf
25%
BLA202
Principles of Public Law
Hf
25%
BLA203
plus 50% units from BA ( course code R3A) on page xx
Year 4
Property Law
Hf
25%
BLA303
Law of Groups
H1
12.5%
BLA304
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
Year 5
Litigation
Hf
25%
BLA402
Equity and Trusts
H1
12.5%
BLA401
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
[a] the weighting of these units is 20% for students enrolled in this combined
degree
Course details (2001)
page 166
Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of
Laws
(Abbreviation: BCom–LLB)
Course code: L3F
See introductory details of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of Laws (above).
Course objectives
Schedule
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Introduction to Law
Hf~Lf
25%
BLA101
plus 75% units from BCom (course code C3C) on page xx
Year 2
Contract Law [a]
Hf
25%
BLA200
[a]
Torts
Hf
25%
BLA201
plus 62.5% units from BCom (course code C3C) on page xx
Year 3
Criminal Law
Hf
25%
BLA202
Principles of Public Law
Hf
25%
BLA203
plus 50% units from BCom (course code C3C) on page xx
Year 4
Property Law
Hf
25%
BLA303
Law of Groups
H1
12.5%
BLA304
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
Year 5
Litigation
Hf
25%
BLA402
Equity and Trusts
H1
12.5%
BLA401
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
[a] the weighting of these units is 20% for students enrolled in this combined
degree
Bachelor of Economics and Bachelor of
Laws
(Abbreviation: BEc–LLB)
Course details (2001)
page 167
Course code: L3E
See introductory details of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of Laws (above).
Course objectives
Schedule
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Introduction to Law
Hf~Lf
25%
BLA101
plus 75% units from BEc (course code C3E) on page xx
Year 2
Contract Law [a]
Hf
25%
BLA200
[a]
Torts
Hf
25%
BLA201
plus 62.5% units from BEc (course code C3E) on page xx
Year 3
Criminal Law
Hf
25%
BLA202
Principles of Public Law
Hf
25%
BLA203
plus 50% units from BEc (course code C3E) on page xx
Year 4
Property Law
Hf
25%
BLA303
Law of Groups
H1
12.5%
BLA304
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
Year 5
Litigation
Hf
25%
BLA402
Equity and Trusts
H1
12.5%
BLA401
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
[a] the weighting of these units is 20% for students enrolled in this combined
degree
Bachelor of Information Systems and
Bachelor of Laws
(Abbreviation: BIS–LLB)
Course code: L3K
See introductory details of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of Laws (above).
Course objectives
Course details (2001)
page 168
Schedule
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Introduction to Law
Hf~Lf
25%
BLA101
plus 75% units from BIS (course code C3S) on page xx
Year 2
Contract Law [a]
Hf
25%
BLA200
Torts [a]
Hf
25%
BLA201
plus 62.5% units from BIS (course code C3S) on page xx
Year 3
Criminal Law
Hf
25%
BLA202
Principles of Public Law
Hf
25%
BLA203
plus 50% units from BIS (course code C3S) on page xx
Year 4
Property Law
Hf
25%
BLA303
Law of Groups
H1
12.5%
BLA304
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
Year 5
Litigation
Hf
25%
BLA402
Equity and Trusts
H1
12.5%
BLA401
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
[a] the weighting of these units is 20% for students enrolled in this combined
degree
Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of
Laws
(Abbreviation: BSc–LLB)
Course code: L3G
See introductory details of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of Laws (above).
Course objectives
Schedule
Unit Title
Year 1
Introduction to Law
campus-sem
weight
code
Hf~Lf
25%
BLA101
Course details (2001)
page 169
plus 75% Group 1 core units from Schedule A of BSc (25% each from three
Schools) on page xx
Year 2
Contract Law [a]
Hf
25%
BLA200
[a]
Torts
Hf
25%
BLA201
plus 66.67% Group 2 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (33.33% each from
two Schools) on page xx
Year 3
Criminal Law
Hf
25%
BLA202
Principles of Public Law
Hf
25%
BLA203
plus 50% Group 3 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (50% from one School
representing a major) on page xx
Year 4
Property Law
Hf
25%
BLA303
Law of Groups
H1
12.5%
BLA304
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
Year 5
Litigation
Hf
25%
BLA402
Equity and Trusts
H1
12.5%
BLA401
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
[a] the weighting of these units is 20% for students enrolled in this combined
degree
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws
with Honours in Law
(Abbreviation: BA–LLB(Hons))
Course code: L4D
See introductory details of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of Laws and Honours in
Laws.
Schedule
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Introduction to Law
Hf~Lf
25%
BLA101
plus 75% Group 1 core units from Schedule A of BSc (25% each from three
Schools) on page xx
Year 2
Contract Law [a]
Hf
25%
BLA200
Torts [a]
Hf
25%
BLA201
Course details (2001)
page 170
plus 66.67% Group 2 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (33.33% each from
two Schools) on page xx
Year 3
Criminal Law
Hf
25%
BLA202
Principles of Public Law
Hf
25%
BLA203
plus 50% Group 3 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (50% from one School
representing a major) on page xx
Year 4
Property Law
Hf
25%
BLA303
Law of Groups
H1
12.5%
BLA304
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
Year 5
Litigation
Hf
25%
BLA402
Equity and Trusts
H1
12.5%
BLA401
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
[a] the weighting of these units is 20% for students enrolled in this combined
degree
Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of
Laws with Honours in Law
(Abbreviation: BCom–LLB(Hons))
Course code: L4F
See introductory details of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of Laws and Honours in
Laws.
Schedule
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Introduction to Law
Hf~Lf
25%
BLA101
plus 75% Group 1 core units from Schedule A of BSc (25% each from three
Schools) on page xx
Year 2
Contract Law [a]
Hf
25%
BLA200
[a]
Torts
Hf
25%
BLA201
plus 66.67% Group 2 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (33.33% each from
two Schools) on page xx
Year 3
Criminal Law
Hf
25%
BLA202
Principles of Public Law
Hf
25%
BLA203
Course details (2001)
page 171
plus 50% Group 3 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (50% from one School
representing a major) on page xx
Year 4
Property Law
Hf
25%
BLA303
Law of Groups
H1
12.5%
BLA304
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
Year 5
Litigation
Hf
25%
BLA402
Equity and Trusts
H1
12.5%
BLA401
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
[a] the weighting of these units is 20% for students enrolled in this combined
degree
Bachelor of Economics and Bachelor of
Laws with Honours in Law
(Abbreviation: BEc–LLB(Hons))
Course code: L4E
See introductory details of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of Laws and Honours in
Laws.
Schedule
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Introduction to Law
Hf~Lf
25%
BLA101
plus 75% Group 1 core units from Schedule A of BSc (25% each from three
Schools) on page xx
Year 2
Contract Law [a]
Hf
25%
BLA200
Torts [a]
Hf
25%
BLA201
plus 66.67% Group 2 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (33.33% each from
two Schools) on page xx
Year 3
Criminal Law
Hf
25%
BLA202
Principles of Public Law
Hf
25%
BLA203
plus 50% Group 3 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (50% from one School
representing a major) on page xx
Year 4
Property Law
Hf
25%
BLA303
Law of Groups
H1
12.5%
BLA304
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
Course details (2001)
page 172
Year 5
Litigation
Hf
25%
BLA402
Equity and Trusts
H1
12.5%
BLA401
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
[a] the weighting of these units is 20% for students enrolled in this combined
degree
Bachelor of Information Systems and
Bachelor of Laws with Honours in Law
(Abbreviation: BIS–LLB(Hons))
Course code: L4K
See introductory details of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of Laws and Honours in
Laws.
Schedule
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Introduction to Law
Hf~Lf
25%
BLA101
plus 75% Group 1 core units from Schedule A of BSc (25% each from three
Schools) on page xx
Year 2
Contract Law [a]
Hf
25%
BLA200
[a]
Torts
Hf
25%
BLA201
plus 66.67% Group 2 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (33.33% each from
two Schools) on page xx
Year 3
Criminal Law
Hf
25%
BLA202
Principles of Public Law
Hf
25%
BLA203
plus 50% Group 3 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (50% from one School
representing a major) on page xx
Year 4
Property Law
Hf
25%
BLA303
Law of Groups
H1
12.5%
BLA304
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
Year 5
Litigation
Hf
25%
BLA402
Equity and Trusts
H1
12.5%
BLA401
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
[a] the weighting of these units is 20% for students enrolled in this combined
degree
Course details (2001)
page 173
Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of
Laws with Honours in Law
(Abbreviation: BSc–LLB(Hons))
Course code: L4G
See introductory details of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of Laws and Honours in
Laws.
Schedule
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Introduction to Law
Hf~Lf
25%
BLA101
plus 75% Group 1 core units from Schedule A of BSc (25% each from three
Schools) on page xx
Year 2
Contract Law [a]
Hf
25%
BLA200
[a]
Torts
Hf
25%
BLA201
plus 66.67% Group 2 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (33.33% each from
two Schools) on page xx
Year 3
Criminal Law
Hf
25%
BLA202
Principles of Public Law
Hf
25%
BLA203
plus 50% Group 3 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (50% from one School
representing a major) on page xx
Year 4
Property Law
Hf
25%
BLA303
Law of Groups
H1
12.5%
BLA304
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
Year 5
Litigation
Hf
25%
BLA402
Equity and Trusts
H1
12.5%
BLA401
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
[a] the weighting of these units is 20% for students enrolled in this combined
degree
Bachelor of Computing and Bachelor of
Laws with Honours in Law
Course details (2001)
page 174
(Abbreviation: BComp–LLB(Hons))
Course code: L4H
See introductory details of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of Laws and Honours in
Laws.
Schedule
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Introduction to Law
Hf~Lf
25%
BLA101
plus 75% Group 1 core units from Schedule A of BSc (25% each from three
Schools) on page xx
Year 2
Contract Law [a]
Hf
25%
BLA200
[a]
Torts
Hf
25%
BLA201
plus 66.67% Group 2 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (33.33% each from
two Schools) on page xx
Year 3
Criminal Law
Hf
25%
BLA202
Principles of Public Law
Hf
25%
BLA203
plus 50% Group 3 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (50% from one School
representing a major) on page xx
Year 4
Property Law
Hf
25%
BLA303
Law of Groups
H1
12.5%
BLA304
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
Year 5
Litigation
Hf
25%
BLA402
Equity and Trusts
H1
12.5%
BLA401
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
[a] the weighting of these units is 20% for students enrolled in this combined
degree
Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of
Applied Science
(Abbreviation: BCom–BAppSc)
Course code: C3A
Course details (2001)
page 175
No new enrolments will be taken as this course is being taught out. Details of
the course outline and study schedules can be found in earlier versions of the
Course and Unit Handbook.
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of
Commerce
(Abbreviation: BA–BCom)
Course code: C3R
The 4-year full-time combined degree of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of
Commerce is offered on the Launceston and Hobart campuses by the Faculty of
Arts and the Faculty of Commerce and Law. A restricted program is available
at the North-West Centre. For further information, contact the Faculty of
Commerce and Law.
Admission & prerequisites
Possession of the University's minimum entry requirements including in the
case of Tasmanian school-leavers TCE *MT730 Mathematics Applied.
Course objectives
The objectives of the combined degrees are:
•
•
to complement traditional studies in humanities and social sciences with a
wide range of management, accounting, marketing and business skills;
to broaden the opportunities of commerce students to undertake studies
in languages and area studies.
Career outcomes
Graduates of the Bachelor of Commerce could expect to obtain employment in
accounting, finance, international business, human resource or personnel
management, marketing, journalism and public relations, government and
teaching.
Professional recognition
If students wish to be eligible for membership of a professional body they will
need to select units endorsed by that body. The faculty offers units to enable
students to join the following professional bodies:
•
Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia
Course details (2001)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
page 176
Australian Society of Certified Practising Accountants
Australian Human Resources Institute
Australian Institute of Management
Australian Marketing Institute
Chartered Institute of Company Secretaries in Australia
Australian Institute of Banking and Finance
Australian Computer Society
Membership details may be obtained from the relevant Schools or the
professional body.
Course structure
To qualify for Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of Commerce students must
successfully complete 32 units (400%) comprising: 16 (12.5%) units (200%) from
Commerce and two majors (200%) from Arts.
Articulation
Students who have completed the Associate Diploma of Business and have
been admitted to the course will receive credit for the core compulsory units in
Commerce.
Sample Course Structure
Unit Title
Year 1
Bachelor of Commerce
Business Information
Systems
Introduction to
Management
Commercial Transactions
Elective
Bachelor of Arts
Subject A (level 100)
Subject B (level 100)
Year 2
Bachelor of Commerce
Accounting and Financial
Decision Making
Economics for Business
Quantitative Methods 1
Elective for major
Bachelor of Arts
Subject A (level 200)
Subject A level 200
campus-sem
weight
code
H1/2~L1/2~B1
12.5%
BSA101
H1/2~L1/2~B1
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BMA101
BFA141
25%
25%
H1~L1~B1
H1~L1~B1
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
25%
25%
BFA103
BEA110
BEA140
Course details (2001)
Year 3
Bachelor of Commerce
Commerce major unit 1
Commerce major unit 2
Commerce major unit 3
Commerce major unit 4
Bachelor of Arts
Subject A (level 200/300)
Subject B (level 200/300)
Year 4
Bachelor of Commerce
Commerce major unit 5
Commerce major unit 6
Commerce major unit 7
Commerce major unit 8
Commerce major = 200%
Bachelor of Arts
Subject A (level 300 units)
Subject B (level 300 units)
Major A = 100%; Major B = 100%
page 177
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
25%
25%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
25%
25%
For choice of Commerce majors see details of Bachelor of Commerce.
For the choice of Arts majors see details of Bachelor of Arts.
Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of
Computing
(Abbreviation: BCom–BComp)
Course code: C3X
The 4-year full-time combined degree of Bachelor of Commerce-Bachelor of
Computing is offered on the Launceston campus by the Faculty of Commerce &
Law and the Faculty of Science & Engineering.
Admission & prerequisites
Possession of the University's minimum entry requirements including, in the
case of Tasmanian school-leavers, TCE *MT730 Mathematics Applied.
Course objectives
Course details (2001)
page 178
To combine professional studies in computing with professional studies in
commerce (in areas such as accounting and human resource management).
Career outcomes
Graduates of the combined degree could expect to find employment in such
fields as accounting, human resource management, programming, software
construction, multimedia and internet technology.
Course structure
To qualify for Bachelor of Commerce–Bachelor of Computing students must
successfully complete 32 units comprising: 16 (12.5%) units from Computing
and 16 (12.5%) units from Commerce.
Articulation
Students who have completed the TAFE Associate Diploma of Business or the
Diploma of Information Technology and have been admitted to the course may
receive one year of credit in Commerce or Computing respectively.
Sample Course Structure
Unit Title
Year 1
Bachelor of Commerce
Business Information
Systems
Accounting and Financial
Decision Making
Commercial Transactions
Elective
Bachelor of Computing
Programming and Problem
Solving
Professional Computing
Multimedia and Web
Applications
Software Process
Year 2
Bachelor of Commerce
Economics for Business
Introduction to
Management
Quantitative Methods 1
Elective
Bachelor of Computing
campus-sem
weight
code
H1/2~L1/2~B1
12.5%
BSA101
H1~L1~B1
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BFA103
BFA141
H1~L1/2~B1
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
12.5%
KXA151
KXA155
H2~L2~B2
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
12.5%
KXA156
KXA154
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BEA110
H1/2~L1/2~B1
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BMA101
BEA140
Course details (2001)
Software Design
Artificial Intelligence
Computer Organisation and
Architecture
Operating Systems
Year 3
Bachelor of Commerce
Commerce major unit 1
Commerce major unit 2
Commerce major unit 3
Commerce major unit 4
Bachelor of Computing
Computing elective unit 1
Algorithms and Metrics
Computing elective unit 2
Computing elective unit 3
Year 4
Bachelor of Commerce
Commerce major unit 5
Commerce major unit 6
Commerce major unit 7
Commerce major unit 8
Bachelor of Computing
Computing elective unit 4
Computing elective unit 5
Computing Project A
Computing Project B
page 179
H2~L2
H1~L1
12.5%
12.5%
KXA253
KXA252
H1~L1~B1
H2~L2
12.5%
12.5%
KXA152
KXA254
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
H1~L1
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KXA251
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
L1/2
L1/2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KXA331
KXA332
Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of
Information Systems
(Abbreviation: BCom–BIS)
Course code: C3L
The 4-year full-time combined degree of Bachelor of Commerce-Bachelor of
Information Systems is offered on the Launceston and Hobart campuses by the
Faculty of Commerce & Law. The first year and some selected later year units
are available at the North-West Centre.
Admission & prerequisites
Applicants need to meet the requirements for entry into the Bachelor of
Commerce and Bachelor of Information Systems courses.
Course details (2001)
page 180
Course objectives
The purpose of the course is to combine professional studies in information
systems with professional studies in commerce.
Career outcomes
Graduates of the combined degree could expect to find employment in areas
such as those enumerated for the Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of
Information degrees.
Course structure
The course structure of the combined degree includes:
The core units in the first year of the BCom degree
One Commerce major (other than Information Systems), as prescribed within
the BCom degree
The core program of the BIS degree
Five additional elective units, with a total weight of 62.5%
The recommended program of study for this combined degree is shown in the
'Schedule of units'.
The first year of the combined degree is a standard first year of the BCom, with
one of the electives chosen to be BSA102. This allows a student to transfer
between this program and a BCom without penalty after first year.
A student who has completed the first year of the BIS degree may transfer into
this combined degree program, with the only penalty being the requirement to
complete the first eight Commerce units.
After second year of this combined degree program a student could transfer
into either the BCom or BIS without penalty.
After third year of this combined degree program a student could graduate
with a BCom, including an IS major but not have satisfied the requirements of a
BIS.
Articulation
Course details (2001)
page 181
Students who have completed the TAFE Associate Diploma of Business or the
Diploma of Information Technology and have been admitted to the course may
receive one year of credit in Commerce or Information Systems respectively.
Schedule of units
Unit Title
campus-sem
Year 1
Economics for Business
H1~L1~B1
Quantitative Methods 1
H2~L2~B2
Commercial Transactions
H2~L2~B2
First year Commerce elective for major
Business Information
Systems
H1/2~L1/2~B1
Information Modelling
H2~L2~B2
Introduction to
Management
H1/2~L1/2~B1
Accounting and Financial
Decision Making
H1~L1~B1
Year 2
Commerce major unit 1
Commerce major unit 2
Commerce major unit 3
Commerce major unit 4
Introduction to Logic
H1~D1~Lw1~Bw1
Programming and Problem
Solving
H1~L1/2~Bv/1
Information Systems core unit 1
Information Systems core unit 2
Year 3
Commerce major unit 5
Commerce major unit 6
Commerce major unit 7
Commerce major unit 8
Information Systems core unit 3
Information Systems core unit 4
Information Systems core unit 5
Information Systems core unit 6
Year 4
Four elective units (12.5%) each
Information Systems core unit 7
Information Systems core unit 8
Information Systems core unit 9
Elective unit
weight
code
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BEA110
BEA140
BFA141
12.5%
12.5%
BSA101
BSA102
12.5%
BMA101
12.5%
BFA103
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HPA291/391
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KXA151
Course details (2001)
page 182
Note: The Commerce major units must satisfy the requirements of a Commerce
major, other than Information Systems.
The IS core units must comprise a specified core program of the Bachelor of
Information Systems.
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of
Economics
(Abbreviation: BA–BEc)
Course code: C3Y
The 4-year full-time combined degree of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of
Economics is offered on the Hobart campus by the Faculty of Commerce and
Law and the Faculty of Arts. The first year may be completed at Launceston.
Admission & prerequisites
Possession of the University's minimum entry requirements including in the
case of Tasmanian school-leavers TCE *MT730 Mathematics Applied.
Course objectives
The objectives of the combined degrees are:
•
•
•
•
•
to complement studies in humanities and social sciences with a solid
grounding in modern economics;
to broaden the opportunities of economics students to undertake studies
in languages and area studies;
to prepare students for eventual responsible professional posts in private
and public organisation;
to produce graduates capable of operating effectively in a rapidly
changing environment;
to develop students as persons with a life-long interest for learning in their
special and related fields.
Career outcomes
Graduates of the combined degree could expect to find positions in banking,
financial management, statistics, market research, stock market, government
agencies, teaching.
Course structure
Course details (2001)
page 183
To qualify for Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of Economics students must
successfully complete 32 units comprising: 11 (12.5%) units from Economics;
two majors (200%) from Arts and five other approved units.
Articulation
Students who have completed the TAFE Diploma of Business and have been
admitted to the course will receive credit for up to eight units towards the
degree. The status of individual units is determined at the time of offer.
Sample Course Structure
Unit Title
Year 1
Bachelor of Economics
Economics for Business
Foundations of Economic
Policy
Quantitative Methods 1
Elective
Bachelor of Arts
Subject A (level 100)
Subject B (level 100)
Year 2
Bachelor of Economics
Intermediate
Microeconomics
Intermediate
Macroeconomics
BEA241 or BEA242
Research Methods for
Finance
Introduction to
Econometrics
Elective
Bachelor of Arts
Subject A (level 200)
Subject B (level 200)
Year 3
Bachelor of Economics
Approved Economics elective 1
Approved Economics elective 2
Approved Economics elective 3
Approved Economics elective 4
Bachelor of Arts
Subject A (level 200/300)
Subject B (level 200/300)
campus-sem
weight
code
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BEA110
H2~L2~B2
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BEA130
BEA140
25%
25%
H2
12.5%
BEA200
H1
12.5%
BEA220
H2
12.5%
BEA241
H1
12.5%
12.5%
BEA242
25%
25%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
25%
25%
Course details (2001)
Year 4
Bachelor of Economics
Economics or approved Group 3A elective 1
Economics or approved Group 3A elective 2
Economics or approved Group 3A elective 3
Economics or approved Group 3A elective 4
Approved Economics electives program = 200%
Bachelor of Arts
Subject A (level 300)
Subject B (level 300)
Major A = 100%; Major B = 100%
For Economics majors, see Bachelor of Economics.
For Arts majors, see Bachelor of Arts.
page 184
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
25%
25%
Graduate Certificate in Legal Practice
(Abbreviation: GradCertLegPrac)
Course code: L5B
A 24–26-week full-time course, the GradCertLegPrac runs in Hobart from
February to July each year.
Admission & prerequisites
Applicants need to have successfully completed a degree of Bachelor of Laws or
a combined degree course including the Bachelor of Laws at the University of
Tasmania or any other approved Australian university. Applicants need to
have passed the requirements of the subjects prescribed by the Board of Legal
Education pursuant to Section 23(b) of the Legal Profession Act 1993 (Tas).
Course objectives
Successful completion of the course is normal prerequisite for admission as a
Barrister and Solicitor of the Supreme Court of Tasmania.
Fees
The Graduate Certificate in Legal Studies is a HECS based course for students
commencing in 2001.
Further details
For further details and information, please contact the Law School on (03) 6226
2066 or
Course details (2001)
page 185
Mr Peter Tree (03) 6226 7570.
Graduate Certificate of Management
(Abbreviation: GradCertMgt)
Course code: C5T
A 1-year part-time, on-campus course offered by the Faculty of Commerce and
Law at Hobart and Launceston.
Faculty's Graduate School of Management is a member of the Consortium of
Australian Management and Business Schools Ltd. CAMBS offers a national
Graduate Certificate of Management on-campus in Adelaide, Brisbane, Hobart
and Launceston, Melbourne, Perth and Sydney, in Penang through the
International College/University of Sydney twinning arrangement, and
throughout Australia via off-campus education through Deakin University.
All course materials have been prepared by Deakin University, drawing on
Deakin's acknowledged leadership in the preparation of off-campus materials,
plus the expertise of acknowledged specialists within the Consortium.
Students in each university will have an identical curriculum, assessment
requirements and course materials. As a result, they may attend classes at any
of the participating universities whether for short periods if they are required to
work interstate intermittently, or can transfer entirely to another member of the
Consortium.
The course is conducted over 7 weekend sessions per semester. For each unit,
seven 3.25-hour (Saturday) sessions are held alternatively between Hobart and
Launceston (ie 4/7 at Hobart and 3/7 at Launceston). The course is full fee
paying. Fees cover tuition, all study materials (with the exception of textbooks)
and costs associated with the study sessions.
Admission & prerequisites
The Faculty of Commerce and Law may accept as a candidate for the Graduate
Certificate of Management any of the following:
(i)
A person who:
(a)
(b)
has completed an undergraduate degree of an Australian higher
education institution or the equivalent standard in any other
institution, and
has had at least six months work experience;
Course details (2001)
(ii)
page 186
A person who is not a graduate but whose demonstrated managerial
competencies and relevant experience of seven years' standing indicate a
level of knowledge and skill equivalent to those of graduates in similar
situations.
Course objectives
Career outcomes
Graduate studies have an important place in management development. They
offer individuals aspiring to either general management or senior functional
management roles the opportunity to develop competencies relevant to the
effective management of enterprises.
Course structure
The Graduate Certificate is made up of four units: three core and one elective
which form the basis of management education:
Articulation
May lead to the Graduate Diploma of Business Administration.
Unit Title
Organisational Behaviour
Financial Reporting &
Analysis
Marketing Management
and one elective unit from:
Managing Human Resources
Law for Managers
Management Ethics
International Business
Management
campus-sem
H1/2~L1/2
weight
12.5%
code
BMA581
H1/2~L1/2
H1/2~L1/2
12.5%
12.5%
BMA582
BMA584
H1/2~L1/2
H1/2~L1/2
H1/2~L1/2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BMA583
BMA682
BMA773
H1/2~L1/2
12.5%
BMA774
The course consists of 156 hours contact made up of 39 hours per unit
comprised of 22 hours class contact with the balance being made up of
structured learning through a comprehensive distance education package.
Participants who successfully complete all four units of the Graduate
Certificate, and make application for further study, may be granted admission
with advanced standing to the Graduate Diploma of Business Administration.
Students should refer to the specifications for the Graduate Certificate of
Management which are printed in full in the Calendar.
Course details (2001)
page 187
Graduate Diploma of Business
Administration
(Abbreviation: GDBA)
Course code: C6Q
This 2-year part-time, on-campus course is offered by the Faculty of Commerce
and Law at the Hobart and Launceston campuses.
The course is conducted over 7 weekend sessions per semester. For each unit
seven 3.25-hour (Saturday) sessions are held alternatively between Hobart and
Launceston (ie 4/7 at Hobart and 3/7 at Launceston). The course is full fee
paying. Fees cover tuition, all study materials (with the exception of text books)
and costs associated with the study sessions.
All units are subject to formal assessment including, but not limited to,
assignments, essays and examinations.
Admission & prerequisites
The Faculty of Commerce and Law may accept as a candidate for the Graduate
Diploma of Business Administration any of the following:
(i)
A person who:
(a)
(b)
(ii)
has completed an undergraduate degree of an Australian higher
education institution or the equivalent standard in any other
institution, and
has had at least six months appropriate work experience;
A person who is not a graduate but who has satisfactorily completed the
Graduate Certificate of Management of the University of Tasmania or
another participating member of the Consortium of Australian
Management and Business Schools Ltd, or an equivalent award.
Course objectives
The broad aims of the course are to assist course participants to become better
managers by providing them with a basic understanding of the broad body of
knowledge of a number of different management disciplines.
Career outcomes
Course details (2001)
page 188
Graduate studies have an important place in management development. They
offer individuals aspiring to either general management or senior functional
management roles the opportunity to develop competencies relevant to the
effective management of enterprises.
Course structure
To qualify for the Graduate Diploma, the candidate must complete eight units,
as outlined in the following schedule:
Articulation
Graduates of the Graduate Certificate of Management may receive full credit
The course leads on to the Master of Business Administration.
Unit Title
Compulsory units
Organisational Behaviour
Financial Reporting &
Analysis
Marketing Management
Quantitative Analysis for
Managers
Economics for Managers
and three electives from:
Elective units
Managing Human Resources
Law for Managers
Management Ethics
International Business
Management
campus-sem
weight
code
H1/2~L1/2
12.5%
BMA581
H1/2~L1/2
H1/2~L1/2
12.5%
12.5%
BMA582
BMA584
H1/2~L1/2
H1/2~L1/2
12.5%
12.5%
BMA681
BMA683
H1/2~L1/2
H1/2~L1/2
H1/2~L1/2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BMA583
BMA682
BMA773
H1/2~L1/2
12.5%
BMA774
Students who have completed the Graduate Certificate may receive advanced
standing amounting to four units of credit towards the GDBA. In turn
candidates who successfully complete the Graduate Diploma may be granted
admission with advanced standing to the Master of Business Administration.
Students should refer to the Specifications for the Graduate Diploma of
Business Administration which are printed in full in the Calendar.
Master of Business Administration
(Abbreviation: MBA)
Course code: C7M
Course details (2001)
page 189
This 3-year part-time, on-campus course is offered by the Faculty of Commerce
and Law: at the Hobart and Launceston campuses.
Initially the course has been offered in the part-time mode only with the
minimum time for completion of the 12 unit course being 3 years. Students will
now have the option of completing the course in less than three years by taking
summer school units. The course is conducted over 7 weekend sessions per
semester. For each unit seven 3.25-hour (Saturday) sessions are held
alternatively between Hobart and Launceston (ie 4/7 at Hobart and 3/7 at
Launceston). The course is full fee paying. Fees cover tuition, all study materials
(with the exception of text books) and costs associated with the study sessions.
All units are subject to formal assessment normally including assignments and
a final examination.
Admission & prerequisites
The Faculty of Commerce and Law may accept as a candidate for the Master of
Business Administration any of the following:
(i)
A person who:
(a)
(b)
(ii)
has completed an undergraduate degree of an Australian higher
education institution or the equivalent standard in any other
institution, and
has had at least two years' appropriate work experience;
A person who has satisfactorily completed the Graduate Diploma of
Business Administration of the University of Tasmania or an equivalent
award of another Australian higher education institution.
Course objectives
Faculty believes that significant graduate outcomes will include:
•
•
•
•
an ability to plan and manage successfully in an increasingly complex and
turbulent national and international environment, within the framework
of societal values;
a high level of analytical, problem solving and communication skills;
a creative, innovative and ethical approach in seeking new business
opportunities; and
an ability to act as an agent of change in organisational transformation.
Career outcomes
Course details (2001)
page 190
Graduate studies have an important place in management development. They
offer individuals aspiring to either general management or senior functional
management roles the opportunity to develop competencies relevant to the
effective management of enterprises.
Course structure
To qualify for the MBA, the candidate must complete 12 units, as outlined in
the following schedule:
Articulation
Graduates of the Graduate Diploma of Business Administration may receive
full credit.
Unit Title
Compulsory units
Organisational Behaviour
Financial Reporting &
Analysis
Managing Human Resources
Marketing Management
Quantitative Analysis for
Managers
Law for Managers
Economics for Managers
Management Ethics
International Business
Management
Strategic Management
Two of the following electives:
Elective units
Managerial Accounting
Finance for Managers
Management Information
Technology
Human Resource
Development
International Human Resource
Management
Special Topics in
Management
Research Project
campus-sem
weight
code
H1/2~L1/2
12.5%
BMA581
H1/2~L1/2
H1/2~L1/2
H1/2~L1/2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BMA582
BMA583
BMA584
H1/2~L1/2
H1/2~L1/2
H1/2~L1/2
H1/2~L1/2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BMA681
BMA682
BMA683
BMA773
H1/2~L1/2
H1/2~L1/2
12.5%
12.5%
BMA774
BMA799
H1/2~L1/2
H1/2~L1/2
12.5%
12.5%
BMA771
BMA772
H1/2~L1/2
12.5%
BMA775
H1/2~L1/2
12.5%
BMA776
H1/2~L1/2
12.5%
BMA777
H1/2~L1/2
H1/2~L1/2
12.5%
25%
BMA790
BMA798
Students who have completed the Graduate Diploma of Business
Administration may receive advanced standing amounting to eight units of
Course details (2001)
page 191
credit towards the MBA. Students should refer to the Specifications for
the Master of Business Administration which are printed in full in the Calendar.
Graduate Diploma in Information
Systems
(Abbreviation: GradDipIS)
Course code: C6P
This on-campus, 1-year (minimum) full-time or 3-year part-time course is
offered by the Faculty of Commerce and Law at the Hobart and Launceston
campuses.
Admission & prerequisites
Candidates for the Graduate Diploma in Information Systems will be required
to satisfy the following:
(a)
(b)
a bachelor degree from an accredited university; and
have a basic knowledge of information technology and information
modelling, as may be gained by self study, professional experience or by
attending the units BSA101 Business Information Systems and BSA102
Information Modelling.
Course objectives
The course aims to –
•
•
•
•
–
–
–
enable graduates to fulfil key roles in the it and related industries, and to
liaise between IT personnel and other professional and industrial
personnel
provide graduates with a strong systems focus, in their ability to conceive
of new designs, address business needs and solve problems;
give graduates a good understanding of the roles of IT in society, in
organisations and for individuals, and an awareness that IT is a powerful
factor for change in modern society
provide knowledge, skills and understanding of
the relationships of information and information technology to
organisational needs;
current management practice in the development of information systems,
their use and associated policy formulation and analysis;
the value of research, critical thinking and effective communication in the
management of information systems; and to
Course details (2001)
•
page 192
develop professional skills in such areas as interpersonal communication,
working in teams, and technical report writing.
Career outcomes
Associate membership of the Australian Computer Society. Graduates of the
Bachelor of Information Systems could expect to find employment as a business
analyst, database analyst, systems analyst, IT project manager, IT manager,
Information manager, database administrator, IT administrator or manager,
telecommunications manager, IT consultant, electronic commerce or electronic
business consultant, web developer, webmaster.
Course structure
Course units with the Graduate Diploma in Information Systems are of 12.5%
weighting. There are 5 specified core units and one elective unit in Information
Systems as outlined in the Schedule. The project is a full-year unit with a 25%
weighting.
Schedule
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Core units
Principles of Systems
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BSA201
Management of Information
Systems
H1~L1
12.5%
BSA303
Either BSA305 or BSA306
Current Trends in IS
H2~L2
12.5%
BSA305
Electronic Commerce
H1~L1
12.5%
BSA306
Systems Development
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BSA202
Information Management
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BSA203
Project
Hf
25%
BSA559
Elective: one unit to make up 12.5% chosen from a range of units offered
within the School of Information Systems and elsewhere, by negotiation
with the course coordinator.
Master of Commerce
(Abbreviation: MCom)
Course code: C7C
The aim of the course is to provide a master degree for candidates who wish to
undertake initial training at postgraduate level in research in accounting or
accounting combined with another subject area. The course requirement
Course details (2001)
page 193
consists of six units of coursework including a compulsory unit Research
Methodology followed by the dissertation.
The course requirements can be completed in a minimum of three semesters of
full-time (or part-time equivalent) study.
The course is offered in Hobart through the School of Accounting and Finance.
Admission & prerequisites
The Faculty of Commerce and Law may accept as a candidate for the Master of
Commerce [by coursework] any of the following:
•
•
•
•
[a]
a person who has completed the degree of Bachelor of Commerce with
Honours at the University of Tasmania or a qualification of equivalent
standard in another tertiary institution;
a person who has completed the degree of Bachelor of Commerce,
Bachelor of Business or Bachelor of Economics at the University of
Tasmania (or a qualification of equivalent standard in another tertiary
institution), provided that the applicant's standard of achievement in that
degree course is acceptable to the Faculty [a];
a person who has completed four units of the Bachelor of Commerce with
Honours at the University of Tasmania provided that the applicant has
achieved a grade of second class upper division in each unit;
a person who possesses such other qualification and experience deemed
by the Faculty to provide a preparation for study equivalent to that
provided for by the prescriptions given in the first two categories above.
Candidates in this category shall be required to have achieved a standard
of Distinction or higher in at least 50% of the final year degree units or in
equivalent postgraduate coursework/experience. Such candidates will be
admitted provisionally and the continuation of candidature will depend
on satisfactory progress.
Course objectives
Course structure
Candidates are required to present for examination in Research Methodology
plus five other units approved by the Head of the School of Accounting and
Finance. At least three elective units must be from a list of units offered by the
School of Accounting and Finance. Candidates may present for examination in
up to two units (or equivalent) offered by another School in the University
subject to the permission of the Head of the School of Accounting and Finance.
Course details (2001)
page 194
Candidates are required to achieve a second class upper division grade in each
unit to satisfy the requirements of the degree.
Course Structure
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Compulsory unit
Research Methodology
H1
BFA710
[a]
Elective units
Advanced Financial
Accounting
H2
BFA701
Advanced Auditing
H?
BFA708
Advanced Taxation
Accounting
[na]
BFA709
Advanced Accounting
Theory
H1
BFA711
Advanced Finance
[na]
BFA724
Advanced Accounting
Information Systems
H1
BFA725
Corporate Governance and
Accountability
H2
12.5%
BFA729
Advanced Management
Accounting
[na]
BFA735
Year 2
Dissertation [b]
H
BFA741
[a] Elective units offered by the School of Accounting & Finance, subject to
student demand and staff resources. Candidates with a first class or
second class (upper division) honours degree may be given up to 3 units
credit towards the Master of Commerce.
[b] Candidates are required to present a dissertation of approximately 30,000
words. During the first year, candidates are required to present a
satisfactory proposal for the Dissertation before enrolling in Year 2
(Dissertation).
Students should also refer to the specifications for the Master of Commerce
which are printed in full in the Calendar.
Master of Information Systems
(Abbreviation: MIS)
Course code: C7A
Course coordinator: Professor CD Keen
Course details (2001)
page 195
The Master of Information Systems is offered on the Hobart campus by the
School of Information Systems. The course may be completed on a full-time
basis in 3 semesters of study. Coursework is completed in semesters 1 and 2,
and the MIS Project is completed during a third semester. Part-time enrolment
in the degree can be completed in a maximum of 8 semesters or 4 years.
The Master of Information Systems is a professional, applied degree which
specialises in topics related to the management of information systems. Project
work within the degree will equip the students with appropriate
methodological and analytical skills, as well as requiring students to apply
information systems management theory to practical problem solving and case
work. It is expected that the majority of students taking the course will
undertake project work closely related to their current or proposed area of
employment.
Admission & prerequisites
Candidates for the Master of Information Systems program will be required to
satisfy one of the following:
(a)
(b)
(c)
a four-year degree, or combination of degrees and diplomas, from an
accredited university, which include major or submajor studies in a
relevant discipline, such as Information Systems, Computer Science,
Business Information Technology, Business Computing, Information
Management, Information Science or Library Science;
a three year degree from an accredited university, and at least three years
of relevant professional experience; or
have significant relevant professional experience in the areas of
management and information systems, but fail to meet criteria (a) or (b).
Under exceptional circumstances provisional entry status may be granted
to such candidates. Such provisional entry status will be dependent on the
candidate's successful completion of the equivalent of one semester of
full-time study.
Course objectives
The course aims to provide –
•
•
•
–
professional, postgraduate level education to existing managers, and those
seeking to move into positions of information systems managers;
management of information systems education which is at the level of
world best practice in its currency, applicability and relevance to the IS
profession;
graduates of the course with knowledge, skills and understanding about:
the relationships of information and information technology to
organisational needs;
Course details (2001)
–
–
page 196
current management practice in the development of information systems,
their use and associated policy formulation and analysis;
the value of research, critical thinking and effective communication in the
management of information systems.
Career outcomes
Associate membership of the Australian Computer Society. Graduates of the
Bachelor of Information Systems could expect to find employment as a business
analyst, database analyst, systems analyst, IT project manager, IT manager,
Information manager, database administrator, IT administrator or manager,
telecommunications manager, IT consultant, electronic commerce or electronic
business consultant.
Course structure
Course units within the Master of Information Systems are of 12.5% weighting
and comprise 26 contact hours over the period of one semester.
The degree consists of 2 semesters of coursework with a total weighting of
100%; and a MIS Project, including the production of a thesis, weighted at 50%
and completed over a single semester.
The coursework consists of seven compulsory core units and one elective unit
as outlined in the Schedule.
Articulation
Up to four units credit may be given for appropriate previous study.
Schedule
Unit Title
Core units
Management of Information
Systems
Information Management
Information Systems Strategy
Formulation
Managing Organisational
Change
System Development
Methodologies
Information Systems Modelling
Techniques
Information Systems Research
Methods
campus-sem
weight
code
H1
H1
12.5%
12.5%
BSA751
BSA752
H1
12.5%
BSA753
H2
12.5%
BSA754
H2
12.5%
BSA755
H2
12.5%
BSA756
H1
12.5%
BSA757
Course details (2001)
page 197
MIS Project
H1/2
50%
BSA759
Elective: One 12.5% elective may be drawn from a range of electives offered
within the School of Information Systems and elsewhere, by negotiation
with the course coordinator – including:
Decision Support and Executive
Information Systems
H2
12.5%
BSA758
Bachelor of Adult and Vocational
Education
(Abbreviation: BAdVocEd)
Course code: E3G
The BAdVocEd is a 3-year award in adult and vocational education, offered in a
fully external mode by a flexible delivery format. The distance materials are
supplemented by a variety of flexible alternatives, including optional
face-to-face tutorials and seminars, computer-web sites, tele- and
video-seminars, email, fax and phone. Practical work is an essential element of
this course.
Admission & prerequisites
Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Adult and Vocational Education shall
be qualified for entry in accordance with the provisions of the University's Rules
of Admission.
All candidates will complete the first year of the course in another faculty. (See
also 'Profile of mature-aged entry applicants' below.)
To qualify for admission to Year 2 candidates will meet the following criteria:
1
2
3
Candidates must have successfully completed one full year of degree level
study in another faculty and at least three years of work experience
relevant to the intended area of practice. (See also 'Articulation from'
below); AND
Candidates must have access to, or be prepared to negotiate access to a
site where their prescribed practical work can be carried out and assessed.
(The university lecturer who coordinates the practical work will help
students in this task, but the primary responsibility rests with the
student.); AND
Candidates must provide sufficient documentation to support their
application. (It is in their interest to ensure that the copies of degree,
diploma, certificate and other course records are provided in a clearly
Course details (2001)
page 198
presented manner, with a clear covering statement which summarises the
full-time equivalence of each course claimed, and totals these into a claim
against one year of credit.)
Course objectives
The course provides an initial training for people entering the field of Adult
and Vocational Education. The course prepares educators, teachers and trainers
to work in a variety of modern educational situations in a range of contexts,
including technical and further education, industry and workplace training (eg
human resource development), community and public education, language,
literacy and numeracy education and instructional design.
Career outcomes
Students in the field of adult and vocational education typically work in, or
wish to work in, the following capacities:
•
•
•
•
•
educators of adults in TAFE institutes
trainers and educators in industry, such as human resource developers
teachers in adult and community education
adult English language, literacy and numeracy educators
instructional designers.
It is envisaged that graduate students of this degree will soon be recognised as
suitably qualified to teach vocational, education and training subjects in High
School and Secondary Colleges.
Course structure
There are four areas of elective study possible in the final year of the course:
•
•
•
•
Workplace Learning and Training
Community and Public Education
Instructional Design in AdVocEd
Language, Literacy and Numeracy in AdVocEd
This choice represents leading current trends in Adult and Vocational
Education and will provide relevant and practical skills and knowledge for
application in these areas.
Articulation
The Faculty may grant equivalence for the first year on the basis of advanced
diploma or diploma qualifications or other qualifications deemed to be
equivalent. Intending students who have successfully completed Certificate IV
Course details (2001)
page 199
Workplace Training (Category 2) from a recognised trainer may use this award
toward credit in the second year (subject to first-year equivalence).
Graduates of the degree may apply to enter the Bachelor of Adult and
Vocational Education (Honours) program or a range of vocationally relevant
Graduate Certificate programs. All units in the Graduate Certificate programs
may, on application, be credited one-for-one against units in the Master of
Education program. Students with outstanding Bachelor of Adult and
Vocational Education (Honours) results of First class honours of at least GPA
4.00 and a distinction for the dissertation or Second class upper division of GPA
3.75 and a distinction for the dissertation may articulate directly into the Doctor
of Philosophy (PhD) program. Turn to page xx for the postgraduate Education
courses.
Profile of mature-aged entry applicants
Those who apply for entry to this course may be 'mature-age' and the
University has separate provisions for entry for mature-aged students. Such
applicants are usually employed, often have families and responsible
community positions. Their study is therefore unlike the student entering from
Year 12 directly into full-time university study. Some examples are listed for
students to consider:
1
2
3
4
University study: the student may have completed some studying at a
university. If they have completed the equivalent of one year of study (and
have 3 years appropriate work experience) they may be admitted directly
to year 2 of the BAdVocEd.
Trade background: should have completed an apprenticeship or an
equivalent vocational course.
General Studies background: should have an appropriate professional
qualification.
Technical background: should have passed an appropriate degree,
diploma or Technicians Certificate.
Schedule
Unit Title
Year 1
Taken in another faculty or equiv
Year 2
Compulsory units
Teaching and Learning 1
Communication
Managing Learning
Communication Strategies
Foundations of Adult
Learning
campus-sem
weight
code
Lf~Hf
L1/2~H1/2
L1~H1
L1~H1
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
ESV204
ESV201
ESV202
ESV205
L2~H2
12.5%
ESV203
Course details (2001)
Curriculum Development
L2~H2
Assessment and Evaluation
L2~H2
Issues and Contexts in
AVE
L2~H2
Conversion (A&WPT)
L1/2~H1/2
Year 3
Compulsory units
Teaching and Learning 2
Lf~Hf
Research and Methods in
AVE
L1~H1
On-line Learning and Teaching
in AVE
Lw2~Hw2
Managing AVE
Lf~Hf
Research Practice in AVE
L2~H2
Elective units
Choose two of ESV305, 307, 309, 311
Workplace Learning and
Training 1
L1~H1
Community and Public Education
1
L1~H1
Instructional Design in
AVE 1
L1~H1
Language, Literacy and
Numeracy in AVE 1
L1~H1
Choose one of ESV306, 308, 310, 312
Workplace Learning and
Training 2
L2~H2
Community and Public Education
2
L2~H2
Instructional Design in
AVE 2
L2~H2
Language, Literacy and
Numeracy in AVE 2
L2~H2
page 200
12.5%
12.5%
ESV206
ESV207
12.5%
12.5%
ESV208
ESV209
12.5%
ESV301
12.5%
ESV302
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
ESV313
ESV314
ESV315
12.5%
ESV305
12.5%
ESV307
12.5%
ESV309
12.5%
ESV311
12.5%
ESV306
12.5%
ESV308
12.5%
ESV310
12.5%
ESV312
Bachelor of Adult and Vocational
Education with Honours
(Abbreviation: BAdVocEd(Hons))
Course code: E4G
The honours program is an additional year of the Bachelor of Adult and
Vocational Education course for selected students offered by the Faculty of
Education at Launceston.
Course details (2001)
page 201
Admission & prerequisites
Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Adult and Vocational Education with
Honours shall be qualified for entry if they have been admitted to the degree of
Adult and Vocational Education, or equivalent award, with a Grade Point
Average (GPA) of at least 3.25 in the final two years of the course. The GPA
may be altered at the academic dean's discretion. Candidates for the degree
shall complete the requirements in no less than one year of full-time study (or
its equivalent) and not more than two years, from the time of first enrolment.
Course objectives
The course provides students with the opportunity to engage in adult and
vocational education research at an appropriate level as preparation for future
higher degree study.
Course structure
The candidate shall successfully complete all units prescribed for the Bachelor
of Adult and Vocational Education (or its equivalent), as outlined in the
schedule accompanying the specifications for the Bachelor of Adult and
Vocational Education. In addition, the candidate shall complete all of the units
shown in Schedule A. Candidates are required to present a dissertation in the
prescribed form.
Articulation
Students from other universities with prerequisites acceptable to the Faculty
may be accepted as candidates for the Bachelor of Adult and Vocational
Education (Honours) degree.
This course is designed to articulate with existing research higher degrees.
Schedule
Full-time Study (completed in one year)
Unit Title
About Research in AVE
Doing Research in AVE
Dissertation
campus-sem
L1/2
L1/2
L2
weight
25%
25%
50%
code
ESV401
ESV402
ESV403
weight
code
Part-time Study (completed in two years)
Unit Title
campus-sem
Course details (2001)
page 202
Year 1
About Research in AVE
Doing Research in AVE
Year 2
Dissertation (Part A)
Dissertation (Part B)
L1/2
L1/2
25%
25%
ESV401
ESV402
L1/2
L1/2
25%
25%
ESV404
ESV405
Bachelor of Education
(Abbreviation: BEd)
Course code: E3A
This on-campus 4-year (minimum) full-time, or equivalent part-time, course is
offered by the Faculty of Education at the Launceston campus, with year 1
being available at the North-West Centre.
Admission & prerequisites
Normal University entry requirements apply.
Course objectives
The Bachelor of Education prepares students for teaching appointments in early
childhood (kindergarten, prep, grade 1 and 2), and primary (grades 3-6)
situations.
Secondary teaching specialisations are offered in the Bachelor of Teaching.
Career outcomes
Successful completion of this course should make students eligible for
employment as early childhood/primary teachers. Employment opportunities
in other communication-based careers such as industry and commercial
training and sales have been obtained by past graduates.
Course structure
Within the two specialisations in the Bachelor of Education students undertake
a course of study that includes the following elements:
•
•
•
•
Liberal Studies within which there is a program of study for two years.
Education Studies
School Experience
Curriculum Studies
Course details (2001)
page 203
A student who completes the first three years of the course with sufficient merit
may apply and be admitted to continue into the fourth year as an honours
candidate. Such a student will complete many of the normal coursework
requirements of the degree in year four together with an honours dissertation.
Articulation
Students who have undertaken an appropriate course at another Australian,
overseas institution or TAFE college may receive credit for such study.
Applications for credit can be made following admission to the Bachelor of
Education course.
Schedule
Unit Title
campus-sem
Year 1
Liberal studies unit(s)
1
Curriculum Studies 1
Lf~Bf
Education 1 Lf~Bf
25%
Liberal studies unit(s)
2
School Experience 1
(ECE/Primary)
Lf~Bf
Year 2
Liberal studies unit
1
Curriculum Studies 2A
(English, Mathematics,
LOTE)
Lf
Curriculum Studies
2B – Science & Technology
Lf
Curriculum Studies
2C – SOSE, Physical &
Health Education
Lf
Curriculum Studies
2D – Arts Education
Lf
Education 2 Lf
12.5%
School Experience 2
(ECE/Primary)
Lf
Liberal studies unit
2
Year 3
Education 3 Lf
25%
School Experience 3
(ECE/Primary)
Lf
Curriculum Studies 3A
(English, Mathematics)
L2
Contemporary Curriculum
Developments A
L1
weight
25%
12.5%
EPF150
25%
12.5%
code
EPC150
EPT150
12.5%
12.5%
EPC250
12.5%
EPC251
12.5%
EPC252
12.5%
EPF250
EPC253
12.5%
12.5%
EPT250
EPF350
25%
EPT350
12.5%
EPC350
12.5%
EPC351
Course details (2001)
page 204
Curriculum
Investigations A
Modes of Curriculum
Inquiry A
Year 4
Education 4 Lf
Education 5 Lf
Curriculum Studies 4A
(English, Mathematics)
Contemporary Curriculum
Development B
Curriculum
Investigations B
Modes of Curriculum
Inquiry B
School Experience 4 (Early
Childhood/Primary)
L2/3
12.5%
EPC352
L2
12.5%
EPC353
12.5%
12.5%
EPF450
EPF451
L1
12.5%
EPC450
L1
12.5%
EPC451
L1&3
12.5%
EPC452
L2
12.5%
EPC453
Lf
25%
EPT450
Bachelor of Education Liberal Studies units
Unit Title
Applied Food Science
(Primary)
Consumer Textiles
(Primary)
Design and Technology 3
(Primary)
Design & Technology 1
(Primary)
Design & Technology 1
(Primary)
Design & Technology 2
(Primary)
Design & Technology 4
(Primary)
Technology 3 (Primary)
Technology 6 (Primary)
campus-sem
weight
code
L2
12.5%
EST130
L1
12.5%
EST230
Lf
25%
EST226
L1
12.5%
EST117
[na]
12.5%
EST118
[na]
12.5%
EST128
[na]
[na]
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
EST121
EST210
EST410
Bachelor of Education with Honours
(Abbreviation: BEd(Hons))
Course code: E4A
Course details (2001)
page 205
This is an alternative final year of the Bachelor of Education course; one which
is offered to some students by the Faculty of Education at Launceston.
Admission & prerequisites
Students in year three of the Bachelor of Education course are able to express
their interest in undertaking the final year as an honours student. Such students
who have attained a Grade Point Average (GPA) of at least 3.25 on their
complete year 3 results as well as having demonstrated high proficiency in
teaching practice may then be invited to join the honours program. In addition,
students should have gained a Credit or better in the research method module
in either EPC351 Contemporary Curriculum Developments A or EPC353
Modes of Curriculum Inquiry A in semester 2 of year 3. It should be noted that
the minimum GPA may be raised at the Head of School's discretion. Invitations
are made by the heads of the Education schools for students in any
specialisation of the Bachelor of Education.
Course objectives
The Bachelor of Education (Honours) prepares students for teaching in either
the early childhood or primary specialisation. The course provides students
with the opportunity to engage in educational research at an appropriate level
as preparation for future higher degree study.
Career outcomes
Successful completion of this course should make students eligible for
employment as early childhood/primary teachers. Employment opportunities
in other communication-based careers such as industry and commercial
training and sales have been obtained by past graduates. A first class or second
class upper division award within this course provides a pathway into doctoral
level study.
Course structure
The honours year includes most facets of the Bachelor of Education, but makes
provision for students to undertake an honours seminar and dissertation.
Articulation
Students from other universities with prerequisites acceptable to the Faculty
may be accepted as candidates for the Bachelor of Education (Honours) degree.
Schedule
Unit Title
Honours Dissertation
campus-sem
Lf
weight
25%
code
EPF400
Course details (2001)
page 206
Education 4
Lf
12.5%
EPF450
Curriculum Studies 4A
(English, Mathematics)
L1
12.5%
EPC450
Education 5
Lf
12.5%
EPF451
School Experience 4 (Early
Childhood/Primary)
Lf
25%
EPT450
and one of the following [a]
Contemporary Curriculum
Development B
L1
12.5%
EPC451
Curriculum
Investigations B
L1&3
12.5%
EPC452
Modes of Curriculum
Inquiry B
L2
12.5%
EPC453
[a] Students will be advised on the most suitable unit to select when they
enrol
Note: Honours students will have already completed a special 12.5% Honours
research methods module/unit in semester 2 of year 3.
Bachelor of Education (In-Service)
(Abbreviation: BEd(In-Service))
Course code: E3B
This course is offered by the Faculty of Education in Launceston and Hobart by
flexible delivery (which may include distance education, summer school, winter
school, video conferencing, use of email, or part time on-campus days or
weekends or evening lectures.
Admission & prerequisites
Normal University admission requirements apply. Applicants must submit
details of their qualifications and work experience so that an assessment can be
made of their standing in the program.
Course objectives
The Bachelor of Education (In-Service) program is designed to help mature-age
students pursue studies leading to the award of the Bachelor of Education or to
provide for further professional development for teachers. The course is
designed for working persons who wish to upgrade their qualifications to a
four-year Bachelor of Education while continuing in their employment.
Career outcomes
Course details (2001)
page 207
The course is a general four-year teaching qualification enabling graduates to
work as teachers.
Course structure
Completion of the degree requirements varies, depending on the number of
units required by the individual student. This is determined on entry into the
course, based on professional qualification and academic history.
Candidates for the degree shall complete requirements in not more than eight
years from the time of first enrolment.
In accordance with the determined number of units in each student's personal
program, (see 'Articulation') students will select units from the schedule of
subjects for this award. The units offered through the In-Service program are
listed in the following schedule. Whether or not units are offered in 2001
depends on sufficient enrolments and staff availability.
Requirements for upgrading
Those wishing to upgrade qualifications will be expected to undertake a
balanced program with the requirements shown below.
Requirements for upgrading to 4 year BEd status depending on allowance for
previous study/experience
1 year status 2 years status
3 years status
Introductory Educational Studies (4 units)
2 core educational units 2 core educational units
6 electives 6 electives 2 electives
2 core educational units
<tbz>
Those already in the program will be expected to complete the remainder of
their units according to the above scheme, in a pro-rata fashion, with advice
from the Assistant Head of the program.
Bachelor of Education (In-Service) Schedule of Units
For detailed study information, course advice or application and admission forms,
phone (03) 6324 3045, or contact Dr Heather Smigiel, Assistant Head for the
BEd(In-Service), on (03) 6324 3261 or (03) 6324 3045.
To complete the Introductory Education Studies in Launceston, students enrol in
course code E3B. The units to be offered in the 2001 are listed below:
Course details (2001)
page 208
Introductory Education Studies
Purpose
The four Introductory Educational Studies units are designed to provide an
introduction to the fundamental principles of education. In addition, the studies
act as an entry vehicle to In-Service BEd studies.
This program is designed for:
•
those who wish to undertake the BEd (In Service) but do not have the
educational study prerequisites other than teaching experience;
•
those with technical/academic qualifications (equating to one year of
training) who wish to undertake the BEd (In Service).
It should be noted that the Introductory Educational Studies are corequisites for
students with one year status rather than prerequisites.
Unit titles and summaries
ESI471
Introductory Educational Studies 1
Deals with the planning
and presentation of teaching
ESI472
Introductory Educational Studies 2
Deals with the
psychological and sociological aspects of teaching and learning
ESI473
Introductory Educational Studies 3
Deals with the philosophy
of education
ESI474
Introductory Educational Studies 4
The Practicum
Students participate in an extensive period of supervised teaching
<tbz>
Students participate in an extensive period of supervised teaching. Each of
these units is of equal weighting and, together, they constitute the equivalent of
a year of tertiary study.
Articulation
Passes in units in other courses (completed or otherwise) in this University or
another approved tertiary examining body may be credited towards this
degree, provided the Faculty may specify what more a candidate so credited
shall be required to do to qualify for the degree.
Students cannot normally transfer from one incomplete undergraduate teacher
education program in Tasmania to another, until they have ceased enrolment in
the original program for one year.
Course details (2001)
page 209
Credit is granted for qualifications more than 10 years old, only if the applicant
can demonstrate current competency in that study.
Schedule
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
1. Core Units
Studies in Teaching
L3
25%
ESI439
School and Classroom Based
Curriculum Development
H3f~L3f~D3f
25%
ESI475
2. Electives 2001 may be chosen from the following list
Bases of Educational
Decision
L3~D3
25%
ESI407
Education Study
Lf~Df
25%
ESI408
Mathematics and Education
Lf~Df
25%
ESI414
Music and Education
L3
25%
ESI420
Introduction to Special
Education
H3
25%
ESI428
Education Study (Part 1)
L1/2~D1/2
25%
ESI433
Education Study (Part 2)
L1/2~D1/2
25%
ESI434
Studies in Teaching
L3
25%
ESI439
Drama in Education
Lf~Df
25%
ESI453
Studies in Classroom
Management
L3
25%
ESI455
Research Investigation
(In-Service)
Lf
25%
ESI457
Literature for Children
Lf
25%
ESI467
School and Classroom Based
Curriculum Development
H3f~L3f~D3f
25%
ESI475
Special Study: Summer
School
L3
25%
ESI478
Comparative Curriculum
Issues
C3
25%
ESI491
3. Foundation units
Introductory Educational
Studies 1 [a]
Lf~Df
25%
ESI471
Introductory Educational
Studies 2 [a]
Lf~Df
25%
ESI472
Introductory Educational
Studies 3 [a]
Lf~Df
25%
ESI473
Introductory Educational
Studies 4 [a]
Lf~Df
25%
ESI474
[a] These full-year units may be studied as Part 1 and Part 2 as follows:
Introductory Educational
Studies 1 (Part 1)
L1~D1
12.5%
ESI421
Introductory Educational
Studies 1 (Part 2)
L2~D2
12.5%
ESI447
Course details (2001)
Introductory Educational
Studies 2 (Part 1)
L~D
12.5%
Introductory Educational
Studies 2 (Part 2)
L~D
12.5%
Introductory Educational
Studies 3 (Part 1)
Lf~Df
12.5%
Introductory Educational
Studies 3 (Part 2)
Lf~Df
12.5%
Introductory Educational
Studies 4 (Part 1)
L1/2~D1/2
12.5%
Introductory Educational
Studies 4 (Part 2)
L1/2~D1/2
12.5%
4. Honours units (Course code: E4C)
See Bachelor of Education (In-Service) with Honours course details
page 210
ESI422
ESI448
ESI423
ESI449
ESI424
ESI450
Bachelor of Education with Honours
(In-Service program)
(Abbreviation: BEd(Hons))
Course code: E4C
BEd(Hons) program will normally be completed in one full year or two years
part time.
Admission & prerequisites
This course is for teachers who have at least three years teaching experience
and who have completed at least a three-year education qualification. The
Students will need to attain a credit or better in the unit Educational Research
Methods before being allowed to continue in the Honours program.
Course objectives
For those students who wish to pursue a higher degree by research this
honours program provides a sound basis for future study.
Those students gaining a first class honours degree or an upper second award
are able to proceed into a doctoral program.
Students with a lower second class award or third class honours have access
into master degree research programs.
Career outcomes
Course details (2001)
page 211
For those students wishing to pursue a higher degree by research, the Honours
program will provide a sound basis for future study. Those students gaining a
first class honours degree or an upper second award are able to proceed to a
doctoral program. Students with a lower second class award or third class
honours will have access to the master degree by research program.
Course structure
The course structure is summarised in the following schedule of units.
Schedule
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Educational Research
Methods [a]
[na]
25%
ESI464
Contemporary Issues in
Education
[na]
25%
ESI465
Honours Dissertation
[na]
50%
ESI466
[a] All students are expected to complete this unit during Summer School or
over the summer period as a prerequisite to the rest of their honours
program.
Students may be able to claim recognition of prior learning for past professional
development in Contemporary Issues in Education.
Bachelor of Human Movement
(Abbreviation: BHM)
Course code: E3J
This on-campus 4-year (minimum) full-time course is offered through the
Faculty of Education's Centre for Human Movement at the Launceston campus.
Admission & prerequisites
Minimum University entry requirements apply. Applicants are advised to
study TCE subjects relevant to the Human Movement program: English, Sport
Science, Physical Science, Biology would be of advantage.
Course objectives
The Bachelor of Human Movement is designed to produce well educated and
adaptable graduates with appropriate professional skills and knowledge
Course details (2001)
page 212
necessary to equip them for employment in a variety of human movement
fields.
Course structure
Students must complete a core program in the first two years of full-time study,
prior to choosing their area of specialisation in years 3 and 4. The course
includes three strands of specialisation: Exercise and Sport Science, Sports
Management, and Health and Physical Education Teaching. The program of
units for the course is set out in the schedule which follows.
Schedule A
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
Year 1
Interdisciplinary strand
Introduction to Human
Biology
L1
12.5%
Anatomy and Physiology 1
L2
12.5%
Chemistry for Life
Sciences
L1
12.5%
Kinesiology
L2
12.5%
Foundation strand
Computing for Human
Movement
L1
12.5%
Research Concepts
L2
12.5%
Human Movement strand
Movement Concepts
L1
12.5%
Human Movement
Laboratory 1
L2
12.5%
Year 2
Interdisciplinary strand
Anatomy and Physiology 2
L1
12.5%
Applied Physiology and
Nutrition
L2
12.5%
Psycho-Social Aspects of
Physical Activity
L1
12.5%
Motor Learning and Skill
Development 1
L2
12.5%
Foundation strand
Health Fitness & Physical
Activity
L1
12.5%
Introduction to
Management
H1/2~L1/2~B1
12.5%
or (for intending Exercise & Sport Science students only):
Introduction to
Biochemistry
L2
12.5%
code
CRA161
CRA172
KJC161
ESP132
KXA111
ESP141
ESP140
ESP136
CRA273
ESP237
ESP220
ESP233
ESP230
BMA101
KJC162
Course details (2001)
page 213
Human Movement strand
Coaching Theory &
Practice
L1
12.5%
ESP210
Professional Experience 1
L2
12.5%
ESP214
or (for intending Exercise & Sport Science students only):
Sport Injuries
L2
12.5%
ESP304
Year 3
Health & Physical Education Major
Human Movement Pedagogy 1
L1
12.5%
ESP310
Adapted Physical Activity
L1
12.5%
ESP307
Event and Operations
Management
L1
12.5%
ESP315
Human Movement
Laboratory 2
L1
12.5%
ESP335
Human Movement Pedagogy 2
L2
12.5%
ESP311
Sport Injuries
L2
12.5%
ESP304
Human Movement
Laboratory 3
L2
12.5%
ESP336
Professional Experience 2
L2
12.5%
ESP314
Sport Management Major
Event and Operations
Management
L1
12.5%
ESP315
and 1 of the following:
Adapted Physical Activity
L1
12.5%
ESP307
Biomechanics
L1
12.5%
ESP301
Health and Fitness Issues
L1
12.5%
ESP411
or another unit as arranged and approved
Exercise & Sport
Governance
[na]
12.5%
ESP325
and 1 of the following:
Sport Injuries
L2
12.5%
ESP304
Sport Psychology
L2
12.5%
ESP320
Exercise Assessment and
Prescription
L2
12.5%
ESP308
or another unit as arranged and approved
either Human Resource Management units or Marketing units or a
combination as approved
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT UNITS
Organisational Behaviour
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA201
[a]
Principles of Marketing
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
BMA151/251
Management of Human
Resources [a]
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
BMA121/221
and 1 of the following:
Strategic Management
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA302
Employee Relations
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA321
Unit to be advised
Financial Management [a]
H2~L2
12.5%
BFA181/281
Course details (2001)
MARKETING UNITS
Principles of Marketing [a]
H3/2~L3/2
Marketing Research
H2
and 1 of the following:
Marketing Communications
H1
International Marketing
H2
Financial Management [a]
H2~L2
or other units as negotiated.
Exercise and Sport Science Major
Biomechanics
L1
Exercise Physiology
L1
Immunology
L1
Chemistry 1
Lf~Bf
Exercise Assessment and
Prescription
L2
Sport Psychology
L2
Microbiology and Health
L2
Year 4
Health & Physical Education Major
Human Movement Pedagogy 3
L1
Special Topics in Human
Movement 1
L1
Professional Experience 3
L1
AND 1 of the following:
Biomechanics
L1
Exercise Physiology
L1
Event & Sport
Marketing
[na]
Health and Fitness Issues
L1
or another unit as arranged and approved
Human Movement Pedagogy 4
L2
Special Topics in Human
Movement 2
L2
Professional Experience 4
L2
AND 1 of the following:
Exercise & Sport
Governance
[na]
Sport Psychology
L2
Exercise Assessment and
Prescription
L2
Issues in Sport &
Recreation Management
L2
or another unit as arranged and approved
Sport Management Major
Event & Sport
Marketing
[na]
page 214
12.5%
12.5%
BMA151/251
BMA253
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BMA255
BMA282
BFA181/281
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
25%
ESP301
ESP337
CRA321
KJC103
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
ESP308
ESP320
CRA276
12.5%
ESP410
12.5%
12.5%
ESP402
ESP414
12.5%
12.5%
ESP301
ESP337
12.5%
12.5%
ESP435
ESP411
12.5%
ESP420
12.5%
12.5%
ESP403
ESP415
12.5%
12.5%
ESP325
ESP320
12.5%
ESP308
12.5%
ESP445
12.5%
ESP435
Course details (2001)
page 215
Special Topics in Human
Movement 1
L1
12.5%
ESP402
Issues in Sport &
Recreation Management
L2
12.5%
ESP445
Special Topics in Human
Movement 2
L2
12.5%
ESP403
Professional Experience 4
L2
12.5%
ESP415
and 1 of the following:
Motor Learning & Skill
Development 2
[na]
12.5%
ESP433
Sport Psychology
L2
12.5%
ESP320
Exercise Assessment and
Prescription
L2
12.5%
ESP308
or another unit as arranged and approved
either Human Resource Management units or Marketing units or a
combination as approved
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT UNITS
2 of the following:
Human Resource
Development [b]
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA224
International Human Resource
Management
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA381
Contract of Employment
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA241
a 12.5% (School of Management) Human Resources unit: students should
contact their course coordinator for details.
MARKETING UNITS
Services Marketing
H1
12.5%
BMA353
and 1 of the following:
Marketing Management
H1
12.5%
BMA351
or other units as negotiated
Exercise and Sport Science Major
Advanced Physiology and
Nutrition
[na]
12.5%
ESP437
Special Topics in Human
Movement 1
L1
12.5%
ESP402
Biomedical Science 1
(Nutrition & Neurobiology)
L1
12.5%
CRA385
Biochemistry 1
Lf
25%
KJC263
Motor Learning & Skill
Development 2
[na]
12.5%
ESP433
Special Topics in Human
Movement 2
L2
12.5%
ESP403
AND 1 of the following:
Biomedical Science 2
(Pharmacology &
Pathophysiology)
L2
12.5%
CRA386
Course details (2001)
Human Molecular Biology
L2
12.5%
[a] students should use the level 200 enrolment code (eg BMA251)
[b] students should use the level 300 enrolment code (eg BMA324)
page 216
CRA200
Note: elective units in years 3 and 4 will be offered subject to student
enrolment numbers.
Bachelor of Human Movement with
Honours
(Abbreviation: BHM(Hons))
Course code: E4J
The honours program is an alternative final year of the Bachelor of Human
Movement course for selected students offered by the Faculty of Education at
Launceston.
Admission & prerequisites
Students in year three of the Bachelor of Human Movement course are able to
express their interest in undertaking the final year as an honours student. Such
students would have successfully completed all units in years 1 and 2 and have
attained a Grade Point Average (GPA) of at least 3.25 in their year 3 results. It
should be noted that the GPA may be altered at the Dean's discretion on advice
from the Head of School. Invitations are made by the Head of School of
Secondary and Post Compulsory Education to students in any specialisation of
the Bachelor of Human Movement.
Course objectives
The Bachelor of Human Movement (Honours) provides students with the
opportunity to develop the knowledge, skills and attitudes necessary to
conduct research in the diverse fields of human movement knowledge. This
course will also prepare students for future higher degree study.
Course structure
The honours year includes most facets of the Bachelor of Human Movement
course but makes provision for students to undertake the Research Seminar and
the Honours Seminar and Dissertation. Schedule A outlines the BHM year 4
program for each of the approved specialisations while Schedule B outlines the
BHM (Hons) program for these specialisations.
Course details (2001)
page 217
Students from other universities with prerequisites acceptable to the Faculty
may be accepted as candidates for the Bachelor of Human Movement
(Honours) degree.
Schedule B
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Human Movement Pedagogy 3
L1
12.5%
ESP410
Professional Experience 3
L1
12.5%
ESP414
Research Seminar
L1
12.5%
ESP460
AND 1 of the following:
Biomechanics
L1
12.5%
ESP301
Exercise Physiology
L1
12.5%
ESP337
Event & Sport
Marketing
[na]
12.5%
ESP435
Health and Fitness Issues
L1
12.5%
ESP411
or another unit as arranged and approved
Human Movement Pedagogy 4
L2
12.5%
ESP420
Professional Experience 4
L2
12.5%
ESP415
Honours Seminar and
Dissertation
L2
25%
ESP465
Specialisation: Sport Management
Event & Sport
Marketing
[na]
12.5%
ESP435
Research Seminar
L1
12.5%
ESP460
Issues in Sport &
Recreation Management
L2
12.5%
ESP445
Professional Experience 4
L2
12.5%
ESP415
Honours Seminar and
Dissertation
L2
25%
ESP465
either Human Resource Management units or Marketing units, or a
combination as approved
Human Resource Management units
2 of the following:
Human Resource
Development
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA224
International Human Resource
Management
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA381
Contract of Employment
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA241
a 12.5% (School of Management) Human Resources unit: students should
contact their course coordinator for details.
Marketing units
Services Marketing
H1
12.5%
BMA353
and 1 of the following:
Marketing Management
H1
12.5%
BMA351
Specialisation: Exercise and Sport Science
Course details (2001)
page 218
Advanced Physiology and
Nutrition
Research Seminar
Biomedical Science 1
(Nutrition & Neurobiology)
Biochemistry 1
Motor Learning & Skill
Development 2
Honours Seminar and
Dissertation
[na]
L1
12.5%
12.5%
ESP437
ESP460
L1
Lf
12.5%
25%
CRA385
KJC263
[na]
12.5%
ESP433
L2
25%
ESP465
Bachelor of Teaching – Preliminary
Studies
Note: this is a non-award course.
In special cases, the Faculty may accept a candidate for the Bachelor of Teaching
course who does not satisfy normal admission requirements but has
qualifications and relevant experience which it deems to be a suitable
preparation for admission to the course. In so doing, the Faculty will require the
candidate to undergo appropriate preliminary studies.
Preliminary studies is a one year full-time (part-time equivalent), non-award
bridging program consisting of 8 degree-level units each weighted at 12.5% or
equivalent. The units are tailored to the needs of individual candidates and will
require approval of the BTeach Admissions Committee.
Preliminary Studies is normally required only for those candidates wishing to
undertake the technology strand of the degree. The units suitable for such
studies may come from existing degree-level units within the Faculty of
Education or from other faculties and will allow for development of content
knowledge in some depth (provided any prerequisites can be satisfied) as well
as breadth. Furthermore the qualifying course may be structured in such a way
as to enable students to gain considerable credit toward another degree at a
later date and/or to build expertise in a second or third teaching area. Thus a
student with an existing broad content background who wishes to undertake
the technology specialisation may be advised or required to undertake
appropriate units, for example:
Course objectives
Schedule (Preliminary Studies )
Course details (2001)
page 219
Unit Title
Applied Food Science
Design and Technology 3
Design & Technology
2
Human Nutrition 1
Technology 3
Technology 4
Technology 5
Technology 6
Technology 7
Technology 8
Textiles
Computing for Human
Movement
Introduction to
Electronics
campus-sem
L2
Lf
weight
12.5%
25%
code
EST113
EST216
L2
L1
L1
L2
Lf
L2
[na]
[na]
L1
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
25%
12.5%
15%
15%
12.5%
EST127
EST214
EST213
EST221
EST220
EST312
EST411
EST412
EST203
L1
12.5%
KXA111
L1~B1
12.5%
KJP131
Bachelor of Teaching
(Abbreviation: BTeach)
Course code: E3H
The Bachelor of Teaching is a 2-year postgraduate pre-service course taken after
the completion of a first degree. The course is intended to provide teaching
practice and skills to enable the beginning teacher to cope with the early years
of teaching and to lay a foundation for further professional development in
both theory and practice of education.
The Early Childhood and Primary stream is offered at the Launceston campus.
The Primary and Middle School stream is offered at the Hobart campus. The
Professional Studies units will be run in a flexible delivery mode. It is
anticipated that the Secondary specialisations will be taught as follows:
Hobart:
Art, English, Information Science, LOTE, Mathematics, Science and Studies of
Society and Environment (SOSE)
Launceston
Technology (MDT), Performing Arts (Drama and Music), and English.
Course details (2001)
page 220
Admission & prerequisites
A first degree. Applicants who do not meet the normal admission requirements
may be required to undertake the Preliminary Studies which are described on
page xx.
Course objectives
The BTeach program prepares beginning teachers in all the appropriate major
areas of professional competence which have been identified by relevant
professional organisations. These include an understanding of, and ability to
practice teaching as an active, interactive process involving the mutual
construction of ideas, understandings, sensibilities and skills rather than the
mere transmission of information; an understanding of the content, conceptual
ordering and methods of inquiry of relevant subject areas; of how students
learn and develop with individual differences; of the relationship between
content knowledge and the process of teaching and the ability to plan and
manage the teaching and learning process in an effective, inclusive and
engaging manner; of alternative teaching practices in particular contexts with
particular kinds of content; and of students, their development, the contexts
that they live and learn in, including how teaching and learning outcomes are
embedded in, and structured by, a variety of broad cultural and social
processes.
The program enables beginning teachers to communicate, interact and work
with students of diverse abilities, interests and backgrounds and to engage
them actively in the learning process in an inclusive and non-discriminatory
manner.
Beginning teachers acquire an understanding of, and ability to use, alternative
assessment (monitoring, evaluating, reporting) procedures in different
pedagogical contexts; a commitment to interrogate reflectively and evaluate
their own particular conceptions of students, teaching, knowledge, the school
curriculum, learning and education and to alter their professional practices if
necessary after such reflection; a positive attitude to, and competency in the use
of information technology in education. They are enabled to undertake research
relevant to the improvement of professional practice and school effectiveness;
and to gain a developed notion of the character and justification of a liberal
democratic education and the normative expectations it imposes on teachers,
schools, administrators, governments and the public generally.
Career outcomes
The course is designed for those who wish to become teachers. However, there
is a range of other professional activities available to teacher graduates.
Course structure
Course details (2001)
page 221
The course is structured as outlined in the following schedules A. Note: for
details of the units and the campuses on which they will be offered, please contact the
Faculty of Education office.
Schedule A (Early Childhood and Primary)
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
Year 1
Professional Studies 1
Hf~Lf
25%
Curriculum and Method Studies
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Each Childhood and
Primary Education (K–6)
Lf
50%
School Experience
The Practice of Teaching
& School Experience
1 – Observation
Hf~Lf
12.5%
School Experience 2
(ECE/Primary)
L2
12.5%
Year 2
Professional Studies 2
Hf~Lf25% (E4H 12.5%)
Curriculum and Method Studies
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Early Childhood and
Primary Education (K-6)
Lf
50%
School Experience
School Experience 3: Primary
Education
H1~L1
12.5%
School Experience 4:
(Internship) (Primary)
H2
12.5%
Schedule A (Primary)
Year 1
Professional Studies 1
Hf~Lf 25% ESA102
Curriculum and Method Studies
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Primary Education Hf
50% ESA146
School Experience
The Practice of Teaching
& School Experience
1 – Observation
Hf~Lf 12.5% ESA103
School Experience 2
(Primary)
H2
12.5% ESA148
Year 2
Professional Studies 2
Hf~Lf 25% (E4H 12.5%)
Curriculum and Method Studies
ESA202
code
ESA102
ESA109
ESA103
ESA142
ESA202
ESA209
ESA253
ESA254
Course details (2001)
page 222
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Primary Education Hf
50% ESA252
School Experience
School Experience 3: Primary
Education H1~L1
12.5% ESA253
School Experience 4:
(Internship) (Primary)
H2
12.5% ESA254
Schedule A (Middle School)
Year 1
Professional Studies 1
Hf~Lf 25% ESA102
Curriculum and Method Studies
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Middle School
Hf
50% ESA145
School Experience
The Practice of Teaching
& School Experience
1 – Observation
Hf~Lf 12.5% ESA103
School Experience 2 (Middle
School)
H2
12.5% ESA147
Year 2
Professional Studies 2
Hf~Lf 25% (E4H 12.5%)
Curriculum and Method Studies
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Middle School Education Hf
50% ESA246
School Experience
School Experience 3: Middle
School Education H1
12.5% ESA247
School Experience 4:
(Internship) (Middle)
H2
12.5% ESA248
ESA202
Schedule A (Secondary)
Unit Title
campus-sem
Year 1
Professional Studies 1
Hf~Lf
Curriculum and Method Studies
Single Method – (choose TWO of the following)
Curriculum and Method Studies:
English Literacy A
Hf~Lf
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Information Technology
A
Hf
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Languages Other Than
English (LOTE) A
Hf
weight
code
25%
ESA102
25%
ESA110
25%
ESA111
25%
ESA112
Course details (2001)
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Mathematics A
Hf
25%
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Science A
Hf
25%
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Society and
Environment (SOSE) A
Hf
25%
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Performing Arts: Drama
Lf
50%
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Performing
Arts – Music A
Lf
25%
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Performing
Arts – Music – Performance
Practice A
Lf
25%
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Special Secondary A
Hf~Lf
25%
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Technology Education A
Lf
25%
Double Method – (choose ONE of the following)
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Art A
Hf
50%
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Technology Education A
Lf
50%
School Experience
The Practice of Teaching
& School Experience
1 – Observation
Hf~Lf
12.5%
School Experience 2
(Secondary)
H2~L2
12.5%
Year 2
Professional Studies 2
Hf~Lf25% (E4H 12.5%)
Curriculum and Method Studies
Single Method – (continue with same disciplines as for Year 1)
Curriculum and Method Studies:
English Literacy B
Hf~Lf
25%
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Information Technology
B
Hf
25%
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Languages Other Than
English (LOTE) B
Hf
25%
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Mathematics B
Hf
25%
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Science B
Hf
25%
page 223
ESA113
ESA114
ESA115
ESA116
ESA117
ESA118
ESA120
ESA123
ESA121
ESA122
ESA103
ESA132
ESA202
ESA210
ESA211
ESA212
ESA213
ESA214
Course details (2001)
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Society and
Environment (SOSE) B
Hf
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Performing Arts:
Drama B
Lf
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Performing
Arts – Music B
Lf
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Performing
Arts – Music – Performance
Practice B
Lf
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Special Secondary B
Hf~Lf
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Technology Education B
Lf
Double Method – (choose ONE of the following)
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Art B
Hf
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Technology Education B
Lf
School Experience
School Experience 3:
Secondary
H1~L1
School Experience 4:
(Internship) (Sec)
H2~L2
page 224
25%
ESA215
50%
ESA216
25%
ESA217
25%
ESA218
25%
ESA220
25%
ESA223
50%
ESA221
50%
ESA222
12.5%
ESA231
12.5%
ESA232
Bachelor of Teaching with Honours
(Abbreviation: BTeach(Hons))
Course code: E4H
The honours program is an alternative final year of the Bachelor of Teaching
course for selected students.
Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Teaching with honours shall be
qualified for entry by attaining a Grade Point Average (GPA) of at least 4.0 on
their course work year-one results (excluding School Experience) in the
Bachelor of Teaching course as well as having demonstrated high proficiency in
teaching practice.
Candidates for the degree shall complete the requirements in no fewer than two
years of full-time study (or its equivalent) and not more than six years, from the
time of first enrolment.
Course details (2001)
page 225
Course objectives
Career outcomes
The course is designed for those who wish to become teachers. However, there
is a range of other professional activities available to teacher graduates. An
honours degree also leads to opportunities in research.
Course structure
The candidate shall successfully complete all units prescribed for the Bachelor
of Teaching, as outlined in the schedule accompanying the specifications for the
Bachelor of Teaching. In addition, the candidate shall complete all of the units
shown in Schedule B. Candidates are required to present a dissertation in the
prescribed form.
Bachelor of Teaching with Honours (Early Childhood & Primary)
Year 1 as for Bachelor of Teaching (Early Childhood & Primary). Students
undertake the units listed in Schedule B which includes the Honours
component in Year 2.
Bachelor of Teaching with Honours (Middle)
Year 1 as for Bachelor of Teaching (Middle). Students undertake the units listed
in Schedule B which includes the Honours component in Year 2.
Bachelor of Teaching with Honours (Secondary)
Year 1 as for Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary). Students undertake the units
listed in Schedule B which includes the honours component in Year 2.
Schedule B
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Early Childhood & Primary as for Year 1 of BTeach (Early Childhood &
Primary) Schedule A
Secondary as for Year 1 of BTeach (Secondary) Schedule A
Year 2
Early Childhood & Primary as for Year 2 of BTeach (Early Childhood &
Primary) Schedule A, plus the Honours units as listed below
Primary as for Year 2 of BTeach (Primary) Schedule A, plus the Honours units
as listed below
Course details (2001)
page 226
Middle School as for Year 2 of BTeach (Middle School) Schedule A, plus the
Honours units as listed below
Secondary as for Year 2 of BTeach (Secondary) Schedule A, plus the Honours
units as listed below
Professional Studies 2
Hf~Lf25% (E4H 12.5%)
Curriculum and Method 2
Hf~Lf
37.5%
Either ESA235 or ESA245 or ESA251 or ESA258
School Experience 3 & 4:
(Internship) (Sec)
Hf~Lf
12.5%
School Experience 3 & 4:
(Internship)
(ECE/Prim)
Hf~Lf
12.5%
School Experience 3 & 4:
(Internship) (Middle)
Hf
12.5%
School Experience 3 & 4:
(Internship) (Primary)
Hf
12.5%
Honours Seminar
H1~L1
0%
Honours Dissertation
Hf~Lf
37.5%
ESA202
ESA240
ESA235
ESA245
ESA251
ESA258
ESA280
ESA281
Graduate Certificate of Education
(Abbreviation: GradCertEd)
Course code: E5E
Graduate Certificate of Education
Master of Education
Master of Education (Honours)
The three courses are designed to allow students to build on their studies
ultimately to reach the level of award they desire. All Graduate Certificate
units are approved at a post graduate level and may be used toward gaining a
Master of Education award.
It is possible to earn a Graduate Certificate by successfully completing four of
the units in the approved schedule of units offered from the general schedule or
to select four required units in one of the specialisations listed after the
schedule.
Specialisations are available in Counselling and Development, Community
Education, On-Line Learning, Inclusive Education, TESOL, LOTE, Classroom
Management, Studies in Asia for Teachers and Mathematics Education.
Course details (2001)
page 227
There are various pathways available to complete the Master of Education
award. Please refer to the chart below for details. Students complete the
Master of Education award entirely by coursework.
Course structure
<gif>pgEd.GIF<fig>
General structure and relationship of Postgraduate Coursework Awards in
Education:
Minimum Maximum
(Consecutive years)
Graduate Certificate of Education
4 x 12.5% units
6 months
18 months
Master of Education
8x12.5% units
1 year 3 years
Master of Education (Honours)
2x25% units 18 months 6 years
<tbz>
Articulation
Full credit may be gained toward the Master of Education for work completed
while enrolled in the Graduate Certificate. Full credit may be gained towards
the Master of Education (Honours) for work completed in the Master of
Education. Note: Entry is dependent on the average of a credit at the Master of
Education level.
Self Paced Flexible Delivery
Candidates are advised that a number of postgraduate coursework units are
being developed into self-paced flexible delivery formats (print based and
website) and details are available from the Assistant Head of School:
postgraduate coursework, ph (03) 6324 3312.
There may be restrictions on the availability of some units. These are noted on
the schedule of units. It should also be noted that special application must be
made for entry into the Counselling and Development specialisation at all
levels. Note: There will be no new intake into Counselling and Development
in 2001 as the specialisation is under review in 2000.
GradCertEd, GradDipEd, MEd schedule of units
NOTE: For schedules of specialisations, see next
Course details (2001)
page 228
Unit Title campus-sem
weight
specialisation
code
Contemporary Educational
Issues A Lp123~Hp123~Dp123
12.5%
ESG700
Contemporary Educational
Issues (B) L/1&/2&f~OsL3&~H/1&/2&//3&~D/1&/2&//3
12.5%
ESG701
Research Methods A
12.5%
ESG702
Research Methods B
12.5%
ESG703
Dissertation Part A
12.5%
ESG704
Dissertation Part B
12.5%
ESG705
Dissertation
L~H~D
25%
ESG706
Teaching Studies A
12.5%
ESG707
Teaching Studies B
12.5%
ESG708
Understanding and Promoting
Young Children's Social
and Emotional Learning
in K–2 A L3/1/2
12.5%
ESG709
Understanding and Promoting
Young Children's Social
and Emotional Learning
in K-2 B L3/1/2
12.5%
ESG710
Statistics Education – Data
Handling
12.5%
ESG711
Statistics Education – Data
Reduction and Chance
D
12.5%
ESG712
Statistics Education
–Inference and Advanced Topics
D
12.5%
ESG713
Current Issues in Second
Language Learning
[k]
L3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/2 12.5%
ESG714
Aspects of Linguistics
L3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/2 12.5%
ESG715
Language, Culture and
Society
[k]
L3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/2 12.5%
ESG716
Teaching English as a
Second/Foreign Language
[k]
L3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/2
12.5%
ESG717
Curriculum and syllabus in
TESOL
L3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/2 12.5%
ESG718
Curriculum issues in
TESOL
L3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/2 12.5%
ESG719
Special Project in TESOL L3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/2 12.5%
ESG720
Language and
Communication
[k]
L3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/2 12.5%
ESG721
Course details (2001)
Language Learning for Specific
Purposes L3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/2
Numeracy and the Mathematics
Curriculum A
[na]
Numeracy and the Mathematics
Curriculum B
[na]
Diagnosis and Intervention in
Mathematics A
[f]
Diagnosis and Intervention in
Mathematics B
[f]
Issues in Mathematics
Education A
[f]
Issues in Mathematics
Education B
[f]
Thinking and Working
Mathematically A
[na]
Thinking and Working
Mathematically B
[na]
Comparative Curriculum A
ESG731
Comparative Curriculum B
ESG732
Professional In-Country
Development: LOTE – Part A
ESG733
Professional In-Country
Development: LOTE – Part B
ESG734
Language Other Than
English A C3
12.5%
Language Other Than
English B C3
12.5%
New Directions in Art
Education 1 A
[o]
New Directions in Art
Education 1 B
[o]
New Directions in Art
Education 2 A
[o]
New Directions in Art
Education 2 B
[o]
Reason, Truth and Knowledge
A
[g]
[na]
Reason, Truth and Knowledge
B
[g]
[na]
What Is a Person? A
[g]
What Is a Person? B
[g]
page 229
12.5%
ESG722
12.5%
ESG723
12.5%
ESG724
L3/2
12.5%
ESG725
L3/2
12.5%
ESG726
L3/1/2
12.5%
ESG727
L3/1/2
12.5%
ESG728
12.5%
ESG729
12.5%
[l]
ESG730
C3
12.5%
[l]
C3
12.5%
[l]
C3
12.5%
[l]
C3
12.5%
L3
12.5%
ESG737
L1
12.5%
ESG738
[na]
12.5%
ESG739
[na]
12.5%
ESG740
12.5%
ESG741
12.5%
[na]
[na]
ESG742
12.5%
12.5%
ESG735
ESG736
ESG743
ESG744
Course details (2001)
Teaching Asia
D3/1/2
Asia in the Curriculum
[e]
Education Project
[e]
ESG747
Education Project 1
Community Education &
Learning A
[n]
Community Education &
Learning B
[n]
Community Development A
ESG751
Community Development B
ESG752
The Pedagogy of On-Line
Learning A
[m]
The Pedagogy of On-Line
Learning B
[m]
Creating an On-Line Teaching
Course A [m]
L3/2
Creating an On-Line Teaching
Course B [m]
L3/2
Difference, disability and
diversity A
[h]
Difference, disability and
diversity B
[h]
Inclusive curriculum
leadership A
[h]
Inclusive curriculum
leadership B
[h]
Classroom management: theory
and practice A
[j]
Classroom management: theory
and practice B
[j]
Challenging behaviours and
curriculum practices A
[j]
Challenging behaviours and
curriculum practices B
[j]
Curriculum Issues in Arts
Education 1 A
[d]
Curriculum Issues in Arts
Education 1 B
[d]
Curriculum Issues in Arts
Education 2 A
[d]
Curriculum Issues in Arts
Education 2 B
[d]
Drama in Education 1 A [d]
page 230
12.5%
ESG745
D3/1/2
12.5%
ESG746
H0/3/1/2~L0/3/1/2~D3/1/2 12.5%
25%
ESG748
[na]
12.5%
ESG749
L3/1
[n]
12.5%
[na]
ESG750
12.5%
[n]
[na]
12.5%
L3/1
12.5%
ESG753
L3/1
12.5%
ESG754
12.5%
ESG755
12.5%
ESG756
H1~D1
12.5%
ESG757
H1~D1
12.5%
ESG758
H3~D3
12.5%
ESG759
H3~D3
12.5%
ESG760
H2~D2
12.5%
ESG761
H2~D2
12.5%
ESG762
H2~D2
12.5%
ESG763
H~D
12.5%
ESG764
L3/1/2
12.5%
ESG765
L3/1/2
12.5%
ESG766
L3/1/2
12.5%
ESG767
L3/1/2
L3/1/2
12.5%
12.5%
ESG768
ESG769
Course details (2001)
Drama in Education 1 B [d]
L3/1/2
12.5%
Drama in Education 2 A [d]
L3/1/2
12.5%
Drama in Education 2 B [d]
L3/1/2
12.5%
Reflections in Music Education
A
[d]
L3/1/2
12.5%
ESG773
Reflections in Music Education
B
[d]
L3/1/2
12.5%
ESG774
Language and Literacy in
Education A
H2~D2
12.5%
ESG775
Language and Literacy in
Education B
[na]
12.5%
ESG776
Literature for Children
[na]
12.5%
ESG777
Language, Gender and
Communication in Education
[i]
[na]
ESG778
Literature, Gender and
Education [i]
[na]
12.5%
ESG779
Education of Women and
Girls
[i]
[na]
12.5%
ESG780
Education and Womenís
Careers [i]
H2~D2
12.5%
ESG781
Special Study 1
L3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/2 25%
Effective Implementation
A
[b]
L3
12.5%
ESG783
Effective Implementation
B
[b]
L3
12.5%
ESG784
Leadership and
Supervision
[b]
L3
12.5%
Educational
Administration
[b]
L3
12.5%
Tertiary Teaching A
[c]
L3/1/4
12.5%
Tertiary Teaching B
[c]
L3/1/4
12.5%
Adult Learning
[c]
L1/2
12.5%
Special Topic: Translating
Value into Practice
[c]
Professional In-Country
Experience: SOSE
C3
12.5%
ESG791
Introduction to Counselling
Skills
[cd]
/3/1/4
16.67%
ESN721
Special Project in Counselling
and Development
[cd]
1
16.67%
Family Counselling
[cd]
f
16.67%
Adolescent Counselling [cd]
2
16.67%
Approaches in Counselling
Research and Assessment [me]
H1~L1
16.67%
page 231
ESG770
ESG771
ESG772
12.5%
ESG782
ESG785
ESG786
ESG787
ESG788
ESG789
ESG790
ESN782
ESN783
ESN784
ESN770
Course details (2001)
Supervised Practicum in
Counselling
[me]
Professional Seminar in
Counselling
[me]
page 232
/1/2
16.67%
ESN793
2
16.67%
ESN794
Graduate Certificate of Education Specialisations Code numbers
(A) General Schedule
No specific specialisation
Choose any three non-restricted units in schedule.
Unit Title
(B) Educational Administration
Effective Implementation
A
Effective Implementation
B
Leadership and
Supervision
Educational
Administration
campus-sem
weight
code
L3
12.5%
ESG783
L3
12.5%
ESG784
L3
12.5%
ESG785
L3
12.5%
ESG786
Unit Title
(C) Tertiary Teaching
Tertiary Teaching A
Tertiary Teaching B
Adult Learning
Special Topic: Translating
Value into Practice
campus-sem
weight
code
L3/1/4
L3/1/4
L1/2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
ESG787
ESG788
ESG789
L1/2
12.5%
ESG790
Unit Title
(D) Arts Education
Curriculum Issues in Arts
Education 1 A
Curriculum Issues in Arts
Education 1 B
and two of the following:
Curriculum Issues in Arts
Education 2 A
Curriculum Issues in Arts
Education 2 B
Drama in Education 1 A
campus-sem
weight
code
L3/1/2
12.5%
ESG765
L3/1/2
12.5%
ESG766
L3/1/2
12.5%
ESG767
L3/1/2
L3/1/2
12.5%
12.5%
ESG768
ESG769
Course details (2001)
Drama in Education 1 B
Drama in Education 2 A
page 233
L3/1/2
L3/1/2
12.5%
12.5%
ESG770
ESG771
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
(E) Studies in Asia for Teachers
Asia in the Curriculum
D3/1/2
12.5%
ESG746
Teaching Asia
D3/1/2
12.5%
ESG745
For details of the other two units, please contact Dr Mary Fearnley-Sandcer (ph)
03 6226 2557.
Unit Title
(F) Mathematics Education
Diagnosis and Intervention in
Mathematics A
Diagnosis and Intervention in
Mathematics B
Issues in Mathematics
Education A
Issues in Mathematics
Education B
campus-sem
weight
code
L3/2
12.5%
ESG725
L3/2
12.5%
ESG726
L3/1/2
12.5%
ESG727
L3/1/2
12.5%
ESG728
Unit Title
(G) Philosophy in Education
Not offered in 2001
Reason, Truth and Knowledge
A
Reason, Truth and Knowledge
B
What Is a Person? A
What Is a Person? B
campus-sem
weight
code
[na]
12.5%
ESG741
[na]
[na]
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
ESG742
ESG743
ESG744
Unit Title
(H) Inclusive Education
Difference, disability and
diversity A
Difference, disability and
diversity B
Inclusive curriculum
leadership A
Inclusive curriculum
leadership B
campus-sem
weight
code
H1~D1
12.5%
ESG757
H1~D1
12.5%
ESG758
H3~D3
12.5%
ESG759
H3~D3
12.5%
ESG760
Course details (2001)
page 234
Unit Title
campus-sem
(I) Gender Issues
Language, Gender and
Communication in Education
[na]
Literature, Gender and
Education
[na]
Education of Women and
Girls
[na]
Education and Women's
Careers
H2~D2
weight
code
12.5%
ESG778
12.5%
ESG779
12.5%
ESG780
12.5%
ESG781
Unit Title
(J) Classroom Management
Classroom management: theory
and practice A
Classroom management: theory
and practice B
Challenging behaviours and
curriculum practices A
Challenging behaviours and
curriculum practices B
campus-sem
weight
code
H2~D2
12.5%
ESG761
H2~D2
12.5%
ESG762
H2~D2
12.5%
ESG763
H~D
12.5%
ESG764
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
(K) TESL/TEFL (Teaching English as a Second or Foreign Language)
Current Issues in Second
Language LearningL3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/2
12.5%
Language, Culture and
Society
L3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/2
12.5%
Teaching English as a
Second/Foreign LanguageL3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/212.5%
Language and
Communication L3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/2
12.5%
code
ESG714
ESG716
ESG717
ESG721
Unit Title
campus-sem
(L) Cross-Cultural Educational Issues
Comparative Curriculum A
C3
Comparative Curriculum B
C3
Professional In-Country
Development: LOTE – Part A
C3
Professional In-Country
Development: LOTE – Part B
C3
weight
code
12.5%
12.5%
ESG731
ESG732
12.5%
ESG733
12.5%
ESG734
Unit Title
weight
code
campus-sem
Course details (2001)
page 235
(M) On-Line Learning
The Pedagogy of On-Line
Learning A
The Pedagogy of On-Line
Learning B
Creating an On-Line Teaching
Course A
Creating an On-Line Teaching
Course B
L3/1
12.5%
ESG753
L3/1
12.5%
ESG754
L3/2
12.5%
ESG755
L3/2
12.5%
ESG756
Unit Title
(N) Community Education
Community Education &
Learning A
Community Education &
Learning B
Community Development A
Community Development B
campus-sem
weight
code
[na]
12.5%
ESG749
L3/1
[na]
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
ESG750
ESG751
ESG752
Unit Title
(O) Art Education
New Directions in Art
Education 1 A
New Directions in Art
Education 1 B
New Directions in Art
Education 2 A
New Directions in Art
Education 2 B
campus-sem
weight
code
L3
12.5%
ESG737
L1
12.5%
ESG738
[na]
12.5%
ESG739
[na]
12.5%
ESG740
Graduate Certificate and Master of Education
The following tables should be used with reference to the Grad Cert Schedules
Note: There will be no new intake in 2001 as the structure and content of this program
is under review. Continuing students in this program will need to enrol in the
appropriate ESN units listed below.
Unit Title
campus-sem
<cd>Counselling and Development
Introduction to Counselling
Skills
/3/1/4
Special Project in Counselling
and Development
1
weight
code
16.67%
ESN721
16.67%
ESN782
Course details (2001)
page 236
Family Counselling
Adolescent Counselling
f
2
16.67%
16.67%
ESN783
ESN784
Unit Title
campus-sem
<me>For the Master of Education
Approaches in Counselling
Research and Assessment
H1~L1
Supervised Practicum in
Counselling
/1/2
Professional Seminar in
Counselling
2
weight
code
16.67%
ESN770
16.67%
ESN793
16.67%
ESN794
Master of Education
(Abbreviation: MEd)
Course code: E7E
The degree of Master of Education by coursework or by research is available
from Launceston and Hobart campuses. The following information is for the
Master of Education by coursework.
Admission & prerequisites
This degree course is available to graduates in Education or graduates in other
disciplines with a Diploma of Education or Bachelor of Teaching, or to those
holding equivalent qualifications. The University requires applicants for
admission to the Master of Education degree to have four-year teacher training
(ie either Bachelor of Education or an undergraduate degree plus Bachelor of
Teaching) or qualifications deemed to be equivalent and at least two years
experience in teaching or training.
Course objectives
The degree is intended to enable competent, experienced professionals to
broaden, deepen, update and integrate knowledge of their specialised area of
interest and expertise. Both the coursework and written assignments or
projects undertaken by the student should thus reflect this specialisation. For
this reason there is a wide variety of course work units available, with general
areas of specialisation ranging from Administration to Curriculum Design,
from Inclusive Education to Arts in Education, from Teaching English as a
Second Language to Adult Learning and University Teaching, from On-line
learning to LOTE.
Course details (2001)
page 237
Career outcomes
The Master of Education has international standing and is seen as a prestigious
qualification for educators who wish to become leaders in their chosen fields.
Course structure
The coursework units and/or research projects which will make up the course
of study of an individual are determined by the candidate in consultation with
the Assistant Head of School.
The requirements to complete the Master of Education is met through all
coursework. Master of Education requires completion of Research Methods. A
number of units are available in a self-paced, flexible delivered mode.
Completion of these 2 programs can lead to entry in PhD and EdD.
Master of Education study amounts to two semesters of full time work.
However, not all of this time needs to be spent in Tasmania. Arrangements
can be flexible. The course is offered in the two normal semesters (late
February to early June, and mid July to end October) and also in our Summer
School (January).
Many units do not require attendance and applicants are advised to contact the
Assistant Head of School for specific details.
The attendance requirements can also be completed by intensive study in
Tasmania either from January to early June in one year, or from mid July one
year to the end of January in the next. For interstate or overseas students the
dissertation/project can be completed in the candidate's own state/country and
consultation about it and assessment of it conducted at a distance.
Education Summer Schools
The Summer School has proven a most successful way for students to attend
our master degree programs. It has attracted candidates from all over
Australia, and overseas.
The Summer School runs for two weeks normally in January and classes are
held six days a week from early morning into the evening. The School is
staffed by experts from the Faculty's staff and by visiting professors who are
international leaders in their fields of expertise.
Articulation
Candidates who possess components of post graduate studies of comparable
quality can present these for consideration by the Faculty for advanced
standing.
Course details (2001)
page 238
International Students
The Faculty encourages international student enrolment in both undergraduate
and post graduate degree courses. Staff within the Faculty have gained
considerable experience in teaching and supervising students from many
international countries including Malaysia, China, Thailand and Indonesia.
Master of Education (Honours)
(Abbreviation: MEd(Hons))
Course code: E7D
The Master of Education (Honours) (1.5 years minimum to 6 years maximum)
is for students who have completed the Master of Education. The course
requires a mimimum half a year of study in addition to the minimum of one
year spent on the Master of Education.
Admission & prerequisites
Students will need to have attained a credit or better in the Master of Education
before being allowed to apply for entry into the Honours Program.
Course objectives
For those students who wish to pursue a higher degree by research, this
honours program provides a sound basis for future study.
Those students gaining a first class honours degree or an upper second award
are eligible to apply for entry into a doctoral program.
Career outcomes
For those students wishing to pursue a higher degree by research, the Honours
program will provide a sound basis for future study. Those students gaining a
first class honours degree or an upper level second award are eligible to apply
for entry to a doctoral program.
Course structure
The course structure is summarised in the MEd(Hons) schedule of units.
MEd(Hons) Schedule of Units
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Course details (2001)
Research Methods A
Research Methods B
Dissertation
OR
Dissertation Part A
Dissertation Part B
page 239
L~H~D
12.5%
12.5%
25%
ESG702
ESG703
ESG706
L~H~D
L~H~D
12.5%
12.5%
ESG704
ESG705
Graduate Certificate of Human
Movement
Graduate Diploma of Human
Movement
Master of Human Movement
The graduate program in Human Movement is planned to meet the needs of
practising Health and Physical Education teachers, sport scientists, health and
fitness professionals, coaches and community recreation specialists for
advanced academic qualification. The program comprises four specialty areas:
Health and Physical Education Teaching (Pedagogy), Outdoor Education,
Exercise and Sport Science and Exercise and Wellness.
The Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma of Human Movement and Master
of Human Movement are structured into a progressive sequence allowing for a
completion of each course before, if desired, enrolment into a subsequent level.
All Graduate Certificate and Graduate Diploma units are approved at the
postgraduate level and may be used towards the Master of Human Movement.
It is possible to complete the first level of postgraduate qualification, a Graduate
Certificate, by completing one unit from the core sequence and two units from
one of the specialty areas as listed after the schedule. Students who wish to
obtain a Graduate Diploma in Human Movement must successfully complete
three units from the core sequence and three units from their specialty area.
Course objectives
The Master of Human Movement was constructed to allow students the choice
of a variety of pathways. First option permits students to combine two
Graduate Certificates with additional three units from any specialization area
listed below. The second alternative provides opportunity for adding three
units from any specialization to the Graduate Diploma. Thirdly, it is possible
to successfully complete the Master of Human Movement by obtaining credit
for nine units from prescribed coursework with four of these being core units.
Course details (2001)
page 240
There may be restrictions on the availability of some units. These are noted on
the schedule of units.
Course structure
General structure and relationship of Postgraduate Coursework Awards in
Human Movement
Minimum Maximum
(Consecutive years)
Graduate Certificate of Human Movement
3x16.67% units
(including one unit from the core)
0.5yrs 3 yrs
Graduate Diploma of Human Movement
6x16.67% units
(including 3 units from the core) 1 yr 4 yrs
Master of Human Movement
2 Graduate Certificates plus 3 units or
1 Graduate Diploma plus 3 units or
9x16.67% coursework units
1.5yrs 6yrs
<tbz>
Graduate Certificate of Human
Movement
(Abbreviation: GradCertHM)
Course code: E5J
The Graduate Certificate of Human Movement is a one-semester full-time
course offered primarily to Human Movement Graduates who hold a minimum
3-year qualification or equivalent status or other individuals working in related
fields who hold equivalent status.
Course objectives
Course structure
See Master of Human Movement for specialisations and schedule
Graduate Diploma of Human Movement
Course details (2001)
page 241
(Abbreviation: GradDipHM)
Course code: E6J
The Graduate Diploma of Human Movement is 1-year full-time course offered
primarily to Human Movement Graduates who hold a minimum 3-year
qualification or equivalent status or other individuals working in related fields
who hold equivalent status.
Course objectives
Course structure
See Master of Human Movement for specialisations and schedule
Master of Human Movement
(Abbreviation: MHM)
Course code: E7J
The Master of Human Movement is a 1.5-year full-time course offered primarily
to Human Movement Graduates who hold a minimum 3-year qualification or
equivalent status or other individuals working in related fields who hold
equivalent status.
Course objectives
Specialisations:
Health and Physical Education Teaching
Prepares individuals to provide leadership in instructional design and
curriculum development in traditional Health and Physical Education settings
and also in the Health Enhancement paradigm.
Outdoor Education
This specialisation focuses on knowledge and skills necessary for a harmonious
interaction between the mankind and environment. It takes a full advantage of
unique Tasmanian ecology and immense opportunities for lifetime sports and
outdoor adventure.
Course details (2001)
page 242
Exercise and Sport Science
This specialisation is structured to investigate, analyse and apply scientific
knowledge, particularly in Exercise Physiology, Biomechanics, Nutrition and
Sport Psychology, to apparently healthy population in order to increase athletic
performance
Exercise and Wellness
The program is designed around the components of health-related fitness and
their impact on human health. Emphasis is given to analysis and applications
of behavioural modification strategies to confront the problem of sedentary
lifestyles, smoking and obesity from the epidemiological and behavioural
perspectives.
GradCertHM, GradDipHM, MHM schedule of units
Listed below is the schedule of postgraduate units. It is expected that units
will be offered subject to sufficient enrolment numbers and available staff.
Unit Title
Research and Investigation in
Human Movement
Behavioural Health and
Fitness
Exercise Metabolism
Human Movement Graduate
Seminar
Instructional Design in Health
and Physical Education
Health Enhancement
Curriculum
Learning Motor Skills
Advanced Studies in Sport
Performance
Nutrition and Performance
Exercise Adherence
Health, Fitness and
Lifestyle
Risk Analysis and
Management
Environmental
Interpretation
Outdoor Pursuits – Land
Based and Water Based
Special Topics in Human
Movement 1
campus-sem
weight
code
L3
16.67%
ESP700
[na]
[na]
16.67%
16.67%
ESP701
ESP702
L1/2
16.67%
ESP703
L1/2
16.67%
ESP704
L1/2
L1/2
16.67%
16.67%
ESP705
ESP706
[na]
[na]
[na]
16.67%
16.67%
16.67%
ESP707
ESP708
ESP709
[na]
16.67%
ESP710
L3
16.67%
ESP711
[na]
16.67%
ESP712
L3
16.67%
ESP713
L3/1/2
16.67%
ESP714
Course details (2001)
Special Topics in Human
Movement 2
page 243
[na]
16.67%
ESP715
Professional Doctorate in Education –
Launceston
(Abbreviation: EdD)
Course code: E9Z
The Professional Doctorate in Education will normally be three years full time
or five years part time. The maximum periods of candidature will normally be
four years full time or eight years part time.
In appropriate circumstances, and following recommendations by the
candidate's supervisor, the EdD Program Committee may consider an
application for extension of the time by which the dissertation must be
submitted. This extension will normally be no longer than one year.
It will be possible for candidates to complete the coursework components as
full-time candidates in four semesters, and then complete the EdD dissertation
as part-time candidates. This will be particularly attractive to interstate and
overseas students.
Delivery modes will include an appropriate mix of weekend schools, block
release periods, summer schools and winter schools to meet the 45 contact hour
requirements per unit per semester.
Admission & prerequisites
Normally, applicants may be considered eligible for admission to the award if
they have been admitted to an appropriate master degree by research or course
work offered by the University of Tasmania, or a degree deemed to be
equivalent.
A coursework master or master with honours degree in education will be
accepted as eligible for admission providing applicants have completed
successfully at least one research methodology unit at master degree level and
can demonstrate, through documented evidence and by interview, a
commitment and potential capacity to meet the research requirements of the
program.
Course details (2001)
page 244
Applicants who possess such other qualifications and professional experience
deemed by the EdD Program Committee to provide a preparation for study
equivalent to that indicated above may be accepted into the award.
In addition, applicants normally will be required to possess at least two years of
appropriate professional experience.
Course objectives
The EdD will serve the needs of professionals in the field of education who
wish to undertake doctoral level study so as to improve the quality of their
services as educators and leaders, and to expand their theoretical
understanding of educational practice.
The course will provide predominantly course based study at the doctoral level.
The focus will be on the systematic review of educational research in relevant
areas of professional practice and the improvement of professional practice in
education. The course includes an original research component accounting for
one-third of the program.
This professional doctorate will be distinguished from other similar courses by:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
targeted assignments within generic areas to help candidates pursue their
own interests;
the extensive use of practical and problem based learning;
a direct relationship with the leading research programs of the Education
Faculty; and
flexible delivery modes attractive to part-time, full-time and overseas
students.
Career outcomes
The course is designed for mid-career educators who wish to prepare for a
major leadership role in the field of education. Successful completion of the
doctorate provides graduates with a substantial theoretical and practical
background that should enhance promotional opportunities within the
educational arena.
Course structure
The program will have two stages. Stage 1 will require satisfactory completion
of eight approved units in Education of semester (or equivalent) length and a
comprehensive examination. The units are:
1
2
3
The Political Economy of Education in International Perspective
Learning and Development: Practices and Theories
Intellectual Foundations of Education
Course details (2001)
4
5
6
7
8
page 245
Research Methods
Curriculum and Assessment
Governance and Leadership
Teaching and Assessment
Educational Policy and Professional Practice
The eight coursework units encompass the principal foundational and applied
areas of professional practice in education. They are simultaneously the basis
for understanding and appraising critically the present educational processes
and practices and developing informed and effective reforms.
Stage 2 will require a research project in an applied area of education, the
defence of a research proposal, and the preparation of a dissertation consisting
of approximately 40,000 words.
The program structure is contained in Schedule A. Part-time study as well as
full-time study are options. The detailed content of the units is provided in the
appropriate section of this handbook.
Candidates wishing to pursue specialised study in particular areas of the
National Curriculum will have an opportunity to do so within the various
units.
The distribution of assignment totals yields a 67:33 ratio for coursework to
research dissertation.
Students may be permitted to take an elective unit which will substitute for one
of the following units: Curriculum and Assessment, Teaching and Assessment,
School Governance and Leadership, or Educational Policy and Professional
Practice. Substitute units may be selected from master degree programs across
the University, subject to the approval of the EdD Program Committee.
Articulation
On the grounds of demonstrated equivalence to a prescribed unit(s), and on the
recommendation of a unit coordinator(s), an applicant may be granted
exemption from a coursework unit(s), providing that:
(a)
(b)
(c)
the unit(s) has been completed successfully in an EdD Program at a
recognised university elsewhere;
the unit(s) has not been counted towards the award of any degree
elsewhere; and
that exemptions do not total more than one third of the requirements of
the EdD.
Administration and location of the course
Course details (2001)
page 246
The course will be administered and taught as a cross-campus program.
The course will be administered by a subcommittee of the Faculty of
Education – the EdD Program Committee, which will take responsibility for
ensuring that appropriate resources and facilities such as library, class
materials, research laboratories, computing etc. are available to candidates on a
cross-campus basis. An academic supervisor will be appointed to each EdD
candidate.
Teaching and supervision
Extensive but not sole use will be made of problem-based learning to teach the
eight units. Problem-based learning has been a developing feature of teaching
in the Faculty of Education for some time. Problem-based learning is an
instructional strategy with two variants; problem-stimulated learning and
student-centred learning.
Whatever the combination of teaching methods, major and contemporary
problems of practice and policy will be in the foreground, so that students
(a)
(b)
(c)
obtain research-based knowledge from foundational disciplines,
select and employ a range of disciplinary perspectives, and then
develop, present and defend appropriate plans and proposals.
A feature of the program is a structured, careful supervision program for each
candidate which will implement the University's Code of Conduct in Supervision
and Code of Conduct in Research. (See Research Higher Degrees Handbook.)
An academic supervisor will be appointed to each candidate at the beginning of
the course.
Assessment methods for the dissertation
The dissertation will be examined by a minimum of two appropriately qualified
examiners external to the University of Tasmania. At least one of the examiners
will be an educationist of international repute. Examiners will be appointed by
and report to the EdD Program Committee.
Application procedures
Applications should be forwarded on the appropriate application form
attainable from: The EdD Coordinator, Faculty of Education, University of
Tasmania, PO Box 1214, Launceston, Tas 7250, Australia.
Schedule
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Course details (2001)
Year 1
Curriculum and Assessment
Teaching and Assessment
Educational Policy and
Professional Practice
The Intellectual Foundations
of Education
Year 2
Research Methodology
The Political Economy of
Education in International
Perspective
Learning and Development:
Practices and Theories
Governance and Leadership
Year 3
Dissertation
page 247
L1
L1
25%
25%
ESF910
ESF901
L2
25%
ESF902
L2
25%
ESF911
L1
25%
ESF905
L1
25%
ESF912
L2
L2
25%
25%
ESF904
ESF900
f
50%
ESF903
Bachelor of Biomedical Science
(Abbreviation: BBiomedSc)
Course code: M3E
This three and a half-year full-time course is offered in Launceston by the
School of Biomedical Science.
Admission & prerequisites
Minimum University requirements, including *CH856 Chemistry and any one
of the approved Mathematics subjects (*MT730 Mathematics Applied, *MT841
Mathematics Stage 2 or *MT843 Mathematics Stage 3) in the Tasmanian
Certificate of Education or its equivalent.
Course objectives
The course is designed to give students a solid grounding in Science subjects
followed by specialised units which provide the knowledge and skills suitable
to the needs of the modern pathology laboratory. Students will be proficient in
all major disciplines such as Clinical Chemistry, Haematology, Blood
Transfusion, Medical Microbiology and Histopathology.
Career outcomes
Course details (2001)
page 248
There are various career options open to medical scientists, especially in
hospital clinical and pathology laboratories, private pathology services, blood
transfusion services and public health laboratories. Other areas of employment
are found in universities, veterinary laboratories and as representatives for
diagnostic companies.
Professional recognition
Graduates from this course meet the academic requirements for direct entry
into the Australian Institute of Medical Scientists.
Course structure
A fixed three and a half-year (7 semester) course described in the following
Schedule.
Articulation
Credit for appropriate studies completed in TAFE and other university courses
may be granted.
Anyone interested in pursuing an honours course should contact the Head of
School.
Schedule
Unit Title
Year 1
Mathematics in Life
Sciences 1
Chemistry 1
Cell Biology
Medical Laboratory
Practice
Anatomy and Physiology 1
Histology
Computer Applications
Year 2
Histopathology
General and Medical
Microbiology
Biochemistry 1
Anatomy and Physiology 2
Haematology 1
Clinical Chemistry 1
Human Molecular Biology
Year 3
campus-sem
weight
code
L2
Lf~Bf
L1
12.5%
25%
12.5%
KMA165
KJC103
CRA171
L1
L2
L2
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
CRA101
CRA172
CRA121
KXA153
L1
12.5%
CRA222
L1
Lf
L1
L2
L2
L2
12.5%
25%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
CRA241
KJC263
CRA273
CRA231
CRA251
CRA200
Course details (2001)
Immunology (MLS)
Haematology 2
Clinical Chemistry 2
Medical Microbiology A
Transfusion Science
Clinical Chemistry 3
(Endocrinology)
Medical Microbiology B
Biomedical Science 2
(Pharmacology &
Pathophysiology)
Year 4
Professional Practice
Medical Laboratory
Practice 2
page 249
L1
L1
L1
L1
L2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
CRA311
CRA332
CRA352
CRA342
CRA333
L2
L2
12.5%
12.5%
CRA353
CRA343
L2
12.5%
CRA386
1
37.5%
CRA410
L1
12.5%
CRA401
Bachelor of Biomedical Science with
Honours
(Abbreviation: BBiomedSc(Hons))
Course code: M4E
This on-campus course is offered at Launceston and requires a minimum of 1
year full-time study.
Admission & prerequisites
Applicants need to have qualified for admission to the degree of Bachelor of
Biomedical Science or equivalent.
Anyone interested in pursuing the honours course should contact the Head of
School.
Course objectives
The honours degree in Biomedical Science is designed to provide students with
the foundations necessary for research in Biomedical Science, to assume a
leadership role in their profession and to gain a greater expertise in the
discipline.
Career outcomes
See 'Career outcomes' in the Bachelor of Biomedical Science.
Course details (2001)
page 250
Professional recognition
See 'Professional recognition' in the Bachelor of Biomedical Science.
Course structure
One year full-time work. Candidates will be required to submit a research
thesis on work undertaken as part of the honours course. All candidates will be
required to study analysis and presentation of scientific data. Completion of a
unit in electron microscopy will be required for students studying in an area
requiring such knowledge. Other requirements for the course include a
literature review, directly related to the thesis, and a dissertation. Students will
be required to present their research work at a seminar.
Articulation
Graduates from other higher education institutions may be accepted into this
course.
Assessment
Research thesis and seminar (65%), essay and coursework units (35%).
Bachelor of Health Science
(Abbreviation: BHlthSc)
Course code: M3H
This 3-year, undergraduate course is offered at the Launceston Campus.
It consists of units taught by the Faculty of Health Science in conjunction with
the four other Faculties (Arts, Commerce and Law, Education, Science and
Engineering).
Candidates must complete the requirements of the degree in a minimum of 3,
and a maximum of 8, separate years of full time study from the time of first
enrolment.
The course may also be undertaken on a part-time basis.
Admission & prerequisites
Applicants for the Bachelor of Health Science must meet normal University
admission requirements.
Course details (2001)
page 251
While Year 12 Chemistry *CH856 and Mathematics *MT730 or *MT841 or
*MT843 (or their equivalents) are not essential, they will be an advantage to
those who elect to study units in the Bioscience stream.
Applications for credit based on previous relevant university or TAFE study
will be considered.
Course objectives
The Bachelor of Health Science is a foundation degree which prepares students
for a range of career paths in the health sector, including administration,
management, finance and research, as well as for entry to graduate programs in
medicine and other health specialties.
Career outcomes
There are employment opportunities in government and non-government
medical and general health services and in health research organisations. More
specifically, they occur in areas such as administration, management, finance,
health promotion, sales representation across a broad range of medical and
health products (including diagnostic equipment and pharmaceuticals), project
management, clinical research, community health groups, self-help groups,
rehabilitation centres, welfare agencies, sports science and health and physical
education.
The course is also relevant to practising and potential health care professionals
seeking a degree qualification.
Professional recognition
The Bachelor of Health Science is not limited to a single, professional discipline.
It is a generic health science degree which qualifies its graduates to undertake
further, more specialised, study in a number of disciplines (including
alternative medicine and health care) and to pursue various career
opportunities in the health sector.
Course structure
Year 1 units provide a foundation in the life sciences and an introduction to
community health care and business management. In Year 2 students
undertake three core units in conjunction with one or more elective units from
one or more of four specialist streams – Bioscience, Education,
Business/Commerce or Social Science/Psychology. In Year 3 students
undertake two core units in conjunction with two or more elective units from
one or more of the streams.
Course details (2001)
page 252
The Bioscience stream provides an understanding of the structure and function
of the human body, in both health and disease, and of the effects of nutrition,
micro-organisms and drugs. The Business/Commerce stream provides a
background in fundamental business procedures and an opportunity to study
foundation commerce units. The Education stream provides students with
effective and interactive communication skills, an understanding of community
education and development and an overview of the changing patterns of health
and fitness in Australia. The Social Science/Psychology stream provides an
understanding of health, and health-related, issues for children, adolescents
and the aged and an opportunity to study a range of Psychology units.
Articulation
There is no articulation from other courses.
However, some outstanding Year 1 Bachelor of Health Science students may be
able to transfer into Year 2 of the Bachelor of Biomedical Science if places are
available. These students must have completed Year 12 Chemistry *CH856 and
Mathematics *MT730 or *MT841 or *MT843 and obtained results of a high
standard in Year 1 of the Bachelor of Health Science.
Schedule
It should be noted that, at the time the Handbook was printed, Year 2 and
Year 3 units were subject to change. Unit descriptions for CRA102 and
CRH300 were not available. Students are advised to contact the University for
further information.
Unit Title
Year 1
Semester 1
Either KJC161 or KJC103
Chemistry for Life
Sciences
Chemistry 1 [a]
Computer Applications
Cell Biology
Health Care Where People Live
and Work 1
Semester 2
Either KJC162 or KJC103 contd
Introduction to
Biochemistry
Chemistry 1 [a]
Microbiology and Health
Anatomy and Physiology 1
campus-sem
weight
code
L1
Lf~Bf
H1~L1~B1
L1
12.5%
25%
12.5%
12.5%
KJC161
KJC103
KXA153
CRA171
L1
12.5%
CNA126
L2
Lf~Bf
L2
L2
12.5%
25%
12.5%
12.5%
KJC162
KJC103
CRA276
CRA172
Course details (2001)
page 253
Introduction to
Management
H1/2~L1/2~B1
12.5%
BMA101
Year 2
Semester 1
Core units
Legal and Ethical Issues in
Health Care
L1
12.5%
CNA308
Anatomy and Physiology 2
L1
12.5%
CRA273
Electives: choose two units from one or more of the following streams:
Bioscience stream
Either CRA102/CRA241 or KJC103/KJC263
Diagnostic Testing
L1
12.5%
CRA102
General and Medical
Microbiology
L1
12.5%
CRA241
Chemistry 1
Lf~Bf
25%
KJC103
[b]
Biochemistry 1
Lf
25%
KJC263
Business/Commerce stream
Economics for Business [c]
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BEA110
Accounting and Financial
Decision Making [c]
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BFA103
Organisational Behaviour
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA201
Education stream
Health Fitness & Physical
Activity
L1
12.5%
ESP230
Communication Strategies
L1~H1
12.5%
ESV205
Social Science/Psychology stream
Society, Culture and Health
1
L1
12.5%
HGA138
Psychology 1A
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
KHA101
Semester 2
Core unit
Foundations of Adult
Learning
L2~H2
12.5%
ESV203
Electives: choose three units from one or more of the following streams:
Bioscience stream
Histology
L2
12.5%
CRA121
Chemistry 1 contd
Lf~Bf
25%
KJC103
contd
Biochemistry 1
Lf
25%
KJC263
Business/Commerce stream
Accounting Context and
Method [d]
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BFA104
Commercial Transactions
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BFA141
Management of Human
Resources [e]
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
BMA121/221
Principles of Marketing
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
BMA151/251
Education stream
Course details (2001)
page 254
Human Movement
Laboratory 1
L2
12.5%
ESP136
Social Science/Psychology stream
Perspectives on Ageing
L2
12.5%
CNA246
Child and Adolescent
Health
L1
12.5%
CNA245
Psychology 1B
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
KHA102
Year 3
Semester 1
Core unit
Immunology
L1
12.5%
CRA321
Electives: choose three units from one or more of the following streams:
Bioscience stream
Histopathology
L1
12.5%
CRA222
Biomedical Science 1
(Nutrition & Neurobiology)
L1
12.5%
CRA385
Applied and Environmental
Microbiology
L2
12.5%
KQA218
Business/Commerce stream
Contract of Employment [f]
H1~L1
12.5%
BMA241
Education stream
Adapted Physical Activity
L1
12.5%
ESP307
Community and Public Education
1
L1~H1
12.5%
ESV307
Social Science/Psychology stream
Child and Adolescent
Health
L1
12.5%
CNA245
Research Methods in
Psychology
H1~L1
12.5%
KHA201
Organisational Psychology
L1
12.5%
KHA215/315
Semester 2
Core unit
Health Infomatics
L2
12.5%
CRA102
Electives: choose three units from one or more of the following streams:
Bioscience stream
Human Molecular Biology
L2
12.5%
CRA300
Biomedical Science 2
(Pharmacology &
Pathophysiology)
L2
12.5%
CRA386
Business/Commerce stream
Quantitative Methods 1
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BEA140
Accounting Context and
Method [f]
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BFA104
[g]
Principles of Marketing
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
BMA151/251
Introduction to International
Business [h]
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA181/281
Education stream
Course details (2001)
page 255
Sport Injuries
L2
12.5%
ESP304
Community and Public Education
2
L2~H2
12.5%
ESV308
Social Science/Psychology stream
Management of Human
Resources [g]
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
BMA121/221
Developmental Psychology
H2~L2
12.5%
KHA202
Psychology of Health &
Stress
L2
12.5%
KHA213/313
[a] students must have completed Year 12 Chemistry to enrol in this unit
[b] available only to students who have completed Chemistry 1
[c] BEA110 and BFA103 can also be studied in Year 3, Semester 1
[d] students must have completed BFA103. This unit can also be studied in
Year 3, semester 2.
[e] this unit can also be studied in Year 3, semester 2
[f] students must have completed BFA103
[g] students should use level 200 enrolment code (eg BMA251)
[h] students should use level 100 enrolment code (eg BMA181)
Bachelor of Medical Science with
Honours
(Abbreviation: BMedSc(Hons))
Course code: M4A
This on-campus course is offered at Hobart as part of the Advanced
Study/Research program in semester 2 of year 4 of the Bachelor of Medicine,
Bachelor of Surgery.
Admission & prerequisites
Applicants need to have completed the requirements for the degree of Bachelor
of Medical Science which is awarded after successful completion of the first
four years of the Bachelor of Medicine-Bachelor of Surgery.
Course objectives
The BMedSc(Hons) degree allows students to spend one semester of study to
develop a more complete understanding of an area of medical science. This is
achieved through research and academic involvement in a Discipline of the
School of Medicine.
Career outcomes
Course details (2001)
page 256
The BMedSc(Hons) program provides an ideal basis for a career in medical
research, either immediately on completion of the degree or after completing
the MBBS program. Students may proceed from the BMedSc(Hons) to a PhD, or
if they complete the MBBS, to an MD. Graduates with BMEdSc(Hons) could
expect to find employment in a variety of medically related areas.
Course structure
One-semester's full-time work in one of the following disciplines:
Anatomy and Physiology
Biochemistry
Epidemiology
General Practice
Medicine
Obstetrics and Gynaecology
Paediatrics and Child Health
Pathology
Psychiatry
Surgery
Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of
Surgery
(Abbreviation: MBBS)
Course code: M3B
This on-campus, full-time course is offered mainly at Hobart and takes a
minimum of 6 years. After successful completion of the first 4 years of the
course, students are awarded the degree of Bachelor of Medical Science
(BMedSc). The MBBS is awarded with honours (abbreviation MBBS(Hons);
course code: M4B) based on the degree of merit shown by students throughout
the course.
Course details (2001)
page 257
Admission & prerequisites
Domestic applicants must have obtained at least Satisfactory Achievement
awards in the following subjects of the Tasmanian Certificate of Education
(TCE) or its equivalent: Biology (*BY826), Chemistry (*CH856), Mathematics
(*MT841), Physics (*PH866). For school leaver applicants, only results obtained
in the first two years of post-Year 10 study will be taken into account.
Additionally, school leavers should have obtained a minimum score of 90 in the
Tasmanian Certificate of Education (TCE) or its equivalent. All domestic
applicants will be required to sit the Undergraduate Medicine and Health
Sciences Admission Test (UMAT). Non school leaver applicants will be selected
on the basis of their academic record and UMAT score, with relevant
employment experience and skills also being considered. Selection within each
of the entry categories will be competitive, with applicants being ranked by
their UMAT scores.
International applicants must have obtained the equivalent of TCE Satisfactory
Achievement awards in Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics and English.
Further information on admission to the MBBS program may be obtained by
contacting the University Course Information Officer.
Course objectives
The course is designed to provide an appropriate foundation, to give the
graduate sound clinical skills, a solid basic knowledge of Medicine and Medical
Sciences, good communication skills and the capacity to build on all of these in
the intern year and subsequently in specialist training. The graduate will have
the knowledge and skills to pursue the many career paths available in
Medicine.
Career outcomes
On completion of the MBBS, graduates work for at least one more year in an
approved hospital undertaking general medical training as an intern to obtain
registration for the independent practice of medicine. Further training is then
required for the graduate to become a general practitioner or a specialist in one
of a number of fields including anaesthetics, dermatology, obstetrics and
gynaecology, ophthalmology, paediatrics, pathology, medicine, psychiatry,
radiology and surgery. Specialist qualifications are obtained by passing
examinations during and on completion of this additional training. The
examinations are conducted by appropriate specialist colleges such as the Royal
Australian College of Physicians and the Royal Australian College of Surgeons.
Medical practitioners may work in private practice on their own, in group
practices, in community health centres and in public and private hospitals.
They may be located in cities, suburbs and towns or in rural and remote areas.
Course details (2001)
page 258
Course structure
Students begin medically relevant studies from the beginning of first year, with
dissection of the human body as part of Integrated Structure and Function, an
introduction to social aspects of medicine (Community Health and Medicine)
and an introduction to problem solving in clinical medicine (Foundation
Medical Studies), which looks at case studies based on real patients. Students
take an elective subject from outside the Health Science area in this year.
The second year builds on the first with Structure and Function – Clinical
Correlations, which includes medical physiology, pharmacology and medical
anatomy approached on a systems basis. Community Health and Medicine
continues and students are given a comprehensive coverage of biochemistry
relevant to Medicine. To be eligible to progress to third year, students must
complete a senior first aid certificate and by the end of third year must have
completed a specified period of training with an approved ambulance service.
In the third year, students learn clinical skills and begin to study the clinical
specialties (surgery, obstetrics and gynaecology, paediatrics and internal
medicine) while continuing their studies of the paraclinical subjects of
pharmacology, neuroscience, pathology and microbiology.
The first half of fourth year follows on closely from year 3, but the second
semester is entirely set aside for optional advanced studies or research projects.
A popular advanced studies option is tropical and travel medicine; advanced
study and research projects may be carried out anywhere in the world, if
suitable arrangements can be made.
Years 5 and 6 are the pre-intern years and students rotate through the clinical
specialties. Year 5 may be taken in Launceston or Burnie. The Burnie program
(maximum of 12 students) emphasises aspects of medicine in a rural clinical
setting. In year 6 students complete their clinical rotations in the Royal Hobart
Hospital.
Articulation
The course does not articulate with any other courses.
Schedule
Unit Title
Year 1
Community Health and
Medicine I
Foundation Medical
Studies
campus-sem
weight
code
H1
12.5%
CAM105
H2
12.5%
CAM100
Course details (2001)
page 259
Integrated Structure and
Function
Hf
50%
CHG110
Electives (1 or 2 units from other disciplines – 12.5%+ 12.5% or 25%) in sem 1 &/or 2
Year 2
Structure and
Function – Clinical Correlations
Hf
37.5%
CHG210
Pathological Basis of
Disease 2
H2
12.5%
CJA212
Biochemistry 2 (Medicine)
Hf
25%
CBA200
Community Health and
Medicine
Hf
25%
CAM205
[a]
Year 3
Introduction to Clinical
Studies
H1
22.5%
CAM300
Neuroscience
H1
15%
CHP310
Pathological Basis of
Disease 3
H1
12.5%
CJA312
Special Pathology 3
H2
12.5%
CJA315
Clinical Microbiology 3
H2
6.25%
CJA325
Medicine
H2
18.5%
CMM300
Clinical Specialties
H1
3.25%
CAM310
Surgery
H2
9.5%
CKA320
[a]
Year 4
Clinical Microbiology 4
H1
12.5%
CJA400
Special Pathology 4
H1
5%
CJA410
Medicine
H1
12.5%
CMM400
Clinical Specialties
H1
3.1%
CAM410
Surgery
H1
9.4%
CKA400
Students enrol in one of CAM400, CAM420 or CAM440
Advanced Study
H2
50%
CAM400
Research
H2
50%
CAM420
Additional Study
H2
50%
CAM440
Year 5 (Ltn)
Medicine 5 [r]
L
25%
CMM500
Either CGC500 or CMP500
Paediatrics and Child
Health 5 [r]
L
25%
CGC500
Psychiatry 5 [r]
L
25%
CMP500
Obstetrics and
Gynaecology
H~L
25%
CGW500
Either CKA500 or CKA550
Surgery [r]
L
25%
CKA500
Surgical Specialties [r]
L~B
25%
CKA550
Year 5 (NWC)
Rural Clinical Program
Bf
100%
CAM500
Year 6 (Hbt)
Course details (2001)
page 260
Community Health (General
Practice) [r]
H
25%
CLA600
Medicine 6 [r]
H
25%
CMM600
Either CGC600 or CMP600
Paediatrics and Child
Health 6 [r]
H
25%
CGC600
Psychiatry 6 [r]
H
25%
CMP600
Either CKA600 or CKA650
Surgery [r]
H
25%
CKA600
Surgical Specialties [r]
H
25%
CKA650
Integrated Examination [b]
H3
0%
CAM600
Note:
[r] = on rotation
[a] At the time of going to press, the weights of units in year 3, semester 2 and
year 4 semester 1 were under review and may be subject to change
[b] the full title is Integrated Examination, CPR and Well Woman Assessments
Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of
Surgery with Honours
(Abbreviation: MBBS(Hons))
Course code: M4B
See Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery.
Bachelor of Nursing
(Abbreviation: BN)
Course code: H3D
This on-campus full-time course is offered at Launceston, but the third year of
the course is available in both Launceston and Hobart. In special circumstances,
continuing students may be permitted to undertake part-time studies. The
course length is a minimum of 3 years full-time study with a maximum time
period of 6 years. Advanced standing pathways are offered for psychiatric
nurses and enrolled nurses to upgrade their qualifications to a degree and at the
same time become eligible for registration as a nurse (comprehensive).
Registered general nurses, diplomates and nurses who have re-entered practice
also have the opportunity to undertake studies through advanced standing
pathways in Launceston and taught according to demand and the availability
of resources in Hobart .
Admission & prerequisites
Course details (2001)
page 261
Pre-Registration: University admission. In addition, TCE subjects should
include English, Science and Humanities.
Post Registration: To be eligible in 2001, applicants are required to:
•
•
hold a current practising certificate; and
have at least 12 months of recent experience in practice following
graduation.
Selection for Post-Registration applicants will take into account the educational
background, and professional experience of the applicant. Applicants may also
be required to submit written work.
Course objectives
The educational objectives of the Bachelor of Nursing are:
•
•
•
to prepare students for a broad spectrum of first level practice roles in
community health nursing, acute care and mental health nursing; or to
enable registered nurses to gain additional knowledge and skills to
increase and/or enhance their scope of practice;
to foster a commitment to life-long learning, critical reflective thinking and
professional growth;
to establish a discipline framework of knowledge in preparation for both
professional life and graduate studies in nursing.
Career outcomes
Graduates may find employment in health centres, hospitals, occupational
health and industry, health promotion and education, and many diverse health
care contexts including rural settings.
Professional recognition
Graduates with a Bachelor of Nursing are recognised in many countries besides
Australia.
Course structure
The course structure is outlined in the Bachelor of Nursing Schedules A, B, C,
D, and E.
•
•
Pre-Registration students undertake a full-time 3-year course. Sequence –
see Bachelor of Nursing (Pre-Registration): Schedule A.
Lectures and Clinical Learning (Pre-Registration)
Lectures, tutorials, group and laboratory work are held at the Launceston
Course details (2001)
•
•
•
•
page 262
campus in years one and two. In second year students undertake three
weeks of study each semester in the clinical divisions at either Launceston,
Hobart or rural clinical settings. The majority of third year is also in the
clinical divisions at Launceston and Hobart. Costs associated with travel,
accommodation and uniforms are met by students. Students are expected
to maintain a recommended immunisation schedule through their general
practitioners throughout the course.
Post-Registration students are required to undertake an 8 unit (semester
equivalent) pathway. Sequence – see Bachelor of Nursing
(Post-Registration): Schedule B.
Diplomates undertake three units of study part-time. Sequence – see
Bachelor of Nursing (Diplomates): Schedule C.
Psychiatric nurses seeking comprehensive registration undertake
two–four years of study part time. Sequence – see Bachelor of Nursing
(Psychiatric Nurses): Schedule D Part time
Enrolled nurses undertake ten units of study, two years full time.
Sequence – see Bachelor of Nursing (Enrolled Nurses): Schedule E.
The normal part-time course load is two units per semester. The specifications
of the Bachelor of Nursing are listed in the Calendar.
Academic progress
For pre-registration, enrolment in first semester units is a prerequisite for
enrolment in second semester units. Progression from year to year is dependent
upon satisfactory completion of the previous year's work.
Schedule A (Pre-Registration)
Unit Title
Year 1
Discipline Studies in
Nursing
Human Bioscience 1
&2
Health Care where People Live
and Work
Society, Culture and
Health
Year 2
Scientific Perspectives in
Nursing
Supportive Care in Hospital
and Community Settings
Child and Adolescent
Health
Perspectives on Ageing
campus-sem
weight
code
Lf
12.5%
CNA105
Lf
25%
CRA181
Lf
37.5%
CNA125
Lf
25%
HGA135
Lf
12.5%
CNA205
Lf
37.5%
CNA225
L1
L2
12.5%
12.5%
CNA245
CNA246
Course details (2001)
Human Bioscience 3
&4
Lf
Year 3
Acute Care Nursing
H1/2~L1/2~B1/2
Community Practice
H1/2~L1/2
Professional Issues in Nursing
Practice
Hf~Lf
Schedule B
page 263
25%
CRA282
37.5%
37.5%
CNA315
CNA316
25%
CNA307
Year 1
Discipline Studies in
Nursing
Lf
12.5% CNA105
Health Care where People Live
and Work Lf
37.5% CNA125
Year 2
Professional Issues in Nursing
Practice
Hf~Lf 25% CNA307
Either (HGA138 and HGA139) or (HGA101 and HGA239)
Society, Culture and Health
1
L1
12.5% HGA138
Society, Culture and Health
2
L2
12.5% HGA139
Sociology A H1~L1~B1~D1
12.5% HGA101
Health Sociology [na] 12.5% HGA239/339
Schedule C (Diplomates)
Year 1
Discipline Studies in
Nursing
Lf
12.5% CNA105
Nursing Research Df
12.5% CNA365
Professional Issues in Nursing
Practice
Hf~Lf 25% CNA307
Schedule D (Psychiatric Nurses) (Part Time)
Year 1
Either (HGA138 and HGA139) or (HGA101 and HGA239)
Society, Culture and Health
1
L1
12.5% HGA138
Society, Culture and Health
2
L2
12.5% HGA139
Sociology A H1~L1~B1~D1
12.5% HGA101
Health Sociology [na] 12.5% HGA239/339
Human Bioscience 3
& 4 Lf
25% CRA282
Year 2
Either CNA245 or CNA246
Course details (2001)
page 264
Child and Adolescent
Health
L1
12.5% CNA245
Perspectives on Ageing L2
12.5% CNA246
Community Practice
H1/2~L1/2 37.5% CNA316
Year 3
Acute Care Nursing
H1/2~L1/2~B1/2 37.5% CNA315
Professional Issues in Nursing
Practice
Hf~Lf 25% CNA307
Schedule E (Enrolled Nurses)
Year 1
Discipline Studies in
Nursing
Lf
12.5% CNA105
Health Care where People Live
and Work Lf
37.5% CNA125
Society, Culture and
Health
Lf
25% HGA135
Human Bioscience 3
& 4 Lf
25% CRA282
Year 2
Community Practice
H1/2~L1/2 37.5% CNA316
Acute Care Nursing
H1/2~L1/2~B1/2 37.5% CNA315
Professional Issues in Nursing
Practice
Hf~Lf 25% CNA307
Bachelor of Nursing with Honours
(Abbreviation: BN(Hons))
Course code: H4A
This on-campus full-time course is offered at Launceston and Hobart. The
course length is a minimum of one year of full-time study and a maximum of
two years.
Admission & prerequisites
To be admitted to the honours program a student must hold a Bachelor of
Nursing, normally with a minimum of a credit average across both the second
and third years of the degree.
Course objectives
The objectives of the Bachelor of Nursing with Honours are:
Course details (2001)
•
•
•
page 265
to provide research training within nursing;
to provide preparation for undertaking higher degrees by research in
nursing;
to provide advanced professional study within a field of nursing.
Career outcomes
Graduates of the Bachelor of Nursing with Honours may enter the
graduate/professional development program in Australian healthcare systems.
Graduates are prepared for further research roles and activities; and gain
preferential access to postgraduate studies.
Course structure
The course structure is outlined in the Bachelor of Nursing with Honours:
Schedule G.
The specifications of the Bachelor of Nursing with Honours are given in the
Calendar and are available from the Office at the Tasmanian School of Nursing
at Launceston.
Articulation
Students who hold a Bachelor of Nursing from another university may be
considered for admission to the Bachelor of Nursing with Honours.
Schedule G (Honours)
Unit Title
Nursing Inquiry in
Practice
Research Seminars and
Project
campus-sem
weight
code
Lf
30%
CNA405
Lf
70%
CNA435
Bachelor of Pharmacy
(Abbreviation: BPharm)
Course code: M3F
This 4-year course is conducted in Hobart, with some practical training being
undertaken in Years 3 and 4 at community and hospital pharmacy teaching
sites elsewhere in Tasmania. Part-time study is available in the first and second
years of the course.
Course details (2001)
page 266
Admission & prerequisites
All applicants must have obtained Satisfactory Achievement awards in the
following subjects of the Tasmanian Certificate of Education [TCE] or its
equivalent:
•
•
•
Chemistry [*CH856]
Mathematics [*MT841]
Physics [*PH866] OR Biology [*BY826].
In Year 1 of the Pharmacy course, the Biophysics unit will assume relevant
Physics background, mostly in electronics and optics, from Physics completed
post year 10. It should be noted that in Tasmania enrolment in the TCE subject
*CH856C Chemistry assumes completion of the Year 11 TCE subject *SC786
Applied Science–Physical Sciences. The *SC786 syllabus contains a substantial
[approx. 50%] Physics component. Students who have completed Year 12
Biology (but not Year 12 Physics) or Year 12 Physics (but not Year 12 Biology)
should seek advice from the School of Pharmacy before the beginning of
semester one.
Course objectives
The main aim of the course is to provide students with a specialist education in
the pharmaceutical sciences and to enable them to gain the skills and attitudes
required for the responsible practice of pharmacy.
Approximately five years of study and practical experience are required to
become a registered pharmacist in Tasmania. At present this comprises four
years for the Bachelor of Pharmacy degree and a period of one year's practical
experience as a trainee. After this time graduates are eligible to sit the Pharmacy
Board of Tasmania examinations for registration as a pharmacist. A pharmacist
registered in Tasmania has reciprocity through Australia and in New Zealand
and Great Britain.
Career outcomes
The combination of biomedical and pharmaceutical science and clinical
expertise in drug use in a pharmacy degree prepares pharmacy graduates for
work in a variety of fields. Graduates work as pharmacists in the community
or in hospitals. Many pharmacists are involved in clinical trials used to
evaluate new drug products and in preparing the documentation on the
effectiveness and safety of new drugs (required for marketing approval).
Pharmacists are involved extensively in the manufacturing, research, quality
control and marketing of pharmaceuticals. Pharmacists are also employed in
government health departments where they may be involved in regulation and
approval of new pharmaceutical products. Some pharmacy graduates specialise
in providing drug information to other health professionals, hospitals and
Course details (2001)
page 267
government departments, while others undertake postgraduate training for
careers as academics or researchers or in more specialised fields such as
toxicology.
Professional recognition
After a further period of practical experience (currently 12 months) graduates of
the Bachelor of Pharmacy are eligible to sit for the Pharmacy Board of Tasmania
examination for registration as a pharmacist. Registration is recognised
throughout Australia, New Zealand and Great Britain.
Course structure
Year 1 is an introductory and basic sciences year, Year 2 involves the study of
drugs and pharmaceutical sciences, Years 3 and 4 combine applied and clinical
studies with advanced scientific study and research.
An honours course option is included within the four-year time-frame and
involves a 12.5% overload in Year 3 and a 17.5% overload in Year 4. A separate
one-year honours course is also available.
Articulation
There is no articulation with other courses.
Schedule
Unit Title
Year 1
Pharmacy in Health Care
Pharmaceutical Science and
Practice 1
Human Biology (Pharmacy)
Chemistry (Pharmacy)
Either KYA172 or KMA153
Biological Physics
Data Handling and
Statistics 1
Year 2
Biochemistry (Pharmacy)
Microbiology (Pharmacy)
Pharmacology
Pharmaceutical Science and
Practice 2
Medicinal Chemistry
Organic Chemistry
(Pharmacy)
campus-sem
weight
code
Hf
12.5%
CSA105
Hf
Hf
Hf
25%
25%
25%
CSA115
CHG101
KRA160
[na]
12.5%
KYA172
H1/2~L1/2~B2
12.5%
KMA153
Hf
Hf
Hf
12.5%
12.5%
25%
CBA220
CJA211
CSA201
Hf
H2
25%
12.5%
CSA215
CSA225
H1
12.5%
KRA262
Course details (2001)
page 268
Year 3
Clinical
Pharmacokinetics 3
H2
12.5%
CSA311
Pharmaceutical Science and
Practice 3
Hf
25%
CSA315
Therapeutics 3
Hf
25%
CSA323
Chemotherapy and
Infection
Hf
12.5%
CSA325
Toxicology
H1
12.5%
CSA331
Clinical Pharmacy
Residency 3
Hf
12.5%
CSA350
[a]
Research in Pharmacy
Hf
12.5%
CSA420
Year 4
Clinical
Pharmacokinetics 4
Hf
12.5%
CSA411
Pharmaceutical Science and
Practice 4
Hf
12.5%
CSA415
Research in Pharmacy
Hf
12.5%
CSA420
Therapeutics 4
H1
12.5%
CSA423
[a]
Honours
Hf
30%
CSA440
Clinical Pharmacy
Residency 4
Hf
50%
CSA450
[a] Only students undertaking honours as part of the four-year degree study
CSA420 Research in Pharmacy (12.5%) in Year 3 and CSA440 Honours (30%)
in Year 4.
Bachelor of Pharmacy with Honours
(Abbreviation: BPharm(Hons))
Course code: M4C
This on-campus course is offered at Hobart on a full-time basis as part of the
four-year degree. It is also available as a separate year (full-time) or two-year
(part-time) course.
Admission & prerequisites
The honours course option included within the four-year BPharm degree
course time-frame involves a 12.5% overload in Year 3 (CSA420 Research in
Pharmacy) and a 17.5% overload in Year 4 (CSA440 Honours). Honours students
will be selected at the beginning of third year from amongst students normally
achieving at least a credit average, which they will be required to maintain in
the honours program.
Course details (2001)
page 269
The separate one-year honours course is available to those students who do not
enter the undergraduate honours program (CSA400 full time, CSA401 part
time) and for graduates from other universities.
Course objectives
The honours degree in Pharmacy is designed to provide an introduction to
research and consists of a major research strand, a minor research strand and an
essay.
Depending on the students' major interest and longer term education or career
goals, they may study additional units.
Their specific syllabus will be designed in consultation with the principal
supervisor and the head of school.
Career outcomes
See 'Career outcomes' in the Bachelor of Pharmacy.
Professional recognition
After a further period of practical experience (currently 12 months) graduates of
the 4-year Bachelor of Pharmacy with Honours course are eligible to sit for the
Pharmacy Board of Tasmania examination for registration as a pharmacist.
Registration is recognised throughout Australia, New Zealand and Great
Britain.
Course structure
One year's full-time work in one of the following:
•
•
•
Clinical Pharmacy
Pharmaceutical Science
Pharmacology
See CSA400/401on page xx.
Articulation
Students with BSc or similar qualification should contact the School for further
details.
Graduate Certificate of Advanced
Nursing
Course details (2001)
page 270
(Abbreviation: GradCertAdvN)
Course code: H5A
This course is offered part-time only, over one year, or two semesters. The
maximum time for completion is two years. The course is offered from
Launceston, with arrangements made for students throughout the State.
Please note that the offering of graduate programs is subject to student
demand and the availability of School of Nursing resources.
Admission & prerequisites
Applicants will need to
[i]
[ii]
be a registered nurse in Australia and possess a current practising
certificate;
have completed a tertiary qualification in nursing and have had at least
one year full-time experience in nursing practice within the last two years
or equivalent; or have a hospital certificate and experience deemed to be
equivalent of both of the above.
Course objectives
The School of Nursing aims to create an educational environment which values
critical, reflective thinking, life-long learning and professional development.
The course prepares students for practice roles as registered nurses in
specialised practice settings and serves the needs of many students, allowing
them to obtain advanced knowledge, skills and qualifications in their chosen
specialty.
Specialisations include: Acute Care Nursing, Anaesthetic Nursing, Cancer
Nursing, Community Nursing, Critical Care Nursing, Emergency Care
Nursing, Gerontic Nursing, Mental Health/Psychiatric Nursing, Neonatal
Intensive Care Nursing, Paediatric Nursing, Perioperative Nursing, and
Rural/Remote Nursing.
Career outcomes
Graduates gain the opportunity to practise in a specialist area.
Course structure
Minimum Maximum
(Consecutive years)
Course details (2001)
page 271
Graduate Certificate of Advanced Nursing
4x12.5% units
1 year 2 years
Graduate Diploma of Advanced Nursing
8x12.5% units
2 years
4 years<tbz>
<tbz>
The schedule of units, with the exceptions which are noted there, is the same
as Schedule B of the Graduate Diploma of Advanced Nursing.
Sample course structure
All specialties in the Graduate Certificate of Advanced Nursing follow the same
essential pattern as the example given below:
GradCertAdvN Structure
Year 1 (Semester 2)
Critical Care Nursing Practice A 12.5% CNA770
Critical Care Nursing Science A 12.5% CNA772
Year 2 (Semester 1)
Critical Care Nursing Practice B 12.5% CNA771
Critical Care Nursing Science B 12.5% CNA773
<tbz>
Graduate Diploma of Advanced Nursing
(Abbreviation: GradDipAdvN)
Course code: H6A
This course is offered part-time only, over two years, or four semesters. The
maximum time for completion is four years. The course is offered from
Launceston, with arrangements made for students throughout the State.
Please note that the offering of graduate programs is subject to student
demand and the availability of School of Nursing resources.
Admission & prerequisites
To be eligible for selection, applicants must:
Course details (2001)
(a)
(b)
page 272
be a registered nurse in Australia and hold a current practising certificate;
have completed a tertiary qualification in nursing and have had at least
one year of full time experience in nursing practice within the last 2 years
(or equivalent); or hold a hospital certificate qualification in a field of
nursing and have substantial experience in practice.
Or
(c)
have qualifications and experience deemed to be the equivalent of both of
the above.
Applicants may be interviewed as part of the selection process.
Course objectives
The School of Nursing aims to create an educational environment that values
critical reflective thinking, life-long learning and professional development.
The graduate diploma prepares graduates for practice roles as registered nurses
in various specialised practice settings. It is structured around three curriculum
strands:
•
•
•
Discipline Studies (Core);
Health Studies; and
Specialisation Studies.
The basic course structure comprises eight, one semester length study units.
Each study unit is the equivalent of 3–4 hours of contact time per week. The
course structure is set out in Schedule A.
Specialisations
The following specialisations are currently approved:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Acute Care Nursing
Anaesthetic Nursing
Cancer Nursing (not offered in 2001)
Child and Family Health Nursing
Community Nursing
Critical Care Nursing
Emergency Care Nursing
Gerontic Nursing (not offered in 2001)
Mental Health/Psychiatric Nursing
Neonatal Intensive Care Nursing
Paediatric Nursing
Perioperative Nursing
Course details (2001)
•
page 273
Rural/Remote Nursing
Career outcomes
Depending on the specialist strand chosen for their Graduate Diploma of
Advanced Nursing, graduates may apply for formal endorsement of their
qualification by Nursing Boards.
Course structure
The following pattern is prescribed for part-time enrolment:
Schedule A
Year 1, Semester 1
Discipline (Core) Studies units
Year 1, Semester 2
Specialisation
Acute Care Nursing A units
Anaesthetic Nursing A units
Child and Family Health Nursing B units
Community Nursing A units
Critical Care Nursing A units
Emergency Care Nursing A units
Mental Health/Psychiatric Nursing B units
Neonatal Intensive Care Nursing A units
Paediatric Nursing A units
Perioperative Nursing A units
Rural/Remote Nursing A units
Year 2, Semester 1
Specialisation
Course details (2001)
page 274
Acute Care Nursing B units
Anaesthetic Nursing B units
Child and Family Health Nursing A units
Community Nursing B units
Critical Care Nursing B units
Emergency Care Nursing B units
Mental Health/Psychiatric Nursing A units
Neonatal Intensive Care Nursing B units
Paediatric Nursing B units
Perioperative Nursing B units
Rural/Remote Nursing B units
Year 2, Semester 2
Health Studies units
Articulation
Applicants who have undertaken studies equivalent to units in the graduate
diploma may be given credit for up to two units. Normally credit will not be
given for the practice units in the areas of specialisation. Credit may be given
for units, including practice units, in the area of specialisation where these units
are identical to those required by the Graduate Diploma course.
Schedule B
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
The following schedule (with exceptions noted) applies to both the Graduate
Certificate of Advanced Nursing and the Graduate Diploma of
Advanced Nursing
Graduate units – Discipline Studies (Core)
Advanced Practice in
Nursing
[na]
12.5%
CNA705
Research in Nursing
[na]
12.5%
CNA706
Graduate units – Health Studies units
Course details (2001)
page 275
Neurobiology and
Neuropharmacology
L2
12.5%
CNA710
Advanced Therapeutic
Communication
L2
12.5%
CNA711
Health Promotion
L2
12.5%
CNA713
Graduate units – Specialisation Studies
ACUTE CARE NURSING
Acute Care Nursing
Practice A
H2~L2
12.5%
CNA780
Acute Care Nursing
Science A
H2~L2
12.5%
CNA782
Acute Care Nursing
Practice B
[na]
12.5%
CNA781
Acute Care Nursing
Science B
[na]
12.5%
CNA783
ANAESTHETIC NURSING
Anaesthetic Nursing
Practice A
[na]
12.5%
CNA790
Anaesthetic Nursing
Science A
[na]
12.5%
CNA792
Anaesthetic Nursing
Practice B
H1
12.5%
CNA791
Anaesthetic Nursing
Science B
H1
12.5%
CNA793
CANCER NURSING
Cancer Nursing Studies A
[na]
12.5%
CNA720
Cancer Nursing Practice A
[na]
12.5%
CNA722
Cancer Nursing Studies B
[na]
12.5%
CNA721
Cancer Nursing Practice B
[na]
12.5%
CNA723
CHILD AND FAMILY HEALTH NURSING (RESTRICTED TO GRADUATE DIPLOMA
STUDENTS)
Child and Family Health
Nursing A
L1
12.5%
CNA730
Child and Family Health
Nursing Practice A
L1
12.5%
CNA732
Child and Family Health
Nursing B
[na]
12.5%
CNA731
Child and Family Health
Nursing Practice B
[na]
12.5%
CNA733
COMMUNITY NURSING
Community Nursing
Practice A
[na]
12.5%
CNA794
Community Nursing
Studies A
[na]
12.5%
CNA796
Community Nursing
Practice B
[na]
12.5%
CNA795
Course details (2001)
Community Nursing
Studies B
CRITICAL CARE NURSING
Critical Care Nursing Practice
A
Critical Care Nursing
Science A
Critical Care Nursing Practice
B
Critical Care Nursing
Science B
EMERGENCY CARE NURSING
Emergency Nursing
Practice A
Emergency Nursing
Science A
Emergency Nursing
Practice B
Emergency Nursing
Science B
GERONTIC NURSING
Gerontic Nursing Studies
A
Gerontic Nursing
Practice A
Gerontic Nursing Studies
B
Gerontic Nursing
Practice B
MENTAL HEALTH/PSYCHIATRIC NURSING
Mental Health/Psychiatric
Nursing Studies A
Mental Health/Psychiatric
Nursing Practice A
Mental Health/Psychiatric
Nursing Studies B
Mental Health/Psychiatric
Nursing Practice B
NEONATAL INTENSIVE CARE NURSING
Neonatal Intensive Care
Nursing Practice A
Neonatal Intensive Care
Nursing Science A
Neonatal Intensive Care
Nursing Practice B
Neonatal Intensive Care
Nursing Science B
page 276
[na]
12.5%
CNA797
[na]
12.5%
CNA770
[na]
12.5%
CNA772
H1
12.5%
CNA771
H1
12.5%
CNA773
[na]
12.5%
CNA784
[na]
12.5%
CNA786
H1
12.5%
CNA785
H1
12.5%
CNA787
[na]
12.5%
CNA760
[na]
12.5%
CNA762
[na]
12.5%
CNA761
[na]
12.5%
CNA763
L1
12.5%
CNA740
L1
12.5%
CNA742
[na]
12.5%
CNA741
[na]
12.5%
CNA743
[na]
12.5%
CNA774
[na]
12.5%
CNA776
H1
12.5%
CNA775
H1
12.5%
CNA777
Course details (2001)
PAEDIATRIC NURSING
Paediatric Nursing
Practice A
Paediatric Nursing
Studies A
Paediatric Nursing
Practice B
Paediatric Nursing
Studies B
PERIOPERATIVE NURSING
Perioperative Nursing Practice
A
Perioperative Nursing
Science A
Perioperative Nursing Practice
B
Perioperative Nursing
Science B
RURAL/REMOTE NURSING
Rural/Remote Nursing
Practice A
Rural/Remote Nursing
Studies A
Rural/Remote Nursing
Practice B
Rural/Remote Nursing
Studies B
page 277
[na]
12.5%
CNA764
[na]
12.5%
CNA766
H1
12.5%
CNA765
H1
12.5%
CNA767
L2
12.5%
CNA754
L2
12.5%
CNA756
[na]
12.5%
CNA755
[na]
12.5%
CNA757
[na]
12.5%
CNA744
[na]
12.5%
CNA746
[na]
12.5%
CNA745
[na]
12.5%
CNA747
Graduate Diploma of Midwifery
(Abbreviation: GradDipMid)
Course code: H6B
This course is offered part-time, over a minimum of 2 years and a maximum
completion time of 5 years.
Admission & prerequisites
Applicants must
[i]
be a registered nurse in Australia and hold a current practising certificate,
or if an overseas applicant, have had his/her nursing qualifications
assessed by the Australian Nursing Council and either be eligible for
Course details (2001)
page 278
registration or require no more than a 3-month course approved by the
Nursing Board of Tasmania to become eligible for registration;
[ii] have completed a tertiary qualification in nursing and have had at least
one year of full-time experience in nursing practice within the last two
years (or equivalent); or hold a hospital certificate qualification in a field of
nursing and have substantial experience in practice; or
[iii] have qualifications and experience deemed to be the equivalent of both of
the above.
Applicants may be interviewed as part of the selection process and those who
have undertaken studies equivalent to units in a Graduate Certificate of
Graduate Diploma may be eligible for credit.
Course objectives
Contacts
For further details, students are advised to contact the Tasmanian School of
Nursing on (03) 6226 4750.
Graduate Diploma in Immunology and
Microbiology
(Abbreviation: GradDipImmunolMicrobiol)
Course code: M6A
This 1-year full-time or up to 3-years part-time graduate diploma course is
offered at Hobart, internally and externally.
The staff are: Prof HK Muller, Prof JM Goldsmid, Dr GM Woods and Assoc
Prof SM Kirov.
Assessment is by examination, the completion of a minor research report,
seminars and an oral examination.
Admission & prerequisites
Degree or equivalent in Medicine, Veterinary Science, Science, Pharmacy,
Agricultural Science or Applied Science.
Course objectives
Course details (2001)
page 279
The course is designed for those who wish to advance their knowledge in
Immunology and Microbiology. Specific objectives are to give candidates the
theoretical knowledge of Immunology and Microbiology to undertake further
graduate studies in these disciplines. The practical experience from this
course would allow candidates to take up positions in Immunology and
Microbiology laboratories.
Career outcomes
Students who complete the Graduate Diploma have their career opportunities
enhanced because they are able to combine expertise gained from their first
degree with knowledge of Immunology and Microbiology. This opens career
paths in research and/or diagnostic and investigative laboratories.
Professional recognition
There is no professional body specially in this area but the course would allow
Medical and Biomedical scientists to prepare for Fellowship examinations.
Course structure
Candidates attend lectures in Immunology and Medical Microbiology as
outlined for CJA308 Medical Microbiology and Immunology, or CJA212
Pathological Basis of Disease (see page C-xx for details), advanced tutorials, and
complete a minor research project. The lecture streams and research project
have their own unit codes when taken as part of this Graduate Diploma, as
shown below. External students are expected to submit essays or assignments
instead of the lectures and tutorials.
The research project is supervised by a staff member of the appropriate School
or Discipline. For further details on the requirements of the research project,
contact the School of Agricultural Science.
Coursework and research is completed either:
•
•
by a full-time candidate in one year of study, with an additional three
months being allowed for submission of the minor research report; or
by a part-time candidate in a maximum of three consecutive years of
study.
Enrolment master code
CJA510
GradDipImmunolMicrobiol
Master of Medical Science
Course details (2001)
page 280
(Abbreviation: MMedSc)
Course code: M7A
Applicants for the Master of Medical Science by research should contact the
Office for Research, but applicants for a Master of Medical Science by
coursework should contact the relevant Head of Discipline in the School of
Medicine. For a list of the ten Disciplines, see the BMedSc(Hons) entry.
Admission & prerequisites
Applicants must have completed the requirements for the degree of MBBS, the
degree of BSc(Hons), or the degree of BMedSc(Hons) which is awarded
following successful completion of an Advanced Study or Research project in
semester 2 of year 4 of the MBBS course.
Course objectives
Master of Nursing
(Abbreviation: MN)
Course code: H7A
The course is offered full time over a minimum of 3 semesters or part time,
with a maximum completion time of five years. The course is offered from
Launceston, with arrangements made for students throughout the State.
Admission & prerequisites
To qualify for admission, a candidate for the Master of Nursing must:
[i]
be a registered nurse in Australia and hold a current practising certificate,
or
if an overseas applicant, have had his/her nursing qualifications assessed
by the Australian Nursing Council and either be eligible for registration or
require no more than a three month course approved by the Nursing
Board of Tasmania to become eligible for registration;
[ii] normally have had at least two years of full-time experience in nursing
practice within the last two years (or equivalent);
[iii] hold a four-year undergraduate degree in nursing with a grade point
average of at least a credit, or equivalent;
or
hold an Honours degree in nursing;
Course details (2001)
page 281
or
hold a three-year degree and a graduate diploma with a credit average; or
[iv] have qualifications and experience deemed to be the equivalent of all of
the above.
Passes in subjects or units in other courses (completed or otherwise) in this
University or another approved tertiary institution (or other approved
professional examining body) may be credited towards the Master of Nursing
for a maximum of one unit of credit. Applicants who hold a Graduate Diploma
of Advanced Nursing may be eligible for advanced standing for up to two
coursework units, excluding the thesis component (effectively up to one third of
the course) but must continue with the same nursing specialty strand studied in
the GradDipAdvN.
Course objectives
The Master of Nursing is designed to prepare graduates who can contribute to
knowledge development within the discipline of nursing. It is expected that
students enrolled in the course will have a strong practice base with expertise in
an area of specialisation. The course focuses on a high level of conceptualisation
within the discipline of nursing.
Career outcomes
Graduates of the Master of Nursing can expect to be competitive for positions
in practice, management and research.
Course structure
All students undertake a coursework component, and a thesis which represents
33% of the course as a whole, and takes the form of a supervised project of
approximately 20,000 words.
The core curriculum is arranged around three themes:
•
•
•
Discipline Studies in Nursing,
Research Methods in Nursing, and
Contemporary Health Issues.
Students usually take the following units in year 1 or part-time studies:
Semester 1
Discipline Studies in Nursing
Semester 2
Course details (2001)
page 282
Contemporary Health Issues
The course structure is set out in Schedule B.
At the master degree level it is expected that students will have accumulated a
considerable reservoir of experience which will serve as a rich learning
resource, both for themselves and for others. Accordingly, the approach of
teaching and learning adopted within the course is congruent with adult
learning principles. Units are both theory and practice driven.
Schedule B
Unit Title
Discipline Studies in
Nursing
Contemporary Health
Issues
Research Methods in
Nursing
Nursing Practice
Thesis
campus-sem
weight
code
L1/2
25%
CNA805
L1/2
25%
CNA806
L1/2
25%
L1/2
25%
L1/2 25%/50%
CNA807
CNA808
CNA809/810
Diploma in Aquaculture
(Abbreviation: DipAq)
Course code: S2B
This 2-year full-time course is offered by the Faculty of Science and Engineering
and is available at Launceston. Subject to attendance and timetable
requirements, part-time enrolment may be possible.
Admission & prerequisites
University admission. There are no specific TCE subject prerequisites.
Course objectives
The Diploma course aims to produce aquacultural technicians who have a
sound understanding of the scientific bases of aquaculture as well as advanced
technical skills. In addition to fostering reliability, the course emphasises the
development of skills which lead to independence in the work place and the
ability to work in a team situation. Theoretical, technical and practical training
is complemented by a minimum of two weeks of work experience in industry.
Course details (2001)
page 283
Career outcomes
The practical nature of this course, together with the current expansion of the
aquaculture industry, ensures ready employment as farm workers throughout
Australia. Graduates are able to work in all facets of aquaculture, including fish,
shellfish and algal culture as well as in hatcheries. This course is fully
articulated with the degree courses for students who wish to continue with
their aquaculture education.
Course structure
The Diploma in Aquaculture is a 2-year course (4 semesters) in which students
are required to undertake core and elective studies in a range of disciplines, in
physical sciences, applied science and aquaculture.
Schedule A outlines the sequence of units for each semester.
Articulation
Credit for appropriate studies completed in TAFE and other university courses
may be granted by the Faculty.
Bachelor of Aquaculture
Schedule A
Unit Title
Year 1
Mathematics for
Aquaculture
Chemistry for Life
Sciences
Zoology for Aquaculture
Computer Applications
Introduction to
Biochemistry
Aquatic Ecology I
Introductory Aquaculture
Technology
Unspecified elective
Year 2
General Microbiology
Technology for
Aquaculture
Data Handling and
Statistics 1
Applied Algology
campus-sem
weight
code
L1
12.5%
KMA162
L1
L1
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KJC161
KQA110
KXA153
L2
L2
12.5%
12.5%
KJC162
KQA121
L2
12.5%
KQA124
L1
12.5%
KQA207
L1
12.5%
KQA214
H1/2~L1/2~B2
L1
12.5%
12.5%
KMA153
KQA220
Course details (2001)
Finfish Culture [a]
L2
12.5%
[a]
Molluscan Culture
L2
12.5%
Crustacean & Zooplankton
Culture [a]
L2
12.5%
Aquatic Ecology II
L2
12.5%
[a] two weeks work experience related to one of these units
page 284
KQA241
KQA242
KQA243
KQA212
Bachelor of Agricultural Science
(Abbreviation: BAgrSc)
Course code: S3A
This on-campus, 4-year (minimum) full-time course is offered by the Faculty of
Science and Engineering and is available at Hobart. Subject to attendance and
timetable requirements, part-time study may be possible.
Admission & prerequisites
In addition to the University's general admission requirements, students
entering first year Agricultural Science must have achieved a TCE Satisfactory
Achievement (SA) result or higher in Chemistry *CH856, Mathematics Stage 2
*MT841 (or Mathematics Applied *MT730). *PH866 is desirable but not
compulsory.
Course objectives
The objectives of the Bachelor of Agricultural Science degree are to:
•
•
•
Provide a sound basis in the physical and biological sciences in the first
two years of study and an introduction to the main subject areas to be
covered in years 3 and 4;
Provide, in the final two years of study, opportunity for specialisation and
advanced study of the major discipline areas of agricultural science;
Produce graduates with scientific knowledge and skills in the principles of
agricultural production and sustainable resource management which meet
the needs of industry, business and government.
Career outcomes
Employment prospects for graduates are diverse, including positions in
agribusiness, research, production agriculture, resource management, business
management, government agencies, education, forestry, aquaculture, food
processing, food technology, waste management, marine and Antarctic
research.
Course details (2001)
page 285
Professional recognition
Graduates from the course are eligible for membership of the Australian
Institute of Agricultural Science and Technology (AIAST).
Course structure
Students undertaking a Bachelor of Agricultural Science degree study a
common first two years which is mainly comprised of subjects in the physical
and biological sciences area. In years three and four they choose a range of
subjects from within the agricultural sciences (refer to Schedule A). If students
gain sufficient merit in year three they may be able to undertake an honours
program during the final year of the course.
The Agricultural Science degree is an interesting and challenging course
requiring motivation and commitment from the student. In its final stages,
students work closely with staff and fellow students and become familiar with
the latest developments in the various subject areas.
Practical experience is gained through formal practical classes, excursions and
vacational work experience of 15 weeks, which can be spread over the duration
of the course.
Schedule A below specifies the core and optional units of the course.
Articulation
Candidates with other tertiary studies may be granted status for work
completed and deemed appropriate to this degree.
Candidates with other tertiary studies may be granted status for work
completed and deemed appropriate to this degree.
Schedule A
Unit Title
Year 1
Plant Science for Agricultural
Science
Zoology for Agricultural
Science
Applied Physics
Chemistry 1 (Agricultural
Science)
Sustainable Resource
Management
campus-sem
weight
code
H1
12.5%
KPA160
H1
H1
12.5%
12.5%
KZA160
KYA171
Hf
25%
KRA120
H2~B2
12.5%
KLA115
Course details (2001)
Data Handling and
Statistics 1 [a]
H1/2~L1/2~B2
Genetics and Cell Biology for
Agricultural Science
H2
Year 2
Biochemistry
(Agriculture)
H1
Organic Chemistry
(Agricultural Science)
H1
Agricultural Geology &
Soil Science
H1
Pasture and Animal
Science
H1
Field Agriculture
H2
Microbiology 1
H2
Crop and Plant Physiology
H2
Agricultural Technology
H2
Year 3
Economics for Business
H1~L1~B1
Research, Development and
Extension Methods
H2
plus six (75% weighting) of the following:
Agronomy
H1
Crop and Pasture
Production [b]
H2
Insect Diversity and
Function [b]
H1
Insect Ecology and
Behaviour [b]
H2
Horticultural Production
Systems [b]
H1
Horticultural Science [b]
H2
Environmental and Resource
Economics
H1
[d]
Principles of Marketing
H3/2~L3/2
Food Microbiology [b]
H1
[b]
General Microbial Ecology
H2
[b][c]
Animal Production Systems
[na]
[b][c]
Animal Science
[na]
Introduction to Plant
Diseases [b][c]
[na]
Agricultural and Forest
Pathology [b][c]
[na]
Soil and Land Resources [b][c]
[na]
Fundamentals of Soil
Science [b][c]
[na]
Year 4
page 286
12.5%
KMA153
12.5%
KPZ162
12.5%
CBA235
12.5%
KRA222
12.5%
KLA213
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KLA211
KLA215
KLA210
KLA214
KLA217
12.5%
BEA110
12.5%
KLA305
12.5%
KLA331/431
12.5%
KLA250/350
12.5%
KLA254/354
12.5%
KLA314/414
12.5%
12.5%
KLA242/342
KLA365/465
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
BEA301
BMA151/251
KLA396/496
KLA398/498
KLA220/320
KLA326/426
12.5%
KLA287/387
12.5%
12.5%
KLA346/446
KLA381/481
12.5%
KLA297/397
Course details (2001)
page 287
Crop Health Management [e]
H1
12.5%
KLA329/429
Plant Nutrition & Soil
Fertility [e]
H2
12.5%
KLA318/418
Plus six (75% weighting) of the following:
Agronomy [e]
H1
12.5%
KLA331/431
Crop and Pasture
Production
H2
12.5%
KLA450
Insect Diversity and
Function
H1
12.5%
KLA454
Insect Ecology and
Behaviour [e]
H2
12.5%
KLA314/414
Horticultural Production
Systems
H2
12.5%
KLA442
[e]
Horticultural Science
H2
12.5%
KLA365/465
Environmental and Resource
Economics
H1
12.5%
BEA301
[d]
Principles of Marketing
H3/2~L3/2
12.5%
BMA151/251
Food Microbiology [e]
H1
12.5%
KLA396/496
General Microbial Ecology [e]
H2
12.5%
KLA398/498
[c]
Animal Production Systems
[na]
12.5%
KLA420
[e][c]
Animal Science
[na]
12.5%
KLA326/426
Introduction to Plant
Diseases [c]
[na]
12.5%
KLA487
Agricultural and Forest
Pathology [e][c]
[na]
12.5%
KLA346/446
Soil and Land Resources [e][c]
[na]
12.5%
KLA381/481
Fundamentals of Soil
Science
[na]
12.5%
KLA497
Honours
H.6,
25%
[a] Subject to timetable constraints and approval of the course coordinator,
students who have completed TCE Mathematics *MT730, *MT841
or *MT843 may be permitted to replace KMA153 with another 12.5% unit.
KPZ161 Ecology for Agricultural Science is the recommended unit.
[b] use level 300 enrolment code (eg KLA350)
[c] will be offered in 2002
[d] use level 200 enrolment code (eg BMA251)
[e] use level 400 enrolment code (eg KLA418)
Bachelor of Agricultural Science with
Honours
(Abbreviation: BAgrSc(Hons))
Course code: S4A
Course details (2001)
page 288
A candidate who has completed the Third Examination of the Bachelor of
Agricultural Science with sufficient merit will be invited by the Faculty of
Science and Engineering on the recommendation of the Degree Coordinator as
a candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Agricultural Science with Honours.
Admission & prerequisites
Prospective honours students must average a 2.5 weighted grade average
(WGA) or higher in the 3rd year of their degree.
Course objectives
The BAgrSc(Hons) program aims to provide:
•
•
Advanced knowledge and scientific training in a specialised area of
agricultural science;
Training in research as preparation for employment in a research
organisation or for postgraduate research in master degree or PhD
programs.
Career outcomes
Students are well prepared for employment in research and other positions
with industry, government and business organisations, generally and in their
area of specialisation. An honours degree also provides students with the
opportunity to undertake further research study leading to a master degree or
PhD qualification.
Course structure
Honours students usually carry a 100% load in their 4th year, which will be
made up of 75% unit electives and 25% for the honours project (KLA490). Those
with less than a 100% load may still be allowed to enrol.
The formal coursework grade will be assessed on a weighted grade average
(WGA). WGA = (G x W) / 75 where G values are: HD = 4; DN = 3; CR = 2; PP =
I. The same formula applies to students not carrying the full formal coursework
load. A student in this latter situation may elect to enrol in additional subjects
to make up the full 4th-year load.
Assessment of honours is based on the combination of formal coursework
(60%) and project thesis (40%) of the 4th-year program.
Note:
Course details (2001)
page 289
Students wishing to enrol in honours must arrange an interview with the
honours coordinator before enrolment.
Three copies of the thesis must be submitted to the secretary by the first week in
December. The honours thesis should be completed according to the notes and
instructions available from the honours coordinator.
There shall be the following grades of honours: 1st Class; 2nd Class, Upper
Division; 2nd Class, Lower Division; 3rd Class.
Students may withdraw from honours up to the end of semester 1, without
penalty. However, to complete their degree, they must, in semester 2, enrol in a
suitable unit weighted 12.5% and complete an extensive literature review
(KLA483) which will be subject to an examination, possibly including a viva
voce. (The topic of the literature review is to be decided after consultation with
the degree coordinator).
Bachelor of Applied Science
(Abbreviation: BAppSc)
Course code: S3E
No new intake into this course in 2001
The last intake of students into the Bachelor of Applied Science was in 2000.
The course will be taught out over the period 2001 to 2003. Current students
may also transfer to a number of other courses within the Faculty and
University. should contact Mrs Michelle Horder on (03) 63243863 if advice is
needed.
Admission & prerequisites
University admission. In addition there are TCE prerequisites to some first year
units. If applicants do not have these specific prerequisites, they may be able to
undertake bridging units.
Course objectives
The course aims to provide students with a broad scientific background and
specific orientation towards career paths and industrial applications, especially
as a result of professional accreditation. The course will develop students'
ability to communicate, both within and outside the scientific community, and
to learn independently. Graduates will be equipped for the workforce, able to
adapt and to contribute to technological advances, and able to use their
scientific knowledge with wisdom and responsibility.
Course details (2001)
page 290
Career outcomes
The Bachelor of Applied Science provides students with the skills and
knowledge that are highly sought after by a variety of employers including:
industrial and government chemical laboratories, industrial, agricultural and
mining companies, computing and scientific instrumentation companies,
environmental organisations, plant biotechnology companies and national
parks and government agencies. Students completing a BAppSc have highly
developed problem-solving skills, an inquiring mind, well developed
communication skills and the ability to work accurately. The areas of in-depth
study are varied and students who choose to study a Professional Chemistry
major are eligible for membership of the Royal Australian Chemical Institute.
At the completion of their studies students also have the option of specialising
in a specific area of interest by studying for a BAppSc with Honours. There is
also the opportunity to undertake higher degrees by research.
Course structure
The Bachelor of Applied Science is a 3-year course (6 semesters) in which
students are required to complete major, minor and elective studies in a range
of disciplines. An outline is given in Schedule 1 which follows.
Specimen course
A specimen course in Aquaculture, together with majors in Applied Biology,
Applied Physics/Electronics, Biomedical Science, Chemistry, Computing,
Geography, and Mathematics are given in the following Schedules 2–9.
However, unless approved by Faculty, students may choose only one of
Biomedical Science, Mathematics and Computing as majors in the BAppSc; and
may choose only one of the Biology majors.
The framework of the general applied science course follows. It is based on the
semester-unit, which normally involves three hours of lectures and three hours
of laboratory work for 13 weeks. The course requires the completion of 24 such
units.
The normal degree structure for a full-time student contains two major fields of
study, one minor, and four electives as shown below.
Schedule 1
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 1
Major 1
Major 1
Major 1
Major 1
Major 1
Major 2
Major 2
Major 2
Major 2
Major 1
Minor 1
Minor 1
Minor 1
Minor 1
Major 2
Elective 1
Elective 2
Elective 3
Elective 4
Major 2
Course details (2001)
Semester 2
page 291
Major 1
Major 1
Major 2
Major 2
However, the structure of the Professional Chemistry and Professional
Aquaculture specialisations are atypical and include an expanded major and
normally two minors.
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 1
Semester 2
Major 1
Major 1
Major 1
Major 1
Major 1
Major 1
Elective 1
Elective 2
Major 1
Major 1
Major 1
Major 1
Minor 1
Minor 1
Minor 1
Minor 1
Major 1
Major 1
Minor 2
Minor 2
Minor 2
Minor 2
Elective 3
Elective 4
An alternative structure incorporating one major, two submajors and four
electives is available to accommodate some careeer paths.
Articulation
Credit of up to one year may be given for work completed in appropriate TAFE
and other university courses approved by the Faculty.
The BAppSc leads on to Honours and postgraduate studies.
Schedule 2 – Aquaculture
Prerequisites: Normal BAppSc requirements.
Unit Title
campus-sem
Year 1
Data Handling and
Statistics 1
H1/2~L1/2~B2
Either KJC103 or KJC161 and KJC162
Chemistry 1
Lf~Bf
Chemistry for Life
Sciences
L1
Introduction to
Biochemistry
L2
Zoology for Aquaculture
L1
Computer Applications
H1~L1~B1
Aquatic Ecology I
L2
Genetics
L2~B2
Introductory Aquaculture
Technology
L2
Year 2
Either KJC263 or KJC103
Chemistry 1
Lf~Bf
Biochemistry 1
Lf
weight
code
12.5%
KMA153
25%
KJC103
12.5%
KJC161
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KJC162
KQA110
KXA153
KQA121
KJB122
12.5%
KQA124
25%
25%
KJC103
KJC263
Course details (2001)
page 292
General Microbiology
L1
12.5%
Technology for
Aquaculture
L1
12.5%
Intensive Algal Culture
L1
12.5%
Applied and Environmental
Microbiology
L2
12.5%
Intensive Crustacean &
Zooplankton Culture
L2
12.5%
Aquatic Ecology II
L2
12.5%
Year 3
Practicum [a]
Lf
0%
Physiology of Aquatic
Organisms
L1
12.5%
Nutrition of Aquatic
Organisms
L1
12.5%
Scientific Analysis and
Presentation for Aquaculture
L1
12.5%
Advanced Aquaculture
Technology
L1
12.5%
Intensive Molluscan
Culture
L2
12.5%
Intensive Finfish Culture
L2
12.5%
Aquatic Animal Health
L2
12.5%
Unspecified elective
L2
12.5%
[a] eight weeks work experience plus seminar attendance
KQA207
KQA214
KQA201
KQA218
KQA228
KQA212
KQA311
KQA330
KQA319
KQA302
KQA325
KQA303
KQA320
KQA321
Schedule 3 – Applied Biology Major
Prerequisites: Normal BAppSc requirements.
Unit Title
Year 1
Fauna of Tasmania
Genetics
Year 2
Plant Physiology
Forest Ecosystems
Year 3
Agroforestry
Plant Biotechnology
campus-sem
weight
code
L1~B1
L2~B2
12.5%
12.5%
KJB113
KJB122
L1
L2
12.5%
12.5%
KJB205
KJB227
Lf
Lf
25%
25%
KJB307
KJB308
Schedule 4 – Biomedical Science
Course details (2001)
page 293
Prerequisites: Normal BAppSc requirements, including *CH856 or KJC161
Chemistry for Life Sciences and KJC162 Introduction to Biochemistry. Note that
students taking this major will also need to enrol in the Biochemistry minor.
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Either CRA171 or CRA101
Cell Biology
L1
12.5%
CRA171
Medical Laboratory
Practice [a]
L1
12.5%
CRA101
Anatomy and Physiology 1
L2
12.5%
CRA172
Year 2
Anatomy and Physiology 2
L1
12.5%
CRA273
Either CRA276 or KJB122
Microbiology and Health
L2
12.5%
CRA276
[a]
Genetics
L2~B2
12.5%
KJB122
Year 3
Immunology
L1
12.5%
CRA321
Biomedical Science 1
(Nutrition & Neurobiology)
L1
12.5%
CRA385
Human Molecular Biology
L2
12.5%
CRA300
Biomedical Science 2
(Pharmacology &
Pathophysiology)
L2
12.5%
CRA386
[a] Only available to those students also pursuing a microbiology sequence.
This sequence may be in the form of a minor for students combining a
chemistry major, or in the form of electives for others, as the biochemistry
minor is a corequisite of the Biomedical Science major
Schedule 5 – Chemistry Major
Specialisation in Chemistry is available through a professionally accredited 12
unit Chemistry major. Students not wishing to pursue this expanded major may
choose an 8 unit general Chemistry major.
(i) Chemistry Major (Professional)
This major provides a sound theoretical basis in chemistry which is enhanced
by relevant industrial and biological applications, and meets the academic
requirements for membership of the Royal Australian Chemical Institute.
Membership regulations require, in addition to the Chemistry units, either first
year Physics or first year Mathematics.
Prerequisites: Normal BAppSc requirements, but including *CH856
and *MT841 and/or *PH866. Bridging units are available for students who lack
specific prerequisites.
Course details (2001)
Unit Title
Year 1
Chemistry 1
Year 2
Organic Chemistry 2
Inorganic Chemistry 2
Analytical Chemistry 2
Physical Chemistry 2
Year 3
Physical Chemistry 3
Instrumental Chemistry 3
Science Project
(Chemistry)
Inorganic Chemistry 3
Organic Chemistry 3
Biochemistry 1 [a]
[a] Recommended elective
page 294
campus-sem
weight
code
Lf~Bf
25%
KJC103
L1
L1
L2
L2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KJC231
KJC221
KJC212
KJC242
L1
L1
12.5%
12.5%
KJC341
KJC311
Lf~Df
L2
L2
Lf
25%
12.5%
12.5%
25%
KJC353
KJC322
KJC332
KJC263
(ii) Chemistry Major (General) Curriculum
Several variations of the general Chemistry major are possible by selection of
units from the Professional Chemistry Major, and these can be chosen to
complement the particular co-major.
Prerequisites: Normal BAppSc requirements, but including *CH856. Bridging
units are available for students who lack specific prerequisites.
Unit Title
Year 1
Chemistry 1
Year 2
Either KJC231 or KJC221
Organic Chemistry 2
Inorganic Chemistry 2
Either KJC212 or KJC242
Analytical Chemistry 2
Physical Chemistry 2
Year 3
Choose 2 of KJC231, 221, 341, 311
Organic Chemistry 2
Inorganic Chemistry 2
Physical Chemistry 3
Instrumental Chemistry 3
Choose 2 of KJC212, 242, 322, 332
Analytical Chemistry 2
campus-sem
weight
code
Lf~Bf
25%
KJC103
L1
L1
12.5%
12.5%
KJC231
KJC221
L2
L2
12.5%
12.5%
KJC212
KJC242
L1
L1
L1
L1
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KJC231
KJC221
KJC341
KJC311
L2
12.5%
KJC212
Course details (2001)
page 295
Physical Chemistry 2
Inorganic Chemistry 3
Organic Chemistry 3
L2
L2
L2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KJC242
KJC322
KJC332
Schedule 6 (i) – Computing Major
Prerequisites: Normal BAppSc requirements.
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Choose two of KXA153, KXA151 or KXA154
Computer Applications
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
KXA153
Programming and Problem
Solving
H1~L1/2~B1
12.5%
KXA151
Software Process
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
KXA154
Year 2
Choose two of the following:
Algorithms and Metrics
H1~L1
12.5%
KXA251
Artificial Intelligence
H1~L1
12.5%
KXA252
Software Design
H2~L2
12.5%
KXA253
Operating Systems
H2~L2
12.5%
KXA254
[a]
Year 3
Choose four of the following:
Advanced Web Development [b]
H1~L1
12.5%
KXA281/381
[b]
Computer Security
H2~L2
12.5%
KXA262/362
Knowledge-Based Systems
L1
12.5%
KXA335
Programming Systems
L2
12.5%
KXA337
Computer Assisted
Learning
L1
12.5%
KXA339
Principles of Operating
Systems
L2
12.5%
KXA334
Digital Networks
L1
12.5%
KXA336
Computer Graphics &
Animation
L2
12.5%
KXA338
[a] Year 3 units are offered subject to student demand and availability of
resources
[b] use level 300 enrolment code (eg KXA361)
Schedule 6 (ii) – Geography Major
Prerequisites: Normal BAppSc requirements.
Unit Title
Year 1
campus-sem
weight
code
Course details (2001)
page 296
Population and
Urbanisation
The Physical Environment
Year 2
Australian Natural
Environments
Natural Resources
Management
Year 3
Environmental
Geomorphology
Globalisation
L1~B1~D1
L2~B2~D2
12.5%
12.5%
KJG101
KJG102
L1~D1
12.5%
KJG201
L2~D2
12.5%
KJG202
L1~D1
L2~D2
25%
25%
KJG301
KJG302
Schedule 6 (iii) – Mathematics Major
Prerequisites: Normal BAppSc requirements, but including *MT841.
Unit Title
campus-sem
Year 1
Mathematics I
L1~D1
Mathematics II
L2~D2
Year 2
Mathematics III
L1~D1
Mathematics
IV – Introductory Applied Statistics
L2
Year 3
Mathematics Va
L2
Mathematics Vb
L1
Mathematics VIa
L1
Mathematics
VIb – Intermediate Applied Statistics
L2
weight
code
12.5%
12.5%
KMA171
KMA172
12.5%
KMA271
12.5%
KMA272
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KMA371
KMA372
KMA373
12.5%
KMA374
Schedule 7 – Applied Physics/Electronics Major
Prerequisites: Normal BAppSc requirements, but including *PH866 or *EL750
and *MT841.
Unit Title
Year 1
Physics 1A
Year 2
Physics 3A
Physics 4E
campus-sem
weight
code
Lf
25%
KJP103
L1
L2
12.5%
12.5%
KJP201
KJP222
Course details (2001)
page 297
Year 3
Physics 5E
Physics 6E
L1
L2
25%
25%
KJP321
KJP322
Schedule 9 – Minor Sequences
(i) Biochemistry Minor
Unit Title
Year 1
Chemistry 1
Year 2
Biochemistry 1
campus-sem
weight
code
Lf~Bf
25%
KJC103
Lf
25%
KJC263
campus-sem
weight
code
H1~L1~B1
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
12.5%
KHA101
KHA102
L1
12.5%
KHB215/315
L2
12.5%
KHB209/309
campus-sem
weight
code
L1
L2
12.5%
12.5%
CRA171
CRA276
L1
L1
12.5%
12.5%
CRA241
KQA207
L2
12.5%
KQA218
campus-sem
weight
code
(ii) Behavioural Science Minor
Unit Title
Year 1
Psychology 1A
Psychology 1B
Year 2
Behaviour in the
Workplace
Health, Stress and
Coping
(iii) Microbiology Minor
Unit Title
Year 1
Cell Biology
Microbiology and Health
Year 2
Either CRA241 or KQA207
General and Medical
Microbiology
General Microbiology
Applied and Environmental
Microbiology
(iv) Computing Electronics Minor
Unit Title
Course details (2001)
Year 1
Introduction to
Electronics
Digital and Microprocessor
Systems
Year 2
Computer Control and
Communications
Laboratory
Instrumentation
page 298
L1~B1
12.5%
KJP131
L2~B2
12.5%
KJP132
L1
12.5%
KJP231
L2
12.5%
KJP232
Unit Title
campus-sem
Year 1
Mathematics I
L1~D1
Mathematics
IV – Introductory Applied Statistics
L2
Year 2
Mathematics Vb
L1
Mathematics
VIb – Intermediate Applied Statistics
L2
weight
code
12.5%
KMA171
12.5%
KMA272
12.5%
KMA372
12.5%
KMA374
(v) Statistics Minor
(vii) Other Minors
Four sequential units from any of the identified majors other than Aquaculture.
Refer to the earlier schedules.
Bachelor of Applied Science with
Honours
(Abbreviation: BAppSc(Hons))
Course code: S4C
This 1-year full-time or 2-year part-time course is offered by the Faculty of
Science and Engineering at Launceston.
Admission & prerequisites
A candidate for the degree of BAppSc(Hons) requires approval of Faculty.
Except with the permission of Faculty, candidates shall have qualified for
admission to the degree of BAppSc at this University or an equivalent
qualification in which the specialisation prerequisites have been completed and
Course details (2001)
page 299
approved by Faculty for this purpose. Specialisation prerequisites are credit
level or better in the final three semesters of study.
Course objectives
To provide advanced knowledge and training in a single area of applied science
and training in research to prepare candidates for advanced research programs
and/or employment in research organisations.
Career outcomes
A Bachelor of Applied Science with Honours provides the opportunity to
consolidate skills and knowledge acquired in the BAppSc course. The Honours
program provides practical research training through a specialised project
which facilitates the design and conduct of future investigations in the student's
chosen field of study. Graduates could expect to obtain employment in the
same areas as those graduating with BAppSc but could expect to move into
research based positions. The honours course also enables graduates to move
into higher degrees by research.
Course structure
Each candidate will undertake coursework as prescribed, conduct research, and
write a thesis.
Fields of Study
•
•
•
•
•
Subject to staff supervision being available, candidates may be accepted
in:
Applied Biology
Chemistry
Earth Science (Geography)
Physical Sciences
Articulation
Graduates from other institutions with degrees acceptable to the Faculty may
be accepted into one of these fields of study.
The BAppSc(Hons) leads on to research higher degrees.
Bachelor of Applied Science
(Agriculture)
(Abbreviation: BAppSc(Agr))
Course details (2001)
page 300
Course code: S3B
This on-campus, 3-year (minimum) full-time course is offered by the Faculty of
Science and Engineering and is available at Hobart. Subject to attendance and
timetable requirements, part-time study may be possible.
Admission & prerequisites
Minimum University entry requirements including a satisfactory achievement
(SA) or higher in any two of the following: TCE mathematics *MT730 (or
*MT841 or *MT843), computer science *IF862, chemistry *CH856, geology
*GL876, geography *GG833, or environmental science *EV846, physics *PH866,
biology *BY826, applied science–physical sciences *SC786 (if neither physics nor
chemistry counted), agricultural science *AG806.
Course objectives
The course gives students an opportunity to acquire knowledge and skills
suited to the needs of a professional agriculturalist. Emphasis is given to
scientific technology, its application and the management of agricultural
enterprises.
Career outcomes
The course is designed to meet an identified demand by employers for
graduates qualified and skilled in the application of scientific technology in
agricultural industries.
Graduates are qualified for positions within agribusiness, private sector, service
consultancy, agricultural development and enterprise management, forestry
and related industries.
Professional recognition
Graduates from the course are eligible for membership of the Australian
Institute of Agricultural Science and Technology (AIAST)
Course structure
The course is arranged with a core of units in applied physical science,
biological science and agricultural business, and these form a foundation for
studies in applied agriculture.
Field and practical work is required during semesters and in vacations.
The course is detailed in the schedule below.
Course details (2001)
page 301
Articulation
If students have a TAFE Diploma of Agriculture, or come from other recognised
providers of agricultural or relevant science education, they should receive
credit for work done. As a general rule, maximum credit transfer would be
100%. Application must be made to the Student Administration
Graduates of the BAppSc(Agr) may progress to the Graduate Diploma of
Agricultural Science or the Graduate Diploma of Agricultural Science with
Honours.
Schedule A
Unit Title
Year 1
Plant Science for Agricultural
Science
Zoology for Agricultural
Science
Applied Physics
Introduction to Agriculture
and Horticulture
Chemistry 1 (Applied
Agriculture)
Sustainable Resource
Management
Business of Agriculture and
Horticulture
Science of Agriculture
Year 2
Microbiology 1
Agricultural Geology &
Soil Science
Crop and Plant Physiology
Field Agriculture
Pasture and Animal
Science
Plus three of the following:
Economics for Business
Insect Diversity and
Function [a]
Crop and Pasture
Production [a]
Fundamentals of Soil
Science [a][c]
Introduction to Plant
Diseases [a][c]
campus-sem
weight
code
H1
12.5%
KPA160
H1
H1
12.5%
12.5%
KZA160
KYA171
H1
12.5%
KLA100
H2
12.5%
KRA121
H2~B2
12.5%
KLA115
H2
H2
12.5%
12.5%
KLA105
KLA110
H2
12.5%
KLA210
H1
H2
H2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KLA213
KLA214
KLA215
H1
12.5%
KLA211
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BEA110
H1
12.5%
KLA254/354
H2
12.5%
KLA250/350
[na]
12.5%
KLA297/397
[na]
12.5%
KLA287/387
Course details (2001)
Animal Production Systems [a][c]
[na]
Year 3
Crop Health Management
H1
Principles of Marketing [a]
H3/2~L3/2
Industry Project
Hf
Plant Nutrition & Soil
Fertility [b]
H2
Plus three of the following:
Economics for Business
H1~L1~B1
Insect Diversity and
Function [b]
H1
Crop and Pasture
Production [b]
H2
Fundamentals of Soil
Science [b][c]
[na]
Introduction to Plant
Diseases [b][c]
[na]
Animal Production Systems [b][c]
[na]
[a] Use level 200 enrolment code (eg KLA254)
[b] Use level 300 enrolment code (eg KLA318)
[c] will be offered in 2002
page 302
12.5%
KLA220/320
12.5%
12.5%
25%
KLA329/429
BMA151/251
KLA377
12.5%
KLA318/418
12.5%
BEA110
12.5%
KLA254/354
12.5%
KLA250/350
12.5%
KLA297/397
12.5%
12.5%
KLA287/387
KLA220/320
Bachelor of Applied Science
(Horticulture)
(Abbreviation: BAppSc(Hort))
Course code: S3C
This on-campus, 3-year (minimum) course is offered by the Faculty of Science
and Engineering, and is available at Hobart. Subject to attendance and
timetable limits, part-time study may be possible.
Admission & prerequisites
Minimum entry requirements including a satisfactory achievement (SA) in any
two of the following: TCE mathematics *MT843 (or *MT841 or *MT730),
computer science *IF862, chemistry *CH856, geology *GL876, geography
*GG833 (or environmental science *EV846), physics *PH866, biology *BY826,
applied science–physical sciences *SC786 (if neither physics nor chemistry
counted), agricultural science *AG806.
Course objectives
Course details (2001)
page 303
The course is designed to give students an opportunity to acquire the
knowledge, attitudes and skills suited to the needs of a professional
horticulturalist. Emphasis is given to scientific technology, its application and
the management of horticultural enterprises.
Career outcomes
The course meets an identified demand by employers for graduates qualified
and skilled in the application of scientific technology in horticultural industries.
It seeks to provide graduates qualified for positions within agribusiness, private
sector, service consultancy, horticultural development and enterprise
management, forestry and related industries.
Professional recognition
Graduates from the course are eligible for membership of the Australian
Institute of Agricultural Science and Technology (AIAST)
Course structure
The course is arranged with a core of units in applied physical science,
biological science and horticultural business, and these form a foundation for
studies in applied horticulture.
Field and practical work is required during semesters and in vacations.
The course is detailed in the schedule which follows.
Articulation
If students have a TAFE Diploma of Horticulture, or come from other
recognised providers of horticultural or relevant science education, they may
receive credit for work done. As a general rule, maximum credit transfer would
be 100%. Application must be made to the Student Administration
Graduates of the BAppSc(Hort) may progress to the Graduate Diploma of
Agricultural Science or the Graduate Diploma of Agricultural Science with
Honours.
Schedule A
Unit Title
Year 1
Plant Science for Agricultural
Science
Zoology for Agricultural
Science
campus-sem
weight
code
H1
12.5%
KPA160
H1
12.5%
KZA160
Course details (2001)
Applied Physics
Introduction to Agriculture
and Horticulture
Chemistry 1 (Applied
Agriculture)
Sustainable Resource
Management
Business of Agriculture and
Horticulture
Science of Agriculture
Year 2
Microbiology 1
Agricultural Geology &
Soil Science
Crop and Plant Physiology
Field Agriculture
Economics for Business
Plus three of the following:
Horticultural Production
Systems [a]
Insect Diversity and
Function [a]
Crop and Pasture
Production [a]
Fundamentals of Soil
Science [a][c]
Introduction to Plant
Diseases [a][c]
Horticultural Physiology and
Technology [a][c]
Year 3
Crop Health Management
Principles of Marketing [a]
Industry Project
Plant Nutrition & Soil
Fertility [b]
Plus three of the following:
Horticultural Production
Systems [b]
Insect Diversity and
Function [b]
Crop and Pasture
Production [b]
Fundamentals of Soil
Science [b][c]
Introduction to Plant
Diseases [b][c]
page 304
H1
12.5%
KYA171
H1
12.5%
KLA100
H2
12.5%
KRA121
H2~B2
12.5%
KLA115
H2
H2
12.5%
12.5%
KLA105
KLA110
H2
12.5%
KLA210
H1
H2
H2
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KLA213
KLA214
KLA215
BEA110
H1
12.5%
KLA242/342
H1
12.5%
KLA254/354
H2
12.5%
KLA250/350
[na]
12.5%
KLA297/397
[na]
12.5%
KLA287/387
[na]
12.5%
KLA233/333
H1
H3/2~L3/2
Hf
12.5%
12.5%
25%
KLA329/429
BMA151/251
KLA377
H2
12.5%
KLA318/418
H1
12.5%
KLA242/342
H1
12.5%
KLA254/354
H2
12.5%
KLA250/350
[na]
12.5%
KLA297/397
[na]
12.5%
KLA287/387
Course details (2001)
page 305
Horticultural Physiology and
Technology [b][c]
[na]
[a] Use level 200 enrolment code (eg KLA254)
[b] Use level 300 enrolment code (eg KLA318)
[c] will be offered in 2002
12.5%
KLA233/333
Bachelor of Aquaculture
(Abbreviation: BAqua)
Course code: S3K
This 3-year full-time course is offered by the Faculty of Science and Engineering
and is available at Launceston. Subject to attendance and timetable
requirements, the course may be available part time over 6 years.
Admission & prerequisites
University admission. In addition there are TCE prerequisites to some first-year
units. If applicants do not have these specific prerequisites, they may be able to
undertake bridging units.
Course objectives
The course aims to provide students with a broad scientific background in
aquatic biology and specific orientation towards a career path in aquaculture. It
will develop students' ability to communicate, both within and outside the
scientific community, and to learn independently. As graduates, students will
be able to adapt and contribute to technological advances and be able to use
their scientific knowledge with wisdom and responsibility.
Career outcomes
The combined approach of broad-based aquatic biology with a comprehensive
strand of specialist aquaculture subjects ensures graduates are highly
employable throughout the aquaculture industry or in applied aquatic biology.
Recent graduate surveys demonstrate 90% are either employed in this or
related industries or are undertaking higher studies in aquaculture. Possible
career paths include work in farming as an owner, manager or technician; or
as a research assistant in aquaculture or applied aquatic biology, in university
or government departments, or proceeding to higher qualifications to become a
research scientist or consultant .
Course structure
Course details (2001)
page 306
The Bachelor of Aquaculture is a three-year course (6 semesters) in which
students are required to complete a set course of aquaculture and other science
subjects in a range of disciplines.
Articulation
Credit of up to one year may be given for work completed in appropriate TAFE
and other university courses approved by the Faculty.
Graduates are eligible to progress to the Bachelor of Aquaculture with Honours
program.
Schedule
Unit Title
campus-sem
Year 1
Data Handling and
Statistics 1
H1/2~L1/2~B2
Either KJC103 or KJC161 and KJC162
Chemistry 1
Lf~Bf
Chemistry for Life
Sciences
L1
Introduction to
Biochemistry
L2
Zoology for Aquaculture
L1
Computer Applications
H1~L1~B1
Aquatic Ecology I
L2
Introductory Aquaculture
Technology
L2
Unspecified elective
L1/2
Year 2
Either Unspecified elective and KJC252 or KJC103
Chemistry 1
Lf~Bf
Analytical and Environmental
Chemistry 2
L2
General Microbiology
L1
Technology for
Aquaculture
L1
Intensive Algal Culture
L1
Intensive Crustacean &
Zooplankton Culture
L2
Applied and Environmental
Microbiology
L2
Aquatic Ecology II
L2
Year 3
Practicum [a]
Lf
weight
code
12.5%
KMA153
25%
KJC103
12.5%
KJC161
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KJC162
KQA110
KXA153
KQA121
12.5%
KQA124
25%
KJC103
12.5%
12.5%
KJC252
KQA207
12.5%
12.5%
KQA214
KQA201
12.5%
KQA228
12.5%
12.5%
KQA218
KQA212
0%
KQA311
Course details (2001)
Physiology of Aquatic
Organisms
L1
12.5%
Nutrition of Aquatic
Organisms
L1
12.5%
Scientific Analysis and
Presentation for Aquaculture
L1
12.5%
Advanced Aquaculture
Technology
L1
12.5%
Intensive Molluscan
Culture
L2
12.5%
Intensive Finfish Culture
L2
12.5%
Aquatic Animal Health
L2
12.5%
Aquaculture Policy and
Operations
L2
12.5%
[a] Eight weeks work experience plus seminar attendance
page 307
KQA330
KQA319
KQA302
KQA325
KQA303
KQA320
KQA321
KQA326
Bachelor of Aquaculture with Honours
(Abbreviation: BAqua(Hons))
Course code: S4M
(This course replaces the Bachelor of Applied Science (Honours) specialising
in Aquaculture (S4C))
This 1-year full-time or 2-year part-time course is offered by the Faculty of
Science and Engineering at Launceston.
Admission & prerequisites
A candidate for the degree of BAqua(Hons) requires the permission of Faculty.
Except with the permission of Faculty, candidates shall have qualified for
admission to the degree of BAqua at this University or an equivalent
qualification in which the specialisation prerequisites have been completed and
approved by Faculty for this purpose. Specialisation prerequisites are credit
level or better in the final three semesters of study.
Course objectives
The course provides advanced knowledge and training in aquaculture, and
training in research to prepare candidates for advanced research programs
and/or employment in research organisations.
Career outcomes
Course details (2001)
page 308
A Bachelor of Aquaculture with Honours provides the opportunity to
consolidate skills acquired in the BAqua course. The Honours program
provides practical research training through a specialised project that facilitates
the design and conduct of future investigations. Graduates could expect to
obtain employment in the same areas as those graduating with a BAqua, but
could expect to move into research-based positions. The Honours course allows
graduates to move into higher degrees by research.
Course structure
The BAqua(Hons) is a 1-year full-time course of 2 semesters in which, under
supervision, candidates undertake a research project. A candidate for the
degree must submit a thesis on this work undertaken as part of the Honours
course. The requirements for the degree may include examinations or other
assessments as prescribed by Faculty.
Articulation
Graduates from other institutions with degrees acceptable to Faculty may be
accepted into the Honours course.
Graduates of the BAqua(Hons) course may enrol for a higher degree by
research.
Bachelor of Architecture
(Abbreviation: BArch)
Course code: D3B
This 2-year graduate entry degree course is offered, full time only, by the
Faculty of Science and Engineering and is available only at Launceston through
the School of Architecture.
Admission & prerequisites
To enter the Bachelor of Architecture, applicants will have the Bachelor of
Environmental Design or equivalent 3-year undergraduate degree.
Applicants' first degree program will have been in environmental design,
architectural studies, or equivalent, and the main emphasis or major will have
been in architecture. In addition, students will be asked to attend an interview
and submit a portfolio of work which preferably should include items both
from their previous studies and from relevant activities, such as office practice.
Course details (2001)
page 309
Candidates should note that, because there are limited places available, the
minimum requirements for admission will not automatically guarantee entry to
the course.
Course objectives
The course is aimed specifically at the needs of the architectural profession and
aims to equip students with the knowledge, skills, competencies and awareness
which are necessary for a graduate to practise architecture.
To complete the BArch successfully, students are required to demonstrate
competence in the analysis, synthesis, judgement and communication of
architectural ideas and solutions, as well as the ability to apply successfully
acquired theoretical knowledge, and technical and professional skills.
Career outcomes
Architects deal with a broad range of issues. Consequently, the study of
architecture covers a broad range of disciplines and skills. This means that
architects may find a career in private architectural practice, government
architectural offices, local government, performing arts, universities (as
academics or in property management), and large companies. Architects may
be engaged in a wide range of tasks: commercial, residential, retail and civic
building design (conceptual and technical); client brief writing; urban design,
planning appeal submissions, representation and also assessment; stage set and
exhibition design; and property and construction management. Many
Australian graduates in architecture have established careers in various
countries around the world.
Professional recognition
The Bachelor of Architecture is recognised by the Royal Australian Institute of
Architects (RAIA) as fulfilling the academic requirements for corporate
membership. BArch graduates are eligible for registration by Australian Boards
of Architects following an approved practical experience program and a pass in
the Architectural Practice examination. The Bachelor of Architecture is also
recognised by the Commonwealth Association of Architects and this offers
opportunity for international recognition.
Course structure
The course structure is outlined in the following Schedule.
Schedule A
Unit Title
Year 1
campus-sem
weight
code
Course details (2001)
page 310
Design Studio 7 (BArch)
Professional Studies 1
Building Technology in Design
7 (BArch)
Design Studio 8 (BArch)
Theory in Design 1
(BArch)
Building Technology in Design
8 (BArch)
Year 2
Design Studio 9 (BArch)
Theory in Design 2
(BArch)
Professional Studies 2
(BArch)
Professional Project
(BArch)
L1
L1
25%
12.5%
KDA411
KDA412
L1
L2
12.5%
25%
KDA413
KDA421
L2
12.5%
KDA422
L2
12.5%
KDA423
L1
25%
KDA511
L1
12.5%
KDA512
L1
12.5%
KDA513
L2
50%
KDA521
Bachelor of Architecture with Honours
(Abbreviation: BArch(Hons))
Course code: D4B
The Bachelor of Architecture with Honours is not a separate course and
students undertake only the units which comprise the Bachelor of Architecture
as detailed on page xx. The award of Bachelor of Architecture with Honours is
conferred on those students who have completed the Bachelor of Architecture
with sufficient merit, that is:
•
•
having completed the requirements of the degree of Bachelor of
Architecture without failing a unit and having complied with all
specifications of the Bachelor of Architecture; and
having achieved an Average Weighted Mark of 70% or above in both
years of the Bachelor of Architecture degree.
Course objectives
Bachelor of Computing
(Abbreviation: BComp)
Course details (2001)
page 311
Course code: S3F
This on-campus 3-year full-time (4 years honours) course is offered by the
Faculty of Science & Engineering and is available at Launceston and Hobart.
The first year only is also offered at the North-West Centre. This course may be
studied part-time.
Admission & prerequisites
Possession of the University's basic admission requirements. TCE Computing
or Mathematics subjects are not required.
Course objectives
The Bachelor of Computing is a comprehensive 3-year degree course in the
broad area of computer science with an applied orientation.
The specific course objectives are as follows:
•
•
•
to provide a thorough introduction to the theory and practice of
computing;
to produce modern computing professionals with the ability to apply new
and emerging computing technologies to create solutions in the
workplace;
to provide a broad base of computing knowledge to support lifelong
learning in the field of computing.
Career outcomes
Students are prepared for careers and research in the area of Information
Technology (IT). Current forecasts indicate a world wide shortage of IT
professionals for at least the next ten years. Computing professionals get well
paid, interesting positions in almost any area – government, commerce,
industry. The range of activities is wide, including: website management,
system administration, client support and training, program design,
development and testing, and so on.
Professional recognition
Undergraduate students of the BComp are eligible for student membership of
the Australian Computer Society (ACS) and the Institute of Electrical and
Electronics Engineers (IEEE). On completion of the degree and entry into the
computing profession, graduates can apply to become full members of these
bodies.
Course structure
Course details (2001)
page 312
The course is a 3-year (6-semester) course consisting of core and elective units.
Year 1[a]
1st Year computing core units
75%
non-computing electives 25%
Year 2
2nd Year computing core units 50%
computing or non-computing electives 25%
non-computing electives 25%
Year 3[a]
3rd Year computing units 50%
Project
25%
computing or non-computing electives 25%
<tbz>
[a]
With the permission of the Dean, a candidate may replace up to two
first-year core units (25%) and/or two third-year computing electives
(25%) with non-computing units.
Articulation
If students have completed the TAFE Diploma of Information Technology they
may be granted up to one year's advanced standing.
The BComp articulates into the Bachelor of Computing with Honours.
Schedule
Unit Title
Year 1
Computer Applications
Programming and Problem
Solving
Professional Computing
Multimedia and Web
Applications
Computer Organisation and
Architecture
Software Process
Year 2
Algorithms and Metrics
Artificial Intelligence
Software Design
Operating Systems
Elective units
Advanced Web Development [a]
campus-sem
weight
code
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
KXA153
H1~L1/2~B1
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
12.5%
KXA151
KXA155
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
KXA156
H1~L1~B1
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
12.5%
KXA152
KXA154
H1~L1
H1~L1
H2~L2
H2~L2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KXA251
KXA252
KXA253
KXA254
H1~L1
12.5%
KXA281/381
Course details (2001)
page 313
Computer Security [a]
H2~L2
12.5%
KXA262/362
Year 3
Computing Project A
L1/2
12.5%
KXA331
Computing Project B
L1/2
12.5%
KXA332
Elective units
Availability of the following units depends on student demand and availability
of resources
Advanced Web Development [b]
H1~L1
12.5%
KXA281/381
[b]
Computer Security
H2~L2
12.5%
KXA262/362
Principles of Operating
Systems
L2
12.5%
KXA334
Knowledge-Based Systems
L1
12.5%
KXA335
Digital Networks
L1
12.5%
KXA336
Programming Systems
L2
12.5%
KXA337
Computer Graphics &
Animation
L2
12.5%
KXA338
Computer Assisted
Learning
L1
12.5%
KXA339
[a] Use level 200 enrolment code (eg KXA262)
[b] Use level 300 enrolment code (eg KXA362)
Major in computing for non-computing students
This major provides a thorough introduction to the theory and practice of
computing. It is an opportunity for students who wish to combine computing
with their specialisation to obtain a qualification in computing within a
non-computing degree structure.
A major consists of a sequence of 8 units (9 units for BSc students) taken over a
three-year full-time degree program or equivalent part time.
Students must select a sequence of units from the computing units as listed in
the schedule of units for a major in computing which follows the BComp
Schedule. (At least four of the units must be at third-year level.)
Students in the BSc program should consult the schedules for that course.
Computing major for non-computing students – Schedule
Unit Title
CORE UNITS
Year 1
Programming and Problem
Solving
campus-sem
weight
code
H1~L1/2~B1
12.5%
KXA151
Course details (2001)
page 314
Software Process
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
KXA154
Other units are available subject to approval
Year 2
Choose two of the following:
Algorithms and Metrics
H1~L1
12.5%
KXA251
Artificial Intelligence
H1~L1
12.5%
KXA252
Software Design
H2~L2
12.5%
KXA253
Operating Systems
H2~L2
12.5%
KXA254
Year 3
Availability of the following units depends on student demand and availability
of resources.
Choose four of the following:
Computer Security [b]
H2~L2
12.5%
KXA262/362
Principles of Operating
Systems
L2
12.5%
KXA334
Knowledge-Based Systems
L1
12.5%
KXA335
Digital Networks
L1
12.5%
KXA336
Programming Systems
L2
12.5%
KXA337
Computer Graphics &
Animation
L2
12.5%
KXA338
Computer Assisted
Learning
L1
12.5%
KXA339
[b] Use level 300 enrolment code (eg KXA362)
Bachelor of Computing with Honours
(Abbreviation: BComp(Hons))
Course code: S4D
This 1-year full-time or 2-year part-time course is offered by the Faculty of
Science & Engineering at Launceston.
Admission & prerequisites
Bachelor of Computing or equivalent qualification approved by the School of
Computing. Applicants will normally be expected to have achieved an average
grade of credit or better in year three of their degree.
Course objectives
To provide in-depth knowledge and advanced training in a major area of
computing; and to provide the opportunity to practice research methodologies
in preparation for research in higher degrees (eg PhD) or employment in
research organisations.
Course details (2001)
page 315
Career outcomes
Students are prepared for careers and research in the area of Information
Technology (IT). Current forecasts indicate a world wide shortage of IT
professionals for at least the next ten years. Computing professionals get well
paid, interesting positions in almost any area – government, commerce,
industry. The range of activities is wide, including: website management,
system administration, client support and training, program design,
development and testing, and so on.
Professional recognition
Undergraduate students of the BComp are eligible for student membership of
the Australian Computer Society (ACS) and the Institute of Electrical and
Electronics Engineers (IEEE). On completion of the degree and entry into the
computing profession, graduates can apply to become full members of these
bodies.
Course structure
A candidate must meet all the coursework requirements and submit a thesis on
a topic approved by the school and supervised by a member of staff. (See unit
details for KXA450, KXA451)
Articulation
Candidates with qualifications from other tertiary institutions may be accepted
in the course subject to approval by the Faculty of Science & Engineering.
The BComp(Hons) leads on the MSc and PhD.
Schedule
Unit Title
Computing Honours Full
time
Computing Honours Part
time
campus-sem
weight
code
Lf
100%
KXA450
Lf
50%
KXA451
Bachelor of Engineering
(Abbreviation: BE)
Course code: N3A
Course details (2001)
page 316
This 4-year (minimum) full-time course is offered by the Faculty of Science and
Engineering. The first two years of the course may be studied in either Hobart
or Launceston. The remainder of the course must be completed in Hobart.
Note: Students intending to study at Launceston should contact the School for
advice prior to enrolling.
Admission & prerequisites
If students are entering first year Engineering in either Hobart or Launceston,
they must have met the University admission requirements including a TCE
Satisfactory Achievement (SA) result or higher in Mathematics Stage 2 *MT841
and Applied Science: Physical Science *SC786.
Although not essential for entry, students are encouraged to study additional
TCE science subjects such as Chemistry, Computer Science, Mathematics Stage
3, Physics, etc as they provide a useful background for first-year BE units.
A TAFE diploma in Civil, Mechanical or Electrical Engineering may be
accepted as an alternative prerequisite for admission to the Bachelor of
Engineering course with advanced standing.
Interstate or overseas qualifications, which are deemed equivalent by the
University, may also be accepted.
Course objectives
The objectives of the Bachelor of Engineering degree are:
•
•
•
•
to provide a sound basis in the physical sciences, mathematics and basic
engineering science in the first two years of study, along with some degree
of specialisation;
to provide, in the final two years of study, specific theory and practice in
one of the specialised engineering fields;
to train students to a graduate level whereby they meet the academic
requirements for admission to the Institution of Engineers, Australia and
like institutions; and
to produce well-rounded graduates who can develop their professional
and managerial skills in their places of employment.
The engineering degree is interesting and challenging, requiring motivation
and commitment from the student. In its final stages, students work and
become familiar with the very latest developments in the various disciplines.
Professional recognition
Course details (2001)
page 317
The Bachelor of Engineering is accredited by The Institution of Engineers
Australia (IEAust) as providing qualification for Graduate membership of the
Institution. It is also recognised in a number of other countries such as UK and
USA through agreements between the IEAust and like professional bodies
overseas.
The computer systems engineering specialisation is also accredited by the
Australian Computer Society for graduate entry.
Course structure
Students both in Hobart and Launceston take a common first two years. This
gives a breadth of subjects which enables students to select the area of
engineering to which they are best suited and in which they wish to specialise.
The six broad areas of specialisation are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
civil engineering
mechanical engineering
electrical power engineering
electronics and communication engineering
computer systems engineering
mechatronics
The standard routes of progression through each of the four years to these
specialisations are shown in the following Chart.
A major feature of the engineering course is the emphasis placed on laboratory
work; students will be required to write regular reports on their work. The
design classes provide them with opportunities to learn the techniques of
developing safe and reliable designs. In the fourth year, each student may
undertake an individual project which involves an analysis of requirements,
feasibility study, and design and development usually resulting in a prototype.
For both the laboratory and the design classes, extensive use is made of
computers.
Engineering students are also required to undertake a recognised first-aid
course (ie Workplace Level 2, First Aid Certificate, offered by either St John
Ambulance or Red Cross) and to complete a prescribed amount of industrial
experience work in the vacations. Where possible, the work experience
placements are arranged through the School of Engineering, and students are
paid by their employers at the appropriate award rate.
Articulation
Course details (2001)
page 318
In certain circumstances the Faculty may grant status in units of the BE degree
course to students who have completed equivalent work in other institutions.
All such cases are treated on their merits.
Special admission conditions apply to the acceptance of some overseas
students. Approved diplomates of certain overseas polytechnics may be
granted advanced standing of up to four semesters toward the four-year
Bachelor of Engineering degree. Special courses for overseas students with
advanced standing are outlined in the Specimen Courses under the heading
Overseas Students with Diplomas in Civil, Mechanical or Electrical
Engineering.
If students wish to specialise in other branches of Engineering (eg Aeronautical,
Agricultural, Chemical, Manufacturing, Maritime, Materials, Mining, Naval
Architecture, Petroleum), it is generally possible for them to start their studies
at the University of Tasmania and later transfer to an institution offering the
course. If this is the student's intention, it is important that the students see the
Degree Coordinator before starting their University studies as it may be
necessary to follow a specially prescribed course.
Specimen courses
Specimen courses are outlined below. Students should note that their choice of
units should conform with the specimen courses, unless otherwise determined
by the Degree Coordinator.
If students have previously attempted all or part of an examination they will
not be permitted to count units with overlapping content.
Policy on use of calculators in examinations
Engineers use calculators a great deal, and it is essential that each engineering
student has a calculator.
Because of the advantage that advanced (and generally expensive) calculators
might give in examinations, a uniform policy on calculators for use in
engineering examinations in the earlier years of the course has been adopted.
Only the following types of calculator will be permitted in first year
engineering examinations: Hewlett-Packard HP32S, Sharp EL-5120 and
EL-531GH, Casio FX-82 Super and FX-100S.
Students should note that this list includes some programmable, specialist
scientific calculators as well as some more basic types. They should consider
their options carefully. Students taking units taught by the Australian Maritime
College in Launceston should note the particular calculator requirements of
those units.
Course details (2001)
page 319
The list of permitted calculators will be kept as stable as possible, subject to the
availability of the various models.
Figure 1
PLACE CHART (ENG_1.eps) HERE
Specimen courses
The revised first year, which was introduced in 1999, and the revised second
year introduced in 2000, are common to all Bachelor of Engineering streams and
may be studied at Hobart or Launceston. The Launceston course units (except
where otherwise noted) are taught by the Australian Maritime College.
Students intending to study at Launceston should contact the School for
information prior to enrolling.
Unit Title
campus-sem
Year 1
(Common to all streams) Hobart
Programming and Problem
Solving
H1~L1/2~B1
Computer Aided Design and
Communication
H1
Engineering Mechanics
H1
Chemistry of Materials
H2
Engineering Profession and
Industry
H2
Electrical Engineering
H2
Calculus and
Applications 1
Hf
(Common to all streams) Launceston
Introduction to Computing
L2
Principles of Programming
L2
Engineering Graphics and
Design A
L1
Engineering Graphics and
Design B
L2
Engineering Mechanics A
L1
Engineering Mechanics B
L2
Electrical Fundamentals
Lf
Materials Technology 1
Lf
Thermofluid Dynamics 1
L2
Physics
L1
weight
code
12.5%
KXA151
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KNE111
KNE112
KRA170
12.5%
12.5%
KNE121
KNE122
25%
KMA150
3.15%
3.15%
KNT111
KNT112
6.25%
KNT121
6.25%
6.25%
6.25%
12.5%
12.5%
6.25%
6.25%
KNT122
KNT123
KNT124
KNT115
KNT116
KNT118
KNT119
Course details (2001)
Engineering Profession and
Industry
L1
Mathematical Methods
L1~D1
Calculus and Linear
Algebra
L2~D2
Year 2
(Common to all streams) Hobart
Engineering Design and Project
Management
H2
Thermal and Fluid
Engineering
H1
Electronic Engineering
H1
Engineering Mathematics
H1
Mechanics and Structures
H1
Software Process
H2~L2~B2
Plus one Science option from:
Surveying for Engineers
H2
Engineering Physics
H2
Operating Systems
H2~L2
Plus one Engineering option from:
Materials and
Manufacturing
H2
Microprocessors and Data
Acquisition
H2
(Common to all streams) Launceston
Microprocessor and Data
Acquisition
L2
Computer Aided Design A
L1
Computer Aided Design B
L2
Engineering Design
Lf
Technical Review
L1
Electronic Engineering
L1
Thermodynamics
L2
Fluid Mechanics
L1
Strength of Materials
Lf
Engineering Dynamics
L2
Calculus of Several
Variables
L1~D1
Linear Algebra for
Engineering
L2~D2
CIVIL/MECHANICAL OPTION
Materials
L1
Ocean Science [a]
L2
ELECTRICAL SOFTWARE OPTION
Electrical Systems
L1
Software Process (AMC)
L2
page 320
6.25%
12.5%
KNT120
KNT125
12.5%
KNT126
12.5%
KNE211
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KNE213
KNE222
KME271
KNE212
KXA154
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KGG215
KYA275
KXA254
12.5%
KNE210
12.5%
KNE232
7.5%
5%
5%
10%
2.5%
10%
5%
5%
10%
10%
KNT224
KNT225
KNT226
KNT214
KNT215
KNT216
KNT217
KNT218
KNT219
KNT220
8.33%
KNT227
4.17%
KNT228
5%
10%
KNT221
KNT222
7.5%
7.5%
KNT223
KNT229
Course details (2001)
[a]
page 321
This requirement may be filled by undertaking AMC unit E03268 Ocean
Science or any science unit offered by the University of Tasmania.
Civil Engineering
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
Year 3
Engineering Numerical
Methods
H1
12.5%
Geotechnical Engineering
1
H1
12.5%
Steel and Timber
Structures
H1
12.5%
Fluid Mechanics 1
H1
12.5%
Engineering Project Management
and Economics
H2
12.5%
Structural Mechanics
H2
12.5%
Transportation
Engineering
H1
12.5%
Concrete Structures
H2
12.5%
Year 4
Revisions to Year 4 will be introduced in 2002
Engineering Management
and Law
H16% N3H6.25%
Business Strategies and
Marketing for Engineers
H26% N3H6.25%
Engineering Design 3
(Civil)
Hf
20%
Structural Mechanics 3
H1
8.5%
Stress Analysis
H1
8.5%
Hydraulics
H1
8.5%
Geomechanics 2
H2
8.5%
Traffic and Highway
Engineering
H2
8.5%
Environmental Engineering
H2
8.5%
Civil Engineering Project
H2
8.5%
Geotechnical Engineering
1
H1
12.5%
code
KME300
KNE313
KNE315
KNE351
KNE301
KNE312
KNE314
KNE316
ACM462
AEA461
ACC454
ACC413
ACC414
ACC431
ACC434
ACC445
ACC446
ACC447
KNE313
Mechanical Engineering
Unit Title
Year 3
Engineering Numerical
Methods
campus-sem
weight
code
H1
12.5%
KME300
Course details (2001)
page 322
Fluid Mechanics 1
H1
12.5%
Dynamic Systems
H?
12.5%
Design for Manufacture
Hf
12.5%
Engineering Project Management
and Economics
H2
12.5%
Structural Mechanics
H2
12.5%
Manufacturing, Maintenance
and Quality
H2
12.5%
Thermal Energy Systems
H1
12.5%
Year 4
Revisions to Year 4 will be introduced in 2002
Engineering Management
and Law
H16% N3H6.25%
Business Strategies and
Marketing for Engineers
H26% N3H6.25%
Engineering Design 3
(Mechanical)
Hf
20%
Robotics, Dynamics and
Control
H2
8.5%
Aerodynamic Design
H1
8.5%
Gas Dynamics and
Turbomachines
H2
8.5%
Refrigeration and Air
Conditioning
H1
8.5%
Heat and Mass Transfer
H2
8.5%
Advanced Manufacturing
H1
8.5%
Stress Analysis
H1
8.5%
Environmental Engineering
H2
8.5%
KNE351
KNE352
KNE355
KNE301
KNE312
KNE353
KNE354
ACM462
AEA461
ACM456
ACM401
ACM420
ACM423
ACM460
ACM470
ACM475
ACC414
ACC446
Electrical Power Engineering
Unit Title
Year 3
Engineering Numerical
Methods
Advanced Circuit Analysis
Digital Electronic
Systems
Signals and Linear
Systems
Electrical Design Management
and Law
Instrumentation and
Control
Electrical Materials and
Machines
campus-sem
weight
code
H1
H1
12.5%
12.5%
KME300
KNE331
H2
12.5%
KNE332
H1
12.5%
KNE333
H2
12.5%
KNE335
H2
12.5%
KNE336
H2
12.5%
KNE341
Course details (2001)
page 323
Power Systems 1
H2
12.5%
Year 4
Revisions to Year 4 will be introduced in 2002
Engineering Management
and Law
H16% N3H6.25%
Business Strategies and
Marketing for Engineers
H26% N3H6.25%
Engineering Design 3
(Electrical Power)
Hf
20%
Control Engineering
H1
8.5%
Signal Processing
H1
8.5%
Power Systems 2
H1
8.5%
Power Electronic Drive
Systems
H1
8.5%
Industrial Power Engineering
Applications
H2
8.5%
Plus three of the following:
Electronic Systems
[na]
8.5%
Engineering Systems
H2
8.5%
Computer and Data
Networks
H2
8.5%
Knowledge Engineering
H1
8.5%
Computer Systems 2
H1
8.5%
Digital Communications
H1
8.5%
One other unit approved by HoS.
KNE342
ACM462
AEA461
AEA452
AEA408
AEA431
AEA441
AEA445
AEA446
AEA407
AEA409
AEA412
AEA413
AEA416
AEA432
Electronics and Communications Engineering
Unit Title
campus-sem
Year 3
Engineering Numerical
Methods
H1
Advanced Circuit Analysis
H1
Digital Electronic
Systems
H2
Signals and Linear
Systems
H1
Communication Systems 1
H2
Electrical Design Management
and Law
H2
Instrumentation and
Control
H2
Power Systems 1
H2
Year 4
Revisions to Year 4 will be introduced in 2002
weight
code
12.5%
12.5%
KME300
KNE331
12.5%
KNE332
12.5%
12.5%
KNE333
KNE334
12.5%
KNE335
12.5%
12.5%
KNE336
KNE342
Course details (2001)
page 324
Engineering Management
and Law
Business Strategies and
Marketing for Engineers
Engineering Design 3
(Electronics and Computer
Engineering)
Control Engineering
Computer and Data
Networks
Computer Systems 2
Signal Processing
Digital Communications
Plus three of the following:
Electronic Systems
Engineering Systems
Knowledge Engineering
Image Processing and Computer
Vision
One other unit approved by HoS.
H16% N3H6.25%
ACM462
H26% N3H6.25%
AEA461
Hf
H1
20%
8.5%
AEA453
AEA408
H2
H1
H1
H1
8.5%
8.5%
8.5%
8.5%
AEA412
AEA416
AEA431
AEA432
[na]
H2
H1
8.5%
8.5%
8.5%
AEA407
AEA409
AEA413
H2
8.5%
AEA414
Computer Systems Engineering
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
Year 3
Engineering Numerical
Methods
H1
12.5%
Signals and Linear
Systems
H1
12.5%
Networks and Protocols
H1
12.5%
Algorithms and Metrics
H1~L1
12.5%
Communication Systems 1
H2
12.5%
Instrumentation and
Control
H2
12.5%
Software Design
H2~L2
12.5%
one 12.5% computing unit to be advised.
Year 4
Revisions to Year 4 will be introduced in 2002
Software Engineering
Project
Hf
25%
Computer Architecture
H1
12.5%
Engineering Management
and Law
H16% N3H6.25%
Business Strategies and
Marketing for Engineers
H26% N3H6.25%
code
KME300
KNE333
KCA321
KXA251
KNE334
KNE336
KXA253
KCA444
KCA443
ACM462
AEA461
Course details (2001)
page 325
Plus electives (preferably two KCA and three AEA units) drawn from the
following:
Electronic Systems
[na]
8.5%
AEA407
Control Engineering
H1
8.5%
AEA408
Computer and Data
Networks
H2
8.5%
AEA412
Computer Systems 2
H1
8.5%
AEA416
ASIC Design
H1
8.5%
AEA419
Signal Processing
H1
8.5%
AEA431
Digital Communications
H1
8.5%
AEA432
Advanced Lambda Calculus
H
12.5%
KCA421
Concurrency
H
12.5%
KCA422
UNIX
H
12.5%
KCA423
Software Engineering
Management
H
12.5%
KCA427
Intelligent Systems
H1
12.5%
KCA441
Image Processing and Computer
Vision
H2
12.5%
KCA442
[i] Units with an overlap in content will not both be counted towards the
degree;
[ii] Contact the School of engineering for details on availability of elective
units;
[iii] Candidates for Honours shall also enrol in the unit AEA494 Computer
Systems Engineering Honours Thesis;
[iv] One other unit may be substituted with the approval of HoS.
Mechatronic Engineering
Unit Title
campus-sem
Year 3
Engineering Numerical
Methods
H1
Dynamic Systems
H?
Design for Manufacture
Hf
Signals and Linear
Systems
H1
Engineering Project Management
and Economics
H2
Instrumentation and
Control
H2
Manufacturing, Maintenance
and Quality
H2
Mechatronic Systems 1
H2
Mechatronic Systems 1
H2
Year 4
Year 4 units will be introduced in 2002
weight
code
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KME300
KNE352
KNE355
12.5%
KNE333
12.5%
KNE301
12.5%
KNE336
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KNE353
KNE364
KNE364
Course details (2001)
page 326
Overseas Students with a Diploma in Civil, Mechanical or Electrical
Engineering; and 3-semester Advanced Standing
Unit Title
Electrical Diplomates
Commencing February
campus-sem
weight
code
Course prescribed by Head of School, requiring 6 semester to complete.
Commencing July
Computing and Mathematics
Engineering Physics
Software Process
Either KCA254 or KCA202
Microprocessors and Data
Acquisition
Operating Systems
Civil and Mechanical Diplomates
Commencing February
H2
H2
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KNE225
KYA275
KXA154
H2
H2~L2
12.5%
12.5%
KNE232
KXA254
Course prescribed by Head of School, requiring 6 semester to complete.
Commencing July
Mechanics and Structures
Computing and Mathematics
Software Process
Either KYA275 or KNM210
Engineering Physics
Materials and
Manufacturing
H1
H2
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KNE212
KNE225
KXA154
H2
12.5%
KYA275
H2
12.5%
KNE210
Bachelor of Engineering with Honours
(Abbreviation: BE(Hons))
Course code: N4A
A candidate who has completed the Third Examination of the Bachelor of
Engineering with sufficient merit will be invited by the Faculty of Science and
Engineering on the recommendation of the Degree Coordinator as a candidate
for the degree of Bachelor of Engineering with Honours.
Admission & prerequisites
Course details (2001)
page 327
Acceptance for honours is based on the value of WAM3, a weighted average
mark computed from the candidate's results in the Third Examination of the
Bachelor of Engineering course (see Note below).
Course objectives
The BE honours program exists to serve two purposes. Firstly, it enables
outstanding academic performance by students in the final two years of the
degree course to be acknowledged. Secondly, and as part of this process, it
requires the student to perform and present a substantial piece of work by way
of an investigative project, leading to an oral presentation and a written thesis
describing the work.
Course structure
Students enrolled in honours must undertake an individual research and
development project of a standard and scope appropriate to the degree of
Bachelor of Engineering with Honours.
The award of Honours is assessed on the basis of the student's academic record.
Assessment of the examinations of the Bachelor of Engineering degree are
described in Note. The class of honours awarded, which may be either first
class or second class (upper or lower division), is based on a candidate's overall
weighted average mark (WAM).
Note
A Weighted Average Mark (WAM) shall be computed from the candidate's
results in the Third and Fourth Examination for the Bachelor of Engineering
degree according to the formula:
WAM=0.8 x (2xWAM3 + 3 x WAM4)/5 + 0.2 x THESIS.
WAM n is the Weighted Average Mark in the n th examination of the Bachelor
of Engineering degree, computed from the formula:
WAM n = ∑(G x W
s
)/∑W s
where G is the subject examination grade on the scale HD = 10, DN = 7, CR = 3,
PP = 0, SP,TP,FP = -2, NN = -4, and Ws is the fractional subject weighting given
in the Handbook of the year of enrolment in each subject.
THESIS is calculated from the examination of the candidate's final year project
thesis. The thesis will be marked on a 0 to 10 scale in which a mark of 5/10
represents the minimum standard for the award of honours. THESIS is
calculated from the thesis mark according to the formula:
Course details (2001)
page 328
THESIS = 1.4 x (Thesis mark) -4.0.
A copy of the Bachelor of Engineering with Honours specifications and/or
further details are available from the relevant Head of School.
Honours (Thesis)
Unit codes
Unit Title
campus-sem
Civil Engineering Honours
Thesis
Hf
Mechanical Engineering Honours
Thesis
Hf
Electrical Power Engineering
Honours Thesis
Hf
Electronics and Computer
Engineering Honours Thesis
Hf
Computer Systems Engineering
Honours Thesis
Hf
weight
code
0%
ACC490
0%
ACM495
0%
AEA492
0%
AEA493
0%
AEA494
Bachelor of Environmental Design
(Abbreviation: BEnvDes)
Course code: D3A
This 3-year degree course is available, full time, on-campus by the Faculty of
Science and Engineering and is available through the School of Architecture.
Admission & prerequisites
The Faculty considers for admission students who have a broad academic
background and a demonstrated interest in, commitment to and aptitude for
design.
Apart from the University's general admission requirements, there are no
additional prerequisites for the BEnvDes degree. HSC/TCE subjects preferably
should not be restricted to a narrow discipline, but rather span two or more
areas (e.g. art and science).
A limited number of quota places is available to applicants who do not meet the
normal University entry requirements. Such applicants will be required to
attend an interview and present a folio of creative work and/or demonstrate
skills and knowledge that suggest they could successfully undertake the course.
Course details (2001)
page 329
Course objectives
The Bachelor of Environmental Design is seen primarily as a pre-professional
course and thus aims to produce graduates whose creative abilities are
developed to a level of competence necessary to gain admission to the Bachelor
of Environmental Design with Honours, Bachelor of Architecture, and
equivalent courses in the fields of architecture, town planning and related
design areas. Examples of other areas in which students have continued their
studies include: Landscape Architecture, Design Education, Building,
Environmental Studies, Urban Design and Conservation.
Career outcomes
In order to gain work experience and skills in preparation for further studies,
graduates of this course may find employment as professional assistants in
professional offices, in local, in state or in national government offices.
Professional recognition
The course is a prerequisite for entry to the Bachelor of Architecture, which
fulfils the academic requirements for membership of the Royal Australian
Institute of Architects.
Course structure
The course structure is outlined in the following Schedule.
Articulation
Applicants who have completed the Associate Diploma of Applied Science
(Building and Architecture), which is offered by TAFE Tasmania, will be
granted one year of credit towards the degree.
Applicants who have passed subjects or units in other approved courses
(completed or otherwise) at another approved tertiary institution may have
such studies credited towards the degree, provided that the Faculty may
specify what more must be done to qualify for the degree.
Schedule A
Unit Title
Year 1
Environmental Design 1A
Environmental Design 1B
History & Theory in
Design 1
campus-sem
weight
code
L1
L1
12.5%
12.5%
KDA111
KDA112
L1
12.5%
KDA114
Course details (2001)
Building Technology in
Design 1
Environmental Design 2A
Environmental Design 2B
History & Theory in
Design 2
Building Technology in
Design 2
Year 2
Design Studio 3
History & Theory in
Design 3
Building Technology in
Design 3
Specialised Studio 1
Design Studio 4
History and Theory in
Design 4
Building Technology in
Design 4
Specialised Studio 2
Year 3
Design Studio 5
History & Theory in
Design 5
Building Technology in
Design 5
Specialised Studio 3
Design Studio 6
History and Theory in
Design 6
Building Technology in
Design 6
Specialised Studio 4
page 330
L1
L2
L2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KDA115
KDA121
KDA122
L2
12.5%
KDA124
L2
12.5%
KDA125
L1
12.5%
KDA211
L1
12.5%
KDA212
L1
L1
L2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KDA213
KDA214
KDA221
L2
12.5%
KDA222
L2
L2
12.5%
12.5%
KDA223
KDA224
L1
12.5%
KDA311
L1
12.5%
KDA312
L1
L1
L2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KDA313
KDA314
KDA321
L2
12.5%
KDA322
L2
L2
12.5%
12.5%
KDA323
KDA324
Bachelor of Environmental Design with
Honours
(Abbreviation: BEnvDes(Hons))
Course code: D4A
Course details (2001)
page 331
This 1-year full-time or 2-year part-time course is offered on-campus by the
Faculty of Science and Engineering and is available through the School of
Architecture.
Admission & prerequisites
Before beginning their course of study for the degree of BEnvDes(Hons)
students shall have –
(a)
(b)
qualified for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Environmental Design
(BEnvDes) in this University or qualified for admission to a degree in
another design course in a tertiary institution approved by the Faculty of
Science and Engineering; and
achieved an Average Weighted Mark of at least 62.5% in the units of the
final year of the BEnvDes course or an equivalent design course in another
tertiary institution approved by the Faculty.
Course objectives
The course is designed to provide research training and to develop more
specialised knowledge in selected areas of design which are especially relevant
to today's environmental concerns and which are already incorporated in the
programs of the School.
Career outcomes
The honours course is aimed specifically at students who wish to continue
further studies in a related research field. Graduates of the course are eligible to
enter a higher degree in most related fields. The School provides a Master of
Design by research degree course.
Course structure
The course structure is outlined in the following Schedule.
Schedule A
Unit Title
Dissertation 1 (BEnvDes
Hons)
Environmental Design (BEnvDes
Hons)
Design Theory (BEnvDes
Hons)
Dissertation 2 (BEnvDes
Hons)
campus-sem
weight
code
L1
25%
KDA471
Lf
37.5%
KDA472
Lf
12.5%
KDA473
L2
25%
KDA481
Course details (2001)
page 332
Bachelor of Geomatics
(Abbreviation: BGeom)
Course code: N3H
This 4-year (minimum) full-time or part-time course is offered by the Faculty of
Science and Engineering. The degree is available at Hobart and, subject to
demand, the first year may also be offered at Launceston. Honours requires one
year of additional study.
Admission & prerequisites
In addition to satisfying the normal University admission requirements,
students entering first year Geomatics must have obtained a TCE Satisfactory
Achievement (SA) result or higher in both Mathematics Stage 2 (*MT841) and
Physical Sciences (*SC786).
If applicants do not have these prerequisites they should discuss their
qualifications with the degree coordinator.
Interstate or overseas qualifications which are deemed equivalent by the
University may also be accepted, subject to approval by the degree coordinator.
Prerequisites are currently under review.
Course objectives
Geomatics is a term that describes a number of closely related disciplines. These
include surveying, spatial and geographic information systems,
photogrammetry, remote sensing, geodesy and cartography. The name
Geomatics, derived from the French term 'science geomatique', has been
adopted internationally to describe the scope of the spatial information
sciences.
In recent years, there has been an explosion of ideas and technology in
Geomatics. Tools such as Geographic Information Systems (GIS), Global
Positioning Systems (GPS), remote sensing, image processing, and digital
photogrammetry have impacted dramatically, with GIS and GPS becoming
ubiquitous. For graduates choosing a career in land surveying, these
technologies will be as important as the traditional instruments such as the
theodolite. For other students an understanding of these new technologies
presents a wide range of career opportunities within the geomatics disciplines.
The aim of the Bachelor of Geomatics is to prepare students for employment in
vocations requiring a knowledge of the geomatic sciences. These include:
Course details (2001)
•
•
•
•
•
page 333
land surveying – measuring and defining land ownership boundaries;
spatial control for projects such as roads and bridges;
spatial and geographic information systems – computer management,
mapping and analysis of spatial information;
photogrammetry and remote sensing – measurement, mapping and data
analysis from aircraft and satellite sensors;
geodesy and geodetic surveying – science of the measurement and
mapping of the earth's surface using terrestrial and/or satellite data;
hydrographic surveying – measuring and mapping in a marine
environment.
To achieve this aim, the course imparts to students:
•
•
•
•
•
•
an understanding of the scientific principles underlying the geomatic
sciences;
a knowledge of the way in which these principles are implemented in
current surveying and mapping technology;
appropriate scientific analysis, problem solving and design skills;
appropriate communication skills;
a general knowledge of associated disciplines that will facilitate
communication and professional interaction; and
an appreciation of the professional standards and practices of relevant
professional institutions.
Career outcomes
Graduates of the Spatial Information Systems stream who wish to proceed
towards registration must complete the coursework units from the fourth year
of the Land Surveying stream.
Further information is available from the degree coordinator.
Graduates may find employment in a wide range of areas including spatial data
management, land administration, surveying and mapping, cadastral and
engineering surveying, GIS industries, and geodetic agencies.
Professional recognition
The Bachelor of Geomatics is recognised by the Institution of Surveyors,
Australia as providing qualification for graduate membership of the Institution.
Corporate membership is granted after an approved period of professional
experience.
For registration as authorised surveyors by the Tasmanian Surveyors' Board,
graduates of the Land Surveying stream must complete two years of supervised
practical experience and pass the Board's oral and practical examinations. The
Course details (2001)
page 334
fourth year of the course counts towards the professional experience required
by the Board.
Course structure
The Bachelor of Geomatics may be undertaken in either of two specialisations:
Land Surveying or Spatial Information Systems. Each of these consists of four
years of academic study, including a minimum of 20 weeks of professional
experience in the final year. Students do not need to choose their specialisation
until the final year.
The course structure is outlined in the schedule which follows.
Articulation
Students may be granted credit if they have completed equivalent work in other
institutions. For example, students who have successfully completed the TAFE
Associate Diploma of Applied Science (Surveying) will be granted credit for
25% of the course requirements, including the units Geomatics 1 and Applied
Physics.
If students have 12 months or more of appropriate work experience they may
also be granted credit for the Professional Experience component of the course.
Note
Candidates for the degree shall pass all of the units prescribed for either the
Land Surveying stream or the Spatial Information Systems stream. However,
the Degree Board Chair may, with the approval of the relevant Head of School,
in a special case, allow a candidate to substitute another unit for a unit which
has been prescribed.
Schedule A
Unit Title
Hobart
Year 1 (First Examination)
Geomatics 1a – Introduction
to Geomatics
Geomatics lb – Studio
Geomatics
1c – Surveying
Programming and Problem
Solving
Software Process
Calculus and
Applications 1A
campus-sem
weight
code
H1~Lv1
H2~L2
12.5%
12.5%
KGG145
KGG150
H2~Lv2
12.5%
KGG155
H1~L1/2~B1
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
12.5%
KXA151
KXA154
H1
12.5%
KMA152
Course details (2001)
Data Handling and
Statistics 1
H1/2~L1/2~B2
12.5%
Applied Physics
H1
12.5%
Launceston
Year 1 (First Examination)
Geomatics 1a – Introduction
to Geomatics
H1~Lv1
12.5%
Geomatics lb – Studio
H2~L2
12.5%
Geomatics
1c – Surveying
H2~Lv2
12.5%
Programming and Problem
Solving
H1~L1/2~B1
12.5%
Software Process
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
Mathematics I
L1~D1
12.5%
Data Handling and
Statistics 1
H1/2~L1/2~B2
12.5%
a 12.5% physics unit to be advised
Year 2 (Second Examination)
Geomatics 2a: Surveying
H1
12.5%
Geomatics 2b: Remote Sensing
& Photogrammetry
H1
12.5%
Geomatics 2d: Transformations
and Projections
H2
12.5%
Geomatics 2e: Analysis of
Observations
H2
12.5%
Information Modelling
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
Geomatics 2f: Studio
H2
12.5%
Computational Mathematics
& Linear Algebra
(Geomatics)
H1
12.5%
Geomatics 2c: Introduction to
GIS
H1
12.5%
Year 3 (Third Examination)
Engineering Management
and Law
H16% N3H6.25%
Business Strategies and
Marketing for Engineers
H26% N3H6.25%
Environmental Remote
Sensing
H1
12.5%
Geomatics 3e: Studio
H2
12.5%
Geomatics 3a: Surveying
H1
12.5%
Geomatics 3b: Remote Sensing
& Photogrammetry
H1
12.5%
Geomatics 3c: Advanced
Geographic Information Systems
(GIS)
H2
12.5%
Geomatics 3d: Geodesy
H1
12.5%
page 335
KMA153
KYA171
KGG145
KGG150
KGG155
KXA151
KXA154
KMA171
KMA153
KGG220
KGG230
KGG260
KGG270
BSA102
KGG280
KMA265
KGG240
ACM462
AEA461
KGA365
KGG355
KGG320
KGG330
KGG340
KGG350
Course details (2001)
Earth Sciences
H2
Year 4 (Fourth Examination)
The following unit is common to both streams
Professional Experience
H1/2
Land Surveying Stream
Municipal Engineering for
Surveyors
H1
Land Development Planning
H1
Land Law and Cadastral
Studies
H1
Surveying Practice
H1
Spatial Information Systems Stream
Either BSA203 or KCA342
Information Management
H2~L2~B2
Image Processing and Computer
Vision
H2
Advanced Spatial Data
Analysis
H2
GIS Application
Development
H2
Geographic Information Systems
Project
H1/2
page 336
12.5%
KGG360
50%
KGG401
12.5%
12.5%
ACM405
KGG405
12.5%
12.5%
KGG407
KGG425
12.5%
BSA203
12.5%
KCA342
12.5%
KGG435
12.5%
KGG440
12.5%
KGG445
Bachelor of Geomatics with Honours
(Abbreviation: BGeom(Hons))
Course code: N4H
This 1-year full-time or 2-year part-time course is offered by the Faculty of
Science and Engineering at Hobart.
Admission & prerequisites
To be eligible to enrol for the degree applicants must either have qualified for
admission to the degree of Bachelor of Geomatics in this University or have
qualified in another university or tertiary institution for a degree deemed by the
Faculty of Science and Engineering to be equivalent to that degree. In either
case, the standard of pass must be of sufficient merit to satisfy the Faculty of
Science and Engineering.
Course objectives
The course objectives are:
Course details (2001)
•
•
•
•
page 337
to provide advanced in-depth knowledge in a single area of spatial
information science;
to provide opportunity for training in research;
to prepare students for postgraduate research in the Master of Spatial
Information Science and PhD programs as well as for employment in
research organisations; and
to provide advanced courses in selected areas of spatial information
science
Career outcomes
The Honours course provides students with advanced skills and research
experience in a specialised area of Geomatics or surveying. Graduates are likely
to find employment in Commonwealth or State government agencies, or large
private organisations.
Professional recognition
The Bachelor of Geomatics with Honours is recognised by the Institution of
Surveyors, Australia providing qualification for graduate membership of the
Institution. Corporate membership is granted after an approved period of
professional experience.
Course structure
The Honours course consists of lectures, project work and thesis as prescribed
by the degree coordinator for the Centre of Spatial Information Science.
Lectures and project work will be appropriate for the particular research topic
chosen and will constitute 50% of the assessment. With the agreement of the
degree coordinator, candidates may select from Group 2, 3 and 4 units offered
by the Faculty of Science and Engineering. Project work may consist of a
specific set of reading programs or coursework as specified by the degree
coordinator. The coursework and thesis topics can be selected from the
following areas of specialisation:
•
•
•
•
•
Advanced Photogrammetry
Advanced GIS
Advanced Geodesy
Advanced Adjustment Theory
Advanced Instrumentation and Techniques.
The overall enrolment code for full-time students is KGG510 and for part-time
students KGG515.
See KGG510/511on page xx.
Course details (2001)
page 338
Bachelor of Natural Environment and
Wilderness Studies
(Abbreviation: BNatEnvWildStud)
Course code: S3T
Course coordinator: Professor J Kirkpatrick
This three years full-time or six years part-time course is offered internally at
Hobart and Launceston. The first year of the course is also available at the
North-West Centre.
Admission & prerequisites
Satisfaction of the University's minimum entry requirements for degree
courses. Subject prerequisites apply within the course.
Course objectives
The Bachelor of Natural Environment and Wilderness Studies is for students
who are interested in gaining a wide interdisciplinary understanding of natural
environments and wilderness and developing knowledge, skills and techniques
that are useful in employment or other activities related to natural
environments and wilderness.
The structure of the degree ensures that students gain a broad understanding of
the field, while being able to specialise in areas of interest to them.
The program develops a wide range of general abilities including:
•
•
•
•
•
communication skills;
data collection skills;
analytical skills;
information retrieval, manipulation and presentation skills;
the ability to work across traditional discipline areas.
Career outcomes
This interdisciplinary course is designed to provide students with the
opportunity to develop knowledge and skills that will help them gain
employment related to natural environments and wilderness. Opportunities for
such employment exist in a wide variety of areas such as nature-based tourism,
natural area management and natural area interpretation. The broad nature of
Course details (2001)
page 339
the course also provides more general employability in the same way as the
Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts.
Course structure
Students must satisfactorily complete appropriate units with a total weighting
of 300%.
The first 100% (i.e. the first year) must be made up of level 100 units with at
least 25% taken from those listed in Schedule A and 25% from those listed in
Schedule B. The remaining 50% of first year units should be chosen from either
schedule A or B or any first year units not so listed, with a maximum of 25%
from unlisted units.
The remaining 200% must be made up of level 200 and level 300 units chosen
within the following constraints: at least 25% must be taken from each of
schedules C, D, E and F; no more than 25% of units in total should be taken
outside schedules C, D, E and F; at least 75% of units should be at level 300.
Articulation
Credit for relevant units will be given to transferring students.
Another related course offered by this University is the Bachelor of Science
(Natural Environment and Wilderness Management) with Honours.
Schedule A
Unit Title
campus-sem
Sustainable Resource
Management
H2~B2
Geology 1
Hf
Geography and Environmental
Studies 1
Hf
Fauna of Tasmania
L1~B1
Genetics
L2~B2
Chemistry 1
Lf~Bf
Chemistry for Life
Sciences
L1
Introduction to
Biochemistry
L2
The Physical Environment
L2~B2~D2
Data Handling and
Statistics 1
H1/2~L1/2~B2
Botany 1G
Hf
Botany 1E
Hf
Aquatic Ecology I
L2
weight
code
12.5%
25%
KLA115
KEA100
25%
12.5%
12.5%
25%
KGA100
KJB113
KJB122
KJC103
12.5%
KJC161
12.5%
12.5%
KJC162
KJG102
12.5%
25%
25%
12.5%
KMA153
KPA150
KPA151
KQA121
Course details (2001)
Zoology 1G
Zoology 1E
Chemistry 1A
Chemistry 1B
Natural Vegetation of
Tasmania
Applied Physics
page 340
Hf
Hf
Hf
Hf
25%
25%
25%
25%
KZA150
KZA151
KRA110
KRA130
H2
H1
12.5%
12.5%
KPA152
KYA171
campus-sem
weight
code
H1/2~L1/2~B1
12.5%
BMA101
H1
12.5%
FST101
H2
12.5%
FST102
L1~B1~D1
H1
H2~L2~B2~D2
H1~L1~B1~D1
H2~L2~B2~D2
H13
H2/3
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HEA101
HEA103
HEA104
HGA101
HGA102
HPA101
HPA102
L1~D1
12.5%
HPA181
L2~D2
12.5%
HPA182
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
HSG101
H2~L2~B2
Hf
Lf~Bf
12.5%
25%
25%
HSG102
HTA100
HTA101
Hf
25%
KGA100
Hf
25%
KGA101
L1~B1~D1
12.5%
KJG101
weight
code
Schedule B
Unit Title
Introduction to
Management
Introduction to Art and Design
Theory 1A
Introduction to Art and Design
Theory 1B
Introduction to English:
Australian Literature
English 1A
English 1B
Sociology A
Sociology B
Philosophy 1A
Philosophy 1B
Introduction to
Philosophy 1A
Introduction to
Philosophy 1B
Introduction to
Government A
Introduction to
Government B
History 1
History 1
Geography and Environmental
Studies 1
Geography and Environmental
Studies 1A
Population and
Urbanisation
Schedule C
Unit Title
campus-sem
Course details (2001)
Agricultural Geology &
Soil Science
Introduction to Plant
Diseases
Insect Diversity and
Function
Geology 2
Fossils and Environments
Through Time
Sedimentary Environments
Geology for Environmental
Scientists
Biogeography and
Climatology
Microclimatology
Forest Ecosystems
Australian Natural
Environments
Environmental
Geomorphology
Botany 2
Alternative Terrestrial
Lifestyles – The Fungi
Aquatic Botany
Evolution and
Biodiversity
Field Botany
Plant Ecology
General Microbiology
Aquatic Ecology II
Applied and Environmental
Microbiology
Chemistry for Life
Sciences
Zoology 2
Antarctic Ecology
Environmental Adaptation
Evolutionary Biology &
Biogeography
Freshwater Ecology
Marine Ecology
page 341
H1
12.5%
KLA213
[na]
12.5%
KLA287/387
H1
Hf
12.5%
33.33%
KLA254/354
KEA200
H1
H1
16.67%
12.5%
KEA266
KEA338
Hf
25%
KEA365
H1
H2
L2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KGA209
KGA321
KJB227
L1~D1
12.5%
KJG201
L1~D1
Hf
25%
33.33%
KJG301
KPA200
[na]
H1
12.5%
12.5%
KPA371
KPA372
H2
H3
H1
L1
L2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KPA374
KPA375
KPA379
KQA207
KQA212
L2
12.5%
KQA218
H1
Hf
H2
H2
16.67%
33.33%
12.5%
12.5%
KRA205
KZA210
KZA351
KZA352
H2
H2
H1
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KZA353
KZA355
KZA356
weight
12.5%
code
FST205/305
Schedule D
Unit Title
Picturing the Wilderness
campus-sem
H3
Course details (2001)
Art, Natural Environment
and History
Art, Natural Environment
and Wilderness
Wilderness and Natural
Environment
Dynamics of Indigenous
Cultures
Tourism, Sport and
Leisure
Sociology of Nature
Social Ecology
Environmental Ethics
Ecophilosophy
Australian Environmental
Policy
Global Environmental
Policy
Asian Environmental
Justice
Sex, Drugs and Toxic Waste:
The Politics of
Regulation
Sustainable Communities and
Local Environments
Literature and
Environment
Historical Geography
page 342
H3
12.5%
FSZ250/350
H1
12.5%
FSZ251/351
L1
12.5%
FFA235/335
H1~Lv1
12.5%
HAB253/353
H1
[na]
H2~L2
H1
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HGA251/351
HGA261/361
HGE203/303
HPA277/377
HPA278/378
[na]
12.5%
HSD230/330
H2~L2
12.5%
HSD229/329
[na]
12.5%
HSD239/339
[na]
12.5%
HSD207/307
H2
12.5%
KGA254/354
H1
H2
12.5%
12.5%
KGA272/372
KGA240/340
weight
12.5%
12.5%
code
KEA348
KGA331
12.5%
KGA332
12.5%
KGA227
12.5%
KGA327
12.5%
KGA381
12.5%
12.5%
KGA278/378
KGA223/323
Schedule E
Unit Title
campus-sem
Environmental Geology
H2
Vegetation Management
H1
Fauna Conservation
Management
H1
Conservation
Geomorphology [a]
H2
Conservation
Geomorphology [a]
H2
Environmental Impact
Assessment and Decision Making
H2
Wilderness and Natural Area
Management: Natural and
Cultural Values
H2
Environmental Management
H1
Course details (2001)
page 343
Agroforestry
Lf
25%
Natural Resources
Management
L2~D2
12.5%
Fisheries & Wildlife
Management
H1
12.5%
[a] Students enrol in either KGA227 or KGA327, not KGA285
KJB307
KJG202
KZA354
Schedule F
Unit Title
campus-sem
Social & Environmental
Accounting
H2
Strategic Management
H2~L2
Management and the Natural
Environment
[na]
Social and Political
Research
L1~H1
Survey Research
H3
Environmental Design 1B
L1
Qualitative Research
Methods
H1~L2
Environmental Remote
Sensing
H1
Natural Environment Field
Techniques
H3~L3~B3
Introduction to GIS
H1
Field Mapping and
Measurement
H2
Advanced Geographic
Information Systems (GIS)
H2
Social Psychology
[na]
Data Handling and
Statistics 2
H2
Scientific Analysis and
Presentation for Aquaculture
L1
Analytical &
Environmental Chemistry
H2
Quantitative Methods in
Biology
H1
weight
code
12.5%
12.5%
BFA207/307
BMA302
12.5%
BMA272/372
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
HGA203/303
HGA204/304
KDA112
12.5%
HGA230/330
12.5%
KGA365
12.5%
12.5%
KGA213
KGG245
12.5%
KGG275
12.5%
12.5%
KGG345
KHA207/307
16.67%
KMA253
12.5%
KQA302
16.67%
KRA203
12.5%
KZA357
Bachelor of Science
(Abbreviation: BSc)
Course details (2001)
page 344
Course code: S3G
This 3-year (minimum) full-time course is offered by the Faculty of Science and
Engineering and is available at Hobart. Subject to attendance and timetable
requirements, part-time studies may be available.
Admission & prerequisites
Minimum University entrance requirements and a satisfactory achievement
(SA) in any two of the following: *MT843 Mathematics Stage 3 (or *MT841
Mathematics Stage 2 or *MT730 Mathematics Applied); *IF862 Computer
Science; *CH856 Chemistry; *GL876 Geology; *GG833 Geography (or *EV846
Environmental Science); *PH866 Physics; *BY826 Biology; *SC786 Applied
Science-Physical Sciences (if neither Physics nor Chemistry counted) OR a TCE
score of 80 or more for applicants not having two of the preceding TCE units.
Subject (unit) prerequisites also apply.
Course objectives
The course aims to:
•
•
•
•
provide students with opportunities to acquire knowledge, attitudes and
skills in a range of basic physical, computational, mathematical, earth and
life sciences;
introduce students to scientific method through a range of disciplines;
provide graduates with advanced knowledge in one or more of the science
disciplines; and
meet the needs of industry, business and government agencies.
Career outcomes
Graduates of the Bachelor of Science can expect to find employment in a wide
variety of positions. Please refer to the following discipline entries for more
specific information:
Biochemistry on page C-xx
Chemistry on page C-xx
Computing on page C-xx
Geography and Environmental Studies on page C-xx
Geology on page C-xx
Mathematics on page C-xx
Course details (2001)
page 345
Microbiology/Immunology on page C-xx
Plant Science on page C-xx
Physics on page C-xx
Psychology on page C-xx
Zoology on page C-xx
Professional recognition
Graduates of the BSc are eligible for membership of a number of professional
organisations. Specific details are provided under individual discipline entries.
Course structure
In order to gain the award of Bachelor of Science students must gain 300% from
Schedule A provided that:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
at least 75% is from Group 1 units listed in Schedule C which consists of
25% combinations offered by three different Schools (students can study
50% from mathemtics to satisfy two 25% requirements from two Schools);
at least 100% and not more than 125% is from units in Groups 1 and 1A;
not more than 25% is from Group 1A units;
at least 66.67% is from Group 2 units listed in Schedule C which consists of
combinations of 33.33% (37.5% for Computer Science) offered by two
different Schools (students can study 66.67% from mathemtics to satisfy
this requirement);
not more than 66.67% is from Group 2 and Group 2A units offered by any
one School;
not more than 37.5% is from Group 2A units;
at least 75% is from units listed as Groups 3 and 3A;
at least 50% of full passes is from Group 3 units listed in Schedule C as
offered by one School;
not more than 50% is from units listed as Group 3A; and
not more than 37.5% is counted from units in which terminating passes
have been awarded.
In summary, students must gain 300%, studying at least 4 year-1 units to the
value of between 100% and 125%; year-2 units to the value of between 66.67%
and 125%; and year-3 units to the value of between 75% and 133.33%. Year-3
majors are based on first and second-year prerequisites. Certain prerequisites
and core enrolments must be met. All programs must include a minimum of
three Group 1 core units and two Group 2 core units as listed in Schedule C.
Articulation
Course details (2001)
page 346
A successful first year may lead to the five-year combined degrees with Law or
Engineering. Credit is possible for studies completed in some TAFE diplomas
and in other tertiary studies.
Majors
Candidates for the BSc can major (3 years of studies) in one or two of the
following fields of specialisation:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Biochemistry
Chemistry
Computer Science
Geography & Environmental Studies
Geology
Mathematics
Microbiology/Immunology
Physics
Plant Science
Psychology
Zoology
Specimen courses
Candidates for the BSc can complete four-year specimen courses which are
detailed in Schedule D in the following fields of specialisation:
•
•
•
•
Economic Geology
Forest Ecology
Marine, Freshwater and Antarctic Biology
Natural Environment and Wilderness Management
Schedule D should be read in conjunction with Schedules A and C.
The Specimen Courses, which follow the Bachelor of Science Schedule D, detail
a number of three-year combinations. Many other combinations are possible.
Students should note that all specimen courses must meet the degree
requirements of the BSc which are summarised under 'Course structure'.
Schedule A
Unit Title
Year 1 (Group 1)
Chemistry
Chemistry 1A
Chemistry 1B
Computer Science
campus-sem
weight
code
Hf
Hf
25%
25%
KRA110
KRA130
Course details (2001)
page 347
Programming and Problem
Solving
H1~L1/2~B1
12.5%
KXA151
Software Process
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
KXA154
Computer Science 1
Hf
25%
KXA150
Geography & Environmental Studies
Geography and Environmental
Studies 1
Hf
25%
KGA100
Geology
Geology 1
Hf
25%
KEA100
Mathematics
Calculus and
Applications 1
Hf
25%
KMA150
Calculus and
Applications 1A
H1
12.5%
KMA152
Data Handling and
Statistics 1
H1/2~L1/2~B2
12.5%
KMA153
Calculus and
Applications 1B
H2
12.5%
KMA154
Mathematics for Computer
Science 1
H1
12.5%
KMA155
Calculus and
Applications 1S
H1
12.5%
KMA156
Essential Mathematics
H1
12.5%
KMA157
Physics
Physics 1A
H1
12.5%
KYA101
Physics 1B
H2
12.5%
KYA102
Applied Physics
H1
12.5%
KYA171
Biological Physics
[na]
12.5%
KYA172
Plant Science
Botany 1G [a]
Hf
25%
KPA150
Botany 1E
Hf
25%
KPA151
Psychology
Psychology 1A
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
KHA101
Psychology 1B
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
KHA102
Zoology
Zoology 1G
Hf
25%
KZA150
[a]
Zoology 1E
Hf
25%
KZA151
Year 1 (Group 1A)
Students are permitted to enrol in not more than 25% of first-year units offered under
other degree courses, except that there are some limitations for units offered by
scientific-related disciplines, including Engineering, Medicine (including
Pharmacy), and Agricultural Science. A list of permitted units is available from
the Faculty office.
Sustainable Resource
Management
H2~B2
12.5%
KLA115
Natural Vegetation of
Tasmania
H2
12.5%
KPA152
Course details (2001)
page 348
Computer Organisation and
Architecture
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
KXA152
Computer Applications
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
KXA153
Professional Computing
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
KXA155
Multimedia and Web
Applications
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
KXA156
Astronomy
H1
12.5%
KYA181
[a] Students who wish to study Botany and Zoology together in the one year
must study KPA150 and KZA151.
Unit Title
campus-sem
Year 2 (Group 2)
Biochemistry
Biochemistry and
Microbiology 2
Hf
Chemistry
Chemistry 2
Hf
Analytical &
Environmental Chemistry
H2
Chemistry for Life
Sciences
H1
Computer Science
Microprocessors and Data
Acquisition
H2
Algorithms and Metrics
H1~L1
Artificial Intelligence
H1~L1
Software Design
H2~L2
Operating Systems
H2~L2
Geography & Environmental Studies
Geography and Environmental
Studies 2 [a]
Hf
Natural Environment Field
Techniques
H3~L3~B3
Introduction to GIS [b]
0%
Conservation
Geomorphology
H2
Biogeography and
Climatology
H1
Geography of Asia
H1
The Global Space Economy
H2
Environmental Management
H1
Historical Geography
H2
Urban Planning: Space,
Place and Society
H1
weight
code
33.33%
CBA250
33.33%
KRA200
16.67%
KRA203
16.67%
KRA205
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KNE232
KXA251
KXA252
KXA253
KXA254
33.33%
KGA200
0%
KGA287
KGA286
0%
KGA285
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
KGA290
KGA291
KGA292
KGA293
KGA294
0%
KGA295
Course details (2001)
page 349
Wilderness and Natural Area
Management: Natural and
Cultural Values
H2
0%
KGA296
Sustainable Communities and
Local Environments
H2
0%
KGA298
Geology
Geology 2 Hf
33.33%
KEA200
Introduction to Geophysics
& Computer
Applications
H2
16.67%
KEA222
Fossils and Environments
Through Time
H1
16.67%
KEA266
Mathematics
Algebra and Applications
2
H2
16.67%
KMA251
Calculus and
Applications 2
H1
16.67%
KMA252
Data Handling and
Statistics 2
H2
16.67%
KMA253
Mathematical Analysis &
Applications 2
H2
16.67%
KMA254
Operations Research 2
H1
16.67%
KMA255
Physics
Physics 2A H1
16.67%
KYA201
Physics 2B H2
16.67%
KYA202
Plant Science
Botany 2
Hf
33.33%
KPA200
Psychology
Psychology 2 (Science)
Hf
33.33%
KHA200
Zoology
Zoology 2 Hf
33.33%
KZA210
Year 2 (Group 2A)
Students are permitted to enrol in not more than 37.5% of second-year units offered
under other degree courses, except that there are some limitations for
units offered by scientific-related disciplines, including Engineering,
Medicine (including Pharmacy) and Agricultural Science. A list of
permitted units is available from the Faculty office.
Agricultural Science
Field Agriculture
H2
12.5%
KLA215
Animal Production Systems
[na]
12.5%
KLA220/320
Horticultural Production
Systems
H1
12.5%
KLA242/342
Crop and Pasture
Production
H2
12.5%
KLA250/350
Insect Diversity and
Function
H1
12.5%
KLA254/354
Course details (2001)
page 350
Introduction to Plant
Diseases
[na]
12.5%
KLA287/387
Fundamentals of Soil
Science
[na]
12.5%
KLA297/397
Geography & Environmental Studies
Geography of Asia
H1
12.5%
KGA202/302
The Global Space Economy
H2
12.5%
KGA208/308
Biogeography and
Climatology
H1
12.5%
KGA209
Natural Environment Field
Techniques
H3~L3~B3
12.5%
KGA213
Environmental Management
H1
12.5%
KGA223/323
Conservation
Geomorphology
H2
12.5%
KGA227
Historical Geography
H2
12.5%
KGA240/340
Urban Planning: Space,
Place and Society
H1
12.5%
KGA253/353
Sustainable Communities and
Local Environments
H2
12.5%
KGA254/354
Literature and
Environment
H1
12.5%
KGA272/372
Wilderness and Natural Area
Management: Natural and
Cultural Values
H2
12.5%
KGA278/378
Introduction to GIS
H1
12.5%
KGG245
Field Mapping and
Measurement
H2
12.5%
KGG275
Note: Units coded KGA2xx/3xx or KLA2xx/3xx may be studied as Group 2A
units or as Group 3A units. When enrolling in one of these units as
a Group 2A unit, use KGA2xx (e.g. KGA202 Geography of Asia) or
KLA2xx. If enrolling in the unit as a Group 3A unit, use KGA3xx or
KLA3xx.
[a] Students studying KGA200 must enrol in three 0% units. A minimum of
two must be studied from KGA285, KGA286, KGA287 and KGA290.
[b] For details of this unit, contact the School of Geography and
Environmental Studies
Unit Title
Year 3 (group 3)
Biochemistry
Molecular Biochemistry:
Techniques and Theory
Chemistry
Chemistry 3A
campus-sem
weight
code
Hf
50%
CBA327
Hf
25%
KRA301
Course details (2001)
Chemistry 3B
Instrumental Analytical
Chemistry
Biosynthesis & Function
of Natural Products
Computer Science
Software Engineering
Project
Software Systems
Programming Paradigms
Networks and Protocols
Intelligent Systems
Image Processing and Computer
Vision
Computer Architecture
Communications and Data
Networks
Geography & Environmental Studies
Microclimatology
Conservation
Geomorphology
Vegetation Management
Fauna Conservation
Management
Environmental Remote
Sensing
Environmental Impact
Assessment and Decision Making
Advanced Geographic
Information Systems (GIS)
Geology
Geology 3
Computers in Geoscience
Ore Deposit Geology
Sedimentary Environments
Exploration Geophysics
Ore Deposit Geochemistry
Environmental Geology
Geology for Geophysicists
Geology for Environmental
Scientists
Mathematics
Computational Techniques
3
Algebra and Applications
3
Analysis 3
page 351
Hf
25%
KRA302
H2
12.5%
KRA303
H1
12.5%
KRA305
Hf
H1
H2
H1
H1
25%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KCA300
KCA311
KCA312
KCA321
KCA341
H2
H1
12.5%
12.5%
KCA342
KCA343
H2
12.5%
KCA354
H2
12.5%
KGA321
H2
H1
12.5%
12.5%
KGA327
KGA331
H1
12.5%
KGA332
H1
12.5%
KGA365
H2
12.5%
KGA381
H2
12.5%
KGG345
Hf
H2
H1
H1
H1
H2
H2
Hf
50%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
25%
KEA300
KEA332
KEA336
KEA338
KEA342
KEA346
KEA348
KEA355
Hf
25%
KEA365
H1
12.5%
KMA350
H1
H2
12.5%
12.5%
KMA351
KMA352
Course details (2001)
Data Handling and
Statistics 3
Mathematical Analysis &
Applications 3
Operations Research 3
Principles of Statistics
3
Topics in Advanced Mathematics
3
Topics in Applied
Statistics 3
Topics in Applied Algebra
Microbiology (Agricultural Science)
Microbial Ecology
Pathology
Medical Microbiology and
Immunology
Physics
Physics 3A
Physics 3B
Physics 3C
Dynamical Systems and
Chaos
Fluid Mechanics
Plant Science
Alternative Terrestrial
Lifestyles – The Fungi
Aquatic Botany
Cell Biology
Evolution and
Biodiversity
Field Botany
Genetics
Molecular Evolution
Plant Science Research
Plant Ecology
Psychology
Assessment and Research
Methods
Human Neuroscience
Psychophysiology &
Emotion
Clinical Psychology
Cognition and Memory
Social Psychology [c]
Advanced Research Methods
page 352
H1
12.5%
KMA353
H1
H2
12.5%
12.5%
KMA354
KMA355
H2
12.5%
KMA356
H2
12.5%
KMA357
H1
H2
12.5%
12.5%
KMA358
KMA359
Hf
25%
KLA309
Hf
25%
CJA308
H1
H2
H2
25%
12.5%
12.5%
KYA301
KYA302
KYA303
H2
[na]
12.5%
12.5%
KYA314
KYA315
[na]
H1
H1
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KPA371
KPA372
KPA373
H2
H3
H1
H2
H1/2
H1
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KPA374
KPA375
KPA376
KPA377
KPA378
KPA379
H1
H1
12.5%
12.5%
KHA301
KHA303
H1
H1
H2
[na]
H2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KHA304
KHA305
KHA306
KHA207/307
KHA308
Course details (2001)
page 353
Health & Rehabilitation
Psychology [c]
H1
12.5%
KHA209/309
Peace, Conflict
& Law [c]
H2
12.5%
KHA212/312
Learning & Skilled
Performance
H2
12.5%
KHA314
Individual Differences
H1
12.5%
KHA318
Educational Psychology
H1
12.5%
KHA319
Zoology
Antarctic Ecology
H2
12.5%
KZA351
Environmental Adaptation
H2
12.5%
KZA352
Evolutionary Biology &
Biogeography
H2
12.5%
KZA353
Fisheries & Wildlife
Management
H1
12.5%
KZA354
Freshwater Ecology
H2
12.5%
KZA355
Marine Ecology
H1
12.5%
KZA356
Quantitative Methods in
Biology
H1
12.5%
KZA357
Reproductive Biology:
Strategies and Mechanisms
H1
12.5%
KZA358
Year 3 (Group 3A)
Students are permitted to enrol in not more than 50% of third-year units offered under
other degree courses, except that there are some limitations for units offered by
scientific-related disciplines, including Engineering, Medicine (including
Pharmacy) and Agricultural Science. A list of permitted units is available from the
Faculty office.
Agricultural Science
See Group 2A Agricultural Science units. all units which have both 200/300
level codes may be used. Students should use the KLA3xx code for
enrolling as a Group 3A unit.
Insect Ecology and
Behaviour
H2
12.5%
KLA314/414
Plant Nutrition & Soil
Fertility
H2
12.5%
KLA318/418
Crop Health Management
H1
12.5%
KLA329/429
Agronomy
H1
12.5%
KLA331/431
Horticultural Science
H2
12.5%
KLA365/465
Soil and Land Resources
[na]
12.5%
KLA381/481
Geography & Environmental Studies
See Group 2A Geography & Environmental Studies units. All units which have
both 200/300 level codes may be used. Students should use the KGA3xx
code for enrolling as a Group 3A unit.
[c] Students enrol at level 300 (eg KHA307 not KHA207)
Bachelor of Science – Schedule B
Course details (2001)
page 354
Note: Students are advised that information concerning mutual exclusions
(contained in Schedule B) of the Bachelor of Science course specifications is
held in the Faculty Office.
Bachelor of Science – Schedule C – Core units
School
Group 1 core
Group 2 core
Group 3 Major
Biochemistry
CBA250
CBA327
Chemistry Stream 1
KRA110
KRA200
50% from: KRA301, KRA302, KRA303,
KRA305
Chemistry Stream 2
KRA110 or KRA130 KRA203 and KRA205
KRA302, KRA303, and
KRA305
Computer Science
KXA150 or (KXA151 and KXA154) Any three of KNE232, KXA251, KXA252,
KXA253, KXA254
50% from KCA300, KCA311, KCA312,
KCA321, KCA341, KCA342, KCA343, KCA354
Geography & Environmental Studies
KGA100
KGA200
Any four level 300 KGA units. Three must be
selected from KGA321, KGA327, KGA331, KGA332, KGA365,
KGA381, KGG345
Geology
KEA100
KEA200
50% from: KEA300, KEA332, KEA336,
KEA338, KEA342, KEA346, KEA348, KEA355, KEA365
Mathematics
KMA150 or any two units from KMA152, KMA153, KMA154, KMA155,
KMA156, KMA157 Any two units from KMA251, KMA252,
KMA253, KMA254, KMA255
Any four units from
KMA350, KMA351, KMA352, KMA353, KMA354, KMA355,
KMA356, KMA357, KMA358, KMA359
Microbiology/Immunology
See Biochemistry
KLA309 and CJA308
Physics
(KYA101 and KYA102) or (KYA171 and KYA172)
KYA201 and
KYA202
KYA301 and KYA302 plus one unit from
KYA303 , KYA314, KYA315
Plant Science
KPA150 or KPA151 KPA200
Any four units from KPA371, KPA372,
KPA373, KPA374, KPA375, KPA376, KPA377, KPA378,
KPA379
Psychology
KHA101 and KHA102
KHA200
KHA301 plus three of KHA303,
KHA304, KHA305, KHA306, KHA307, KHA308, KHA309,
KHA312, KHA314, KHA318, KHA319
Course details (2001)
page 355
Zoology
KZA150 or KZA151 KZA210
Any four units from KZA351, KZA352,
KZA353, KZA354, KZA355, KZA356, KZA357, KZA358
Bachelor of Science
Four-year Honours programs
Schedule D 1. Forest Ecology
Course Structure
Major code: KFE
In the first 3 years students need to pass course units to a total of 300 percent. This is
achieved by a mix of compulsory and optional units to a value of 100 percent in each
year. The course coordinator will assist with the planning of the student's course. A
special unit (Plant Science Research KPA378) will be offered to Forest Ecology students
in third year. This will involve a series of lectures presented by specialist foresters and a
research project in one of the disciplines outlined.
Tutorials will be held for all Forest Ecology students near the middle of semesters 1 and
2 (students will be notified of timing). These will provide an opportunity for students to
discuss the course and new developments in Forestry in Australia.
Unit Title
campus-sem
Year 1
Zoology 1E
Hf
Botany 1G
Hf
Data Handling and
Statistics 1
H1/2~L1/2~B2
and the balance from:
Either KRA110 or KRA130
Chemistry 1A
Hf
Chemistry 1B
Hf
Programming and Problem
Solving
H1~L1/2~B1
Software Process
H2~L2~B2
Geography and Environmental
Studies 1
Hf
Calculus and
Applications 1B
H2
[a]
Geology 1
Hf
Year 2
Botany 2
Hf
and the balance from:
weight
code
25%
25%
KZA151
KPA150
12.5%
KMA153
25%
25%
KRA110
KRA130
12.5%
12.5%
KXA151
KXA154
25%
KGA100
12.5%
25%
KMA154
KEA100
33.33%
KPA200
Course details (2001)
page 356
Agricultural Geology &
Soil Science [a]
H1
12.5%
KLA213
Insect Diversity and
Function [b]
H1
12.5%
KLA254/354
Introduction to Plant
Diseases [b]
[na]
12.5%
KLA287/387
Fundamentals of Soil
Science [b]
[na]
12.5%
KLA297/397
Zoology 2
Hf
33.33%
KZA210
Biochemistry and
Microbiology 2
Hf
33.33%
CBA250
Biogeography and
Climatology
H1
12.5%
KGA209
Conservation
Geomorphology [b]
H2
12.5%
KGA227
Data Handling and
Statistics 2
H2
16.67%
KMA253
Mathematical Analysis &
Applications 2
H2
16.67%
KMA254
or approved Computer Science units
Year 3
Field Botany
H3
12.5%
KPA375
Plant Ecology
H1
12.5%
KPA379
Genetics
H1
12.5%
KPA376
Plant Science Research
H1/2
12.5%
KPA378
Either KPA377 or KZA357
Molecular Evolution
H2
12.5%
KPA377
Quantitative Methods in
Biology
H1
12.5%
KZA357
and the balance from:
Insect Diversity and
Function [c]
H1
12.5%
KLA254/354
Introduction to Plant
Diseases [c]
[na]
12.5%
KLA287/387
Fundamentals of Soil
Science [c]
[na]
12.5%
KLA297/397
Agricultural and Forest
Pathology [c]
[na]
12.5%
KLA346/446
[c]
Soil and Land Resources
[na]
12.5%
KLA381/481
Evolution and
Biodiversity
H2
12.5%
KPA374
Vegetation Management
H1
12.5%
KGA331
Environmental Impact
Assessment and Decision Making
H2
12.5%
KGA381
or approved Computer Science and Mathematics (especially statistics) units
Year 4
Course code for fourth year: S4J
Course details (2001)
page 357
Unit enrolment codes:
KPA460 Forest Ecology (Honours) Full time;
KPA461 Forest Ecology (Honours) Part time.
Students who have completed a BSc and have satisfied the course prerequisites
will be permitted to enrol in Honours in Forest Ecology provided they
have achieved an adequate standard, normally at least 50% in third year
units, and a suitable project and supervisor are available.
The fourth year of the course, the 'Honours year', includes the following main
components:
1. A research project of 9 months duration. This would normally be carried out
in the School of Plant Science but after consultation with the course
coordinator may be carried out in other Schools such as Zoology,
Agricultural Science, Geography and Environmental Studies or
Mathematics and Physics. Where appropriate, scientists from outside the
University may act as co-supervisors, especially if the project necessitates
work being undertaken in laboratories of other institutions.
2. A reading thesis based on a literature-based review or other coursework as
appropriate.
3. Attendance at seminars given by research scientists working in the field
(Plant Science and CRC seminars).
[a] Geology 1 and Agricultural Geology & Soil Science are mutually exclusive
because of overlap in subject matter
[b] Students use level 200 enrolment code (eg KLA287)
[c] Students use level 300 enrolment code (eg KLA354)
Schedule D 2. Marine, Freshwater and Antarctic Biology
Course Structure
Major code: KAB
In the first three years of the course students need to pass course units to a total
of 300%. This is achieved by taking a mix of compulsory and optional units to a
value of 100% in each year.
Unit Title
Year 1
Botany 1G
Zoology 1E
Either KRA110 or KRA130
Chemistry 1A
Chemistry 1B
and the balance from:
Physics 1A
Physics 1B
campus-sem
weight
code
Hf
Hf
25%
25%
KPA150
KZA151
Hf
Hf
25%
25%
KRA110
KRA130
H1
H2
12.5%
12.5%
KYA101
KYA102
Course details (2001)
page 358
Geography and Environmental
Studies 1
Hf
25%
KGA100
Geology 1
Hf
25%
KEA100
Calculus and
Applications 1
Hf
25%
KMA150
Calculus and
Applications 1A
H1
12.5%
KMA152
Calculus and
Applications 1B
H2
12.5%
KMA154
Data Handling and
Statistics 1
H1/2~L1/2~B2
12.5%
KMA153
Computer Science 1
Hf
25%
KXA150
Programming and Problem
Solving
H1~L1/2~B1
12.5%
KXA151
Software Process
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
KXA154
Year 2
Botany 2
Hf
33.33%
KPA200
Zoology 2
Hf
33.33%
KZA210
and either CBA250 or (KRA205 and KRA203) or KRA200 or 33.3% mathematics
Biochemistry and
Microbiology 2
Hf
33.33%
CBA250
Chemistry for Life
Sciences
H1
16.67%
KRA205
Analytical &
Environmental Chemistry
H2
16.67%
KRA203
Chemistry 2
Hf
33.33%
KRA200
Calculus and
Applications 2
H1
16.67%
KMA252
and another mathematics unit
Year 3
Aquatic Botany
H1
12.5%
KPA372
Antarctic Ecology
H2
12.5%
KZA351
Marine Ecology
H1
12.5%
KZA356
Freshwater Ecology
H2
12.5%
KZA355
plus 12.5% of Zoology units (it is strongly recommended that students choose
one of Fisheries and Wildlife Management or Quantitative Methods in
Biology) or 37.5% botany units to complete a major and a further 50%
selected from units in botany, zoology, microbiology, biochemistry,
chemistry and mathematics after consultation with the course coordinator.
Year 4
Course code for fourth year: S4K
Unit enrolment codes:
KZA450 Marine, Freshwater and Antarctic Biology (Honours) Full time
KZA451 Marine, Freshwater and Antarctic Biology (Honours) Part time
The fourth (Honours) year of the course, includes the following main
components:
Course details (2001)
•
•
•
•
page 359
Cruise on a Fisheries Training ship to learn a range of fish capture
techniques;
Directed studies;
Reading project, in which students will carry out a literature-based review
and prepare a critical appraisal in the form of a dissertation; and
A research project of about six months duration which is supervised by a
member of the University staff. Where appropriate, scientists from outside
the University may act as co-supervisors, especially if the project
necessitates work being undertaken in laboratories of other institutions.
Schedule D 3. Natural Environment and Wilderness Management
Course Structure
Major code: KNE
The course is necessarily multidisciplinary; involving the following
components:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Ecosystem pattern and process;
Ecosystem and wilderness management;
Cultural heritage management in natural areas;
People management in natural areas;
Natural area ecological engineering – track and road construction, waste
management, water management;
Information systems in natural area management – remote sensing, spatial
data manipulation, work and finance management systems;
Interpretation – literature and environment, art and environment, music
and environment, environmental design, interpretation skills;
Philosophy, politics, law and administration of natural environment and
wilderness.
The following schedule provides students with an opportunity to develop
expertise in all these areas and also ensures that they gain expertise in the core
areas related to natural environment and wilderness management.
Unit Title
Year 1
Geography and Environmental
Studies 1
Botany 1G
Zoology 1E
and 25% from the following:
Geology 1
Fine Arts 1 [a]
campus-sem
weight
code
Hf
Hf
Hf
25%
25%
25%
KGA100
KPA150
KZA151
Hf
25%
KEA100
Course details (2001)
page 360
Students choosing Sociology must study both HGA101 and HGA102
Sociology A
H1~L1~B1~D1
12.5%
HGA101
Sociology B
H2~L2~B2~D2
12.5%
HGA102
Chemistry 1A
Hf
25%
KRA110
Chemistry 1B
Hf
25%
KRA130
or another first-year unit approved by the BSc degree coordinator
Year 2
(Note: where units are shown with 200/300 codes, use the 200 level, eg
KGA223 not KGA323)
Geography and Environmental
Studies 2
Hf
33.33%
KGA200
and one or two of the following:
Zoology 2
Hf
33.33%
KZA210
Botany 2
Hf
33.33%
KPA200
and one or, at least, 33.33% of the following or other approved level 200 units (if
KZA210 and KPA200 both not studied):
Fine Arts 2 [a]
Analytical &
Environmental Chemistry
H2
16.67%
KRA203
Tourism, Sport and
Leisure
H1
12.5%
HGA251/351
Sociology of Nature
[na]
12.5%
HGA261/361
Historical Geography
H2
12.5%
KGA240/340
Environmental Management
H1
12.5%
KGA223/323
Australian Environmental
Policy
[na]
12.5%
HSD230/330
Environmental Ethics
H1
12.5%
HPA277/377
Year 3
(Note: where units are shown with 200/300 codes, use the 300 level, eg
KGA378 not KGA278)
Vegetation Management
H1
12.5%
KGA331
Fauna Conservation
Management
H1
12.5%
KGA332
Wilderness and Natural Area
Management: Natural and
Cultural Values
H2
12.5%
KGA278/378
Conservation
Geomorphology
H2
12.5%
KGA327
Introduction to
Management
H1/2~L1/2~B1
12.5%
BMA101
Social & Environmental
Accounting
H2
12.5%
BFA207/307
and 25% from the following:
Evolutionary Biology &
Biogeography
H2
12.5%
KZA353
Fisheries & Wildlife
Management
H1
12.5%
KZA354
Course details (2001)
page 361
Freshwater Ecology
H2
12.5%
KZA355
Marine Ecology
H1
12.5%
KZA356
Alternative Terrestrial
Lifestyles – The Fungi
[na]
12.5%
KPA371
Aquatic Botany
H1
12.5%
KPA372
Evolution and
Biodiversity
H2
12.5%
KPA374
Field Botany
H3
12.5%
KPA375
Plant Ecology
H1
12.5%
KPA379
Historical Geography
H2
12.5%
KGA240/340
Environmental Impact
Assessment and Decision Making
H2
12.5%
KGA381
Microclimatology
H2
12.5%
KGA321
Environmental Remote
Sensing
H1
12.5%
KGA365
Tourism, Sport and
Leisure
H1
12.5%
HGA251/351
Sociology of Nature
[na]
12.5%
HGA261/361
Environmental Management
H1
12.5%
KGA223/323
Australian Environmental
Policy
[na]
12.5%
HSD230/330
Strategic Management
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA302
Management and the Natural
Environment
[na]
12.5%
BMA272/372
Environmental Ethics
H1
12.5%
HPA277/377
Year 4
Course code for fourth year: S4L
Unit enrolment codes:
KGA450 Natural Environment and Wilderness Management (Honours) Full time
KGA451 Natural Environment and Wilderness Management (Honours) Part time
Thesis
50%
and some of the following units, plus work as agreed to with the Head of
School:
Evolutionary Biology &
Biogeography
H2
12.5%
KZA353
Fisheries & Wildlife
Management
H1
12.5%
KZA354
Freshwater Ecology
H2
12.5%
KZA355
Marine Ecology
H1
12.5%
KZA356
Alternative Terrestrial
Lifestyles – The Fungi
[na]
12.5%
KPA371
Aquatic Botany
H1
12.5%
KPA372
Evolution and
Biodiversity
H2
12.5%
KPA374
Field Botany
H3
12.5%
KPA375
Plant Ecology
H1
12.5%
KPA379
Historical Geography [b]
H2
12.5%
KGA240/340
Course details (2001)
page 362
Environmental Impact
Assessment and Decision Making
H2
12.5%
KGA381
Microclimatology
H2
12.5%
KGA321
Environmental Remote
Sensing
H1
12.5%
KGA365
Tourism, Sport and
Leisure
H1
12.5%
HGA251/351
Sociology of Nature
[na]
12.5%
HGA261/361
Environmental Management
H1
12.5%
KGA223/323
Australian Environmental
Policy
[na]
12.5%
HSD230/330
Strategic Management
H2~L2
12.5%
BMA302
Management and the Natural
Environment
[na]
12.5%
BMA272/372
Environmental Ethics
H1
12.5%
HPA277/377
[a] Contact the School for code number, availability and details
[b] use enrolment code KGA340
Schedule D 4. Economic Geology
Major code: KEE
The Economic Geology specimen course aims to:• provide students with
training in ore deposit geology, genesis and exploration techniques;
•
provide graduates with advanced knowledge of hydrothermal ore
deposits;
•
meet the needs of the minerals industry and government agencies;
•
provide students to continue into MSc & PhD courses in the Centre for
Ore Deposit Research (CODES SRC).
The Economic Geology specimen course is accredited by the Australian
Institute of Mining and Metallurgy (AusIMM) as required training for
geoscientists working in the Australian Minerals Industry.
Course structure
In the first three years of the course students need to pass units to a total value
of 300%. This is achieved by taking a mix of compulsory and optional units to
a value of 100% in each year, as detailed below.
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Compulsory
Geology 1
Hf
25%
KEA100
AND completion of three Group 1 cores (25% each) from three different schools
as listed in Schedule C. The three cores must be studied from
Course details (2001)
page 363
Mathematics, Chemistry, Physics, Computer Science, and Geography &
Environmental Studies; OR completion of two Group 1 cores (25%) from
the above list plus completion of BEA110 and BEA130:
Economics for Business
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
BEA110
Foundations of Economic
Policy
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
BEA130
Year 2
Compulsory
Geology 2
Hf
33.33%
KEA200
Introduction to Geophysics
& Computer
Applications
H2
16.67%
KEA222
AND Completion of one Group 2 core (33.3%) as listed in Schedule C. The
core must be chosen from either Chemistry, Physics, Computer Science or
Geography and Environmental Studies. Plus 16.67% from the following or
any other second year units offered by the University:
Fossils and Environments
Through Time
H1
16.67%
KEA266
Analytical &
Environmental Chemistry
H2
16.67%
KRA203
Year 3
Compulsory
Geology 3
Hf
50%
KEA300
Ore Deposit Geology
H1
12.5%
KEA336
Ore Deposit Geochemistry
H2
12.5%
KEA346
Exploration Geophysics
H1
12.5%
KEA342
Plus 12.5% from KEA332, KEA338, KEA348, BEA301
Computers in Geoscience
H2
12.5%
KEA332
Sedimentary Environments
H1
12.5%
KEA338
Environmental Geology
H2
12.5%
KEA348
Environmental and Resource
Economics
H1
12.5%
BEA301
Year 4 BSc(Hons)
Course code for fourth year: S4L
The fourth-year component of the course comprises the compulsory unit
KEA450 or KEA451, and includes a field-based research thesis on an
economic geology-based project, plus selected coursework.
Unit enrolment codes:
KEA450 Economic Geology 4 (Honours) Full time
KEA451 Economic Geology 4 (Honours) Part time
Bachelor of Science
Specimen Courses
Course details (2001)
page 364
In addition to the courses shown in Schedule D above, the following are
offered:
(i) Life Sciences
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
Year 1
Either KRA110 or KRA130
Chemistry 1A
Hf
25%
Chemistry 1B
Hf
25%
Botany 1G
Hf
25%
Zoology 1E
Hf
25%
and 25% other Group 1 science units from Schedule C
Year 2
Chemistry for Life
Sciences
H1
16.67%
Analytical &
Environmental Chemistry
H2
16.67%
Zoology 2
Hf
33.33%
Botany 2
Hf
33.33%
Year 3
Units from Zoology 50%
Units from Botany 50%
code
KRA110
KRA130
KPA150
KZA151
KRA205
KRA203
KZA210
KPA200
(ii) Chemical Sciences
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Chemistry 1A
Hf
25%
KRA110
and other Science units chosen to enable double majors with Chemistry, in
particular Biochemistry, Geology, Plant Science, Mathematics, Physics,
Zoology
Year 2
Chemistry 2
Hf
33.33%
KRA200
Analytical &
Environmental Chemistry
H2
16.67%
KRA203
and other Science units leading to possible double majors
Year 3
at least 50% chosen from:
Chemistry 3A
Hf
25%
KRA301
Chemistry 3B
Hf
25%
KRA302
Instrumental Analytical
Chemistry
H2
12.5%
KRA303
Biosynthesis & Function
of Natural Products
H1
12.5%
KRA305
Course details (2001)
page 365
(iii) Computer Science
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Computer Science 1
Hf
25%
KXA150
Computer Organisation and
Architecture
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
KXA152
Multimedia and Web
Applications
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
KXA156
Mathematics units (2x12.5% units)
Third BSc Group 1 core 25% (from one School)
Year 2
Algorithms and Metrics
H1~L1
12.5%
KXA251
Artificial Intelligence
H1~L1
12.5%
KXA252
Software Design
H2~L2
12.5%
KXA253
Operating Systems
H2~L2
12.5%
KXA254
Microprocessors and Data
Acquisition
H2
12.5%
KNE232
Elective (12.5%)
Second BSc Group 2 core 33.33% (from one School)
Year 3
Software Engineering
Project
Hf
25%
KCA300
Software Systems
H1
12.5%
KCA311
Programming Paradigms
H2
12.5%
KCA312
Networks and Protocols
H1
12.5%
KCA321
Communications and Data
Networks
H2
12.5%
KCA354
Plus two electives that should include one or two of the following units,
depending on the field of specialisation
Intelligent Systems
H1
12.5%
KCA341
Image Processing and Computer
Vision
H2
12.5%
KCA342
Computer Architecture
H1
12.5%
KCA343
(iv) Physical Sciences, Psychology or Humanities
Unit Title
campus-sem
Year 1
Chemistry 1A
Hf
Physics 1A
H1
Physics 1B
H2
Mathematics 25%
Either (KHA101 and KHA102) or HTA100
Psychology 1A
H1~L1~B1
weight
code
25%
12.5%
12.5%
KRA110
KYA101
KYA102
12.5%
KHA101
Course details (2001)
page 366
Psychology 1B
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
KHA102
History 1
Hf
25%
HTA100
Year 2
Chemistry units (with total weight of 33.33%)
Physics units (with total weight of 33.33%)
and either KHA200 or History 2 units (with a total weight of 33.33%)
Psychology 2 (Science)
Hf
33.33%
KHA200
Year 3
Any two of the following to give 100%
Chemistry units
History units
Mathematics units
Psychology units
A minimum of 50% must be studied from chemistry or mathematics or physics
units.
(v) Biochemistry, Microbiology
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Either KRA110 or KRA130
Chemistry 1A
Hf
25%
KRA110
Chemistry 1B
Hf
25%
KRA130
At least one of the following:
Botany 1G [a]
Hf
25%
KPA150
[a]
Zoology 1G
Hf
25%
KZA150
Human Biology (Science)
Hf
25%
CHG100
Plus other suitable units in accordance with the specifications of the BSc
Year 2
Biochemistry and
Microbiology 2
Hf
33.33%
CBA250
Examples of suitable complementary units include:
Human Physiology and
Pharmacology
Hf
33.33%
CHP205
Chemistry 2
Hf
33.33%
KRA200
Analytical &
Environmental Chemistry
H2
16.67%
KRA203
Chemistry for Life
Sciences
H1
16.67%
KRA205
Zoology 2
Hf
33.33%
KZA210
Botany 2
Hf
33.33%
KPA200
Year 3
Molecular Biochemistry:
Techniques and Theory
Hf
50%
CBA327
Microbial Ecology
Hf
25%
KLA309
Course details (2001)
page 367
Medical Microbiology and
Immunology
Hf
25%
CJA308
[a] If both Botany and Zoology are studied, students must study KPA150 and
KZA151
(vi) Geology
See the Discipline entry for Geology in the Unit details section of the
Handbook.
Bachelor of Science with Honours
(Abbreviation: BSc(Hons))
Course code: S4E
This 1 year full-time, 2 year part-time (maximum) course is available at Hobart
and, subject to available supervision, at Launceston. Note that part-time studies
are available in some Schools.
Admission & prerequisites
Bachelor of Science degree or equivalent with prerequisites in the field of study.
Admission is subject to appropriate supervision being available.
Graduates from other universities with prerequisites acceptable to the Faculty
may be accepted as candidates for the Bachelor of Science with Honours degree.
Course objectives
The course aims to provide:
•
•
•
advanced training in the major area of the student's pass degree,
opportunity for training in research, to prepare candidates for further
research study, eg MSc and PhD programs and employment in research
organisations, and
in-depth knowledge in a single area of science.
Career outcomes
Honours graduates are highly competitive for professional careers in their area
of specialisation. Employment opportunities also exist in more general areas as
detailed in the following discipline entries:
Biochemistry on page C-xx
Course details (2001)
page 368
Chemistry on page C-xx
Computing on page C-xx
Geography and Environmental Studies on page C-xx
Geology on page C-xx
Mathematics on page C-xx
Microbiology/Immunology on page C-xx
Plant Science on page C-xx
Physics on page C-xx
Psychology on page C-xx
Zoology on page C-xx
Professional recognition
Graduates of the BSc(Hons) are eligible for membership of a number of
professional organisations. Specific details are provided under individual
discipline entries in the Handbook.
Course structure
Each candidate will conduct research and write a thesis. In addition, candidates
MAY BE required to study and pass one or more advanced level units and
undertake other activities which may include the preparation of literature
reviews, essays and grant applications and the presentation of seminars.
Students should refer to the School entries in the 'Unit details' section for more
information.
Honours candidates are accepted in:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Biochemistry
Botany
Chemistry
Computer Science
Economic Geology [a]
Forest Ecology [a]
Genetics
Geochemistry
Geography and Environmental Studies
Course details (2001)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
page 369
Geology
Geophysics
Marine, Freshwater and Antarctic Biology [a]
Mathematics
Microbiology
Natural Environment and Wilderness Management [a]
Pathological sciences
Physics
Physiology
Psychology
Software Engineering
Zoology
[a]**These honours have a prerequisite of three years in special BSc programs.
Students enrol in a separate course, each with its own course code which differs
from the BSc(Hons).
Bachelor of Surveying with Honours
(Abbreviation: BSurv(Hons))
Course code: N4B
This 1-year full-time or 2-year part-time course is offered by the Faculty of
Science and Engineering at Hobart.
Admission & prerequisites
To be eligible to enrol for the degree applicants must have either qualified for
admission to the degree of Bachelor of Surveying in this University or have
qualified in another university or tertiary institution for a degree deemed by the
Faculty of Science and Engineering to be equivalent to that degree. In each case,
the standard of pass must be of sufficient merit to satisfy the Faculty of Science
and Engineering.
Course objectives
The course objectives are:
•
•
•
to provide advanced in-depth knowledge in a single area of surveying and
spatial information science;
to provide opportunity for training in research;
to prepare students for postgraduate research in the Master of Spatial
Information Science and PhD programs as well as for employment in
research organisations; and
Course details (2001)
•
page 370
to provide advanced courses in selected areas of surveying and spatial
information science.
Career outcomes
The Honours course provides students with advanced skills and research
experience in a specialisation of geomatics or surveying. Graduates are likely to
find employment in Commonwealth or State government agencies, or large
private organisations.
Professional recognition
The Bachelor of Surveying with Honours is recognised by the Institution of
Surveyors, Australia providing qualification for graduate membership of the
Institution. Corporate membership is granted after an approved period of
professional experience.
Course structure
Honours candidates are required to pursue a course of study in Advanced
Surveying Theory and Practice with lectures and project work being prescribed
by the degree coordinator. The overall enrolment code for full-time students is
KGS500 and for part-time students is KGS505. Coursework will be selected
from the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
Advanced Photogrammetry
Advanced GIS
Advanced Geodesy
Advanced Adjustment Theory
Advanced Instrumentation and Techniques
With the agreement of the degree coordinator candidates may select units from
Groups 2, 3 and 4 offered by the Faculty of Science and Engineering up to a
maximum of 25%.
See KGS500on page xx.
Bachelor of Technology
(Abbreviation: BTech)
Course code: N3M
Students interested in the Bachelor of Technology degree program should
consult the Head of the School of Engineering for details on the various
technology streams and schedules being offered.
Course details (2001)
page 371
This 3-year degree course may be studied full time or part time. At present, 4
streams are available: Electronics & Computers, Civil Technology, Electrical
Power, and Mechanical Technology. All streams are available only as
articulating programs, credit transfer for TAFE Diplomas being incorporated
into the requirements for the three years of the BTech.
The Environmental Technology and Manufacturing Technology streams have
been discontinued.
Admission & prerequisites
Applicants would normally hold a TAFE diploma or associate diploma in Civil,
Mechanical or Electrical Engineering. The course structure is based on the
student's holding a Tasmanian TAFE Associate Diploma. Prospective students
holding the new Tasmanian TAFE Diploma or other TAFE qualification should
contact the School of Engineering for details.
Course objectives
The Bachelor of Technology leads to a para-professional qualification designed
to satisfy the requirements of the Institution of Engineers Australia for affiliate
membership.
Course objectives are:
•
•
•
•
to provide a sound basis in mathematics, the basic sciences and
engineering sciences and management;
to produce engineering technologists who will work in collaboration with
more experienced engineering technologists, or assist professional
engineers to undertake tasks which require accuracy and adherence to
prescribed methods of analysis, design or computation;
to develop skills in analysis, synthesis, design and communication; and
to promote student interaction and activities which develop the key
interpersonal skills required to balance academic achievements.
Course structure
Entry is normally at advanced standing through a diploma and requires the
equivalent of a further 1.5 years approximately of University study. This may
be done full-time or on a part-time basis, in conjunction with suitable
employment. Students contemplating a course of part-time study should
contact the School of Engineering to ensure their proposed course is acceptable
within the framework of proposed course changes.
To qualify for the degree, candidates must also undertake a prescribed period
of industrial experience and obtain a first-aid certificate.
Course details (2001)
page 372
Articulation
Articulation from a TAFE diploma is a specific design feature of the course, and
holders of this award may be granted up to approximately three semesters
advanced standing in the course.
After successful completion of the Bachelor of Technology, students may also
elect to continue their study and articulate to the Bachelor of Engineering in the
appropriate specialisation, to become professional engineers.
(Civil Technology) Schedule B
Year 1
33-200 CE Drafting
33-233 Applied Mechanics
33-370 Concrete Technology
33-439 CE Computer Applications
33-462 Municipal Design
33-473 Structural Drafting
33-512 Structures 1
34-211 Surveying 1A
40-544 Applied Calculus
Year 2
33-440 Structures 2
33-509 Civil Engineering Hydraulics
Note: for a detailed schedule of units offered by the University of Tasmania,
students are advised to consult the Head of School of Engineering.
(Mechanical Technology) Schedule B
Year 1
33-233 Applied Mechanics
33-512 Structures 1
35-134 EE Calculus 1
35-374 Introductory Electronics
40-131 Engineering Drawing 1
40-132 Engineering Drawing 2
40-555 Introductory Computing
40-587 Engineering Mechanics
40-624 Fluid Mechanics
40-910 Properties and Testing of Materials
42-617 Computer Aided Drafting (Eng)
Year 2
40-657 Mechanical Design 1
40-717 Applied Energy Systems
Course details (2001)
page 373
42-628 CAD Projects
Note: Students are advised to consult the Head of School of Engineering for a
detailed schedule of units.
Combined degreesBachelor of Arts and
Bachelor of Applied Science
(Abbreviation: BA–BAppSc)
Course code: R3G
The last intake of students into the combined BA–BAppSc degree was 2000. The
BAppSc is being taught out over the period 2001 to 2003. Students should refer
to the BA and BAppSc schedules as listed in this handbook; but for other details
may refer to the Course and Unit Handbook 2000. Current students should contact
Mrs Michelle Horder on (03) 6324 3863 if advice is needed.
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of
Computing
(Abbreviation: BA–BComp)
Course code: R3L
This four year (minimum) combined degree of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of
Computing is offered on the Launceston campus by the Faculty of Arts and
Faculty of Science and Engineering. The course is studied on-campus, although
some Bachelor of Arts units are offered by distance education. Subject to
attendance and timetable requirements, part-time studies are also available.
Students have a maximum of ten years to complete the course.
Admission & prerequisites
Applicants are expected to meet the normal requirements set by the University
for entry to degree courses. No specific course or subject prerequisites apply.
Course objectives
Refer to course objectives for the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of
Computing on pages B-xx and B-xx.
Career outcomes
Course details (2001)
page 374
Refer to 'Career outcomes' for the respective degree courses.
Course structure
Students are required to complete 400% weighting of units, half of them taken
from the Bachelor of Arts schedule and the other half from the Bachelor of
Computing schedule.
Where two or more units of the same name or content are offered within the
University, only one may be counted towards the degree. The student's choice
of units and the order in which they are taken are subject to approval by the
deans of the respective faculties.
Articulation
Articulation arrangements are the same as for the Bachelor of Arts and the
Bachelor of Computing.
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of
Science
(Abbreviation: BA–BSc)
Course code: R3H
The 5-year full-time combined degree of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of Science is
offered on the Hobart campus by the Faculty of Arts and the Faculty of Science
and Engineering. Some Arts units are available by Distance Education. In
addition, some units are offered to students commencing in July.
Admission & prerequisites
Minimum University entrance requirements and a satisfactory achievement
(SA) in any two of the following: *MT843 Mathematics Stage 3 (or *MT841
Mathematics Stage 2 or *MT730 Mathematics Applied); *IF862 Computer
Science; *CH856 Chemistry; *GL876 Geology; *GG833 Geography (or *EV846
Environmental Science); *PH866 Physics; *BY826 Biology; *SC786 Applied
Science-Physical Sciences (if neither Physics nor Chemistry counted) OR a TCE
score of 80 or more for applicants not having two of the preceding TCE units.
Subject (unit) prerequisites also apply.
Course objectives
Course details (2001)
page 375
Students who wish to combine scientific knowledge with a liberal education
will be attracted to this degree. Unique discipline combinations are possible;
for example, majors in Journalism and Asian Studies combined with a major
in Computer Science and Mathematics; or majors in Chinese and Political
Science with Geology and Geography. Students' programs can be tailored to
meet the needs of an ever-changing world.
They will acquire knowledge and skills through a wide range of disciplines
chosen from: Aboriginal Studies, Ancient Civilisations, Ancient Greek, Asian
Studies, Biochemistry, Chemistry, Chinese, Computer Science, English, French,
Geography and Environmental Studies, Geology, German, History, Indonesian,
Japanese, Journalism and Media Studies, Latin, Mathematics,
Microbiology/Immunology, Natural Environment and Wilderness Studies,
Philosophy, Physics, Plant Science, Political Science, Psychology, Public Policy,
Social Ecology, Sociology, Women's Studies, Zoology.
The program develops general abilities in the following areas:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
written expression
linguistic skills
creative self-expression
capacity to analyse and interpret in a dispassionate and objective manner
capacity for reasoned criticism
data acquisition and analysis
research techniques
marshalling facts in support of arguments
evaluating the possible outcomes of alternative courses of action, with the
emphasis varying according to the particular program chosen.
Career outcomes
See career outcomes entry under the BA and BAppSc degrees.
Professional recognition
Refer to professional recognition entry under the BA and BSc degrees.
Course structure
To qualify for the combined degree students must complete 500% from units in
Groups 1, 2 and 3 of the BSc and BA combined schedules.
In the Bachelor of Arts component students must select units to meet the
requirements of majors in two disciplines. A major sequence is defined as
sequential studies in one discipline by completion of 25% at level 100 (except
where not required for enrolment at level 200 in a language) and 75%-87.5% at
levels 200/300.
Course details (2001)
page 376
For the Bachelor of Science component students must meet the following
requirements:
•
•
•
•
2 x 25% from level 100 Group 1 units of the BSc schedule;
2 x 33.3% from level 200 Group 2 units of the BSc schedule;
1 x 50% of clear passes from level 300 Group 3 units of the BSc schedule
forming one major; and
50% comprising 25% from level 200 Group 2 or level 300 Group 3 units of
the BSc schedule and 25% from level 300 Group 3 units of the BSc
schedule.
Units studied outside the BA or BSc schedules will not count towards the
combined degree.
The course structure is summarised in the following table.
Year 1
Level 100
Arts discipline
25%
Level 100
Level 100
Level 100
Arts discipline
Science core 25%
Science core 25%
25%
Year 2
Level 200
Level 200
Level 200
Arts discipline
25%
Science core 33.33%
Arts/Science electives [a]
50%
Year 3
Level 200 Arts discipline
25%
Level 200 Science core 33.33%
Level 200/300
Arts/Science electives [a]
Year 4
Level 300 Arts discipline
25%
Level 300 Arts discipline
25%
Level 300 Science major 25%
Level 200/300
Science electives
Year 5
Level 300
Arts discipline
25%
25%
50%
Course details (2001)
Level 300
Level 300
Level 300
Arts discipline
Science major 25%
Science electives
page 377
25%
25%
<tbz>
[a]up to 25% of electives may be studied from level 100 Science units.
Articulation
Credit for units included in the schedules of the BA and BSc degrees will be
awarded to students who transfer to the combined degree. Up to one year of
credit for TAFE programs will be awarded for the BSc component of the
combined degree.
Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of
Engineering
(Abbreviation: BSc–BE)
Course code: N3C
This 5-year (minimum) full-time course is available at Hobart.
Admission & prerequisites
The intention of the combined degree is to cater for students with a
demonstrated aptitude in science and engineering.
Only students who have higher achievements or outstanding achievements in
mathematics and applied science at advanced secondary level and who obtain
distinctions or higher in KNM112 Engineering Mechanics, KNE122 Electrical
Engineering, KMA150 Calculus and Applications 1 will be considered for the
combined degree. Students must therefore have completed Year 1 of the BE
before enrolling in the course. Enrolment requires a timetable overload and
must have the approval of the Faculty.
Course objectives
The Bachelor of Science–Bachelor of Engineering combined degree provides an
opportunity for students to study not only engineering units but to study in a
selected field of science at an in-depth level with a view to a future career in
research.
Career outcomes
Course details (2001)
page 378
Graduates of the combined degree could expect to find employment in such
fields as are detailed in the Bachelor of Engineering (page B-xx) and Bachelor of
Science (page B-xx) course descriptions.
Course structure
Students are required to complete:
•
•
the four examinations of the Bachelor of Engineering degree; and
either 100% of Group 3 units from the BSc Schedule A or at least 150%
from Group 1 (not more than 50%), 2 and 3 units in the BSc Schedule A,
which units must include one new major subject.
Students' choice of units must conform to the specifications (rules) of both the
BE and BSc degrees. They may be permitted to proceed to the Bachelor of
Science with Honours, or Bachelor of Engineering with Honours, or both, in the
combined degree of Bachelor of Science–Bachelor of Engineering.
Choices other than science majors in Mathematics, Geology, Physics and
Computer Science may be difficult due to timetable constraints.
Articulation
There is no formal articulation other than by gaining credit for work completed
in another degree.
Other degrees combined with Science or Engineering courses
Bachelor of Commerce–Bachelor of Applied Science (C3A). There will be no
new enrolments in this course.
Bachelor of Commerce–Bachelor of Computing (C3X) (see page B-xx).
Bachelor of Science–Bachelor of Laws (L3G) (see page B-xx).
Institute of Antarctic and Southern
Ocean Studies
(Abbreviation: IASOS)
The Institute of Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies is a National Key Centre
for Teaching and Research established with the aid of federal government
funding in 1988 to promote and focus Australian academic activity concerned
with Antarctica and its surrounding ocean. IASOS is housed in the
Course details (2001)
page 379
well-equipped Centenary Building in a central position on the Hobart campus
of the University of Tasmania.
The Director of IASOS is Professor GW Paltridge and there are key staff in
major discipline areas: physical sciences – Dr KJ Michael; life sciences – Dr A
McMinn, Dr G Jackson; and legal and policy studies – Dr MG Haward. Other
staff with primary roles in other Schools of the University and in major research
establishments with interests in the region are affiliated with IASOS, and
participate in its teaching and research program.
IASOS has a close working arrangement with the Australian Antarctic Division,
CSIRO Marine Research, the Bureau of Meteorology and the Commission for
the Conservation of Antarctic Marine Living Resources (CCAMLR) in Hobart.
These agencies are involved in the coursework programs, in supervising
postgraduate students, and providing laboratory and support facilities for
thesis projects.
The Australian Antarctic Division, CSIRO Marine Research, the Bureau of
Meteorology, the Australian Geological Survey Organisation and the Institute
of Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies (IASOS) have formed an Antarctic
Cooperative Research Centre based on the campus. With a staff of 65 and more
than 15 honours year and 55 research higher degree students, the Centre is one
of the largest in the world conducting research in the polar regions and is
mainly concerned with the large-scale interactions of the south polar region
with the global climate and environment. Major scientific disciplines include
physical, chemical and biological oceanography; atmospheric physics and
chemistry; climatology; glaciology; polar region biology and palaeo-climatic
reconstruction. Legal and policy work concerns environmental management ,
the operation of the Antarctic Treaty System and climate change policy.
Students work closely with world-class scientists involved in national and
international research programs and have access to the extensive facilities not
only of the Antarctic CRC itself but also of the partner agencies in Hobart. Great
use is made of very expensive, publicly-funded, research facilities such as the
ice-class research vessel Aurora Australis, the Tasmanian Earth Resources
Satellite Station (TERSS), and the CRAY high-performance computing facility at
the University.
A major objective of the overall Antarctic CRC scheme is to knit postgraduate
teaching closely to the developing research programs of the participating
institutions. IASOS, in association with the Antarctic CRC, offers the following
options for graduate students:
•
•
Bachelor of Antarctic Studies with Honours
Graduate Diploma of Science (Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies)
Course details (2001)
•
•
•
page 380
Graduate Diploma of Science (Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies) with
Honours
Master of Meteorology and Oceanography
Research Higher Degrees (MSc, MA and PhD)
Theme area
All units taught by the Institute of Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies fall
within the Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies theme area. Specific courses
taught by IASOS under this theme are the Bachelor of Antarctic Studies with
Honours, Graduate Diploma of Science (Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies),
Graduate Diploma of Science (Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies) with
Honours, and Master of Meteorology and Oceanography.
Bachelor of Antarctic Studies with
Honours
(Abbreviation: BAntSt(Hons))
Course code: S4G
Course objectives
Graduate Diploma of Science (Antarctic
and Southern Ocean Studies)
(Abbreviation: GradDipSc(ASOS))
Course code: S6D
Course objectives
Course details (2001)
page 381
Graduate Diploma of Science (Antarctic
and Southern Ocean Studies) with
Honours
(Abbreviation: GradDipSc(ASOS)(Hons))
Course code: S6X
These courses provide both a general overview of Antarctic and Southern
Ocean matters and specialist training in areas of the physical and biological
sciences; policy and law; and polar and environmental technology.
The program has the flexibility to respond to the particular backgrounds and
experience of each year's students and can be taken in one year full-time or two
years part-time study. Candidature is open to graduates in all disciplines.
Selection into the honours stream is based on the applicant's undergraduate
record and work experience, if appropriate.
The honours degree is fully equivalent to an honours degree within a
University School and satisfies the usual eligibility requirements for research
higher degrees and postgraduate scholarships.
The first half of the program consists of a multi-disciplinary course in the form
of seminar style sessions in five sub-disciplines: social sciences, life sciences,
physical sciences and Antarctic operations. The remainder of the honours
program requires the completion of an approved research project, with the
results presented in a thesis. For students not taking honours, a reading thesis
style specialist unit, supervised by an appropriate staff member, is undertaken.
The coursework is assessed through a series of assignments, while the thesis is
formally examined by internal and external experts.
Interested students are encouraged to contact the Institute of Antarctic and
Southern Ocean Studies directly (ph) (03) 6226 2971.
Course objectives
Career outcomes
Graduates of the Honours program are eligible for membership of a variety of
professional organisations, for instance: International Glaciological Society,
American Geophysical Union, Australian Meteorological and Oceanographic
Society, American Meteorological Society, Australian Marine Science
Course details (2001)
page 382
Association, Australian Geological Society. The society or societies they may
belong to depends somewhat on the nature of the research that they undertook.
The course leads to career opportunities in oceanography, glaciology, climate
modelling, meteorology, ice core chemistry, sedimentology, marine biology,
terrestrial ecology, international relations.
Course structure
Bachelor of Antarctic Studies with Honours
KSA410 Full time
KSA411 Part time
Graduate Diploma of Science (Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies)
KSA505 Full time
KSA506 Part time
Graduate Diploma of Science (Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies) with
Honours
KSA510 Full time
KSA511 Part time
Graduate Diploma of Agricultural
Science
(Abbreviation: GradDipAgrSc)
Course code: S6A
Course objectives
Graduate Diploma of Agricultural
Science with Honours
(Abbreviation: GradDipAgrSc(Hons))
Course code: S6Y
A (minimum) 1-year course.
Admission & prerequisites
Course details (2001)
page 383
Admission is open to graduates holding a recognised degree in a science-based
discipline. Selection for the honours program is based on the applicant's
undergraduate record and work experience, where appropriate.
Course objectives
These courses are intended to provide academic advancement to individuals
who hold an undergraduate degree. At honours level, the course provides
access to the Master of Agricultural Science or PhD degree courses.
Career outcomes
Graduates will have improved their career potential in their chosen profession,
and, in the case of Honours graduates, gained access to a higher degree
course.
Course structure
Either course is normally completed in one full-time year or two years part
time, although an extra 3 months may be allowed for Graduate Diploma
candidates to complete the research project.
The course coordinator may grant an extension of time to a candidate who has
been prevented by illness or other serious cause from completing the
requirements of the course within the prescribed period.
A GradDipAgrSc candidate must undertake at least 50% coursework chosen
from Schedule A of the BAgrSc or S3B and S3CBAppSc awards. The balance
(making 100%) to comprise a supervised research project.
A GradDipAgrSc(Hons) candidate must undertake at least 50% supervised
research project, the balance (100%) comprising units chosen from Schedule A
of the BAgrSc or S3B and S3CBAppSc awards, and not counted towards a
previous degree.
Articulation
Any recognised science-based bachelor degree may lead into the GradDipAgrSc
courses.
Graduates of the GradDipAgrSc(Hons) may progress to Master or PhD.
Graduate Diploma in Aquaculture
(Abbreviation: GradDipAqua)
Course details (2001)
page 384
Course code: S6K
(This course replaces the Graduate Diploma of Applied Science in
Aquaculture (S6C))
This course acts as a bridging course for graduates from non-aquaculture
programs who wish either to work in the aquaculture industry or to pursue a
higher degree qualification in aquaculture. Traditional degrees in Australia, or
those containing one or two broad based aquaculture units, lack the necessary
'hands-on' component for aquaculture and seldom provide the necessary
in-depth knowledge on aquatic husbandry. The course covers the important
components of commercial aquaculture: biology, husbandry, technology and
animal health.
The course ensures that students obtain an education in aquaculture under
Australian conditions. They may seek careers on all types of aquaculture farms
and as research officers in fishery departments. Alternatively, graduands may
undertake the degree of Master of Applied Science in Aquaculture or Honours.
Admission & prerequisites
Applicants should possess a relevant pass degree in biological sciences
(preferably aquatic). However, prospective students may be admitted to the
course if they can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Head of School that
they have been awarded a pass degree containing science units deemed
relevant to aquaculture.
Course objectives
Career outcomes
This postgraduate bridging program enables graduates of other courses to learn
the specialist aquaculture skills necessary for work in the industry or in
government policy and research departments. Alternatively, it is possible for
graduates of this course to undertake a Master of Applied Science in
Aquaculture, in order to obtain expertise as a researcher.
Course structure
The full-time program is one year in duration. The program for a part-time
student would follow a similar pattern taken over two years.
Articulation
Course details (2001)
page 385
An approved degree program
Bachelor of Aquaculture with Honours, Master of Applied Science in
Aquaculture
Units approved for Graduate Diploma in Aquaculture
Unit Title
campus-sem
Semester 1
Nutrition of Aquatic
Organisms
L1
Physiology of Aquatic
Organisms
L1
Technology for
Aquaculture
L1
Intensive Algal Culture
L1
Semester 2
Intensive Crustacean &
Zooplankton Culture
L2
Intensive Finfish Culture
L2
Aquatic Animal Health
L2
Intensive Molluscan
Culture
L2
Two weeks work experience is required
weight
code
12.5%
KQA319
12.5%
KQA330
12.5%
12.5%
KQA214
KQA201
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KQA228
KQA320
KQA321
12.5%
KQA303
Note: Students wishing to progress to a BAqua(Hons) year should
undertake KQA302 Scientific Analysis and Presentation or have completed an
equivalent statistical unit.
Graduate Diploma of Computing
(Abbreviation: GradDipComp)
Course code: S6J
This is offered on-campus at Launceston. It is normally studied part-time over
two years, but can be completed in one year of full time study.
Admission & prerequisites
Possession of a Bachelor degree (or equivalent) from a recognised university.
Course objectives
Course details (2001)
page 386
The course is specifically designed for people with a tertiary qualification in a
discipline other than computing who wish to make a career change and become
computing professionals, or who wish to combine computing skills with their
current specialisations.
Specific objectives are:
•
•
to provide an introduction to the theory and practice of computing
to enable professionals to apply new and emerging computing
technologies in their areas of expertise
Career outcomes
(See BComp, page B-xx). Students who complete the Graduate Diploma have
their career opportunities enhanced because they are able to combine expertise
gained from their first degree with knowledge of computing technologies.
Course structure
The program consists of four core units and four elective units. The units are
chosen from the Bachelor of Computing units and are selected according to the
individual student's background, taken over not less than one full-time year
and in not more than three consecutive years.
Units approved for the Graduate Diploma of Computing
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Core units
Computer Applications
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
KXA153
Programming and Problem
Solving
H1~L1/2~B1
12.5%
KXA151
Professional Computing
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
KXA155
Multimedia and Web
Applications
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
KXA156
Computer Organisation and
Architecture
H1~L1~B1
12.5%
KXA152
Software Process
H2~L2~B2
12.5%
KXA154
Algorithms and Metrics
H1~L1
12.5%
KXA251
Artificial Intelligence
H1~L1
12.5%
KXA252
Software Design
H2~L2
12.5%
KXA253
Operating Systems
H2~L2
12.5%
KXA254
Elective units
Availability of the following units depends on student demand and availability
of resources
Artificial Intelligence
H1~L1
12.5%
KXA252
Digital Networks
L1
12.5%
KXA336
Programming Systems
L2
12.5%
KXA337
Course details (2001)
Computer Assisted
Learning
Principles of Operating
Systems
Knowledge-Based Systems
Computer Graphics &
Animation
Advanced Web Development
page 387
L1
12.5%
KXA339
L2
L1
12.5%
12.5%
KXA334
KXA335
L2
H1~L1
12.5%
12.5%
KXA338
KXA281/381
Graduate Diploma of Computing with
Honours
(Abbreviation: GradDipComp(Hons))
Course code: S6S
this 1-year full-time or 2-year part-time course is offered by the Faculty of
Science and Engineering at Launceston.
The Graduate Diploma of Computing with Honours is designed for those with
a tertiary qualification in computing, or for computing professionals who wish
to gain a further qualification in specialised areas of applied computing. It may
provide up to one year of credit towards a Master of Computing degree.
Admission & prerequisites
Possession of a degree in computing or a non-computing degree with several
years of professional experience in computing.
Course objectives
The Graduate Diploma with Honours is designed to produce graduates capable
of specialising in a wide range of professional computing areas.
Career outcomes
(See BComp, page xx). Students who complete the Graduate Diploma have
their career opportunities enhanced because they are able to combine expertise
gained from their first degree with knowledge of computing technologies.
Course structure
Course details (2001)
page 388
The program consists of eight advanced computing units taken over not less
than one full-time year and in not more than three consecutive years. The eight
units are chosen from the following list, subject to availability.
Articulation
The course provides students with an undergraduate degree in computing a
pathway towards a Master of Computing
Units approved for the Graduate Diploma of Computing with Honours
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Computation and Functional
Programming
L?
12.5%
KXA412
Spatial Information
Systems
L?
12.5%
KXA415
Advanced Computer
Security
L?
12.5%
KXA418
Multimedia & Internet
Applications
L?
12.5%
KXA430
Machine Learning
L2
12.5%
KXA431
Java Applications
L?
12.5%
KXA433
Other units as approved by the Head of School
The availability of these units will depend on student demand and availability
of resources.
Graduate Diploma of Engineering with
Honours
(Abbreviation: GradDipEng(Hons))
Course code: N6Z
Not offered in 2001
Graduate Diploma of Environmental
Studies
(Abbreviation: GradDipEnvSt)
Course code: S6B
Course details (2001)
page 389
Lecturers: Assoc Prof JJ Todd, Dr PR Hay, Dr PB McQuillan, Dr JA Russell, Dr
LK Kriwoken, Dr E Stratford, Prof JB Kirkpatrick, and others.
This course is offered by the School of Geography and Environmental Studies at
the Hobart campus.
The course is offered on a 1 year full-time or up to 3 years part-time basis.
Extensions may be possible for a candidate whose work has been interrupted
by illness or other unavoidable cause, or to complete any project prescribed as a
component of the course.
Admission & prerequisites
Applicants should have a bachelor degree from any discipline, or equivalent.
Course objectives
The Graduate Diploma in Environmental Studies is specifically designed for
those with a tertiary qualification, who wish to gain a first qualification in
Environmental Studies.
It is appropriate for those wishing to make a career change to an environmental
management area, for those wishing to combine environmentally based skills
with their current specialisation, or for those who wish to increase their
knowledge out of interest.
The course provides a broad, interdisciplinary approach to environmental
management.
Career outcomes
The GradDipEnvSt can lead to positions in environmental management,
environmental policy making or environmental education.
Course structure
The Graduate Diploma in Environmental Studies consists of four units:
Environmental Values, Environmental Technology, Environmental Planning,
and Ecosystems.
Two of the units are offered each semester. The Coordinator can provide
information on which units are available in each semester.
Assessment: The four Environmental Studies units are assessed on the basis of
essays, seminars and research projects.
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Course details (2001)
page 390
Environmental Technology
H2
0%
KGE512
Ecosystems
H1
0%
KGE513
Environmental Planning
H2
0%
KGE514
Environmental Values
H1
0%
KGE515
An approved combination of units from elsewhere in the University may,
under certain circumstances, be substituted for one of the above units.
Students must enrol in one of the following weighted umbrella codes and
in the appropriate units
Graduate Diploma of Environmental
Studies (full time) [a]
H
100%
KGE500
Graduate Diploma of Environmental
Studies (part time) [a]
H
50%
KGE501
[a] The appropriate 'umbrella' code must be entered on all GradDipEnvSt
enrolments, in addition to the individual units' code. A weighting of 0%
must be entered against the individual unit codes.
Graduate Diploma of Environmental
Studies with Honours
(Abbreviation: GradDipEnvSt(Hons))
Course code: S6W
Lecturers: Assoc Prof JJ Todd, Dr PR Hay, Dr PB McQuillan, Dr JA Russell, Dr
LK Kriwoken, Dr E Stratford, Prof JB Kirkpatrick, and others.
This course is offered internally on the Hobart campus, on a 1 year full-time or
2 years part-time basis. Extensions may be possible for a candidate whose work
has been interrupted by illness.
The Graduate Diploma in Environmental Studies with Honours is specifically
designed for those with a tertiary qualification of suitable standard who wish to
gain a first qualification in Environmental Studies which can then act as a
bridge to higher degrees.
It is also appropriate for those wishing to make a career change into an
environmental management area, for those wishing to combine
environmentally based skills with their current specialisations, and for those
who wish to increase their knowledge out of interest.
Admission & prerequisites
Course details (2001)
page 391
Applicants should possess a bachelor degree in any discipline, or equivalent.
Undergraduate grades must average Credit or better, unless entry approval is
given by the course coordinator.
Course objectives
The course is designed to demonstrate research ability in interdisciplinary
environmental studies and environmental management
Career outcomes
The course provides entry into research-based higher degree study, and can
lead to employment in environmental management, environmental policy
formation, or environmental education.
Course structure
Students take two of the units required for the Graduate Diploma of
Environmental Studies, as approved by the Coordinator of Environmental
Studies, and must also complete an honours thesis.
Assessment: The Environmental Studies units (50%) are assessed on the basis of
essays, seminars and research projects. The thesis (50%) is assessed by one
external and one internal examiner.
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Environmental Technology
H2
0%
KGE512
Ecosystems
H1
0%
KGE513
Environmental Planning
H2
0%
KGE514
Environmental Values
H1
0%
KGE515
Honours Thesis
H
0%
KGE540/541
Students must also enrol in one of the following weighted umbrella codes and
in the appropriate units
Graduate Diploma of Environmental Studies with Honours (full time) [a]
H
100%
KGE505
Graduate Diploma of Environmental Studies with Honours (part time) [a]
H
50%
KGE506
[a] The appropriate 'umbrella' code must be entered on all
GradDipEnvSt(Hons) enrolments, in addition to the individual units'
code. A weighting of 0% must be entered against the individual unit
codes.
Graduate Diploma in Rehabilitation
Counselling
Course details (2001)
page 392
(Abbreviation: GradDipRehabCouns)
Course code: S6R
This is a full fee-paying course which can be undertaken on a one year full-time
or two years part-time study basis, and comprises eight 12.5% units. The course
is available on the Hobart campus.
Admission & prerequisites
Requirements for entry to the course are completion of a Bachelor of Arts with
175% in psychology, or Bachelor of Science with 133.3% in psychology, and
applicants should meet Faculty of Arts admission requirements and
prerequisites for Honours (GPA of 6.0 or better at 200/300 level).
Consideration for admission will also be given to people with a single major in
psychology and relevant work experience.
Course objectives
The Graduate Diploma in Rehabilitation Counselling is a skill based course
which aims to provide students with the fundamental knowledge and skills
required for employment in a broad range of rehabilitation counselling roles.
These include vocational rehabilitation, rehabilitation following head injury or
as a consequence of physical illness or injury, counselling roles associated with
death and dying, rehabilitation following criminal incarceration, and drug and
alcohol rehabilitation. The course focuses on the theoretical basis of
rehabilitation and the acquisition of counselling skills, both in general and
specific to particular work areas. The practice of rehabilitation is covered in
relation to specific work areas, examining particular issues that may arise and
community resources available both for clients and their families.
Professional recognition
Intending students should note that the Graduate Diploma in Rehabilitation
Counselling is not an accredited fourth year program in psychology and a
graduate will not be eligible for registration as a psychologist.
Schedule
Unit Title
Rehabilitation
Counselling 1
Rehabilitation
Counselling 2
Research Project 1
Research Project 2
campus-sem
weight
code
H1
12.5%
KHA501
H2
H1
H2
12.5%
12.5%
12.5%
KHA502
KHA503
KHA504
Course details (2001)
Rehabilitation Theory and
Practice
Vocational and Legal
Rehabilitation
Topics in Rehabilitation
Rehabilitation in Medical
Settings
Enrolment master code
Graduate Diploma in
Rehabilitation Counselling
page 393
H1
12.5%
KHA505
H2
H1
12.5%
12.5%
KHA506
KHA507
H2
12.5%
KHA508
Hf
0%
KHA500/510
Graduate Diploma of Science
(Abbreviation: GradDipSc)
Course code: S6D
Available in the specialisations shown in the table which follows.
Graduate Diplomas provide graduates with professional skills in a specialised
area. Applications are open to graduates from all disciplines provided that the
prerequisites for the field of specialisation are met, or other evidence of fitness
to undertake the work is provided.
Admission & prerequisites
Completion of a Bachelor of Science, another approved bachelor degree or
other tertiary qualification deemed by the Faculty to be equivalent for
admission purposes. To be admitted candidates must satisfy the prescribed
prerequisites for their specialisation or provide evidence that they are able to
undertake the work for the award.
Course objectives
The course aims to provide students with opportunities to acquire knowledge,
attitudes and skills in an area of specialisation that is different from the
concentrations they completed in their undergraduate degree.
Career outcomes
The course diversifies the career options available to graduates from their initial
qualifications. The career outcomes section of the Bachelor of Science degree
course (page B-xx) provides references to the individual discipline entries
where these expected outcomes are specified.
Course details (2001)
page 394
Professional recognition
Depending on the area of specialisation, graduates may be eligible for
membership of a number of professional organisations.
Course structure
A candidate for the Graduate Diploma works within one of the fields of
specialisation listed below and is subject to any further conditions imposed by
the School.
Graduate diplomas generally involve a set menu of units, sometimes involving
projects. Assessment is usually based on assignments, essays and examinations
for each unit.
A candidate may not count more than 12.5% of Terminating Passes towards the
diploma.
The Diploma must be completed in one year of full-time study or a maximum
of three consecutive years of part-time study, but a candidate whose work has
been interrupted by illness, or other unavoidable cause, may be allowed to
complete the course over a longer period. An extension of time may also be
granted to submit a project.
The approved abbreviation for the Diploma shall be GradDipSc
The following specialisations are offered:
SchoolField of specialisation
Chemistry Chemistry
Computing Computer Science
Computing Software Engineering
Earth Sciences
Geology
Earth Sciences
Geophysics
Mathematics & Physics
Computational Mathematics
Mathematics & Physics
Operations Research
Mathematics & Physics
Statistical Applications
Mathematics & Physics
Physics
Mathematics & Physics
Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies (ASOS)
<tbz>
Chemistry
Specialisation: Chemistry
Course details (2001)
page 395
Additional prerequisites
An applicant will normally be exptected to have successfully completed
first-year university-level chemistry. An applicant who does not satisfy the
prerequisites but who has extensive practical experience in chemistry or a
chemistry-related profession may be admitted subject to the requirement that
additional coursework is undertaken as part of the Graduate Diploma.
Course Structure
The Graduate Diploma of Science, specialising in Chemistry, consists of a total
of 100%, chosen from Group 2 and Group 3 units and Honours [a] units offered
by the School of Chemistry. The laboratory components of units chosen may be
replaced by assignment and project [b] work as appropriate for the particular
needs of individual students. Any unit which has been counted towards a
previous degree or diploma may not be counted as part of the Graduate
Diploma. With permission from the Dean and on the recommendation of the
Head of the School of Chemistry, units offered by other schools of the
University may be counted towards the Graduate Diploma.
[a]
[b]
KRA583 Honours unit valued at 8.33%
KRA586 Honours unit(s) valued at 16.67%
KRA589 Honours unit(s) valued at 25%
KRA580 Project if substituted for laboratory work
Computing
Specialisation: Computer Science
Specialisation: Software Engineering
These specialisations are intended to meet the needs for professional
development and training in computer science or software engineering.
Additional prerequisites
Knowledge or experience in computer programming.
Course structure
Coursework (75%) comprising units chosen from levels 200 and 300 of
Computer Science(KCA) units or other approved units, and Project (25%).
For details, students should contact the School of Computing (03) 6226 2922.
Earth Sciences (Geology)
Course details (2001)
page 396
Specialisation: Geology
Additional prerequisites
The applicant's undergraduate degree should normally include at least 25% of
geology.
Candidates shall complete the following work with the School of Earth
Sciences:
(a)
(b)
An assignment, project or fieldwork equivalent to 16.67% and
83.33% of coursework from Schedule A (page B-xx) of the BSc
specifications.
Honours units
A minimum of 50% shall be chosen from Group 3 and Honours units with a
maximum of 33.33% from Group 2 units.
Specimen courses
See also the introduction to the School of Earth Sciences which will be found
under 'Geology'in the Unit Details section of this handbook (page C-xx).
Students should contact (03) 6226 2819 for details concerning possible courses.
Specialisation: Geophysics
Additional prerequisites
The applicant's undergraduate degree should normally include at least 41.67%
of physics.
Candidates shall complete the following work with the School of Earth
Sciences:
(a)
(b)
An assignment, project or fieldwork equivalent to 16.67% and
83.33% of coursework from Schedule A (page B-xx) of the BSc
specifications.
Honours units
A minimum of 50% shall be chosen from Group 3 and Honours units with a
maximum of 33.33% from Group 2 units.
Specimen courses
Course details (2001)
page 397
See also the introduction to the School of Earth Sciences which will be found
under 'Geology'in the Unit Details section of this handbook (page C-xx).
Students should contact (03) 6226 2819 for details concerning possible courses.
Mathematics and Physics
The School of Mathematics and Physics offers four programs of study leading
to the Graduate Diploma of Science, specialising in Operations Research,
Statistical Applications, Computational Mathematics and Physics. The
specialisations are intended to meet needs for professional development.
Specialisation: Computational Mathematics
The specialisation in Computational Mathematics familiarises the student with
some important parts of modern applied mathematics and provides practical
experience in the use of some associated computing tools.
Additional prerequisites
41.33% (or their equivalent) in mathematics units.
Course structure
Students should contact (03) 6226 2450 for details concerning course structure.
Specialisation: Operations Research
Additional prerequisites
41.33% (or their equivalent) in mathematics units.
Course structure
Students should contact (03) 6226 2450 for details concerning course structure.
Specialisation: Statistical Applications
This specialisation is intended for science graduates who wish to develop
statistical expertise in their own discipline. The course is largely project
oriented and requires the student to undertake literature searches and reviews;
to develop computing skills and knowledge; and to acquire both oral and
written skills in the presentation of statistical information.
Additional prerequisites
Course details (2001)
page 398
The applicant should have a science-based major and experience in conducting
scientific experiments or quantitative investigations.
Course structure
Students should contact (03) 6226 2450 for details concerning course structure.
Specialisation: Physics
Additional prerequisites
An applicant will normally be expected to have successfully completed
first-year university-level physics. An applicant who does not satisfy the
prerequisites but who has extensive practical experience in physics or a
physics-related profession may be admitted, subject to the requirement that
additonal coursework is undertaken as part of the Graduate Diploma.
Specimen courses
The Graduate Diploma of Science, specialising in Physics, consists of a total of
100% chosen from Group 2 and 3 units and Honours units offered in Physics.
The laboratory components of units chosen may be replaced by assignment and
project work as appropriate for the particular needs of individual students. The
units and lecture courses constituting the course of study will be determined at
the time of initial enrolment. Any unit which has been counted towards a
previous degree or diploma may not be counted as part of the Graduate
Diploma. Subject to approval, units offered by other schools of the University
may be counted towards the Graduate Diploma.
For enrolment codes, contact (03) 6226 2396.
Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies
Graduate Diploma of Science (ASOS)
See IASOS (and following pages) on page B-xx.
Graduate Diploma of Science with
Honours
(Abbreviation: GradDipSc(Hons))
Course code: S6X
Course details (2001)
page 399
The Graduate Diploma of Science with Honours allows non-science graduates
to obtain the necessary prerequisites for higher degrees in Science. It is offered
by all the schools of the Faculty at Hobart.
Admission & prerequisites
A graduate who does not hold a Science degree may be accepted as a candidate
for a Graduate Diploma with Honours provided that the candidate's
preparation for the course is adequate.
Course objectives
The course aims to provide:
•
•
advanced training in the area of study chosen, and
the opportunity for training in research, to prepare candidates for further
research study and employmnet in research organisations.
Career outcomes
Graduates of the Graduate Diploma of Science with Honours will be
competitive for professional careers in their area of specialisation. Employment
opportunities also exist in more general areas as detailed in the career outcomes
section of the Bachelor of Science (page B-xx) which provides references to the
individual discipline entries where these expected outcomes are specified.
Professional recognition
Depending on the area of specialisation, graduates may be eligible for
membership of a number of professional organisations.
Course structure
In all other aspects the requirements of the Bachelor of Science with Honours
apply and candidates should refer to these for particulars.
Further information is usually provided by the School.
Work as a full-time student must be completed within 12 months of the
commencement date.
Specific school information
Some additional information provided by schools on their specialisations
within the Graduate Diploma of Science with Honours course follows. All
Hobart Science Schools offer a course at this level; if no information is shown
here then the School should be contacted for details.
Course details (2001)
page 400
Agricultural Science
Specialisation: Microbiology
For details, see Agricultural Science Honours course (KLA415/416) on page
C-xx.
Enrolment master codes
KLA515 Full time 100%
KLA516 Part time 50%
Specialisation: Immunology and Microbiology
Enrolment master codes
KLA517 Full time
100%
Antarctic and Southern Oceans Studies
Specialisation: ASOS
For details, see IASOS (and following pages) on page B-xx.
Biochemistry
The Discipline of Biochemistry within the School of Medicine offers a number
of courses which are open to Science graduates.
Specialisation: Biochemistry
For details, see Biochemistry Honours course (CBA410)on page C-xx.
Chemistry
Specialisation: Chemistry
For details, see Chemistry Honours course (KRA400/401) on page C-xx.
Enrolment master codes
KRA500 Full time 100%
KRA501 Part time 50%
Course details (2001)
page 401
Computing
Specialisation: Computer Science
Specialisation: Software Engineering
These specialisations are designed to help students develop the necessary skills
and knowledge to undertake research within the computing field.
For details, contact the School of Computing on (03) 6324 3347.
Enrolment master codes
KCA500 Full time 100%
KCA501 Part time 50%
Geography
Specialisation: Geography
For details, see Geography Honours course (KGA400/401) on page xx.
Enrolment master codes
KGA500 Full time 100%
KGA501 Part time 50%
Geology
Specialisation: Geology/Geophysics/Geochemistry
The School of Earth Sciences offers specialisations in Geology, Geophysics and
Geochemistry to enable graduates whose major studies were in another area to
switch to Geology for postgraduate studies. For details of the units to be
studied see the entry under Geology 4 (Honours).
Enrolment master codes
Geology
KEA510 Full time 100%
KEA511 Part time 50%
Geophysics
KEA520 Full time 100%
KEA521 Part time 50%
Course details (2001)
page 402
Geochemistry
KEA540 Full time 100%
KEA541 Part time 50%
Mathematics and Physics
Specialisation: Mathematics
For details, see Mathematics Honours course (KMA400/401) on page xx.
Enrolment master codes
KMA500 Full time 100%
KMA501 Part time 50%
Specialisation: Physics
For details, see Physics Honours course (KYA410/411) on page xx.
Enrolment master codes
KYA510 Full time 100%
KYA511 Part time 50%
Plant Science
Specialisation: Botany
For details, see Botany Honours course (KPA400/401) on page xx.
Enrolment master codes
KPA500 Full time 100%
KPA501 Part time 50%
Specialisation: Genetics
For details, see Genetics Honours course (KPA410/411) on page xx.
See also Honours course in Forest Ecology page xx.
Enrolment master codes
KPA510 Full time
100%
Course details (2001)
page 403
Zoology
Specialisation: Zoology
For details, see Zoology Honours course (KZA400/401) on page xx.
Enrolment master codes
KZA500 Full time 100%
KZA501 Part time 50%
Graduate Diploma in Spatial Information
Science with Honours
(Abbreviation: GradDipSIS(Hons))
Course code: N6Y
This diploma meets the needs for professional development and training for
people working primarily in land based sciences (e.g. foresters, geographers,
town planners, surveyors) who need to apply spatial information science
technology in their work or study.
Admission & prerequisites
Possession of a bachelor degree from the University of Tasmania, or an
equivalent qualification from other recognised universities.
Course objectives
The course aims to:
•
•
•
provide students with opportunities to acquire knowledge and skills in
areas of spatial information science;
provide graduates with advanced knowledge in one of the disciplines of
spatial information science;
meet the needs of industry, business and government agencies for relevant
spatial information skills.
Career outcomes
Graduates of the Graduate Diploma in Spatial Information Science with
Honours will find employment opportunities in Commonwealth or State
Government agencies, local Councils or large private organisations, largely in
land-based sciences. Opportunities for such employment exist in a wide variety
Course details (2001)
page 404
of areas such as Forestry, Antarctica, Environmental management, Transport,
Land Planning, Geodetic Agencies, cadastral and engineering surveying.
Course structure
Candidates must complete the course in one year of full-time study or not more
than two years of part-time study.
The overall enrolment code for full-time students is KGG500 and for part-time
students KGG501.
Candidates, in conjunction with their supervisor, select a course which has the
following components:
Coursework
Coursework will be selected from units offered by the Centre for Information
Science or other such units offered by other Schools as the Faculty may
prescribe from time to time. A weighting of 0% must be entered against the
individual unit codes.
Project
KGG580 Graduate Diploma Project Work
Fees
This is a fee-paying course. However, some HECS places will be available in
2001.
Master of Applied Science
(Abbreviation: MAppSc)
Course code: S7P
The Master of Applied Science is a four semester full-time or eight semester
part time course offered on the Hobart and Launceston campuses by most
Schools of the Faculty of Science & Engineering. While the course for full-time
students is the equivalent of four semesters, students with an acceptable science
background may be able to complete the course in three semesters over one
calendar year.
Admission & prerequisites
Course details (2001)
page 405
A bachelor degree in Science or Applied Science at the University of Tasmania
or an equivalent award from another university or tertiary institution.
Entry points
To recognise the variety of science and non-science tertiary education
backgrounds of applicants, the course has the following three entrance points:
•
•
•
Advanced Component – applicants who have completed a suitable three
year degree with a major in the area of study of application in the
MAppSc, for example a student with a BSc majoring in mathematics who
wishes to study mathematics in the MAppSc;
Consolidation Component – applicants who have completed a suitable
three year degree with a major in a different area of study to that proposed
in the MAppSc, for example a student with a BSc majoring in mathematics
who wishes to study computer science in the MAppSc; and
Bridging – all other applicants admitted to the course.
Course objectives
The course aims to:
•
•
•
provide students with opportunities to acquire knowledge, attitudes and
skills in a range of basic physical, computational, mathematical, earth and
life sciences;
provide graduates with advanced knowledge in one science discipline;
and
meet the needs of industry, business and government agencies.
Career outcomes
Graduates of the Master of Applied Science will find employment opportunities
in their areas of specialisation. These opportunities are similar to those listed
under the career outcomes sections of the Bachelor of Science (including
Honours).
Professional recognition
Depending on the area of specialisation, graduates may be eligible for
membership of a number of professional organisations.
Course structure
The structure of the MAppSc is necessarily flexible to cater for the varied
backgrounds of students entering the course. An individual program of study
will be agreed between each student and the Dean or representative of the Dean
upon entry to the course. Successful applicants to the course are asked to
Course details (2001)
page 406
contact the Faculty of Science & Engineering on (03) 6226 2008 to discuss
enrolment codes.
The MAppSc comprises four components:
1.
2.
3.
4.
A three to six week bridging component (0% weight) in research training,
computing, mathematics and any other required disciplines;
A one semester consolidation component comprising 50% of
undergraduate units with no level 1 units permitted and a maximum of
25% at level 2;
A 100% (two semesters) advanced component comprising 75% honours
and third level units, and a 25% project. The coursework units will
include a minimum of 25% Honours level units. The project will
normally be spread over the two semesters to allow the completion of
37.5% coursework in each semester. On approval of the relevant Head of
School, the 25% project may be replaced with a further 25% coursework at
Honours level; and
A 50% thesis.
Exit points
Students who satisfactorily complete the coursework components of the course
(up to and including the advanced component) shall be eligible for the award of
the Graduate Diploma of Applied Science.
Areas of specialisation
Agricultural Science
Agricultural Science
Horticultural Science
Microbiology
Sustainable Resource Management
Chemistry
Chemistry
Computing
Computing
Earth Sciences
Earth Sciences
Geography & Environmental Studies
Course details (2001)
page 407
Geography
Environmental Studies
Remote Sensing and GIS
Mathematics & Physics
Mathematics and Physics
Plant Science
Plant Science
Psychology
Behavioural Science
Articulation
There is no articulation with other courses.
Master of Applied Science in
Aquaculture
(Abbreviation: MAppScAqua)
Course code: S7C
This Master of Applied Science program involves a combination of coursework
and research. Students normally are required to undertake the coursework
units of the Graduate Diploma program, a research dissertation, a literature
review and work experience. The research is normally undertaken on campus.
The research dissertation is assessed on the basis of a manuscript and a poster,
while the literature review requires a manuscript and a seminar.
Admission & prerequisites
Either a Bachelor of Science or a Bachelor of Applied Science degree.
Course objectives
Articulation
Graduate Diploma in Aquaculture
Course details (2001)
page 408
Doctor of Philosophy
Curriculum
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Year 1
Nutrition of Aquatic
Organisms
L1
12.5%
KQA319
Physiology of Aquatic
Organisms
L1
12.5%
KQA330
Technology for
Aquaculture
L1
12.5%
KQA214
Intensive Algal Culture
L1
12.5%
KQA201
Intensive Crustacean &
Zooplankton Culture
L2
12.5%
KQA228
Intensive Finfish Culture
L2
12.5%
KQA320
Aquatic Animal Health
L2
12.5%
KQA321
Intensive Molluscan
Culture
L2
12.5%
KQA303
Students progressing to BAqua(Hons) should also undertake KQA302 or have
completed an equivalent statistical unit.
Two weeks work experience is required
Year 2
Scientific Analysis and
Presentation for Aquaculture
L1
12.5%
KQA302
Literature Review
L1/2
25%
KQA817
Research Dissertation
L1/2 25%/50%
KQA818/819
Specialist Practical
Skills
L1/2
0%
KQA820/821
Master of Computing
(Abbreviation: MComp)
Course code: S7K
This course is designed for people who already have a degree in computing and
wish to study an advanced course in computing. It consists of 1.5 years
full-time coursework and an individual project requiring supervised applied
research.
Admission & prerequisites
Possession of a degree or graduate diploma in computing.
Course details (2001)
page 409
Applicants will normally be expected to have achieved an average grade of
credit or better in the final year of their degree.
Course objectives
The master degree program provides a knowledge of advanced material in
computing which will both encompass current computing technology and
serve as a basis for future growth.
Career outcomes
Students are prepared for careers and research in the area of Information
Technology (IT). Current forecasts indicate a world wide shortage of IT
professionals for at least the next ten years. Computing professionals get well
paid, interesting positions in almost any area – government, commerce,
industry. The range of activities is wide, including: website management,
system administration, client support and training, program design,
development and testing, and so on.
Professional recognition
Undergraduate students of the BComp are eligible for student membership of
the Australian Computer Society (ACS) and the Institute of Electrical and
Electronics Engineers (IEEE). On completion of the degree and entry into the
computing profession, graduates can apply to become full members of these
bodies.
Units approved for the Master of Computing
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Computation and Functional
Programming
L?
12.5%
KXA412
Spatial Information
Systems
L?
12.5%
KXA415
Multimedia & Internet
Applications
L?
12.5%
KXA430
Advanced Computer
Security
L?
12.5%
KXA418
Machine Learning
L2
12.5%
KXA431
Java Applications
L?
12.5%
KXA433
Other units approved by the Head of School
The availability of these units will depend on student demand and availability
of resources.
Master of Economic Geology
Course details (2001)
page 410
(Abbreviation: MEconGeol)
Course code: S7F
The Master of Economic Geology, course code S7F, is in teach-out, having
been replaced by the Master of Economic Geology, course code S7R.
Continuing students, already enrolled in S7F, should consult the Course and
Unit Handbook 2000. Any enquiries should be addressed to the Admin Officer
on (03) 6226 2819 or fax (03) 6226 7662.
Master of Economic Geology
(Abbreviation: MEconGeol)
Course code: S7R
This is a specialised master degree course in Economic Geology for industry
and government geologists. It forms the nucleus of the postgraduate teaching
program at the Centre for Ore Deposit Research (CODES). From 2001 the
course will form part of the National Masters Program sponsored by the
Minerals Council of Australia and the DETYA Science Lectureship Scheme.
Admission & prerequisites
Bachelor of Science with Honours is the normal entry qualification. However,
for students without this qualification the entry requirements will depend on
whether the applicants come from a professional industry background.
Applicants from industry without a Bachelor of Science with Honours degree
will require the following:
•
•
•
Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Science (Applied); and
A minimum of two years' experience working as professional geologist in
industry or a government institution; and
Completion of a significant geological company report or paper, based on
some aspect of work carried out during employment as a professional
geologist.
Course objectives
Course objectives are to update knowledge and skills required by geoscientists
for the exploration and exploitation of mineral deposits. These are
accomplished through completion of six short courses and a small in depth
Course details (2001)
page 411
research project OR eight short courses. The courses will cover a spectrum of
topics relevant to the exploration mining industries.
Career outcomes
This course is for geoscientists who want to gain a thorough up-date on
advances across the spectrum of economic geology applied to mineral
exploration.
Professional recognition
The course will become part of the G3 National Masters course sponsored by
the Mineral Council of Australia and the Commonwealth Government
(DETYA). Units will be taught by the University of Tasmania, the University
of Western Australia and James Cook University.
Course structure
The Master of Economic Geology is a coursework master degree. A thesis can
be undertaken which amounts to 40% of the overall assessment and is
examined by the School of Earth Science and CODES staff.
The course work consists of the following units, each weight at 20% of a full
year's load. A minimum of two units must be taken at either James Cook
University or the University of Western Australia. A minimum of four units
must be undertaken at the University of Tasmania.
Schedule of units
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Ore Deposit Studies and
Exploration Models
H1
20%
KEA841
Volcanology and Mineralisation
in Volcanic Terrains
H1
20%
KEA843
Exploration Geophysics,
Remote Sensing and
Geographic Information Systems
H1
20%
KEA844
[a]
Geochemistry, Hydrology and Timing of Hydrothermal Systems
20%
[a]
Ore Deposits of South America
20%
Each unit is taught in an intensive program of lectures, seminars, practicals and
field work over a 2 week period amounting to 65 lecture
equivalents.
[a] Contact the School of Earth Sciences for details and code numbers
Research Thesis
Course details (2001)
page 412
The research thesis is on a well defined and concise topic in the field of
economic geology that may be related to a specific aspect of the candidateís
current exploration or mine geology work.
The six units of coursework are taken over an eighteen months period; three
units a year will be offered in March, June-July and October-November. The
research thesis must be submitted within 30 months of the enrolment date. In
special circumstances candidates may be allowed to suspend their enrolment
or, where they have failed to meet one or more of the requirements, to repeat
them.
Master of Environmental Management
(Abbreviation: MEnvMgt)
Course code: S7D
Lecturers: Assoc Prof JJ Todd, Dr PR Hay, Dr PB McQuillan, Dr JA Russell, Dr
LK Kriwoken, Dr E Stratford, Prof JB Kirkpatrick, and others.
The Master of Environmental Management (MEnvMgt) is offered internally by
the School of Geography and Environmental Studies at the Hobart campus.
The coursework-plus-thesis program aims to attract people who are interested
in environmental management, or who anticipate responsibility for
environmental policy formation, or a role in environmental education. The
course extends the professional expertise of people working in such fields as
agriculture, community welfare, economics, education, engineering, forestry,
law, medicine, planning, public health, political economy, science, and resource
management. The course is of two years duration for full-time study or up to
four years part-time.
Full-time students
The course runs for two calendar years. In the first year, students take the four
coursework units. The major research project constitutes the work of the second
year.
Part-time students
Part-time students may undertake the degree on a unit basis, project work
being done in the student's own time.
Variations in lecture times are designed to enable part-time students to still
meet the needs of their employment. Prospective part-time students are invited
to discuss ways of undertaking the course with the Coordinator.
Course details (2001)
page 413
External Study is not normally available for the coursework degree.
Admission & prerequisites
Applications for direct entry to the course are considered from those who have
a suitable tertiary qualification or its equivalent. Applicants with a university
degree and substantial professional experience (a minimum of two years'
appropriate employment) are directly admissible, as are honours graduates and
graduates with a four-year professional qualification. Diplomas and other such
awards can be counted towards the four-year qualification. Applicants with a
three year bachelor degree are directly admissible provided their standard of
achievement is acceptable to the Faculty. People holding other than university
tertiary qualifications are admissible subject to agreement by the Faculty that
such qualifications are equivalent to those directly acceptable.
Students completing the GradDipEnvSt may count their coursework towards
the MSc(EnvMgt) degree provided they do not take out the Graduate Diploma
and their work has reached a standard considered satisfactory by the
Coordinator.
To ensure entry to this course, application for admission should be made as
early as possible.
Some students may be required to complete a preliminary reading unit. Such
preparation is normally done before the commencement of the formal teaching
in the first year of the course.
Course objectives
Several basic assumptions underlie the University's program for the degree.
•
•
•
Those who frame the alternatives from which environmental policy
choices will be made must necessarily make highly significant value
judgements. Public understanding of administrative decision-making will
be enhanced when people are willing to make explicit the values
underlying policy formation. Accordingly, emphasis is placed on
developing a student's sense of values.
While the economic, social, cultural, legal and physical aspects of any
major environmental policy problem can be distinguished analytically,
these aspects need to be viewed together if policy-makers are to come up
with workable solutions. Therefore, the program stresses the need for
integrative modes of thought.
The character of the solutions required from environmental policy-makers
is changing rapidly. Categorical solutions are no longer appropriate; more
and more people are recognising the interdependence of public problems.
Thus, the solutions which policy makers provide must be integrative in an
Course details (2001)
•
page 414
additional sense. In order for governments to make authoritative
decisions, the aspirations of competing institutions must be brought into
direct relationship with one another so that, through a process during
which these aspirations are modified, solutions which have a wide degree
of acceptance are produced. This acceptance must be achieved in stages
during which the point of view of all participants gradually changes. In
recognition of the importance of the integrative approach, the course
prepares students for policy making through a program which stresses the
multifaceted nature of environmental problems.
The methods adopted by universities for teaching environmental studies
will vary depending on the character of the groups being served and on
the special strength of the university concerned. The University of
Tasmania is particularly well suited to carry out a variety of programs
integrating natural and social phenomena, as Tasmania provides a wide
range of environments within a relatively small area. Although the course
is aimed at exploiting this advantage, it is recognised that there is no one
best way of preparing people for effective environmental study.
Career outcomes
This course provides the knowledge and skills background appropriate to
careers within environmental management, environmental policy formation,
and environmental education.
Course structure
Students taking the course attend the lectures, practicals, seminars and
excursions and complete the projects and reading organised in four major units:
•
•
•
•
Environmental Planning
Environmental Technology
Ecosystems
Environmental Values
Students carry out a major research project on an environmental problem
resulting in a thesis, sometimes as part of a multi-disciplinary team. The project
provides for a practical involvement in the task of assessing and integrating
results of studies conducted in diverse disciplines. Thus, this program stresses
both 'what to do' and 'how to do it' in the context of value choices.
There are five basic components: four coursework units and a research project
thesis involving problem-oriented research, which can be undertaken as part of
a multi-disciplinary team. The major research project component constitutes
one half of the course.
Students may take equivalent load postgraduate or undergraduate units offered
by the School of Geography and Environmental Studies or other schools in
Course details (2001)
page 415
place of one of the four coursework units, subject to approval by the
Coordinator.
Unit Title
campus-sem
Environmental Technology
H2
Ecosystems
H1
Environmental Planning
H2
Environmental Values
H1
Research Project Thesis
H
The following are the 'umbrella' codes
Master of Environmental Management (full time)
weight
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
code
KGE812
KGE813
KGE814
KGE815
KGE840
H
100%
KGE808
Master of Environmental Management (full time) [a]
H
100%
KGE808
Master of Environmental Management (part time) [a]
H
100%
KGE809
[a] The appropriate 'umbrella' code must be entered on all MEnvMgt
enrolments, in addition to the individual units' code. A weighting of 0%
must be entered against the individual unit codes.
[a]
Master of Environmental Studies
(Abbreviation: MEnvSt)
Course code: S7B
There is no new intake into this course which is in teach-out
The Master of Environmental Studies (Coursework) is available only to
continuing students as it is being superseded by the Master of Environmental
Management. Continuing students should refer any queries about course
arrangements to the Coordinator.
Course structure
Continuing students enrolling in MEnvSt (Coursework) units need to enrol in
one of the following umbrella codes.
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
[a]
Master of Environmental Studies (Coursework) (full time)
H
100%
KGE810
[a]
Master of Environmental Studies (Coursework) (part time)
H
100%
KGE811
Other units are the same as those listed for MEnvMgt above, but the following
code is required for the thesis component:
Course details (2001)
page 416
Research Project Thesis
H
0%
KGE840
[a] The appropriate 'umbrella' code must be entered on all MEnvSt
enrolments, in addition to the individual unit and/or project code. A
weighting of 0% must be entered against the individual unit codes.
Master of Meteorology and
Oceanography
(Abbreviation: MMet&Oc)
Course code: S7N
The Master of Meteorology and Oceanography is a 3-semester full-time or
6-semester part-time course offered on the Hobart campus by the Institute of
Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies and the School of Mathematics and
Physics.
Admission & prerequisites
An undergraduate degree in the physical sciences or in engineering with a
mathematical background at least to the level of introductory calculus
equivalent to first year university standard.
Course objectives
The course aims to equip students with the skills to enter national programs
concerned with the atmospheric and oceanographic sciences, and/or to equip
them with the basic skills appropriate to higher degree research in meteorology
and oceanography.
Career outcomes
Graduates of the degree could expect to find employment as a meteorologist,
oceanographer, atmospheric scientist, climate modeller, or applied
mathematician.
Course structure
First semester: 140 lectures divided into three basic topics – namely:
meteorology, oceanography, and techniques in applied mathematics.
Second and Third Semesters: 'Specialised Reading' leading to a research
project. The research project will be at a standard equivalent to that required
Course details (2001)
page 417
for entrance to research higher degrees as stated in the Rules of Higher Degrees
by Research.
Students enrol in the following unit codes:
Full-time students
KSA802
Master of Meteorology and Oceanography
100%
Part-time students
KSA803
Master of Meteorology and Oceanography
50%
Articulation
There is no articulation with other courses.
Master of Psychology (Clinical
Psychology)
(Abbreviation: MPsych(Clin))
Course code: S7J
The Master of Psychology course is offered on the Hobart campus. There are
two streams to the degree course; one in clinical psychology and one in
developmental and educational psychology. The degree is awarded in terms of
the specialisation undertaken. Graduates who have undertaken the
specialisation in clinical psychology use the abbreviation MPsych(Clin) while
graduates who have undertaken the specialisation in developmental and
educational psychology (course code: S6Q) use the abbreviation
MPsych(Devel&Ed).
Admission & prerequisites
To be admitted to the course, applicants must hold the degree of Bachelor of
Arts or Bachelor of Science of the University of Tasmania, with at least first or
second class honours in Psychology.
Applicants who hold the Diploma of Psychology of the University of Tasmania
obtained at the level 'Pass with Credit', or a degree or diploma from an
approved university or tertiary institution at a standard equivalent to those
referred to above, and which contains an equivalent component of coursework
and research in psychology, may be considered for admission to the degree
course.
Course details (2001)
page 418
In special cases applicants who hold a Diploma of Psychology from the
University of Tasmania obtained at the level of 'Pass', or a degree or diploma of
equivalent standing, and appropriate professional experience may be
considered for admission.
All applicants must satisfy the School of Psychology that they are suitable
candidates for professional training in psychology.
Course objectives
Both streams of the Master of Psychology degree course have particular
vocational outcomes and are intended to prepare students for professional
work as psychologists through the development of advanced professional
skills, in tandem with theoretical and empirical knowledge, in line with the
scientist-practitioner model.
Professional recognition
Master of Psychology graduates who have undertaken studies in either the
clinical stream or the developmental and educational stream meet the academic
requirements for registration as a psychologist, membership of the Australian
Psychological Society and, following two years of supervised professional
experience, membership of the appropriate APS College.
Course structure
To qualify for the degree, candidates are required to undertake one of the two
programs.
Core units are grouped in terms of those taken in the first and second years of
full-time enrolment. Other units are offered in a two-year cycle. Year A and
Year B, and may be taken in either the first or second year of enrolment (see the
course schedule for each program for units offered.)
Progress
A candidate who fails to make satisfactory progress may be required by the
Faculty to withdraw from the course.
Thesis
The thesis must embody the results of a research investigation on a topic
approved by the course coordinator. The investigation must be carried out
under the supervision of a staff member of the School. The thesis must be
submitted by 30 November of the second year of study unless the Faculty has
approved an extension of time.
Course details (2001)
page 419
Enrolment Master codes
KHA750
KHA780
Clinical Psychology
Educational Psychology
Clinical Psychology – Schedule
Course Coordinator: Dr CL Williams
The program consists of coursework, supervised clinical work and a research
thesis. Candidates are also required to complete 1000 hours of supervised
practical work over the period of enrolment. In order to meet the requirements
for continuing state registration and professional accreditation by the
Australian Psychological Society, core units will be taught each year, while
other components of the program are taught in alternate years. Candidates may
enter the course at the beginning of each year and those contemplating
part-time study are advised to consult the course coordinator to determine their
program. A thesis proposal is required in the first year of full-time enrolment,
whether Year A or Year B.
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
First Year units
(must be taken in first year of enrolment)
Research Thesis 1
Hf
25%
Ethical Issues &
Professional Practice 1
Hf
27%
Behaviour Change 1
H1
8%
Current Issues in
Assessment
H1
8%
Second Year units
(must be taken in second year of enrolment)
Research Thesis 2
Hf
25%
Ethical Issues &
Professional Practice 2
Hf
27%
Behaviour Change 2
H1
8%
Advanced Assessment
H1
8%
Units taught in alternate years
(may be taken in either the first or second year of enrolment)
Year A
Psychophysiology &
Psychopathology
H1
8%
Research Design
H2
8%
Adult Psychopathology
H2
8%
Clinical Psychophysiology
H2
8%
Year B
Not offered in 2001
code
KHA718
KHA717
KHA714
KHA711
KHA728
KHA727
KHA724
KHA721
KHA712
KHA716
KHA713
KHA715
Course details (2001)
Neuroanatomy for
Psychologists
Clinical Child Psychology
Community & Forensic
Psychology
Clinical Neuropsychology
Enrolment master code
Clinical Psychology
page 420
[na]
[na]
8%
8%
KHA726
KHA722
[na]
[na]
8%
8%
KHA723
KHA725
Hf
0%
KHA750
Master of Psychology (Developmental &
Educational Psychology)
(Abbreviation: MPsych(Devel&Ed))
Course code: S7Q
The Master of Psychology course is offered on the Hobart campus. There are
two streams to the degree course; one in clinical psychology and one in
developmental and educational psychology.
For further details
See MPsych(Clin).
Developmental & Educational Psychology – Schedule
Course Coordinator: Dr T Thompson
The program consists of coursework, supervised educational experience and a
research thesis. Candidates are required to complete 1,000 hours of supervised
practical work over the period of enrolment. In order to meet the requirements
for continuing state registration and professional accreditation by the
Australian Psychological Society, core units will be taught each year, while
other components of the program are taught in alternate years. Candidates may
enter the course at the beginning of each year and those contemplating
part-time study are advised to consult the course coordinator to determine their
program. A thesis proposal is required in the first year of full-time enrolment,
whether Year A or Year B.
Unit Title
campus-sem
First Year units
(must be taken in first year of enrolment)
Research Thesis 1
Hf
weight
code
25%
KHA778
Course details (2001)
Ethical Issues &
Professional Practice 1
Hf
27%
Behaviour Change 1
H1
8%
Interviewing &
Counselling
H1
8%
Second Year units
(must be taken in second year of enrolment)
Research Thesis 2
Hf
25%
Ethical Issues &
Professional Practice 2
Hf
27%
Behaviour Change 2
H1
8%
Advanced Interviewing &
Counselling
H1
8%
Units taught in alternate years
(may be taken in either the first or second year of enrolment)
Year A
Psychoeducational
Assessment
H2
8%
Research Design
H2
8%
Methods in School
Psychology
H1
8%
Applied Issues in Educational
Psychology
H2
8%
Year B
Not offered in 2001
Applied Developmental
Psychology: Adolescence &
Adulthood
[na]
8%
Applied Developmental
Psychology: Childhood
[na]
8%
Clinical Child Psychology
[na]
8%
Exceptionality & Special
Children
[na]
8%
Enrolment master code
Developmental &
Educational Psychology
Hf
0%
page 421
KHA777
KHA774
KHA771
KHA788
KHA787
KHA784
KHA781
KHA772
KHA776
KHA773
KHA775
KHA786
KHA785
KHA782
KHA783
KHA780
Master of Science Studies
(Abbreviation: MScSt)
Course code: S7E
The program is designed to provide professional training for scientists/science
educators from overseas countries. Currently it is offered by the Schools of
Course details (2001)
page 422
Agricultural Science (Microbiology); Chemistry; Computing (Computer
Science); Earth Sciences (Geology); Geography and Environmental Studies;
Mathematics and Physics; Medicine (Biochemistry); Plant Science (Botany);
Psychology; and Zoology.
Admission & prerequisites
Candidates for the degree must have:
•
•
•
•
an approved bachelor degree with first or second class Honours; or
an approved eight-semester higher education qualification and potential
to complete the degree as demonstrated in study and/or professional
performance; or
an approved six-semester higher education qualification, together with at
least two years' relevant professional experience; or
other qualifications equivalent to those in paragraphs shown above.
In addition to the academic admission requirement stated above all candidates
must be proficient in written and spoken English. Candidates whose basic
language is not English should sit an English language test arranged by the
nearest Australian diplomatic mission and are required to attend up to four
months of intensive English tuition in Tasmania.
A candidate for the degree may not enrol for another degree or diploma course
of the University or another higher education institution.
Course objectives
Career outcomes
Graduates of the Master of Science Studies find that opportunities for
employment exist in the area of their specialisation.
Professional recognition
Depending on area of study, graduates of the MScSt may be eligible for
membership of a number of professional organisations.
Course structure
The program consists of three parts:
•
•
•
Foundation Studies
Professional Development
Research training.
Course details (2001)
page 423
These parts can be flexibly arranged over three or four semesters, as shown in
the examples which follow.
In special cases, a candidate may be exempted from Foundation Studies.
The degree requires at least 1 year full-time research or study. All requirements
for the degree must be completed within two years of the date of
commencement of candidature, except that a candidate may be allowed to enrol
for the degree on a part-time basis.
Foundation studies
Students, especially those from developing countries, who lack the background
necessary to proceed immediately to the Master degree course, may be (aside
from their language tuition) required to undertake a period of preliminary
studies, including selected background reading and attendance at certain
lectures.
Classwork
Enrolment in this part of the course (professional development) is conditional
on satisfactory performance in the preliminary foundation studies.
The coursework program will be drawn up individually for each candidate by
the School and will consist of at least 100% of formal classwork over two or
three semesters. A maximum of 33.33% of second year units can be taken and
the balance of the points is to be made up from third and fourth year units.
Clear passes (or higher grades) must be obtained in all coursework except that
up to 12.5% of Terminating Passes may be counted.
Research training
The project is an important part of the program, involving a substantial
investigation in some area of scientific research or science education. It
represents one third of the total course and should take a minimum of four
months full time or eight months part time. Project work normally begins after
the progress review, but the starting date for the project may be varied in
consultation with the adviser and the head of the appropriate School. A thesis is
required at the end of the program.
The project should be on a topic directly relevant to the needs of the home
country or employing institution of the student. Thesis discussions should
begin as early as possible with the School, preferably before the student leaves
home to begin the program, in order to satisfy the student's and sponsor's
needs.
Course details (2001)
page 424
The standard of the thesis will be based on the normal honours requirements
for a particular School.
Supervisors
On enrolment, each student will be assigned a suitable course adviser who will
counsel the student for the duration of the coursework. In addition, a
supervisor will be appointed for each candidate on the recommendation of the
relevant head of School, at the end of the first semester, to oversee the
candidate's research project.
The progress of a candidate is reviewed annually and unsatisfactory
performance may result in termination of candidature.
Examination
Assessment of coursework is by written examinations and assignments. The
written thesis on the research project must be submitted for separate
examination. Normally, there will be two examiners who may be internal.
Enrolment master codes
On the enrolment form each candidate must enter the code numbers of the
units selected; plus the appropriate 'umbrella' code chosen from this list:
Code Number
Course
Weight
KLA861
MScSt Coursework (Microbiology)
0%
KLA875
MScSt Thesis Project (Microbiology)
100%
CBA861
MScSt Coursework (Biochemistry)
0%
CBA875
MScSt Thesis Project (Biochemistry)
100%
KPA861
MScSt Coursework (Botany)
0%
KPA875
MScSt Thesis Project (Botany)
100%
KRA861
MScSt Coursework (Chemistry) 0%
KRA875
MScSt Thesis Project (Chemistry) 100%
KCA861
MScSt Coursework (Computer Science) 0%
KCA875
MScSt Thesis Project (Computer Science) 100%
KGA861
MScSt Coursework (Geog & EnvSt)
0%
KGA875
MScSt Thesis Project (Geog & EnvSt)
100%
KEA861
MScSt Coursework (Geology)
0%
KEA875
MScSt Thesis Project (Geology) 100%
KMA861
MScSt Coursework (Mathematics) 0%
KMA875
MScSt Thesis Project (Mathematics)
100%
KYA861
MScSt Coursework (Physics)
0%
KYA875
MScSt Thesis Project (Physics)
100%
KHA881
MScSt Coursework (Psychology) 0%
KHA875
MScSt Thesis Project (Psychology) 100%
KZA861
MScSt Coursework (Zoology)
0%
Course details (2001)
KZA875
page 425
MScSt Thesis Project (Zoology)
100%
Master of Technology
(Abbreviation: MTech)
Course code: N7A
It is essential for practising engineers and scientists to keep up with the rate of
technological advancement. Important developments have occurred in
computer hardware and software systems, communications systems and
networking, VLSI and ASIC technology, robotics, signal processing, artificial
intelligence and knowledge based systems and networking, to mention but a
few. A more advanced knowledge than that offered by the Bachelor of
Engineering or the Bachelor of Science is required in order to understand and to
explore the full potential of investment in technology.
Admission & prerequisites
To be accepted as a candidate for the degree of Master of Technology students
must either:
•
•
•
have an approved bachelor degree (with honours) from an Australian
higher education institution;
have satisfactorily completed an approved eight-semester higher
education program and have potential to complete the degree as
demonstrated in study and/or professional performance; or
have satisfactorily completed a degree or equivalent qualification, and
have potential to complete the degree as demonstrated by study and/or
professional performance, and have knowledge and skills equivalent to
those of a candidate as shown above.
Prospective students should contact the Head of School to obtain approval to
enrol in the course.
Course objectives
The course provides professional updating and upgrading opportunities for
engineers and computing professionals who have gained a first degree and
have been in employment for some years. The Master of Technology is also
suitable for those graduates who wish for a change of career. The course is also
suitable for young graduates who feel that their undergraduate training is
inadequate for the specialisation they are seeking.
Career outcomes
Course details (2001)
page 426
The Master of Technology maximises the candidate's employment value by the
involvement of experienced and academically qualified engineers and/or
computing professionals from industry in the teaching of the program.
Course structure
Each candidate for the degree must:
•
•
satisfactorily pass the equivalent of six graduate units representing two
semesters of full-time study (see the Specimen courses below); and
submit for examination and satisfactorily pass a thesis representing the
equivalent of one semester of full-time research investigation.
Candidates are advised to discuss and finalise their thesis topic with a
supervisor and be adequately prepared for the thesis investigation as soon as
possible after enrolment. Candidates are encouraged to suggest projects which
are relevant to their jobs or careers, although the Faculty reserves the right to
modify or reject such suggestions.
In special circumstances, with the approval of the Head of School, part of the
thesis work may be conducted off-campus.
The course as described above will normally be completed in 16–18 months of
full-time study. The maximum duration for part-time study is three years.
The School of Engineering offers the following coursework streams:
Enrolment master codes
ACC824
ACM822
ACM823
AEA850
ACM820
Civil Engineering (not offered in 2001)
Energy and Fluid Systems (not offered in 2001)
Mechanical & Production Engineering (not offered in 2001)
Power Engineering and Process Control
Information Systems and Autoation
Fees
The fee is to be advised.
Specimen courses
Courses of study in the different areas of specialisation are given below.
However, depending on the interests of the particular student and after
discussion with the course coordinator, one or more of the units may be
replaced by other units listed in Schedule A below. All courses and units are
also subject to minimum enrolment.
Course details (2001)
page 427
Civil Engineering
Not offered in 2001.
Mechanical and Production Engineering
Not offered in 2001.
Power Engineering and Process Control
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Digital Signal Processing
H1
16.67%
AEA831
Intelligent Systems
Engineering
H2
16.67%
AEA835
Transient Behaviour in Power
Systems
H
16.67%
AEA860
Optimisation in Power
Systems
H
16.67%
AEA861
Industrial Measurement
Systems
H1
16.67%
AEA863
Plus one other unit selected with the approval of the course supervisor.
Information Systems and Automation
Unit Title
campus-sem
weight
code
Digital Signal Processing
H1
16.67%
AEA831
Intelligent Systems
Engineering
H2
16.67%
AEA835
Computer Organisation and
Interfacing
H2
16.67%
AEA841
Corporate Information &
Transmission Networks
H2
16.67%
AEA836
Plus two additional units from the following according to the student's interest
and background:
Robot Kinematics, Dynamics
and Control
[na]
16.67%
ACM803
Advanced Manufacturing
[na]
16.67%
ACM875
Image Processing, Computer
Vision and Graphics
H
16.67%
AEA833
Industrial Measurement
Systems
H1
16.67%
AEA863
Schedule A
Units approved for the Master of Technology [a]
Course details (2001)
Unit Title
Civil Engineering Thesis
Project
Energy and Fluid Systems
Thesis Project
Mechanical and Production
Engineering Thesis Project
Information Systems and
Automation Thesis Project
Power Engineering and Process
Control Thesis Project
Stress Analysis
Advanced Hydraulics
Advanced Geomechanics
Advanced Management
Robot Kinematics, Dynamics
and Control
Mechanical Noise and Vibration
Control
Advanced Structural
Mechanics
Advanced Fluid Mechanics
Energy Management and
Systems
Heat Transfer and Process
Drying
Advanced Manufacturing
Modern Manufacturing and
Quality Control
CNC Machining – Theory and
Practice
Occupational Health and
Safety
Digital Signal Processing
Robotics and Automatic
Control
Image Processing, Computer
Vision and Graphics
Intelligent Systems
Engineering
Corporate Information &
Transmission Networks
Integrated Services Digital
Networks
Management of Information
Systems
page 428
campus-sem
weight
code
[na]
50%
ACC825
[na]
50%
ACM826
[na]
50%
ACM827
50%
AEA825
[na]
[na]
[na]
[na]
50%
16.67%
16.67%
16.67%
16.67%
AEA855
ACC814
ACC831
ACC834
ACM802
[na]
16.67%
ACM803
[na]
16.67%
ACM805
[na]
[na]
16.67%
16.67%
ACM813
ACM820
[na]
16.67%
ACM860
[na]
[na]
16.67%
16.67%
ACM865
ACM875
[na]
16.67%
ACM876
[na]
16.67%
ACM877
[na]
H1
16.67%
16.67%
ACM878
AEA831
H
16.67%
AEA832
H
16.67%
AEA833
H2
16.67%
AEA835
H2
16.67%
AEA836
H
16.67%
AEA837
H1
16.67%
AEA838
Course details (2001)
Computer Organisation and
Interfacing
Transient Behaviour in Power
Systems
Optimisation in Power
Systems
Modelling and Control of
Processes
Industrial Measurement
Systems
Special Studies in Power
Engineering and Process
Control
Selected Course Unit [c]
Special Studies in Information
Systems
Selected Study Unit A [b]
Selected Study Unit B [b]
Selected Study Unit C [b]
Selected Course Unit A [c]
Selected Course Unit B [c]
Notes:
[a]
[b]
[c]
page 429
H2
16.67%
AEA841
H
16.67%
AEA860
H
16.67%
AEA861
H
16.67%
AEA862
H1
16.67%
AEA863
H
16.67%
16.67%
AEA865
AEA866
16.67%
16.67%
16.67%
33.33%
16.67%
16.67%
AEA870
AEA880
AEA881
AEA882
AEA883
AEA884
Not all the units listed here are offered in a particular semester. A specific
enquiry is necessary to determine which units will be offered within each
student's course duration.
Each of these units is used for a program of directed study in a topic
specifically approved for each student. A long study unit is equivalent to
two graduate units in workload. A supervisor is responsible for assessing
the program of study. No more than two equivalent graduate units may
be chosen from the set of Selected Study units.
The Head of School may grant approval to a student undertaking up to
two graduate units from other programs.